NEW - McGraw

advertisement
Science 2011
2011
M c G R AW - H I L L 2 0 1 1 C A T A L O G
Welcome to McGraw-Hill’s 2011 Science Catalog. Inside this catalog, you
ZLOO¿QGDZLGHVHOHFWLRQRI0F*UDZ+LOOODWHVWDFDGHPLFSXEOLFDWLRQV$SDUW
IURPWKRVHSXEOLVKHGIURPWKH86ZHKDYHDOVRLQFOXGHGSXEOLFDWLRQVIURP
$VLDDVZHOODVIURPRXUVXEVLGLDULHVLQ$XVWUDOLD,QGLDDQG8QLWHG.LQJGRP
)RUWKHEHQH¿WRIVWXGHQWVZLGHO\DGRSWHGWH[WERRNVDUHPDGHDYDLODEOHDV
ORZSULFHG0F*UDZ+LOO,QWHUQDWLRQDO(GLWLRQVVHHWLWOHVLQWKLVFDWDORJWDJJHG
ZLWK³,QWHUQDWLRQDO(GLWLRQ´
REVIEW COPY REQUEST
7HDFKLQJSURIHVVLRQDOVZKRZLVKWRFRQVLGHU0F*UDZ+LOOWLWOHVIRUWH[WERRN
DGRSWLRQPD\UHTXHVWIRUDUHYLHZFRS\7RUHTXHVWIRUDUHYLHZFRS\
ƒ
FRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOO5HSUHVHQWDWLYHVRU
ƒ
ID[WKH5HYLHZ&RS\5HTXHVW)RUPIRXQGLQWKLVFDWDORJRU
ƒ
e-mail to [email protected] or,
ƒ
VXEPLWRQOLQHDWZZZPKHGXFDWLRQDVLD
(Note: All requests for review copies are subject to approval. McGraw-Hill
reserves the right to refuse any requests that do not relate to teaching).
HOW TO ORDER
0F*UDZ+LOO ERRNV DQG ,QWHUQDWLRQDO (GLWLRQV DUH HDVLO\ DYDLODEOH WKURXJK
\RXU ORFDO ERRNVWRUHV ,Q FDVH RI GLI¿FXOW\ LQ SXUFKDVLQJ RXU SXEOLFDWLRQV
SOHDVHFRQWDFWWKHORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORI¿FHVHHLQVLGHEDFNFRYHURUVHQG
\RXURUGHUVWR
McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
7XDV%DVLQ/LQN
6LQJDSRUH
7HO
7HO&XVWRPHU6HUYLFH+RWOLQH
)D[
(PDLOPJKDVLDBVJ#PFJUDZKLOOFRP
A NOTE TO LIBRARIANS
3OHDVHSODFH\RXURUGHUVWKURXJK\RXUUHJXODUORFDO/LEUDU\6XSSOLHU&RQWUDFWRU
)RUIXUWKHUDVVLVWDQFHNLQGO\FRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOO(GXFDWLRQ$VLD
UHSUHVHQWDWLYH
INVITATION TO PUBLISH
0F*UDZ+LOOLVFRQWLQXRXVO\VRXUFLQJIRUTXDOLW\PDQXVFULSWIRUWKHDFDGHPLF
DQGSURIHVVLRQDOPDUNHWVLQ$VLDIRULQFOXVLRQLQRXUJOREDOSXEOLVKLQJSURJUDP
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORI¿FHRUHPDLOXVGLUHFWO\LQ6LQJDSRUH
at [email protected] LI\RXDUHSODQQLQJWRZULWHDERRN
MAILING LIST
,I\RXZLVKWRUHFHLYHXSWRGDWHLQIRUPDWLRQRQ0F*UDZ+LOO¶VQHZSXEOLFDWLRQV
UHJXODUO\SOHDVHVXEPLW\RXUSDUWLFXODUVRQWKHPDLOLQJOLVWIRUPVHHEDFN
SDJHVDQGUHWXUQWRXVE\ID[RUPDLO
&RYHUGHVLJQLPDJHV‹LVWRFNSKRWRFRP
CONTENTS
Agricultural Business ........................................................... 3
Cellular Molecular, Microbiology &
Genetics
Agricultural Economics ........................................................ 3
Developmental Biology / Embryology ................................ 70
Agricultural Education.......................................................... 3
Genetics ............................................................................ 70
Agriculture
Human Genetics ................................................................ 73
Anatomy & Physiology
Introductory Microbiology Laboratory ................................ 64
Human Anatomy - Lab ....................................................... 25
Introductory Microbiology - Major Text............................... 59
Human Anatomy - Multimedia ........................................... 28
Introductory Microbiology - Non Majors Text ..................... 60
Human Anatomy - Textbooks............................................. 23
Molecular Biology .............................................................. 69
Human Physiology - Lab ................................................... 31
Professional References ................................................... 74
Human Physiology - Multimedia ........................................ 31
STDs / AIDS ...................................................................... 68
Human Physiology - Textbooks ......................................... 29
One-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Lab ....................... 8
Nutrition
One-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Textbooks ............. 7
Introduction to Nutrition
One & Two - Semester Anatomy & Physiology
- Multimedia .................................................................. 80
Multimedia .................................................................... 20
- Textbook ..................................................................... 77
Pathophysiology ................................................................ 32
Nutritional Assessment ...................................................... 81
Professional References ................................................... 33
Nutrition and Sport............................................................. 81
Two-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Lab ..................... 14
Nutrition Through the Life Cycle
Two-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Textbooks ........... 11
- Nutrition & Human Development ................................ 80
Biology
Plants & Animals
Biology Majors - Laboratory............................................... 50
Animal Behavior ................................................................ 89
Biology Non Majors Laboratory ......................................... 45
Botany (Economic) ............................................................ 87
Biology Supplements ......................................................... 55
Botany - Lab Manuals........................................................ 88
General Biology Majors - Textbook.................................... 47
Botany - Non Majors
General Biology Non Majors - Textbook ............................ 37
- Textbook ...................................................................... 85
Human Biology Laboratory ................................................ 54
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy...................................... 92
Human Biology - Textbook................................................. 53
Invertebrate Biology........................................................... 90
Professional References ................................................... 56
Marine Biology ................................................................... 89
Parasitology ....................................................................... 90
Vertebrate Biology
- Laboratory ................................................................... 92
- Textbook ...................................................................... 91
Zoology
- Laboratory Majors ....................................................... 95
- Textbook ...................................................................... 93
i
CONTENTS
Physics & Astronomy
Geography
College Physics ............................................................... 104
GIS .................................................................................. 155
Conceptual Physics ......................................................... 103
Human / Cultural Geography ........................................... 156
Electricity & Magnetism ................................................... 114
Intro to Geography........................................................... 156
Integrated Sciences ......................................................... 101
Map Use / Cartography ................................................... 158
Introduction to Astronomy ................................................ 116
World Regional Geography ............................................. 158
Introduction to Physical Science........................................ 99
Mathematical Physics ...................................................... 114
Geology
Modern Physics ............................................................... 113
Earth Science .................................................................. 163
Optics .............................................................................. 115
Environmental Geology ................................................... 163
Professional References ................................................. 119
Hazards / Natural Disasters............................................. 164
Technical Physics ............................................................ 109
Historical Geology ........................................................... 165
University Physics ........................................................... 109
Oceanography ................................................................. 166
Paleontology .................................................................... 166
Chemistry
Physical Geology
Allied Health/Nursing Chemistry (General, Organic
- Laboratory ................................................................. 168
and Biochemistry)
- Textbook .................................................................... 167
- Lab Manual ............................................................... 128
- Textbooks .................................................................. 125
Dushkin/McGraw-Hill Titles ........................... 170
Analytical Chemistry ........................................................ 140
Biochemistry - 1 Semester - Textbooks ........................... 135
Indexes
General Chemistry
Author Index ....................................................................... 180
- Lab Manual................................................................ 134
Title Index ........................................................................... 173
- Supplements ............................................................. 134
- Textbooks .................................................................. 128
Liberal Arts Chemistry (Non Science Majors)
- Textbooks ................................................................. 123
Organic Chemistry - 1 Semester - Textbooks .................. 136
Organic Chemistry - 2 Semester - Textbooks .................. 137
Physical Chemistry
- Lab Manual................................................................ 139
- Textbooks .................................................................. 139
Professional References ................................................. 140
Prep/Basic Chemistry - Textbooks................................... 124
Environmental Science & Ecology
Biostatistics...................................................................... 151
Ecology ............................................................................ 149
Ecology - Laboratory ....................................................... 150
Environmental Science - Introductory Texts .................... 147
Evolution .......................................................................... 150
ii
L ES S MA N A G IN G .
MOR E T E A C H IN G .
GR E AT E R L E A R N IN G .
What is Connect?
Connect Features:
McGraw-Hill Connect™ is an online assignment and
assessment solution that connects your students
with the tools and resources they’ll need to achieve
success.
McGraw-Hill Connect offers a number of powerful
tools and features to make managing assignments
easier, so you can spend more time teaching.
With Connect, students can engage with their
coursework anytime and anywhere, making the
learning process more accessible and efficient.
With Connect, enjoy simple course management
so you can spend less time administering and more
time teaching. You’ll have access to rich course
resources and tools that drive performance like
never before.
Simple assignment management
With Connect, creating assignments is easier
than ever, so you can spend more time teaching
and less time managing.
Smart grading
When it comes to studying, time is precious.
Connect helps students learn more efficiently by
providing feedback and practice material when
they need it, where they need it.
Personalized Diagnostic and Learning Plan
– LearnSmart
Personal learning Plan assess students
understanding of key concepts with diagnostics
and adaptive questions; then tailor coaching
and practice materials to each student’s skills
and knowledge gaps
ConnectPlus eBooks
Connect reinvents the textbook learning
experience for the modern student. Every
Connect subject area is seamlessly integrated
with ConnectPlus eBooks, which are designed
to keep students focused on the concepts key
to their success.
Drawing Tool Problems
• The power to electronically assign
conceptual drawing problems.
• Students are able to interactively draw
free body diagrams onscreen teaching
them core concepts of understanding
forces.
Answer Palette Problems
• Students symbolically solve-and-show
an entire solution with an easy-to-use
palette of control buttons.
• No special syntax or programming is
necessary for the student to learn,
allowing them to focus on problem
solving.
• Students solve problems symbolically
without numbers, building an
understanding of various physics
interactions occurring in the equations.
Ranking Problems
• Challenge student thinking on an entirely
new level.
• Various choices or situations are
presented, and the student must rank by
simply clicking and dragging them into
the proper order.
• Analyze critical-thinking skills undercover
further potential learning opportunities.
Dependent Multipart Problems
• Allow students conceptual learning
opportunities to work through problems
step-by-step, and the reward of partial
credit for all parts that they understand.
• Assign multiple learning concepts with
various learning tools.
Learning is more than memorizing concepts. It’s figuring out how to apply them. And no other web-based
solution gives you the power to turn learning into success than Connect.
Easily Create Assignments &
Presentations
Quickly set up classroom
presentations or activities for your
students. Assign full-book coverage,
including all topics and every relevant
figure from the textbook. If you wish,
you can customize your Connect
content: labels, hints, feedback, and
more.
Students Take Rich, Interactive
Assignments & Receive Instant
Feedback
Engage students with labeling,
sequencing, art exploration,
classification, and composition
problems. Once an assignment
is completed, students can see
immediately how they’ve performed and
receive feedback on each question.
Impressive Reporting Solutions
With Connect’s detailed reporting,
you can quickly assess how students
are doing in regards to overall class
performance; specific objectives;
individual assignments; and each
question!
McGraw-Hill reinvents the textbook learning experience for the modern student with Connect Plus. A
seamless integration of an eBook and Connect, Connect Plus provides all of the Connect features plus the
following:
An integrated, printable eBook, allowing for anytime, anywhere access to the textbook.
Dynamic links between the problems or questions you assign to your students and the location in
the eBook where that problem or questions is covered.
Assign sections of the eBook to your students as readings with engaging audio files, animations and
videos embedded within the eBook.
Instructors have the ability to share notes, highlights, bookmarks, figures and animations with their
students.
A powerful search function to pinpoint and connect key concepts in a snap!
Pagination that exactly matches the printed text, allowing students to rely on Connect Plus as the
complete resource for your course.
Learn and View Connect Demo at www.mcgrawhillconnect.com
Built around metacognition learning theory, LearnSmart provides your students with a GPS (Guided Path to
Success) for your course. Using artificial intelligence, LearnSmart intelligently assesses a student’s knowledge
of course content through a series of adaptive questions. It pinpoints concepts the student does not
understand and maps out a personalized study plan for success.
Connect to Content:
Simulation allows students to practice
course critical content.
Learn More Effectively:
Personal learning path is created
based upon student knowledge level.
Anywhere, At Your Pace:
Students can access LearnSmart
anytime and from anywhere that has
internet access including the iPhone
or iPod Touch.
LearnSmart is available as an integrated
feature of McGraw-Hill’s Connect
or separately. You can incorporate
LearnSmart into your course in a number
of ways to
• Gauge student knowledge before a
lecture
• Reinforce learning after lecture
• Prepare students for assignments and
exams
Discover for yourself how the LearnSmart diagnostic ensures students will connect with the content, learn
more effectively, and succeed in your course.
Visit www.mhhe.com/learnsmart to view a demo.
Connect content varies with courses. Contact your local McGraw-Hill
representative to learn more about Connect and LearnSmart.
McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
60 Tuas Basin Link • Singapore 638775 • Tel (65) 6863 1580
Fax (65) 6862 3354 • Customer Service Hotline (65) 6868 8188
Email: [email protected] • Website: www.mheducation.asia
McGraw-Hill’s $5,6
The Smart Solution.
* , 9 ( 6 < 2 8 ) / ( ; , % , / , 7 < 3 2 : ( 5 $ 1 ' ( $ 6 ( 2 ) 8 6 ² $ 1 ' $ / / $ 7 < 2 8 5 ) , 1 * ( 5 7 , 3 6 Whether you’re looking for a ready-to-use
system or one you can customize to fit your
specific course needs, ARIS is your smart
solution.
Exclusive to McGraw-Hill, ARIS—
Assessment, Review, and Instruction
System—gives you the power and freedom
to achieve those goals that are most important
to you, goals such as:
„ Standardizing your curriculum—
across class, grade, school, and district.
„ Easily test and assess your students’
understanding and achievement.
„ Provide a central, secure, electronic
resource accessible anytime and anywhere you or your students have internet
connectivity.
)RUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQ
FRQWDFW\RXU
0F*UDZ+LOOUHSUHVHQWDWLYH
RUYLVLWRQOLQH
ZZZ.mhDULV.com
0 & * 5 $: + , / /¶ 6
„ Enhance your students’ learning
experience. ARIS content is tied directly
to your McGraw-Hill textbook, which
allows your students to spend time
outside of class mastering curricular goals
with unlimited practice and smart tutorial
feedback.
$5,6
„ Assign homework, quizzing and selfstudy material, which may be graded
automatically to provide immediate
student feedback. ARIS allows you to use
pre-built, text-specific assignments, or provides the tools so you can create your own.
´ Managing this
class with
standardize
your
curriculum
students and
my colleagues
has never been
easier.
µ
´ I received the
homework scores
for all my sections,
easily
measure and
share results
and I’m confident
my students know
where they stand
on the material.
´ This is
actually fun!
I feel ready
for my exam.
µ
µ
assign problems,
animations,
videos, and
simulations
online
Preparing Students for
the World that Awaits
©2012
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate online interactive cadaver
Anatomy & Physiology | Revealed Version 3.0
Online Access Card / ©2012
ISBN: 0073403601 / 9780073403601
X
dissection experience. Now fully customizable to fit any course level, this
state-of-the-art program uses cadaver photos combined with a layering
technique that allows the student to peel away layers of the human body to
reveal structures beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed also
offers animations, histologic and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations,
and comprehensive quizzing. It can be used as part of any one or two semester
undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy course; Anatomy
& Physiology Revealed is available stand-alone, or can be combined with
any McGraw-Hill book.
Customizable Content! Select the Anatomy &
Physiology Revealed content appropriate for your
course from an easy-to-use interface.
X Focus students on what you want them to
learn with your preferred subset of content
automatically displayed.
X Customize Anatomy & Physiology Revealed to
fit multiple courses. Create separate versions for
lecture and lab, or for courses of varying rigor.
X Maintain consistency across department with
share customized lists with colleagues and
adjuncts
X
NEW Quiz Types!
X Lab practical quizzes: This new quiz type
X
Progress tracking APR 3.0 places a checkmark
next to each item visited in the program, helping
students track their progress.
X
3 NEW modules!
Module 1: Body Orientation; Module 2: Cells &
Chemistry and Module 3: Tissues.
X
22 NEW Dissections! New regional limb
dissections have up to 10 layers, and show vessels
and nerves in context of surrounding anatomy.
X
3D Fly-through Animations! Fly through
animations of the heart and brain give students an
inside perspective of these amazing organs.
X
requires students to identify anatomic structures
by typing the correct answer. Alternate terms
and various formats are counted as correct, but
spelling counts!
X Combination quizzes: This new quiz type
combines multiple choice and “click to identify”
question types in one quiz.
Visit www.aprevealed.com for more information
or contact your local McGraw-Hill Sales Representative.
Expanded Histology Coverage. More than 100
new histology slides have been added to APR 3.0
including commonly requested images like blood
cells and glial cells.
MediaPhys: An Introduction to
Human Physiology
Version 3.0 CD-ROM ©2005
MHID: 0-07-7294582-6 / 978-007-294582-8
Tom Stavraky
University of Western Ontario
McGraw-Hill is proud to introduce MediaPhys 3.0, the most comprehensive physiology study tool
available. MediaPhys is a multimedia educational CD-ROM that offers cross-platform compatibility
(Windows or Macintosh systems).
This dynamic program offers 16 complete modules featuring detailed explanations, high-quality
illustrations, and animations to provide students with a thorough introduction into the world of
physiology. MediaPhys is filled with interactive activities and quizzes to help reinforce physiology
concepts that are often difficult to understand. Now students can learn and study on their own while
using a powerful tool that challenges them to succeed!
Topics Include:
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
Introduction to Physiology
Body Fluids
Human Cell
Nerve Cells
Muscles
Nervous System
Sensory Systems
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
Cardiovascular System I – The Heart
Cardiovascular System II – Blood Vessels
Respiratory System
Renal System, Water & Electrolyte Balance
Acid-Base Balance
Endocrine System
Reproductive System
Digestive System
Metabolism
Contact your McGraw-Hill local sales representative for more information.
View our publications at www.mheducation.asia
PH.I.L.S. VERSION 3.0
Phillip J. Stephens
VILLANOVA UNIVERSITY
MHID: 0-07-334933-X / ISBN-13: 978-007-334933-6 CD version
MHID: 0-07-334932-1 / ISBN-13: 978-007-334932-9 Student 24 Month Access Card
Created by Dr. Phil Stephens at Villanova University, the Ph.I.L.S (physiology interactive lab simulations) CDROM offers 38 laboratory simulations! This revolutionary learning tool may be used to supplement or substitute
for wet labs. Students can use Ph.I.L.S. to adjust variables, view outcomes, make predictions, and draw
conclusions. This easy-to-use software offers each student the flexibility to change the parameters of the lab
experiment. There is no limit to the amount of times a student can repeat the experiment or change variables
within the experiments.
Ph.I.L.S. allows students to perform experiments without having to use expensive lab equipment (like Biopac,
IWORX or Intellitool). Students can work individually to perform the experiments on their own time without
harming themselves or live animals. Ph.I.L.S. is the perfect way to reinforce key physiology concepts with
powerful lab experiments. Visit the demonstration site at www.mhhe.com/phils
NEW for Version 3.0:
à 12 NEW simulations!
à New interface makes it easier to maneuver throughout the system.
à New post lab quizzes offer more assessment opportunities.
CONTENTS
Osmosis and Diffusion
1. Varying Extracellular Concentration
Metabolism
2. Size and Basal Metabolic Rate
3. Cyanide and Electron Transport
Skeletal Muscle Function
4. Stimulus Dependent Force Generation
5. The Length-Tension Relationship
6. Principles of Summation and Tetanus
7. EMG and Twitch Amplitude
Membrane Potentials
8. Resting Potential and External [K+]
9. Resting Potential and External [Na+]
Action Potentials
10. The Compound Action Potential
11. Conduction Velocity and Temperature
12. Action Potentials and Refractory Periods
13. Measuring Ion Currents
Synaptic Potentials
14. Facilitation & Depression
15. Temporal Summation of EPSPs
16. Spatial Summation of EPSPs
17. Synapse Puzzle
Endocrine Function
18. Thyroid Gland and Metabolic Rate
Frog Heart Function
19. Thermal and Chemical Effects on Heart Function
20. Refractory Period of the Heart
21. Starling's Law of the Heart
22. Heart Block
ECG and Heart Function
23. ECG and Exercise
24. The Meaning of Heart Sounds
25. ECG and Finger Pulse
26. Electrical Axis of the Heart
27. ECG and Heart Block
28. Abnormal ECGs
Circulation
29. Cooling and Peripheral Blood Flow
30. Blood Pressure and Gravity
31. Blood Pressure and Body Position
Blood
32. pH & Hb-oxygen Binding
33. DPG & Hb-oxygen Binding
Respiration
34. Altering Body Position
35. Altering Airway Volume
36. Exercise Induced Changes
37. Deep Breathing and Cardiac Function
Digestion
38. Glucose Transport
Your Partner in
Test Generation
Imagine being able to create and access your test anywhere, at any time without installing the testing
software. Now, with the newest release of EZ Test Online, instructors can select questions from multiple
McGraw-Hill test banks, author their own and then either print the test for paper distribution or give it online.
Features and Functions
N Test Creation
N
Online Test Management
N
Online Scoring and Reporting
N EZ Test is designed to make it simple for you to select questions from McGraw-Hill test banks. You can
use a single McGraw-Hill test bank, or easily choose questions from multiple McGraw-Hill test banks.
N EZ Test supports the use of following question types:
NTrue or False
NFill In the Blank
NYes or No
NNumeric Response
NMultiple Choice
NMatching
NCheck All That Apply
NRanking
NShort Answer
NSurvey
NEssay
N Uses variables to create algorithmic questions for any question type.
N You can create multiple versions of the same test.
N You can scramble questions to create different versions of your test.
N
Automated scoring for most of EZ test’s numerous questions types.
How do you get it?
To learn if it is available with your book, contact your local McGraw-Hill Education Representatives
or email [email protected]
New Titles
AGRICULTURE & FORESTRY
2012
Author
ISBN
Page
Farm Management, 7e
Kay
9780073545875
3,4
2012
Author
ISBN
Page
Workbook to accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 3.0, 2e
Broyles
9780073403670
8, 14, 25
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
31
Human Anatomy Lab Manual, 2e
Eckel
9780073525662
25
Laboratory Manual for Hole’s Essentials of A&P, 11e
Martin
9780077338879
9
Human Anatomy, 3e
McKinley
9780077441494
23
Anatomy & Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, 6e
Saladin
9780077441470
11
Hole’s Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 11e
Shier
9780077441500
7
Atlas of Skeletal Muscles, 7e
Stone
9780073378169
10, 14,
26
Seeley’s Principles of Anatomy & Physiology, 2e
Tate
9780077441487
12
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 3.0 CD-ROM, 2e
The University of
9780073378206
20, 28
9780077340360
21
9780073403601
22, 28
Toledo
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 3.0 CD-ROM for Allied Health, 2e
The University of
Toledo
Student Access Card Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 3.0 Online, 2e
The University of
Toledo
31
Laboratory Manual for Anatomy & Physiology, 6e
Wise
9780077351144
14
Lab Manual for Principles of Anatomy & Physiology, 2e
Wise
9780077351281
15
2011
Author
ISBN
Human Physiology, 12e
Fox
9780077350062
29
Laboratory Manual Human Physiology, 14e
Fox
9780077296179
31
Regional Human Anatomy: A Laboratory Workbook for use with Models and
Grine
9780073378121
26
Mader’s Understanding Human Anatomy & Physiology, 7e
Logenbaker
9780073525624
7
Human Anatomy, 3e
Saladin
9780077349998
23
Seeley’s Anatomy and Physiology, 9e
VanPutte
9780077350031
13
Vander’s Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Function with ARIS, 12e Widmaier
9780077350017
30
Laboratory Manual to accompany Saladin’s Human Anatomy, 3e
Wise
9780073250526
27
Laboratory Manual to accompany Seeley’s Anatomy and Physiology, 9e
Wise
9780073250748
15
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
Page
Prosections, 4e
iii
New Titles
BIOLOGY
2012
Author
ISBN
Page
Concepts in Biology, 14e
Enger
9780077442996
37
Laboratory Manual Concepts in Biology, 14e
Enger
9780077295257
45
The Living World, 7e
Johnson
9780077443023
39
Biology: Concepts & Investigations, 2e
Hoefnagels
9780077443009
38
Essentials of Biology, 3e
Mader
9780077443047
40
Human Biology, 12e
Mader
9780077443030
53
Lab Manual for Essentials of Biology, 3e
Mader
9780077402150
45
Lab Manual for Human Biology, 12e
Mader
9780077348625
54
Photo Atlas for General Biology, 3e
Strete
9780073525556
45, 50,
55
BIOLOGY
2011
Author
ISBN
Biology, 2e
Brooker
9780077349967
47
Biological Investigations Lab Manual, 9e
Dolphin
9780073383057
50
Concepts of Biology
Mader
9780077350147
41
Inquiry into Life, 13e
Mader
9780077280109
42
Lab Manual to accompany Concepts of Biology, 2e
Mader
9780077297336
46
Laboratory Manual to accompany Inquiry Into Life, 13e
Mader
9780077297435
46
Biology, 9e
Raven
9780077350024
48
Biology Laboratory Manual, 9e
Vodopich
9780077389697
51
Page
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS
2012
Author
ISBN
Page
Concepts of Genetics
Brooker
9780073525334
70
Genetics: Analysis and Principles, 4e
Brooker
9780073525280
71
Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Complete Version, 12e
Brown
9780077302139
64
Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Short Version, 12e
Brown
9780073375274
65
Laboratory Applications in Microbiology: A Case Study Approach, 2e
Chess
9780073402376
66
Microbiology: A Systems Approach, 3e
Cowan
9780073522524
60
Foundations in Microbiology, 8e
Talaro
9780073375298
61
Foundations in Microbiology: Basic Principles, 8e
Talaro
9780077342807
63
Molecular Biology, 5e
Weaver
9780073525327
69
iv
New Titles
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS
2011
Author
ISBN
Microbiology Lab Manual, 8e
Harley
9780077292812
67
Genetics: From Genes to Genomes, 4e
Hartwell
9780073525266
72
Laboratory Manual and Workbook in Microbiology: Applications to Patient
Morello
9780073522531
68
Aids Update 2011, 20e
Stine
9780073527635
68
Prescott’s Microbiology, 8e
Willey
9780077350130
59
2012
Author
ISBN
Page
Contemporary Nutrition: A Funcational Approach, 2e
Wardlaw
9780073402536
77
2011
Author
ISBN
NutritionCalc Plus 3.4 CD-ROM
ESHA Research
9780077468972
80
Nutrition for Healthy Living, 2e
Schiff
9780077350116
78
Contemporary Nutrition, 8e
Wardlaw
9780077354817
78
2012
Author
ISBN
Page
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy: A Laboratory Dissection Guide, 6e
Kardong
9780073369433
92
Vertebrates: Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution, 6e
Kardong
9780073524238
91, 92
Plants and Society, 6e
Levetin
9780073524221
85, 87
2011
Author
ISBN
Laboratory Manual t/a Stern’s Introductory Plant Biology, 12e
Bidlack
9780073040530
88
Stern’s Introductory Plant Biology, 12e
Bidlack
9780073040523
86
Integrated Principles of Zoology, 15e
Hickman
9780073040509
93
Laboratory Stuides in Integrated Principles of Zoology, 15e
Hickman
9780073040516
95
Page
Care, 10e
NUTRITION
NUTRITION
Page
PLANTS & ANIMALS
PLANTS & ANIMALS
Page
v
New Titles
PLANTS & ANIMALS
2010
Author
ISBN
Fundamentals of Botany, Volume 1 [India]
Soni
9780070681767
86
Fundamentals of Botany, Volume 2 [India]
Soni
9780070681774
87
2012
Author
ISBN
Page
Physics of Everyday Phenomena, 7e
Griffith
9780073512204
103
The Physical Universe, 14e
Krauskopf
9780073512167
99
Pathways to Astronomy, 3e
Schneider
9780073512136
116
Lab Manual for Physical Science, 9e
Tillery
9780077344399
100
Physical Science, 9e
Tillery
9780073512211
100
2011
Author
ISBN
Page
University Physics, Standard Version, Chapters 1-35
Bauer
9780077354701
109
University Physics Volume 1 (Chapters 1-20)
Bauer
9780077354831
111
University Physics Volume 2 (Chapters 21-40)
Bauer
9780077354794
112
University Physics with Modern Physics (Chapters 1-40)
Bauer
9780077354787
110
Astronomy: Journey to The Cosmic Frontier, 6e
Fix
9780073512181
117
Integrated Science, 5e
Tillery
9780077354824
101
Lab Manual to accompany Integrated Science, 5e
Tillery
9780077292867
102
2012
Author
ISBN
Page
Chemistry in Context, 7e
American Chemical
9780077465308
123
9780077334482
123
Page
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
CHEMISTRY
Society
Laboratory Manual Chemistry in Context, 7e
American Chemcial
Society
Chemistry: Atoms First
Burdge
9780073511160
128
Lab Manual for Chemistry: Atoms First
Burdge
9780077439682
134
Cooperative Chemistry Lab Manual, 5e
Cooper
9780073402727
134
Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change, 6e
Silberberg
9780073402659
129
Principles of General, Organic & Biochemistry
Smith
9780073511153
125
vi
New Titles
CHEMISTRY
2011
Author
ISBN
Page
Chemistry, 2e
Burdge
9780077354763
131
Organic Chemistry, 8e
Carey
9780077354770
137
General Chemistry: The Essential Concepts, 6e
Chang
9780077354718
131
General, Organic & Biochemistry, 7e
Denniston
9780077354800
126
Lab Manual for General, Organic & Biochemistry, 7e
Henrickson
9780077296728
128
Organic Chemistry, 3e
Smith
9780077354725
138
2010
Author
ISBN
Page
Biochemistry, 3e [India]
Rastogi
9780070681750
135
2012
Author
ISBN
Page
Ecology: Global Insights and Investigations
Stiling
9780073532479
149
2011
Author
ISBN
Page
Principles of Environmental Science, 6e
Cunningham
9780073383248
147
Volpe’s Understanding Evolution, 7e
Rosenbaum
9780073383231
150
2012
Author
ISBN
Page
Student Atlas of World Geography, 7e
Allen
9780073527628
156, 158
Introduction to Geographic Information Systems with Data Set CD-ROM, 6e
Chang
9780077465438
155
Mastering ArcGIS with Videoclips DVD-ROM, 5e
Price
9780077462956
155
2011
Author
ISBN
Page
Introduction to Geography, 13e
Getis
9780073522876
156
Essentials of World Regional Geography, 2e
White
9780073369334
158
CHEMISTRY
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY
GEOGRAPHY
GEOGRAPHY
vii
New Titles
GEOLOGY
2012
Author
ISBN
Page
Natural Disasters, 8e
Abbott
9780073369372
164
2011
Author
ISBN
Page
Physical Geology: Earth Revealed, 9e
Carlson
9780073369402
167
Environmental Geology, 9e
Montgomery
9780073524085
163
Environmental Geology
Reichard
9780073046808
164
Zumberge’s Laboratory Manual for Physical Geology, 15e
Rutford
9780073524153
168
GEOLOGY
viii
1
AGRICULTURE & FORESTRY
AGRICULTURE
Agricultural Business ............................................................................................3
Agricultural Economics .........................................................................................3
Agricultural Education...........................................................................................4
New Titles
AGRICULTURE & FORESTRY
2012
Author
ISBN
Page
Farm Management, 7e
Kay
9780073545875
3,4
2
Agriculture & Forestry
Agriculture
Agricultural Business
International edition
NEW
*9780073545875*
FARM MANAGEMENT
7th Edition
By Ronald Kay, Texas A&M University, William
Edwards, Iowa State University and Patricia A
Duffy, Auburn University
2012 (February 2011) / 480 pages
ISBN: 9780073545875
ISBN: 9780071086561 [IE]
7KLV WH[W LV GHYHORSHG IRU WKH ¿UVW FRXUVH LQ )DUP 0DQDJHPHQW
typically taken by a junior/senior level student. Designed to introduce students to the key concepts on how to effectively manage a
farm business, the seventh edition provides students with the basic
LQIRUPDWLRQQHHGHGWRPHDVXUHPDQDJHPHQWSHUIRUPDQFH¿QDQFLDO
SURJUHVVDQGWKH¿QDQFLDOFRQGLWLRQRIWKHIDUPEXVLQHVV
5 The Balance Sheet and Its Analysis
6 The Income Statement and Its Analysis
3 Developing Basic Management Skills
7 Economic Principles--Choosing Production Levels
8 Economic Principles--Choosing Input and Output Combinations
9 Cost Concepts in Economics
10 Enterprise Budgeting
11 Partial Budgeting
12 Whole-Farm Planning
13 Cash Flow Budgeting
4 Improving Management Skills
14 Forms of Farm Business Organization
15 Managing Risk and Uncertainty
16 Managing Income Taxes
17 Investment Analysis
18 Farm Business Analysis
5 Acquiring Resources for Management
19 Capital and the Use of Credit
20 Land--Control and Use
21 Human Resource Management
22 Machinery Management
Appendix
Agricultural Economics
International edition
NEW
*9780073545875*
FEATURES
FARM MANAGEMENT
™ Part One begins with Chapter 1, which describes some of
the forces and technology driving the changes seen in agriculture.
Chapter 2 includes an explanation of the concept of management
and the decision-making process with an increased emphasis on the
importance of strategic decision-making.
™ Part Two presents the basic information needed to measure management performance, financial progress, and the financial condition
of the farm business. Terminology and Guidelines in Part 2 are based
on standards maintained by the Farm Financial Standards Council.
™ Part Three contains three chapters on basic microeconomic
principles and four on budgeting and planning tools. The topics in
this part provide the basic tools needed to make good management
decisions.
™ Topics necessary to increase a manager’s decision-making skills
are included in Part Four. Farm business organization, analyzing
investments, managing risk, income tax management, and whole
farm business analysis are discussed.
™ Part Five discusses the management alternatives and decisions
related to acquiring the resources needed on farms and ranches.
™ Chapter Objectives, Chapter Summaries, as well as Questions
for Review are helpful learning tools for students.
CONTENTS
1 Management
1 Farm Management in the Twenty-First Century
2 Management
2 Measuring Management Performance
3 Acquiring and Organizing Management Information
4 Depreciation and Asset Valuation
7th Edition
By Ronald Kay, Texas A&M University, William
Edwards, Iowa State University and Patricia A
Duffy, Auburn University
2012 (February 2011) / 480 pages
ISBN: 9780073545875
ISBN: 9780071086561 [IE]
7KLV WH[W LV GHYHORSHG IRU WKH ¿UVW FRXUVH LQ )DUP 0DQDJHPHQW
typically taken by a junior/senior level student. Designed to introduce students to the key concepts on how to effectively manage a
farm business, the seventh edition provides students with the basic
LQIRUPDWLRQQHHGHGWRPHDVXUHPDQDJHPHQWSHUIRUPDQFH¿QDQFLDO
SURJUHVVDQGWKH¿QDQFLDOFRQGLWLRQRIWKHIDUPEXVLQHVV
FEATURES
™ Part One begins with Chapter 1, which describes some of
the forces and technology driving the changes seen in agriculture.
Chapter 2 includes an explanation of the concept of management
and the decision-making process with an increased emphasis on the
importance of strategic decision-making.
™ Part Two presents the basic information needed to measure management performance, financial progress, and the financial condition
of the farm business. Terminology and Guidelines in Part 2 are based
on standards maintained by the Farm Financial Standards Council.
3
Agriculture & Forestry
™ Part Three contains three chapters on basic microeconomic principles and four on budgeting and planning tools. The topics in this part
provide the basic tools needed to make good management decisions.
™ Topics necessary to increase a manager’s decision-making skills
are included in Part Four. Farm business organization, analyzing
investments, managing risk, income tax management, and whole
farm business analysis are discussed.
™ Part Five discusses the management alternatives and decisions
related to acquiring the resources needed on farms and ranches.
™ Chapter Objectives, Chapter Summaries, as well as Questions
for Review are helpful learning tools for students.
CONTENTS
1 Management
1 Farm Management in the Twenty-First Century
2 Management
2 Measuring Management Performance
3 Acquiring and Organizing Management Information
4 Depreciation and Asset Valuation
5 The Balance Sheet and Its Analysis
6 The Income Statement and Its Analysis
3 Developing Basic Management Skills
7 Economic Principles--Choosing Production Levels
8 Economic Principles--Choosing Input and Output Combinations
9 Cost Concepts in Economics
10 Enterprise Budgeting
11 Partial Budgeting
12 Whole-Farm Planning
13 Cash Flow Budgeting
4 Improving Management Skills
14 Forms of Farm Business Organization
15 Managing Risk and Uncertainty
16 Managing Income Taxes
17 Investment Analysis
18 Farm Business Analysis
5 Acquiring Resources for Management
19 Capital and the Use of Credit
20 Land--Control and Use
21 Human Resource Management
22 Machinery Management
Appendix
Agricultural Education
International edition
NEW
*9780073545875*
FARM MANAGEMENT
7th Edition
By Ronald Kay, Texas A&M University, William
Edwards, Iowa State University and Patricia A
Duffy, Auburn University
2012 (February 2011) / 480 pages
ISBN: 9780073545875
ISBN: 9780071086561 [IE]
4
7KLV WH[W LV GHYHORSHG IRU WKH ¿UVW FRXUVH LQ )DUP 0DQDJHPHQW
typically taken by a junior/senior level student. Designed to introduce students to the key concepts on how to effectively manage a
farm business, the seventh edition provides students with the basic
LQIRUPDWLRQQHHGHGWRPHDVXUHPDQDJHPHQWSHUIRUPDQFH¿QDQFLDO
SURJUHVVDQGWKH¿QDQFLDOFRQGLWLRQRIWKHIDUPEXVLQHVV
FEATURES
™ Part One begins with Chapter 1, which describes some of
the forces and technology driving the changes seen in agriculture.
Chapter 2 includes an explanation of the concept of management
and the decision-making process with an increased emphasis on the
importance of strategic decision-making.
™ Part Two presents the basic information needed to measure management performance, financial progress, and the financial condition
of the farm business. Terminology and Guidelines in Part 2 are based
on standards maintained by the Farm Financial Standards Council.
™ Part Three contains three chapters on basic microeconomic principles and four on budgeting and planning tools. The topics in this part
provide the basic tools needed to make good management decisions.
™ Topics necessary to increase a manager’s decision-making skills
are included in Part Four. Farm business organization, analyzing
investments, managing risk, income tax management, and whole
farm business analysis are discussed.
™ Part Five discusses the management alternatives and decisions
related to acquiring the resources needed on farms and ranches.
™ Chapter Objectives, Chapter Summaries, as well as Questions
for Review are helpful learning tools for students.
CONTENTS
1 Management
1 Farm Management in the Twenty-First Century
2 Management
2 Measuring Management Performance
3 Acquiring and Organizing Management Information
4 Depreciation and Asset Valuation
5 The Balance Sheet and Its Analysis
6 The Income Statement and Its Analysis
3 Developing Basic Management Skills
7 Economic Principles--Choosing Production Levels
8 Economic Principles--Choosing Input and Output Combinations
9 Cost Concepts in Economics
10 Enterprise Budgeting
11 Partial Budgeting
12 Whole-Farm Planning
13 Cash Flow Budgeting
4 Improving Management Skills
14 Forms of Farm Business Organization
15 Managing Risk and Uncertainty
16 Managing Income Taxes
17 Investment Analysis
18 Farm Business Analysis
5 Acquiring Resources for Management
19 Capital and the Use of Credit
20 Land--Control and Use
21 Human Resource Management
22 Machinery Management
Appendix
5
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
Human Anatomy - Lab ........................................................................................25
Human Anatomy - Multimedia ............................................................................28
Human Anatomy - Textbooks..............................................................................23
Human Physiology - Lab ....................................................................................31
Human Physiology - Multimedia .........................................................................31
Human Physiology - Textbooks ..........................................................................29
One-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Lab ........................................................8
One-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Textbooks ..............................................7
One & Two - Semester Anatomy & Physiology Multimedia ................................20
Pathophysiology .................................................................................................32
Professional References ....................................................................................33
Two-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Lab ......................................................14
Two-Semester Anatomy & Physiology - Textbooks ............................................11
New Titles
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
2012
Author
ISBN
Page
Workbook to accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 3.0, 2e
Broyles
9780073403670
8, 14, 25
31
Human Anatomy Lab Manual, 2e
Eckel
9780073525662
25
Laboratory Manual for Hole’s Essentials of A&P, 11e
Martin
9780077338879
9
Human Anatomy, 3e
McKinley
9780077441494
23
Anatomy & Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, 6e
Saladin
9780077441470
11
Hole’s Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 11e
Shier
9780077441500
7
Atlas of Skeletal Muscles, 7e
Stone
9780073378169
10, 14,
26
Seeley’s Principles of Anatomy & Physiology, 2e
Tate
9780077441487
12
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 3.0 CD-ROM, 2e
The University of
9780073378206
20, 28
9780077340360
21
9780073403601
22, 28
Toledo
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 3.0 CD-ROM for Allied Health, 2e
The University of
Toledo
Student Access Card Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 3.0 Online, 2e
The University of
Toledo
31
Laboratory Manual for Anatomy & Physiology, 6e
Wise
9780077351144
14
Lab Manual for Principles of Anatomy & Physiology, 2e
Wise
9780077351281
15
2011
Author
ISBN
Human Physiology, 12e
Fox
9780077350062
29
Laboratory Manual Human Physiology, 14e
Fox
9780077296179
31
Regional Human Anatomy: A Laboratory Workbook for use with Models and
Grine
9780073378121
26
Mader’s Understanding Human Anatomy & Physiology, 7e
Logenbaker
9780073525624
7
Human Anatomy, 3e
Saladin
9780077349998
23
Seeley’s Anatomy and Physiology, 9e
VanPutte
9780077350031
13
Vander’s Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Function with ARIS, 12e Widmaier
9780077350017
30
Laboratory Manual to accompany Saladin’s Human Anatomy, 3e
Wise
9780073250526
27
Laboratory Manual to accompany Seeley’s Anatomy and Physiology, 9e
Wise
9780073250748
15
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
Page
Prosections, 4e
6
Anatomy & Physiology
One-Semester Anatomy
& Physiology - Textbooks
International edition
*9780077441500*
NEW
Appendix D--Changes Occurring in the Heart During a Cardiac Cycle
Appendix E--Answers to Figure Questions
International edition
MADER’S UNDERSTANDING
HUMAN ANATOMY &
PHYSIOLOGY
HOLE’S ESSENTIALS
OF HUMAN ANATOMY &
PHYSIOLOGY
7th Edition
11th Edition
By David N Shier, Washtenaw Community College, Jackie L Butler, Grayson County College
and Ricki Lewis, Contributing Editor “The
Scientist”
2012 (January 2011) / 640 pages
ISBN: 9780077441500
ISBN: 9780071316538 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/shieress11
Designed for the one-semester anatomy and physiology course,
Hole’s Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology assumes no
prior science knowledge and supports core topics with clinical apSOLFDWLRQV PDNLQJ GLI¿FXOW FRQFHSWV UHOHYDQW WR VWXGHQWV SXUVXLQJ
FDUHHUVLQWKHDOOLHGKHDOWK¿HOG7KHXQSDUDOOHOHGWHDFKLQJV\VWHP
is highly effective in providing students with a solid understanding of
the important concepts in anatomy and physiology.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Figure Questions have been added to select figures throughout
the text. These questions offer another assessment opportunity for
the student!
CONTENTS
Unit 1 Levels of Organization
1 Introduction to Human Anatomy and Physiology
2 Chemical Basis of Life
3 Cells
4 Cellular Metabolism
5 Tissues
Unit 2 Support and Movement
6 Integumentary System
7 Skeletal System
8 Muscular System
Unit 3 Integration and Coordination
9 Nervous System
10 The Senses
11 Endocrine System
Unit 4 Transport
12 Blood
13 Cardiovascular System
14 Lymphatic System and Immunity
Unit 5 Absorption and Excretion
15 Digestive System and Nutrition
16 Respiratory System
17 Urinary System
18 Water, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance
Unit 6 The Human Life Cycle
19 Reproductive Systems
20 Pregnancy, Growth, and Development
Appendix A--Aids to Understanding Words
Appendix B--Metric Converstions Chart
Appendix C--Periodic Table of Elements
*9780073525624*
NEW
By Susannah N Longenbaker, Columbus State
Community College
2011 (February 2010) / 512 pages
ISBN: 9780073525624
ISBN: 9780071222013 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/longenbaker7
Renowned for her effective learning systems, respected author Sylvia
Mader has helped thousands of entry-level students understand and
enjoy the principles of human anatomy and physiology. Beginning
with the sixth edition, Susannah Longenbaker has been building on
Dr. Mader’s format and engaging writing style while adding her own
personal touch to this successful title. The writing is clear, direct and
user-friendly, and enriched with new clinical information, terminology
and classroom-tested features such as “Focus on Forensics” readings
and in-text “Content Check-Up” questions. Drawing on over twenty
years of teaching experience, Sue Longenbaker writes for the next
generation of students that will learn anatomy and physiology from
this classic textbook.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Chapter introductions now relate upcoming material to students:
real world knowledge and prepare them to put the content of the
chapter in perspective.
™ New Focus on Forensics readings: Requested by reviewers,
these popular readings tie anatomy & physiology content to the
chapter material through the use of forensics.
™ ICE (In Case of Emergency) scenarios connect topics in chapter
to emergency situations students may very well face in health-related
careers. For EMTs, this is direct application to their futures!
™ Anatomy and Physiology Revealed (APR) online -This text has
the opportunity to be packaged with the most unique and popular
student tutorial CD in the anatomy & physiology market today - now
available online!
CONTENTS
Part I Human Organization
1 Organization of the Body
2 Chemistry of Life
3 Cell Structure and Function
4 Body Tissues and Membranes
Part II Support, Movement, and Protection
5 The Integumentary System
6 The Skeletal System
7 The Muscular System
Part III Integration and Coordination
8 The Nervous System
9 The Sensory System
10 The Endocrine System
Part IV Maintenance of the Body
7
Anatomy & Physiology
11 Blood
12 The Circulatory System
13 The Lymphatic System and Body Defense
14 The Respiratory System
15 The Digestive System
16 The Urinary System and Excretion
Part V Reproduction and Development
17 The Reproductive System
18 Human Development and Birth
19 Human Genetics
Appendix A Reference Figures: The Human Organism
Appendix B Understanding Medical Terminology
International edition
SEELEY’S ESSENTIALS OF ANATOMY AND
PHYSIOLOGY
7th Edition
By Cinnamon VanPutte, Southwestern Illinois College, Jennifer Regan,
Jones County Jr College and Andrew F Russo, University of Iowa-Iowa
City
2010 (February 2009) / 688 pages
ISBN: 9780077361389
ISBN: 9780071078702 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/seeleyess7
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY WITH
INTEGRATED STUDY GUIDE
4th Edition
By Stanley E Gunstream, Pasadena City College
2010 (January 2009) / 560 pages
ISBN: 9780077361297
www.mhhe.com/gunstream4
Designed for an introductory, one-semester course, the scope, organization, writing style, depth of presentation, and pedagogical aspects
of this text have been tailored to meet the needs of students preparing for a career in allied health. This text does not assume any prior
science knowledge on the part of the student and effectively presents
students with the fundamentals of anatomy and physiology. It’s the
only one-semester text available with a built-in study guide/workbook.
CONTENTS
Part 1 Organization of the Body
1 Introduction to the Human Body
2 Chemical Aspects of Life
3 Cell
4 Tissues and Membranes
Part 2 Covering, Support, and Movement of the Body
5 Integumentary System
6 Skeletal System
7 Muscular System
Part 3 Integration and Control
8 Nervous System
9 Senses
10 Endocrine System
Part 4 Maintenance of the Body
11 Blood
12 Heart and Blood Vessels
13 Lymphatic System and Defenses Against Disease
14 Respiratory System
15 Digestive System
16 Urinary System
Part 5 Reproduction
17 Reproductive Systems
18 Pregnancy, Prenatal Development, and Genetics
Part 6 Study Guides
Appendix A Keys to Medical Terminology Appendix B Answers to
Check Your Understanding Questions
Designed for the one-semester course, Seeley’s Essentials of
Anatomy and Physiology is written to allow instructors the ability to
accomplish one overall goal: to teach the basics of A&P while fostering
the skill of problem solving. Through learning how to solve problems
and think critically, students learn A&P based on two themes: the
relationship between structure and function, and homeostasis.
CONTENTS
1 Human Organism
2 Chemical Basis of Life
3 Cell Structures and Their Functions
4 Tissues, Glands, and Membranes
5 Integumentary System
6 Skeletal System: Bones and Joints
7 Muscular System
8 Nervous System
9 Senses
10 Endocrine System
11 Blood
12 Heart
13 Blood Vessels and Circulation
14 Lymphatic System and Immunity
15 Respiratory System
16 Digestive System
17 Nutrition, Metabolism, and Body Temperature Regulation
18 Urinary System and Fluid Balance
19 Reproductive System
20 Development, Heredity, and Aging Appendixes A Table of Measurements B Some Reference Laboratory Values C Solution Concentrations D Answers to Critical Thinking Questions
One-Semester
Anatomy & Physiology - Lab
NEW
*9780073403670*
WORKBOOK TO ACCOMPANY ANATOMY &
PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 3.0
2nd Edition
By Robert Broyles, Butler County Community College
2012 (June 2011) / 640 pages
ISBN: 9780073403670
(Details unavailable at press time)
8
Anatomy & Physiology
NEW
*9780077338879*
LABORATORY MANUAL FOR HOLE’S
ESSENTIALS OF A&P
11th Edition
By Terry R Martin, Kishwaukee College
2012 (March 2011) / 384 pages
ISBN: 9780077338879
This full-color manual is designed for students with minimal backJURXQGVLQVFLHQFHZKRDUHSXUVXLQJFDUHHUVLQDOOLHGKHDOWK¿HOGV
Designed to support the eleventh edition of Hole’s Essentials of
Human A&P by Shier, Butler, and Lewis, this manual contains 49
laboratory exercises and reports, which are integrated closely to the
textbook. Exercises are planned to illustrate and review the anatomical and physiological facts and principles presented in the text and
to help students investigate some of these ideas in greater detail.
FEATURES
™ A “Materials Needed” section lists the laboratory materials that
are required to complete the exercise and to perform the demonstrations and optional activities.
™ Many of the leader lines on figures have been enhanced for
clarity by using more brackets for regional labels. To clarify whether
a label refers to a general area or a specific structure, “clue” words
in parentheses have been added to some figures to direct students
in their answers.
™ Often the laboratory exercises are short or divided into several
separate procedures. This allows an instructor to select those exercises or parts of exercises that will best meet the needs of a particular
program. Exercises requiring a minimal amount of laboratory equipment are also included.
™ To meet the request of many professors, a Genetics lab is
included.
™ A list of safety guidelines is included inside the front cover of
the manual. Each lab session that requires additional special safety
guidelines has a safety section following the appropriate “Materials
Needed” section.
™ Learning aids include an introduction, a summary of the purpose
of each exercise, learning objectives, procedure instructions, laboratory reports, demonstration boxed asides, optional activities, and vivid
illustrations throughout!
™ The art program is designed to ensure color and style consistency
throughout the lab manual to correlate to the main text. Art has been
updated for color, consistency and a more modern style.
™ Instructors can download Instructors Manual’s and other materials from the text website at aris.mhhe.com.
™ A section entitled “Study Skills for Anatomy and Physiology” is
located in the front of the manual. This section was written with the
help of actual students enrolled in a Human A&P course to best suit
their needs!
™
9 Connective Tissues
10 Muscle and Nervous Tissues
Integumentary System
11 Integumentary System
Skeletal System
12 Bone Structure
13 Organization of the Skeleton
14 Skull
15 Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage
16 Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb
17 Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb
18 Joint Structure and Movements
Muscular System
19 Skeletal Muscle Structure
20 Muscles of the Face, Head, and Neck
21 Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb
22 Muscles of the Abdominal Wall and Pelvic Outlet
23 Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb
24 Surface Anatomy
Nervous System
25 Nervous Tissue and Nerves
26 Spinal Cord and Meninges
27 Reflex Arc and Reflexes
28 Brain and Cranial Nerves
29 Dissection of the Sheep Brain
Special Senses
30 Ear and Hearing
31 Eye Structure
32 Visual Tests and Demonstrations
Endocrine System
33 Endocrine Histology and Diabetic Physiology
Cardiovascular System*
34 Blood Cells and Blood Typing
35 Heart Structure
36 Cardiac Cycle
37 Blood Vessel Structure, Arteries, and Veins
38 Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure
Lymphatic System
39 Lymphatic System
Digestive System
40 Digestive Organs
41 Action of a Digestive Enzyme
Respiratory System
42 Respiratory Organs
43 Breathing and Respiratory Volumes
Urinary System
44 Urinary Organs
45 Urinalysis
Reproductive System
46 Male Reproductive System
47 Female Reproductive System
48 Genetics
49 Blood Testing--A Demonstration
Appendix 1 Preparation of Solutions
Appendix 2 Assessments of Laboratory Reports
*Supplemental Laboratory Exercise
Appendix includes Rubric for grading lab reports!
CONTENTS
Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology
1 Scientific Method and Measurements
2 Body Organization and Terminology
3 Chemistry of Life
4 Care and Use of the Microscope
Cells
5 Cell Structure and Function
6 Movements Through Membranes
7 Cell Cycle
Tissues
8 Epithelial Tissues
REVIEW COPY
(Available for course adoption only)
To request for a review copy,
ƒ contact your local McGraw-Hill
representatives or,
ƒ fax the Review Copy Request Form found
in this catalog or,
ƒ e-mail your request to
[email protected] or,
ƒ submit online at www.mheducation.asia
9
Anatomy & Physiology
International edition
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY LABORATORY
TEXTBOOK
Essentials Version, 5th Edition
NEW
*9780073378169*
ATLAS OF SKELETAL
MUSCLES
7th Edition
By Robert Stone and Judith Stone of Suffolk
County Community College
By Stanley E Gunstream, Pasadena City College
2010 (February 2009)
ISBN: 9780073525686
www.mhhe.com/labcentral
Gunstream’s manual presents the fundamentals of human anatomy
and physiology in an easy-to-read manner appropriate for allied
health students. Designed especially for a one-semester course, the
Essentials Version features a concise writing style, 37 self-directing
exercises, full-color photomicrographs in the Histology Atlas, and
numerous illustrations in each exercise.
CONTENTS
2012 (January 2011) / 256 pages
ISBN: 9780073378169
ISBN: 9780071316682 [IE]
7KHWKHGLWLRQLQFOXGHVFKDQJHVUHÀHFWLQJPRGHUQXQGHUVWDQGLQJ
terminology and teaching of the musculoskeletal system. There are
changes on 42 different pages including many new or enhanced notes
on function and 20 new descriptions or explanations of anatomical
relationships. All muscle illustrations are new.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ The skeletal system (Chapter 1) has been expanded to show
major ligaments and tendons on joints.
™ Muscles entirely redrawn to give added three dimensional appearances.
™ Each muscle is drawn in color on an enhanced skeleton photograph.
™ Boxed inserts on many pages illustrate anatomical and/or
functional relationships of muscle groups or enlargements for detail.
™
Enhanced explanation of motions (e.g. captions of figs 2.19, 2.20)
™ Many additional notes describing the relationships of muscle
tendons and nerves (e.g. VMO, page 180)
™ Helpful descriptions used in real classroom teaching (e.g. anatomical snuffbox, page 150, Tom, Dick and Harry, page 207)
™
Updated terminology (e.g. fibularis for peroneus)
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: The Skeleton
Chapter 2: Movements of the Body
Chapter 3: Muscles of the Face and Head
Chapter 4: Muscles of the Neck
Chapter 5: Muscles of the Trunk
Chapter 6: Muscles of the Shoulder and Arm
Chapter 7: Muscles of the Forearm and Hand
Chapter 8: Muscles of the Hip and Thigh
Chapter 9: Muscles of the Leg and Foot
10
Part 1 Fundamentals
1 Introduction to Human Anatomy
2 Body Organization
3 The Microscope
4 Cell Anatomy
5 Mitotic Cell Division
6 Diffusion and Osmosis
7 Epithelial and Connective Tissues
8 The Integument
Part 2 The Skeletal System
9 The Skeletal Plan
10 The Skull
11 The Vertebral Column and Thorax
12 The Appendicular Skeleton
13 Articulations
Part 3 The Muscle System
14 Muscle Organization and Body Movements
15 Head and Trunk Muscles
16 Muscles of the Upper Limb
17 Muscles of the Lower Limb
18 Muscle and Nerve Tissues
19 The Nature of Muscle Contraction
20 The Physiology of Muscle Contraction: Using the BIOPAC Student
Lab System
21 The Physiology of Muscle Contraction: Using the Intelitool Physiogrip (TM)
Part 4 The Nervous System
22 The Spinal Cord and Reflex Arcs
23 Brain Anatomy: External
24 Brain Anatomy: Internal
25 The Eye
26 The Ear
Part 5 The Circulatory System
27 Blood Tests
28 The Heart
29 Blood Vessels, Fetal Circulation, and Lymphatic System
30 Cardiovascular Phenomena
Part 6 The Respiratory System
31 The Respiratory Organs
32 Respiratory Physiology
Part 7 The Digestive System
33 The Digestive Organs
34 Digestion
Part 8 The Urinary System
35 The Urinary Organs
36 Urine and Urinalysis
Part 9 The Endocrine and Reproductive Systems
37 The Endocrine Glands
38 The Reproductive Organs Histology Atlas Laboratory Reports
Appendices
Anatomy & Physiology
LABORATORY MANUAL ESSENTIALS OF
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
7th Edition
By Kevin T Patton, Saint Charles Community College
2010 (February 2009)
ISBN: 9780073250625
Two-Semester
Anatomy & Physiology Textbooks
www.mhhe.com/labcentral
Kevin Patton divides the lab activities typically covered in A&P lab
LQWRVXEXQLWVDOORZLQJLQVWUXFWRUVWKHÀH[LELOLW\WRFKRRVHWKHXQLWV
and sequence that integrates with lecture material. Basic content is
LQWURGXFHG¿UVWDQGJUDGXDOO\PRUHFRPSOH[DFWLYLWLHVDUHGHYHORSHG
Features include procedure check lists, coloring exercises, boxed
hints, safety alerts, separate lab reports, and a full-color histology
mini-reference.
CONTENTS
Welcome to Anatomy and Physiology Laboratory
Histology Mini-reference
The Basics
1 The Microscope
2 Cell Anatomy
3 Transport through Cell Membranes
4 The Cell’s Life Cycle
5 Epithelial Tissue
6 Connective Tissue
7 Muscle and Nerve Tissue
8 Organization of the Body Support and Movement
9 The Skin
10 Overview of the Skeleton
11 The Skull
12 The Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage
13 The Appendicular Skeleton
14 Joints
15 Organization of the Muscular System
16 Muscle Identification
17 Muscular Contractions Integration and Control
18 Nerves and Reflexes
19 The Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves
20 The Brain and Cranial Nerves
21 The Eye and Vision
22 The Ear, Hearing, and Equilibrium
23 Endocrine Glands
24 Hormones Regulation and Maintenance
25 Blood
26 Structure of the Heart
27 Electrical Activity of the Heart
28 The Pulse and Blood Pressure
29 The Circulatory Pathway
30 The Lymphatic System and Immunity
International edition
*9780077441470*
NEW
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
The Unity of Form and Function,
6th Edition
By Kenneth S Saladin, Georgia College and State
University
2012 (January 2011) / 1248 pages
ISBN: 9780077441470
ISBN: 9780071316385 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/saladin6
Memorable stories must be effective in multiple ways. The story must
paint a strong visual picture. The story must weave in tools to make
the reader remember important events and understand their impact.
Ken Saladin weaves graceful descriptions of human anatomy and
physiology processes together with carefully selected clinical applications and fascinating stories from the history of medicine and
evolutionary medicine to create a multi-layered story about the human
body. A consistent set of chapter learning tools helps students identify
and retain key concepts while the stunning visual program provides
a realistic view of body structures and processes. The sixth edition is
further improved by a complete integration of the text with extensive
digital teaching and learning tools. Saladin’s text requires no prior
knowledge of college chemistry or cell biology, and is designed for a
two-semester A&P course.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Expected Learning Outcomes to help both instructors and students meet the goals of their course.
™ Beginning of chapter “Brushing Up” feature has been rewritten
to make it clear why a student must know earlier concepts in order to
understand a new chapter.
™ APR 3.0 icons in the textbook to indicate the correlation to APR
3.0. Saladin’s stunning visuals are paired with Anatomy & Physiology
Revealed’s acclaimed cadaver dissection photos, animations, and
histology images.
™ Redesign of “Systems Interactions” better ties the systems together by focusing on how the subject organ system affects others.
Invitation to Publish
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook
proposals for publication.
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
email to [email protected]
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/
™ End of chapter materials now include an “Assess Your Learning Outcomes” section that is in an “indicative format” that doesn’t
paraphrase the chapter’s main points but indicates what key points
the student should get out of the chapter. A more powerful learning
tool, less likely to be used as a crutch by students reluctant to read
the chapter.
™ Added to the end of chapter materials, “Building Your Medical
Vocabulary” is a new feature that tests the student’s knowledge of
medical word roots and affixes. By the end of the book, the student
will have 300 of the most commonly used word elements in medical
terminology.
11
Anatomy & Physiology
™
CONNECT for Saladin A&P 6/e
ƒ All CONNECT assets and assessments are now assignable by
learning outcomes
ƒ Creation of “tutorials” and assessments for CONNECT
ƒ APR 3.0 online icons in the e-book are “hot”, launching APR
through CONNECT
ƒ APR 3.0 online will have a dedicated “Saladin A&P” structure list
ƒ Integration of Blackboard, CONNECT and APR 3.0
CONTENTS
Part 1 Organization of the Body
1 Major Themes of Anatomy and Physiology
Atlas A General Orientation to Human Anatomy
2 The Chemistry of Life
3 Cellular Form and Function
4 Genetics and Cellular Function
5 Histology
Part 2 Support and Movement
6 The Integumentary System
7 Bone Tissue
8 The Skeletal System
9 Joints
10 The Muscular System
Atlas B Atlas of Regional and Surface Anatomy
11 Muscular Tissue
Part 3 Integration and Control
12 Nervous Tissue
13 The Spinal Cord, Spinal Nerves, and Somatic Reflexes
14 The Brain and Cranial Nerves
15 The Autonomic Nervous System and Visceral Reflexes
16 Sense Organs
17 The Endocrine System
Part 4 Regulation and Maintenance
18 The Circulatory System: Blood
19 The Circulatory System: The Heart
20 The Circulatory System: Blood Vessels and Circulation
21 The Lymphatic and Immune Systems
22 The Respiratory System
23 The Urinary System
24 Water, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance
25 The Digestive System
26 Nutrition and Metabolism
Part 5 Reproduction and Development
27 The Male Reproductive System
28 The Female Reproductive System
29 Human Development and Aging
International edition
NEW
*9780077441487*
SEELEY’S PRINCIPLES OF
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
2nd Edition
By Philip Tate, Phoenix College
2012 (January 2011) / 928 pages
ISBN: 9780077441487
ISBN: 9780071316743 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/tate2
12
Principles of Anatomy and Physiology is designed to be comprehensive enough to provide the background necessary for those courses
not requiring prerequisites and yet is concise so as not to confuse
and overwhelm students. The Tate text features realistic illustrations
and exceptional photographs that, along with clear, straight-forward
writing and an emphasis on clinical material help students develop
a solid understanding of anatomy and physiology concepts. Explanations have just the right amount of detail, with usually only one
example instead of two or three. Other texts use several complex
¿JXUHVWRLOOXVWUDWHPDQ\FRQFHSWV²7DWHXVHVOHVVEXWPRUHHI¿FLHQW
DUW7KHUHVXOWLVDVKRUWHUVLPSOL¿HGWH[WERRNWKDWFRYHUVDOORIWKH
major points found in more lengthy texts, but is easier to read and
more economical in price.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ McGraw-Hill’s Connect: Instructors can deliver assignments,
quizzes and tests easily online. Students can practice important skills
at their own pace and on their own schedule.
™ Homeostasis Figures have been redesigned and streamlined to
succinctly map out key homeostatic events, giving students a brief,
yet complete and effective summary of the mechanisms described in
the text. “Start Here” icons and color-coded arrows to make it easier
for students to follow the events occurring when a variable increases
or decreases.
™ Numbered Learning Outcomes open the chapters and are closely
linked to In-Chapter Section Reviews, Review and Comprehension
questions, and Critical Thinking questions.
™ Clinical Relevance online assessments. Instructors can assign questions for the clinical scenarios presented in the Clinical
Relevance boxes.
CONTENTS
1. The Human Organism
2. The Chemical Basis of Life
3. Cell Structures and Their Functions
4. Tissues, Glands, and Membranes
5. Integumentary System
6. Histology and Physiology of Bones
7. Anatomy of Bones and Joints
8. Histology and Physiology of Muscles
9. Gross Anatomy and Functions of Muscles
10. Functional Organization of Nervous Tissue
11. Peripheral and Central Nervous Systems
12. Integration of Sensory and Motor Functions
13. Autonomic Nervous System
14. Special Senses
15. Endocrine System
16. Blood
17. Heart
18. Blood Vessels and Circulation
19. Lymphatic System and Immunity
20. Respiratory System
21. Digestive System
22. Nutrition, Metabolism, and Body Temperature
23. Urinary System and Fluid Balance
24. Reproductive System
25. Development, Growth, Aging, and Genetics
Anatomy & Physiology
International edition
*9780077350031*
NEW
SEELEY’S ANATOMY AND
PHYSIOLOGY
9th Edition
By Cinnamon VanPutte, Southwestern Illinois
College, Jennifer Regan, University of Southern
Mississippi and Andrew F Russo, University of
Iowa-Iowa City
2011 (January 2010) / 1248 pages
ISBN: 9780077350031
ISBN: 9780071222105 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/seeley9
This text is designed to help students develop a solid, basic understanding of anatomy and physiology without an encyclopedic
presentation of detail. Great care has been taken to select important
concepts and to perfectly describe the anatomy of cells, organs, and
organ systems. The plan that has been followed for nine editions of this
popular text is to combine clear and accurate descriptions of anatomy
with precise explanations of how structures function and examples of
how they work together to maintain life. To emphasize the concepts of
anatomy and physiology, the authors provide explanations of how the
systems respond to aging, changes in physical activity, and disease,
with a special focus on homeostasis and the regulatory mechanisms
that maintain it. This text has more clinical content than any other A
& P book on the market.
7 Skeletal System: Gross Anatomy
8 Articulations and Movement
9 Muscular System: Histology and Physiology
10 Muscular System: Gross Anatomy
Part 3 Integration and Control Systems
11 Functional Organization of Nervous Tissue
12 Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves
13 Brain and Cranial Nerves
14 Integration of Nervous System Functions
15 The Special Senses
16 Autonomic Nervous System
17 Functional Organization of the Endocrine System
18 Endocrine Glands
Part 4 Regulations and Maintenance
19 Cardiovascular System: Blood
20 Cardiovascular System: The Heart
21 Cardiovascular System: Peripheral Circulation and Regulation
22 Lymphatic System and Immunity
23 Respiratory System
24 Digestive System
25 Nutrition, Metabolism, and Temperature Regulation
26 Urinary System
27 Water, Electrolytes, and Acid-Base Balance
Part 5 Reproduction and Development
28 Reproductive System
29 Development, Growth, and Aging
Appendix A Periodic Table
Appendix B Scientific Notation
Appendix C Solution Concentrations
Appendix D pH
Appendix E Answers to Review and Comprehension Questions
Appendix F Answers to Critical Thinking Questions
Appendix G Answers to Predict Questions
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ New Author Team Joins Rod Seeley: Three authors (contributors
on the eighth edition) have taken the lead on this revision. They bring
a fresh, modern perspective and insights on cutting-edge research
while maintaining the hallmarks of this popular textbook. Rod Seeley
remains involved in updating the problem-solving learning system.
™ Learning Outcomes and Assessment: Carefully written to clearly
outline expectations and testing comprehension, the Learning Outcomes and Assess Your Progress questions will assist instructors with
measuring standards for their A & P course and also help students
gain the most they can from their textbook.
International edition
HOLE’S HUMAN ANATOMY AND
PHYSIOLOGY
12th Edition
™
CONNECT - the future in online course management is here!
By David N Shier, Washtenaw Community College, Jackie L Butler, Grayson County College and Ricki Lewis
2010 (January 2009) / 1056 pages
ISBN: 9780077361341
ISBN: 9780071220095 [IE]
™
Fundamental Figures: Integrated with special CONNECT assets.
www.mhhe.com/shier12
™
Predict One and Predict Answer
™
Homeostasis Figures
Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology was created for the introductory level student and assumes no prior science knowledge by placing
emphasis on the fundamentals. This new edition updates a great A&P
FODVVLFZKLOHRIIHULQJJUHDWHUHI¿FLHQFLHVWRWKHXVHU7KHIRUPDWIRU
the 12th edition focuses on Learning Outcomes and Assessments.
7KLVZLOOEHQH¿WWKHVWXGHQWDORQJZLWKWKHLQVWUXFWRU7KHWKHGLWLRQ
of Hole also continues to offer technology that combined with the text
offer users an incredible Course Solution! Technology like Anatomy
and Physiology Revealed and the new online Homework Manager
bring unprecedented opportunities to the classroom whether on
campus or at home!
™ Reorganization and Enhancement of Chapter 17: One of two
Endocrine chapters, Chapter 17, has been reorganized so that the
hormones are grouped by chemical make-up, allowing the student
to follow the content in a more logical fashion.
™
Other significant changes:
‡
‡
‡
Process Figures
Diseases and Disorders Tables
Clinical Impact Readings
CONTENTS
Part 1 Organization of the Human Body
1 The Human Organism
2 The Chemical Basis of Life
3 Cell Biology and Genetics
4 Histology: The Study of Tissues
Part 2 Support and Movement
5 Integumentary System
6 Skeletal System: Bones and Bone Tissue
CONTENTS
Unit One Levels of Organization
1 Introduction to Human Anatomy and Physiology
2 Chemical Basis of Life
3 Cells
4 Cellular Metabolism
5 Tissues
Unit Two Support and Movement
6 Integumentary System
7 Skeletal System
8 Joints of the Skeletal System
13
Anatomy & Physiology
9 Muscular System
Unit Three Integration and Coordination
10 Nervous System I: Basic Structure and Function
11 Nervous System II: Divisions of the Nervous System
12 Nervous System III: Senses
13 Endocrine System
Unit Four Transport
14 Blood
15 Cardiovascular System
16 Lymphatic System and Immunity
Unit Five Absorption and Excretion
17 Digestive System
18 Nutrition and Metabolism
19 Respiratory System
20 Urinary System
21 Water, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Balance
Unit Six The Human Life Cycle
22 Reproductive Systems
23 Pregnancy, Growth, and Development
24 Genetics and Genomics
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ The skeletal system (Chapter 1) has been expanded to show
major ligaments and tendons on joints.
™ Muscles entirely redrawn to give added three dimensional appearances.
™ Each muscle is drawn in color on an enhanced skeleton photograph.
™ Boxed inserts on many pages illustrate anatomical and/or
functional relationships of muscle groups or enlargements for detail.
™
Enhanced explanation of motions (e.g. captions of figs 2.19, 2.20)
™ Many additional notes describing the relationships of muscle
tendons and nerves (e.g. VMO, page 180)
™ Helpful descriptions used in real classroom teaching (e.g. anatomical snuffbox, page 150, Tom, Dick and Harry, page 207)
™
Updated terminology (e.g. fibularis for peroneus)
CONTENTS
Two-Semester
Anatomy & Physiology - Lab
NEW
Chapter 1: The Skeleton
Chapter 2: Movements of the Body
Chapter 3: Muscles of the Face and Head
Chapter 4: Muscles of the Neck
Chapter 5: Muscles of the Trunk
Chapter 6: Muscles of the Shoulder and Arm
Chapter 7: Muscles of the Forearm and Hand
Chapter 8: Muscles of the Hip and Thigh
Chapter 9: Muscles of the Leg and Foot
*9780073403670*
WORKBOOK TO ACCOMPANY ANATOMY &
PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 3.0
2nd Edition
By Robert Broyles, Butler County Community College
2012 (June 2011) / 640 pages
ISBN: 9780073403670
(Details unavailable at press time)
NEW
*9780077351144*
LABORATORY MANUAL FOR ANATOMY &
PHYSIOLOGY
6th Edition
By Eric Wise, Santa Barbara City College
2012 (February 2011) / 704 pages
ISBN: 9780077351144
CONTENTS
International edition
NEW
*9780073378169*
ATLAS OF SKELETAL
MUSCLES
7th Edition
By Robert Stone and Judith Stone of Suffolk
County Community College
2012 (January 2011) / 256 pages
ISBN: 9780073378169
ISBN: 9780071316682 [IE]
7KHWKHGLWLRQLQFOXGHVFKDQJHVUHÀHFWLQJPRGHUQXQGHUVWDQGLQJ
terminology and teaching of the musculoskeletal system. There are
changes on 42 different pages including many new or enhanced notes
on function and 20 new descriptions or explanations of anatomical
relationships. All muscle illustrations are new.
14
1 Introduction to Lab Science, Measurement, and Chemistry
2 Organs, Systems, and Organization of the Body
3 Microscopy
4 Cell Structure and Function
5 Some Functions of Cell Membranes
6 Tissues
7 Integumentary System
8 Introduction to the Skeletal System
9 Appendicular Skeleton
10 Axial Skeleton, Vertebrae, Ribs, Sternum, Hyoid
11 Axial Skeleton--Skull
12 Articulations
13 Introduction to the Study of Muscles and Muscles of the Shoulder
and Arm
14 Muscles of the Forearm and Hand
15 Muscles of the Hip and Thigh
16 Muscles of the Leg and Foot
17 Muscles of the Head and Neck
18 Muscles of the Trunk
19 Muscle Physiology
20 Introduction to the Nervous System
21 Structure and Function of the Brain and Cranial Nerves
22 The Spinal Cord and Nerves
23 Nervous System Physiology--Stimuli and Reflexes
24 Introduction to Sensory Receptors
Anatomy & Physiology
25 Taste and Smell
26 Eye and Vision
27 Ear, Hearing, and Balance
28 Endocrine System
29 Blood
30 Blood Tests and Typing
31 Structure of the Heart
32 Electrical Conductivity of the Heart
33 Functions of the Heart
34 Introduction to Blood Vessels and Arteries of the Upper Body
35 Arteries of the Lower Body
36 Veins and Special Circulation
37 Functions of Vessels, Lymphatic System
38 Blood Vessels and Blood Pressure
39 Structure of the Respiratory System
40 Respiratory Function, Breathing, Respiration
41 Physiology of Exercise
42 Anatomy of the Digestive System
43 Digestive Physiology
44 Urinary System
45 Urinalysis
46 Male Reproductive System
47 Female Reproductive System
NEW
20. Introduction to Sensory Receptors
21. Taste and Smell
22. Eye and Vision
23. Ear, Hearing, and Balance
24. Endocrine System
25. Blood
26. Blood Tests and Typing
27. Structure of the Heart
28. Electrical Conductivity of the Heart
29. Functions of the Heart
30. Introduction to Blood Vessels and Arteries of the Upper Body
31. Arteries of the Lower Body
32. Veins and Special Circulations
33. Function of Vessels and the Lymphatic System
34. Blood Vessels and Blood Pressure
35. Structure of the Respiratory System
36. Respiratory Function, Breathing, and Respiration
37. Physiology of Exercise and Pulmonary Health
38. Anatomy of the Digestive System
39. Digestive Physiology
40. Anatomy of the Urinary System
41. Urinalysis
42. Male Reproductive System
43. Female Reproductive System
Appendix A Measurement Conversions
Appendix B Preparation of Materials
Appendix C Lab Reports
Index
*9780077351281*
LAB MANUAL FOR PRINCIPLES OF
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
2nd Edition
*9780073250748*
NEW
By Eric Wise, Sanata Barbara City College
2012 (February 2011) / 576 pages
ISBN: 9780077351281
LABORATORY MANUAL TO
ACCOMPANY SEELEY’S
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
Written by Eric Wise of Santa Barbara City College, this comprehensive manual contains 43 laboratory exercises that are integrated
closely with the textbook. Each exercise demonstrates key anatomical
and physiological facts and principles presented in Seeley’s Principles
RI$QDWRP\DQG3K\VLRORJ\E\GLUHFWLQJVWXGHQWVWRLQYHVWLJDWHVSHFL¿F
concepts in greater detail. An instructor’s manual for the laboratory
manual is available online at www.mhhe.com/labcentral.
9th Edition
By Eric Wise, Santa Barbara City College
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 exercises are incorporated throughout the lab
manual where they are appropriate.
2011 (January 2010) / 576 pages
ISBN: 9780073250748
NEW TO THIS EDITION
CONTENTS
1. Organs, Systems, and Organization of the Body
2. Microscopy
3. Cell Structure and Function
4. Tissues
5. Integumentary System
6. Introduction to the Skeletal System
7. Appendicular Skeleton
8. Axial Skeleton: Vertebrae, Ribs, Sternum, Hyoid
9. Axial Skeleton: Skull
10. Articulations
11. Muscle Physiology
12. Introduction to the Study of Muscles and Muscles of the Shoulder
and Upper Extremity
13. Muscles of the Hip, Thigh, Leg, and Foot
14. Muscles of the Head and Neck
15. Muscles of the Torso
16. Introduction to the Nervous System
17. Brain and Cranial Nerves
18. Spinal Cord and Somatic Nerves
19. Nervous System Physiology: Stimuli and Reflexes
™
New cat dissection photos
™
New Ph.I.L.S. correlated exercises
CONTENTS
1. Organs, Systems, and Organization of the Body
2. Microscopy
3. Cell Structure and Function
4. Tissues
5. Integumentary System
6. Introduction to the Skeletal System
7. Appendicular Skeleton
8. Axial Skeleton: Vertebrae, Ribs, Sternum, Hyoid
9. Axial Skeleton: Skull
10. Articulations
11. Muscle Physiology
12. Introduction to the Study of Muscles and Muscles of the Shoulder
and Upper Extremity
13. Muscles of the Hip, Thigh, Leg, and Foot
14. Muscles of the Head and Neck
15. Muscles of the Torso
16. Introduction to the Nervous System
15
Anatomy & Physiology
17. Brain and Cranial Nerves
18. Spinal Cord and Somatic Nerves
19. Nervous System Physiology: Stimuli and Reflexes
20. Introduction to Sensory Receptors
21. Taste and Smell
22. Eye and Vision
23. Ear, Hearing, and Balance
24. Endocrine System
25. Blood
26. Blood Tests and Typing
27. Structure of the Heart
28. Electrical Conductivity of the Heart
29. Functions of the Heart
30. Introduction to Blood Vessels and Arteries of the Upper Body
31. Arteries of the Lower Body
32. Veins and Special Circulations
33. Function of Vessels and the Lymphatic System
34. Blood Vessels and Blood Pressure
35. Structure of the Respiratory System
36. Respiratory Function, Breathing, and Respiration
37. Physiology of Exercise and Pulmonary Health
38. Anatomy of the Digestive System
39. Digestive Physiology
40. Anatomy of the Urinary System
41. Urinalysis
42. Male Reproductive System
43. Female Reproductive System Appendix A Measurement Conversions Appendix B Preparation of Materials Appendix C Lab Reports
Index
LABORATORY MANUAL FOR HUMAN
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
Cat Version with PhILS 3.0 CD
By Terry R Martin, Kishwaukee College
2010 (January 2009) / 624 pages
ISBN: 9780077274351
www.mhhe.com/martinseries1
Author Terry Martin’s thiry years of teaching anatomy and physiology
courses, authorship of three laboratory manuals, and active involvement in the Human Anatomy and Physiology Society (HAPS) drove
his determination to create a lab manual with an innovative approach
WKDWZRXOGEHQH¿WVWXGHQWV/DERUDWRU\0DQXDOIRU+XPDQ$QDWRP\
and Physiology includes a cat version and a fetal pig version. Each of
these versions includes sixty-one laboratorty exercises, supplemental
labs found online, and six cat or fetal pig dissection labs. The Main
Version contains no dissection exercises. All three versions are written
to work well with any anatomy and physiology text.
CONTENTS
Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology
1 Scientific Method and Measurements
2 Body Organization, Membranes, and Terminology
3 Chemistry of Life
4 Care and Use of the Microscope
Cells
5 Cell Structure and Function (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #2 Size and Basal
Metabolic Rate)
6 Movements Through Cell Membranes (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #1 Varying
Extracellular Concentration)
7 Cell Cycle
Tissues
8 Epithelial Tissues
9 Connective Tissues
10 Muscle and Nervous Tissues
Integumentary System
11 Integumentary System
Skeletal System
16
12 Bone Structure and Classification
13 Organization of the Skeleton
14 Skull
15 Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage
16 Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb
17 Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb
18 Fetal Skeleton
19 Joint Structure and Movements
Muscular System
20 Skeletal Muscle Structure and Function (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #4 StimulusDependent Force Generation)
21 Electromyography: BIOPAC Exercise
22 Muscles of the Head and Neck
23 Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb
24 Muscles of the Deep Back, Abdominal Wall, and Pelvic Outlet
25 Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb
Surface Anatomy
26 Surface Anatomy
Nervous System
27 Nervous Tissue and Nerves
28 Spinal Cord and Meninges
29 Reflex Arc and Reflexes
30 Brain and Cranial Nerves
31 Electroencephalography: BIOPAC Exercise
32 Dissection of the Sheep Brain
General and Special Senses
33 General Senses
34 Smell and Taste
35 Eye Structure
36 Visual Tests and Demonstrations
37 Ear and Hearing
38 Equilibrium
Endocrine System
39 Endocrine Structure and Function (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #17 Thyroid Gland
and Metabolic Rate)
40 Diabetic Physiology
Cardiovascular System
41 Blood Cells
42 Blood Testing (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #31 pH & Hb-Oxygen Binding)
43 Blood Typing
44 Heart Structure
45 Cardiac Cycle (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #23 The Meaning of Heart Sounds)
46 Electrocardiography: BIOPAC Exercise
47 Blood Vessel Structure, Arteries, and Veins
48 Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #36 Deep Breathing
and Cardiac Function)
Lymphatic System
49 Lymphatic System
Respiratory System
50 Respiratory Organs
51 Breathing and Respiratory Volumes (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #34 Altering
Airway Volume)
52 Spirometry: BIOPAC Exercise
53 Control of Breathing
Digestive System
54 Digestive Organs
55 Action of a Digestive Enzyme
Urinary System
56 Kidney Structure
57 Urinalysis
Reproductive Systems and Development
58 Male Reproductive System
59 Female Reproductive System
60 Fertilization and Early Development
61 Genetics
Cat Dissection Exercises
62 Cat Dissection: Musculature
63 Cat Dissection: Cardiovascular System
64 Cat Dissection: Respiratory System
65 Cat Dissection: Digestive System
66 Cat Dissection: Urinary System
Anatomy & Physiology
67 Cat Dissection: Reproductive Systems
Supplemental Laboratory Exercises (found online only)
S-1 Skeletal Muscle Contraction (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #6 Principles of Summation and Tetanus)
S-2 Nerve Impulse Stimulation (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #10 The Compound
Action Potential)
S-3 Factors Affecting the Cardiac Cycle (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #18 Thermal
and Chemical Effects)
Appendix 1 Preparation of Solutions
Appendix 2 Assessments of Laboratory Reports
Appendix 3 Ph.I.L.S. Physiology Interactive Lab Simulations (correlation to laboratory exercises)
Appendix 4 Assessments of Laboratory Reports
LABORATORY MANUAL FOR HUMAN
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
Pig Version with PhILS 3.0 CD
By Terry R Martin, Kishwaukee College
2010 (January 2009) / 624 pages
ISBN: 9780077361334
www.mhhe.com/martinseries1
Terry Martin, author of the best-selling laboratory manuals to accompany the Hole’s Human Anatomy & Physiology texts, has written a
new stand alone laboratory manual. This series of laboratory manuals
(main – no dissection, cat dissection, and fetal pig dissection) will
incorporate Terry’s clear, concise writing style. They are not associated
with any one text so can be used with any anatomy and physiology
text. The artwork and photos will be second to none. It will also come
with a Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 CD-Rom.
CONTENTS
Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology
1 Scientific Method and Measurements
2 Body Organization, Membranes, and Terminology
3 Chemistry of Life
4 Care and Use of the Microscope
Cells
5 Cell Structure and Function (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #2 Size and Basal
Metabolic Rate)
6 Movements Through Cell Membranes (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #1 Varying
Extracellular Concentration)
7 Cell Cycle
Tissues
8 Epithelial Tissues
9 Connective Tissues
10 Muscle and Nervous Tissues
Integumentary System
11 Integumentary System
Skeletal System
12 Bone Structure and Classification
13 Organization of the Skeleton
14 Skull
15 Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage
16 Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb
17 Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb
18 Fetal Skeleton
19 Joint Structure and Movements
Muscular System
20 Skeletal Muscle Structure and Function (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #4 StimulusDependent Force Generation)
21 Electromyography: BIOPAC Exercise
22 Muscles of the Head and Neck
23 Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb
24 Muscles of the Deep Back, Abdominal Wall, and Pelvic Outlet
25 Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb
Surface Anatomy
26 Surface Anatomy
Nervous System
27 Nervous Tissue and Nerves
28 Spinal Cord and Meninges
29 Reflex Arc and Reflexes
30 Brain and Cranial Nerves
31 Electroencephalography: BIOPAC Exercise
32 Dissection of the Sheep Brain
General and Special Senses
33 General Senses
34 Smell and Taste
35 Eye Structure
36 Visual Tests and Demonstrations
37 Ear and Hearing
38 Equilibrium
Endocrine System
39 Endocrine Structure and Function (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #17 Thyroid Gland
and Metabolic Rate)
40 Diabetic Physiology
Cardiovascular System
41 Blood Cells
42 Blood Testing (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #31 pH & Hb-Oxygen Binding)
43 Blood Typing
44 Heart Structure
45 Cardiac Cycle (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #23 The Meaning of Heart Sounds)
46 Electrocardiography: BIOPAC Exercise
47 Blood Vessel Structure, Arteries, and Veins
48 Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #36 Deep Breathing
and Cardiac Function)
Lymphatic System
49 Lymphatic System
Respiratory System
50 Respiratory Organs
51 Breathing and Respiratory Volumes (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #34 Altering
Airway Volume)
52 Spirometry: BIOPAC Exercise
53 Control of Breathing
Digestive System
54 Digestive Organs
55 Action of a Digestive Enzyme
Urinary System
56 Kidney Structure
57 Urinalysis
Reproductive Systems and Development
58 Male Reproductive System
59 Female Reproductive System
60 Fertilization and Early Development
61 Genetics
Fetal Pig Dissection Exercises
62 Fetal Pig Dissection: Musculature
63 Fetal Pig Dissection: Cardiovascular System
64 Fetal Pig Dissection: Respiratory System
65 Fetal Pig Dissection: Digestive System
66 Fetal Pig Dissection: Urinary System
67 Fetal Pig Dissection: Reproductive Systems
Supplemental Laboratory Exercises (found online only)
S-1 Skeletal Muscle Contraction (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #6 Principles of Summation and Tetanus)
S-2 Nerve Impulse Stimulation (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #10 The Compound
Action Potential)
S-3 Factors Affecting the Cardiac Cycle (Ph.I.L.S. 3.0 #18 Thermal
and Chemical Effects)
Appendix 1 Preparation of Solutions
Appendix 2 Anatomy & Physiology Revealed (correlation to laboratory exercises)
Appendix 3 Ph.I.L.S. Physiology Interactive Lab Simulations (correlation to laboratory exercises)
Appendix 4 Assessments of Laboratory Reports
17
Anatomy & Physiology
LABORATORY MANUAL FOR HUMAN
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
Main Version with PhILS 3.0 CD
By Terry R Martin, Kishwaukee College
2010 (January 2009) / 560 pages
ISBN: 9780077361310
www.mhhe.com/martinseries1
Author Terry Martin’s thiry years of teaching anatomy and physiology
courses, authorship of three laboratory manuals, and active involvement in the Human Anatomy and Physiology Society (HAPS) drove
his determination to create a lab manual with an innovative approach
WKDWZRXOGEHQH¿WVWXGHQWV/DERUDWRU\0DQXDOIRU+XPDQ$QDWRP\
and Physiology includes a cat version and a fetal pig version. Each of
these versions includes sixty-one laboratorty exercises, supplemental
labs found online, and six cat or fetal pig dissection labs. The Main
Version contains no dissection exercises. All three versions are written
to work well with any anatomy and physiology text.
CONTENTS
Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology
1 Scientific Method and Measurements
2 Body Organization, Membranes, and Terminology
3 Chemistry of Life
4 Care and Use of the Microscope
Cells
5 Cell Structure and Function
6 Movements Through Membranes
7 Cell Cycle
Tissues
8 Epithelial Tissues
9 Connective Tissues
10 Muscle and Nervous Tissues
Integumentary System
11 Integumentary System
Skeletal System
12 Bone Structure and Classification
13 Organization of the Skeleton
14 Skull
15 Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage
16 Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb
17 Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb
18 Fetal Skeleton
19 Joints
Muscular System
20 Skeletal Muscle Structure and Function
21 Electromyography: BIOPAC Exercises
22 Muscles of the Head and Neck
23 Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb
24 Muscles of the Deep Back, Abdominal Wall, and Pelvic Outlet
25 Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb
Surface Anatomy
26 Surface Anatomy
Nervous System
27 Nervous Tissue and Nerves
28 Spinal Cord and Meninges
29 Reflex Arc and Reflexes
30 Brain and Cranial Nerves
31 Electroencephalogram 1: BIOPAC Exercise
32 Dissection of the Sheep Brain
General and Special Senses
33 General Senses
34 Smell and Taste
35 Eye Structure
36 Visual Tests and Demonstrations
37 Ear and Hearing
38 Equilibrium
Endocrine System
39 Endocrine Structure and Function
40 Diabetic Physiology
Cardiovascular System
18
41 Blood Cells
42 Blood Testing
43 Blood Typing
44 Heart Structure
45 Cardiac Cycle
46 Electrocardiography: BIOPAC Exercise
47 Blood Vessel Structure, Arteries, and Veins
48 Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure
Lymphatic System
49 Lymphatic System
Respiratory System
50 Respiratory Organs
51 Breathing and Respiratory Volumes
52 Spirometry: BIOPAC Exercise
53 Control of Breathing
Digestive System
54 Digestive Organs
55 Action of a Digestive Enzyme
Urinary System
56 Kidney Structure
57 Urinalysis
Reproductive System and Development
58 Male Reproductive System
59 Female Reproductive System
60 Fertilization and Early Development
61 Genetics
Supplemental Laboratory Exercises (found online only)
S-1 Skeletal Muscle Contraction
S-2 Nerve Impulse Stimulation
S-3 Factors Affecting the Cardiac Cycle
Appendix 1 Preparation of Solutions
Appendix 2 Assessments of Laboratory Reports
Appendix 3 Correlation of Laboratory Exercises and Ph.I.L.S. 3.0
Lab Simluations
LABORATORY MANUAL HOLE’S HUMAN
A&P (CAT)
12th Edition
By Terry R Martin, Kishwaukee College
2010 (February 2009) / 528 pages
ISBN: 9780077283773
www.mhhe.com/labcentral
This best-selling Laboratory Manual, written by Terry R. Martin, has
been updated throughout. The new 12th edition is now available in
a Cat version or a Fetal Pig version. Both versions of the 12th edition are organized into units that correlate directly with the text and
include new and updated art to match Hole’s Human Anatomy and
Physiology, 12e.
CONTENTS
Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology
1 Scientific Method and Measurements
2 Body Organization and Terminology
3 Chemistry of Life
4 Care and Use of the Microscope
Cells
5 Cell Structure and Function
6 Movements Through Cell Membranes
7 Cell Cycle
Tissues
8 Epithelial Tissues
9 Connective Tissues
10 Muscle and Nervous Tissues
Integumentary System
11 Integumentary System
Skeletal System
12 Bone Structure and Classification
Anatomy & Physiology
13 Organization of the Skeleton
14 Skull
15 Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage
16 Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb
17 Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb
18 Joint Structure and Movements
Muscular System
19 Skeletal Muscle Structure
20 Muscles of the Face, Head and Neck
21 Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb
22 Muscles of the Deep Back, Abdominal Wall, and Pelvic Outlet
23 Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb
Surface Anatomy
24 Surface Anatomy
Nervous System
25 Nervous Tissue and Nerves
26 Spinal Cord and Meninges
27 Reflex Arc and Reflexes
28 Brain and Cranial Nerves
29 Dissection of the Sheep Brain
General and Special Senses
30 Receptors General Senses
31 Smell and Taste
32 Ear and Hearing
33 Equilibrium
34 Eye Structure
35 Visual Tests and Demonstrations
Endocrine System
36 Endocrine Structure and Diabetic Physiology
Cardiovascular System
37 Blood Cells and Blood Typing
38 Heart Structure
39 Cardiac Cycle
40 Blood Vessel Structure, Arteries, and Veins
41 Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure
Lymphatic System
42 Lymphatic System
Digestive System
43 Digestive Organs
44 Action of a Digestive Enzyme
Respiratory System
45 Respiratory Organs
46 Breathing and Respiratory Volumes
47 Control of Breathing
Urinary System
48 Kidney Structure
49 Urinalysis
Reproductive Systems and Development
50 Male Reproductive System
51 Female Reproductive System
52 Fertilization and Early Development
53 Genetics
Cat Dissection Exercises
54 Cat Dissection: Musculature
55 Cat Dissection: Cardiovascular System
56 Cat Dissection: Digestive System
57 Cat Dissection: Respiratory System
58 Cat Dissection: Urinary System
59 Cat Dissection: Reproductive Systems
Supplemental Laboratory Exercises (found online only)
60 Skeletal Muscle Contraction
61 Nerve Impulse Stimulation
62 Blood Testing
63 Factors Affecting the Cardiac Cycle
Appendix 1 Preparation of Solutions
Appendix 2 Assessments of Laboratory Reports
LABORATORY MANUAL HOLE’S HUMAN
A&P
Fetal Pig, 12th Edition
By Terry R Martin, Kishwaukee Colleg
2010 (February 2009) / 512 pages
ISBN: 9780077231453
www.mhhe.com/labcentral
This best-selling Laboratory Manual, written by Terry R. Martin, has
been updated throughout. The new 12th edition is now available in
a Cat version or a Fetal Pig version. Both versions of the 12th edition are organized into units that correlate directly with the text and
include new and updated art to match Hole’s Human Anatomy and
Physiology, 12e.
CONTENTS
Fundamentals of Human Anatomy and Physiology
1 Scientific Method and Measurements
2 Body Organization and Terminology
3 Chemistry of Life
4 Care and Use of the Microscope
Cells
5 Cell Structure and Function
6 Movements Through Cell Membranes
7 Cell Cycle
Tissues
8 Epithelial Tissues
9 Connective Tissues
10 Muscle and Nervous Tissues
Integumentary System
11 Integumentary System
Skeletal System
12 Bone Structure and Classification
13 Organization of the Skeleton
14 Skull
15 Vertebral Column and Thoracic Cage
16 Pectoral Girdle and Upper Limb
17 Pelvic Girdle and Lower Limb
18 Joint Structure and Movements
Muscular System
19 Skeletal Muscle Structure
20 Muscles of the Face, Head and Neck
21 Muscles of the Chest, Shoulder, and Upper Limb
22 Muscles of the Deep Back, Abdominal Wall, and Pelvic Outlet
23 Muscles of the Hip and Lower Limb
Surface Anatomy
24 Surface Anatomy
Nervous System
25 Nervous Tissue and Nerves
26 Spinal Cord and Meninges
27 Reflex Arc and Reflexes
28 Brain and Cranial Nerves
29 Dissection of the Sheep Brain
General and Special Senses
30 Receptors General Senses
31 Smell and Taste
32 Ear and Hearing
33 Equilibrium
34 Eye Structure
35 Visual Tests and Demonstrations
Endocrine System
36 Endocrine Structure and Diabetic Physiology
Cardiovascular System
37 Blood Cells and Blood Typing
38 Heart Structure
39 Cardiac Cycle
40 Blood Vessel Structure, Arteries, and Veins
41 Pulse Rate and Blood Pressure
Lymphatic System
42 Lymphatic System
Digestive System
19
Anatomy & Physiology
43 Digestive Organs
44 Action of a Digestive Enzyme
Respiratory System
45 Respiratory Organs
46 Breathing and Respiratory Volumes
47 Control of Breathing
Urinary System
48 Kidney Structure
49 Urinalysis
Reproductive Systems and Development
50 Male Reproductive System
51 Female Reproductive System
52 Fertilization and Early Development
53 Genetics
Fetal Pig Dissection Exercises
54 Fetal Pig Dissection: Musculature
55 Fetal Pig Dissection: Cardiovascular System
56 Fetal Pig Dissection: Digestive System
57 Fetal Pig Dissection: Respiratory System
58 Fetal Pig Dissection: Urinary System
59 Fetal Pig Dissection: Reproductive Systems
Supplemental Laboratory Exercises (found online only)
60 Skeletal Muscle Contraction
61 Nerve Impulse Stimulation
62 Blood Testing
63 Factors Affecting the Cardiac Cycle
Appendix 1 Preparation of Solutions
Appendix 2 Assessments of Laboratory Reports
LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY
The Unity of Form and Function, 5th Edition
By Eric Wise, Santa Barbara City College
2010 (February 2009)
ISBN: 9780077283797
24 Introduction to Sensory Receptors
25 Taste and Smell
26 Eye and Vision
27 Ear, Hearing, and Balance
28 Endocrine System
29 Blood
30 Blood Tests and Typing
31 Structure of the Heart
32 Electrical Conductivity of the Heart
33 Functions of the Heart
34 Introduction to Blood Vessels and Arteries of the Upper Body
35 Arteries of the Lower Body
36 Veins and Special Circulation
37 Functions of Vessels, Lymphatic System
38 Blood Vessels and Blood Pressure
39 Structure of the Respiratory System
40 Respiratory Function, Breathing, Respiration
41 Physiology of Exercise
42 Anatomy of the Digestive System
43 Digestive Physiology
44 Urinary System
45 Urinalysis
46 Male Reproductive System
47 Female Reproductive System
Appendix A Measurement Conversions
Appendix B Preparation of Materials and Solutions
Appendix C Lab Reports
Appendix D Common Prefixes, Suffixes, and Root Words in Anatomy
and Physiology
One & Two - Semester
Anatomy & Physiology
Multimedia
www.mhhe.com/labcentral
This manual (utilizing the cat as the primary dissection specimen)
XVHVWKHVDPHIRXUFRORUDUWSURJUDPDVWKH¿IWKHGLWLRQRI6DODGLQ¶V
Anatomy & Physiology and follows the same order of presentation.
The 47 exercises provide a comprehensive overview of the human
body and present the core elements of the subject matter.
CONTENTS
1 Introduction to Lab Science, Measurement, and Chemistry
2 Organs, Systems, and Organization of the Body
3 Microscopy
4 Cell Structure and Function
5 Some Functions of Cell Membranes
6 Tissues
7 Integumentary System
8 Introduction to the Skeletal System
9 Appendicular Skeleton
10 Axial Skeleton, Vertebrae, Ribs, Sternum, Hyoid
11 Axial Skeleton--Skull
12 Articulations
13 Introduction to the Study of Muscles and Muscles of the Shoulder
and Arm
14 Muscles of the Forearm and Hand
15 Muscles of the Hip and Thigh
16 Muscles of the Leg and Foot
17 Muscles of the Head and Neck
18 Muscles of the Trunk
19 Muscle Physiology
20 Introduction to the Nervous System
21 Structure and Function of the Brain and Cranial Nerves
22 The Spinal Cord and Nerves
23 Nervous System Physiology--Stimuli and Reflexes
20
NEW
*9780073378206*
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED
VERSION 3.0 CD-ROM
2nd Edition
By The University of Toledo
2012 (January 2011)
ISBN: 9780073378206
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate online interactive
cadaver dissection experience. This state-of-the-art program uses
cadaver photos combined with a layering technique that allows the
student to peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures
beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed also offers
animations, histologic and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations,
and comprehensive quizzing. It can be used as part of any one or two
semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy
course; Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is available stand-alone, or
can be combined with any McGraw-Hill book.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ A complete bank of interactive questions including labeling, clasVLILFDWLRQVHTXHQFLQJDQGPRUH²DOOXVLQJ$35LPDJHVDQGDQLPD
WLRQV²ZLOOEHDYDLODEOHLQ&RQQHFWIRU$35XVHUV4XHVWLRQVZLOO
include remediation links that go directly into specific structures in
APR 3.0. (These links work with the APR 3.0 Online ONLY)
Anatomy & Physiology
™ This printed workbook guides students through the highlights of
APR 3.0, asking them to perform activities along the way.
™ Lab practical quizzes: This new quiz type requires students to
identify anatomic structures by typing the correct answer. Alternate
terms and various formats are counted as correct, but spelling counts!
ƒ Combination quizzes: This new quiz type combines multiple choice
and “click to identify” question types in one quiz.
ƒ Combination quizzes: Mixing up quiz question formats keeps
students engaged in quizzes and forces them to perform different cognitive tasks. Lab practical quizzes: This new quiz type
requires students to identify anatomic structures by typing the
correct answer. Alternate terms and various formats are counted
as correct, but spelling counts! Combination quizzes: This new
quiz type combines multiple choice and “click to identify” question
types in one quiz.
ƒ Combination quizzes: Mixing up quiz question formats keeps
students engaged in quizzes and forces them to perform different
cognitive tasks.
™ Module 1: Body Orientation introduces anatomical terminology
and general concepts; Module 2: Cells & Chemistry includes a virtual
cell dissection, a comprehensive histology section, and numerous
animations covering cellular processes and chemistry concepts;
Module 3: Tissues presents multiple examples and magnifications of
the four tissue types and their identifying features. New animations
provide a comprehensive tour of each tissue type.
™ New regional limb dissections have up to 10 layers, and show
vessels and nerves in context of surrounding anatomy.
™ Fly through animations of the heart and brain give students an
inside perspective of these amazing organs.
™ More than 100 new histology slides have been added to APR 3.0,
including commonly requested images like blood cells and glial cells.
™ A new set of animations in Module 5: Skeletal System use a live
model to demonstrate multiple movements at each joint.
™ Changing views: Topic and view menus are always present in the
main navigation area so the user can change views without having
exiting to a separate screen. An image orienting the student to the
perspective of the topic and view they choose is accessed by clicking
the new “Current View” button in the lower right corner.
ƒ New “Save Image” functionality: The “Save Image” button, now
located in the lower right corner of the screen, allows the user to
capture any view they manipulate with the layer controls, a view
of the given highlighted structure, or non-highlighted views of all
layers of a dissection in the same window. Users can now save
images to a desired location or simply copy and paste them from
the Save Image window.
ƒ “Image Information” button: Provides tissue source, magnification, etc. for histology images. Located in lower right hand corner
of screen.
™ Using actual cadaver photographs blended together with a state
of the art layering technique, Anatomy & Physiology Revealed allows
students to partake in an interactive dissection of a human cadaver by
peeling away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath
the surface.
CONTENTS
APR 3.0 Brief TOC
Module 1: Body Orientation
Module 2: Cells & Chemistry
Module 3: Tissues
Module 4: Integumentary System
Module 5: Skeletal System
Module 6: Muscular System
Module 7: Nervous System
Module 8: Endocrine System
Module 9: Cardiovascular System
Module 10: Lymphatic System
Module 11: Respiratory System
Module 12: Digestive System
Module 13: Urinary System
Module 14: Reproductive System
NEW
*9780077340360*
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED
VERSION 3.0 CD-ROM FOR ALLIED HEALTH
2nd Edition
By The University of Toledo
2012
ISBN: 9780077340360
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate interactive cadaver
dissection experience. This state-of-the-art program uses cadaver
photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student
to peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath
the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed also offers animations,
histologic and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and a comprehensive quizzing tool. It can be used as part of any one or two
semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy
course; Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is available stand-alone, or
can be combined with any of McGraw-Hill’s anatomy & physiology
textbooks.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ A complete bank of interactive questions including labeling, clasVLILFDWLRQVHTXHQFLQJDQGPRUH²DOOXVLQJ$35LPDJHVDQGDQLPD
WLRQV²ZLOOEHDYDLODEOHLQ&RQQHFWIRU$35XVHUV4XHVWLRQVZLOO
include remediation links that go directly into specific structures in
APR 3.0. (These links work with the APR 3.0 Online ONLY)
™ This printed workbook guides students through the highlights of
APR 3.0, asking them to perform activities along the way.
™ Lab practical quizzes: This new quiz type requires students to
identify anatomic structures by typing the correct answer. Alternate
terms and various formats are counted as correct, but spelling counts!
ƒ Combination quizzes: This new quiz type combines multiple choice
and “click to identify” question types in one quiz.
ƒ Combination quizzes: Mixing up quiz question formats keeps
students engaged in quizzes and forces them to perform different
cognitive tasks.
™ New regional limb dissections have up to 10 layers, and show
vessels and nerves in context of surrounding anatomy.
™ Fly through animations of the heart and brain give students an
inside perspective of these amazing organs.
™ More than 100 new histology slides have been added to APR 3.0,
including commonly requested images like blood cells and glial cells.
™ A new set of animations in Module 5: Skeletal System use a live
model to demonstrate multiple movements at each joint.
™ Changing views: Topic and view menus are always present in the
main navigation area so the user can change views without having
exiting to a separate screen. An image orienting the student to the
perspective of the topic and view they choose is accessed by clicking
the new “Current View” button in the lower right corner.
ƒ New “Save Image” functionality: The “Save Image” button, now
located in the lower right corner of the screen, allows the user to
capture any view they manipulate with the layer controls, a view
of the given highlighted structure, or non-highlighted views of all
layers of a dissection in the same window. Users can now save
images to a desired location or simply copy and paste them from
the Save Image window.
ƒ “Image Information” button: Provides tissue source, magnification, etc. for histology images. Located in lower right hand corner
21
Anatomy & Physiology
™
of screen.
™ Using actual cadaver photographs blended together with a state
of the art layering technique, Anatomy & Physiology Revealed allows
students to partake in an interactive dissection of a human cadaver by
peeling away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath
the surface.
CONTENTS
Integumentary System
Skeletal System
Muscular System
Nervous System
Cardiovascular System
NEW
ƒ Module 1: Body Orientation introduces anatomical terminology and
general concepts; Module 2: Cells & Chemistry includes a virtual
cell dissection, a comprehensive histology section, and numerous
animations covering cellular processes and chemistry concepts;
Module 3: Tissues presents multiple examples and magnifications
of the four tissue types and their identifying features. New animations provide a comprehensive tour of each tissue type.
™ 22 NEW Dissections! New regional limb dissections have up to
10 layers, and show vessels and nerves in context of surrounding
anatomy.
™ 3D Fly-through Animations! Fly through animations of the heart
and brain give students an inside perspective of these amazing
organs.
*9780073403601*
STUDENT ACCESS CARD ANATOMY &
PHYSIOLOGY REVEAED VERSION 3.0
ONLINE
2nd Edition
By The University of Toledo
2012 (January 2011)
ISBN: 9780073403601
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate online interactive
FDGDYHU GLVVHFWLRQ H[SHULHQFH 1RZ IXOO\ FXVWRPL]DEOH WR ¿W DQ\
course level, this state-of-the-art program uses cadaver photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away
layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface.
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed also offers animations, histologic
and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and comprehensive
quizzing. It can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy course; Anatomy
& Physiology Revealed is available stand-alone, or can be combined
with any McGraw-Hill book.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Now fully customizable! Instructors can select the structures they
cover in their course(s) at the easy-to-use online Faculty Portal and
generate a “my Course Content” code. When students enter this code,
only the instructor’s selected structures display in the “MY” areas of
the program, and “MY” quizzes include only those structures. The full,
unfiltered version of APR remains available in the “All” areas of the
SURJUDP0XOWLSOH³P\&RXUVH&RQWHQW´FRGHVFDQEHXSORDGHG²IRU
example, one for lecture and one for lab.
™ Connect for APR 3.0! A complete bank of interactive questions
LQFOXGLQJ ODEHOLQJ FODVVLILFDWLRQ VHTXHQFLQJ DQG PRUH²DOO XVLQJ
$35LPDJHVDQGDQLPDWLRQV²ZLOOEHDYDLODEOHLQ&RQQHFWIRU$35
3.0 users. Questions will include remediation links that go directly into
specific structures in APR 3.0.
™ The “Take my Quiz” button allows a student to immediately
take a quiz on all of the structures the instructor assigned for a given
APR module.
ƒ NEW Quiz Types!
ƒ Lab practical quizzes: This new quiz type requires students to
identify anatomic structures by typing the correct answer. Alternate
terms and various formats are counted as correct, but spelling
counts!
ƒ Combination quizzes: This new quiz type combines multiple choice
and “click to identify” question types in one quiz.
™ Progress tracking. APR 3.0 places a checkmark next to each item
visited in the program, helping students track their progress. Students
can sort content by “not viewed” to see what they have left on their
list to study. Tracking is saved across all work sessions.
22
3 NEW modules!
™ Expanded Histology Coverage. More than 100 new histology
slides have been added to APR 3.0, including commonly requested
images like blood cells and glial cells.
™ All-new joint movement animations! A new set of animations in
Module 5: Skeletal System uses a live model to demonstrate multiple
movements at each joint.
™
Navigational improvements--
ƒ Changing views: Topic and view menus are always present in the
main navigation area so the user can change views without having exiting to a separate screen. An image orienting the student
to the perspective of the topic and view they choose is accessed
by clicking the new “Current View” button in the lower right corner.
ƒ “Other Views” button: Allows the user to scroll through snapshots of
all views of the given structure without having to navigate away from
the current view and individually load the other dissections in which
the structure is found. This saves considerable navigation time.
ƒ New “Save Image” functionality: The “Save Image” button, now
located in the lower right corner of the screen, allows the user to
capture any view they manipulate with the layer controls, a view
of the given highlighted structure, or non-highlighted views of all
layers of a dissection in the same window. Users can now save
images to a desired location or simply copy and paste them from
the Save Image window.
™ “Image Information” button: Provides tissue source, magnification, etc. for histology images. Located in lower right hand corner of
screen.
™ Virtual Cadaver Dissection -- Using actual cadaver photographs
blended together with a state of the art layering technique, Anatomy
& Physiology Revealed allows students to partake in an interactive
dissection of a human cadaver by peeling away layers of the human
body to reveal structures beneath the surface.
CONTENTS
APR 3.0 Brief TOC
Module 1: Body Orientation
Module 2: Cells & Chemistry
Module 3: Tissues
Module 4: Integumentary System
Module 5: Skeletal System
Module 6: Muscular System
Module 7: Nervous System
Module 8: Endocrine System
Module 9: Cardiovascular System
Module 10: Lymphatic System
Module 11: Respiratory System
Module 12: Digestive System
Module 13: Urinary System
Module 14: Reproductive System
Anatomy & Physiology
Human Anatomy - Textbooks
International edition
*9780077441494*
NEW
HUMAN ANATOMY
3rd Edition
By Michael McKinley, Glendale Community College and Valerie O’Loughlin, Indiana UniversityBloomington
2012 (January 2011) / 960 pages
ISBN: 9780077441494
ISBN: 9780071316071 [IE]
13 Surface Anatomy
Nervous System
14 Nervous Tissue
15 Brain and Cranial Nerves
16 Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves
17 Pathways and Integrative Functions
18 Autonomic Nervous System
19 Senses: General and Special
20 Endocrine System
Cardiovascular System
21 Blood
22 Heart
23 Vessels and Circulation
24 Lymphatic System
25 Respiratory System
26 Digestive System
27 Urinary System
28 Reproductive System
International edition
*9780077349998*
NEW
www.mhhe.com/mckinley3
With its unrivaled art program and accessible writing style, McKinley/
O’Loughlin’s Human Anatomy stands apart from other anatomy texts.
High-quality photographs paired with brilliantly rendered illustrations
help students visualize, understand, and appreciate the wonders of
human anatomy. Student-friendly Study Tips, Clinical View boxes,
and progressive question sets motivate students to internalize and
apply what they’ve learned.
HUMAN ANATOMY
3rd Edition
By Kenneth S Saladin, Georgia College and
State University
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ The McKinley Connect question bank will include a combination of interactive and traditional questions tied to section learning
objectives.
™ Throughout the printed book, figures with corresponding APR
content are indicated with an APR icon. A list of all printed correlations
with hotlinks directly into APR 3.0 online is available at the McKinley
companion site. The APR icons are hot in the ebook, so clicking a link
takes a registered APR user directly to the matching APR content.
APR interactive questions are incorporated into each chapter’s Connect question banks. These questions include direct remediation
links into APR.
™ Numbered Sections - Sections and subsections have been numbered for easy reference and to allow correlation to Connect materials.
/HDUQLQJ2EMHFWLYHV²(DFKVHFWLRQEHJLQVZLWKFOHDUO\VWDWHGOHDUQ
ing objectives.
CONTENTS
1 A First Look at Anatomy
2 The Cell: Basic Unit of Structure and Function
3 Embryology
4 Tissue Level of Organization
5 Integumentary System
Skeletal System
6 Cartilage and Bone Connective Tissue
7 Axial Skeleton
8 Appendicular Skeleton
9 Articulations
Muscular System
10 Muscle Tissue and Organization
11 Axial Muscles
12 Appendicular Muscles
2011 (January 2010) / 864 pages
ISBN: 9780077349998
ISBN: 9780071222075 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/saladinha3
Read it- Ken Saladin explains human anatomy in an engaging, yet
HI¿FLHQWZD\+HSXWVDSUHPLXPRQWKHZRUGVDQGXVHVVWXGHQW
relevant analogies to motivate the reader.
See it- Saladin’s collection of illustrations and photos are carefully
chosen to support the text discussion. Vibrant and realistic presentations engage students.
Master it- With Connect and A&P Revealed, students can practice
and improve their understanding of concepts.
From the most pedagogically sound organization to the exceptional
art, to the integration of text with technology, Saladin has formed
a teaching system that will both motivate and enable students to
understand and appreciate the wonders of human anatomy. This
distinctive text was developed to stand apart from all other anatomy
texts with an approach borne out of more than 30 years of teaching,
unparalleled art, and a writing style that has been acclaimed by reviewers. Designed for a one-semester college anatomy course, Saladin
requires no prior knowledge of chemistry or cell biology.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Most of former “Atlas A” from previous editions has been rolled
into chapter 1, making it a fully self-contained introduction to the foundational knowledge needed throughout the study of anatomy. Chapter
1 has been extensively reorganized and now includes information
about general anatomical terms, regions, cavities, membranes, and
body systems.
23
Anatomy & Physiology
™ A new question set titled “Building Your Medical Vocabulary” has
been added at the end of each chapter. These questions are intended
to encourage students to learn familiar word roots, which will lead to
success in many courses related to careers in health professions.
™ A number of pedagogical changes have been made to address
the increasing trend toward assessment-driven teaching and instructor
and institutional accountability.
-The main sections in each chapter are now numbered, making it more
convenient to reference book sections when building assignments.
Ancillary material is organized around this section numbering system.
-To make students take a more active role in their learning, the endof-chapter summary (now called “Study Guide“) has been converted
from a summative format to an indicative format. The Study Guide acts
as a review of the concepts students should know, instead of acting
“cliff’s notes“ that could be substituted for reading the full chapter.
-The following features have been renamed to better coincide with the
emphasis on learning outcomes: “Objectives” are now “Expected
Learning Outcomes”; “Review of Key Concepts” is now “Assess Your
Learning Outcomes”; “Chapter Review” is now “Study Guide”; “Think
About It” is now “Apply What You Know”.
™ Ken Saladin has carefully evaluated content coverage throughout
the book and pared back sections that included too much detail for
the undergraduate level or too much physiology for the 1-semester
anatomy course. This content “pruning,” combined with Ken’s careful
word-smithing to make each passage as clear and concise as possible, has resulted in an overall reduction in book length.
™
CONNECT: the future in online course management is here!
-Instructors can deliver assignments, quizzes, and tests easily online
-Students have 24/7 online access to an eBook
-Online study assets are specifically tied to every illustration in the
textbook
-Study-on-the-Fly downloadable art and audio files for students
CONTENTS
Part 1 Organization of the Body
1 The Study of Human Anatomy
2 Cytology: The Study of Cells
3 Histology: The Study of Tissues
4 Human Development
Part 2 Support and Movement
5 The Integumentary System
6 Bone Tissue
7 The Axial Skeleton
8 The Appendicular Skeleton
9 Joints
10 The Muscular System: Introduction
11 The Axial Musculature
12 The Appendicular Musculature Atlas of Regional and Surface
Anatomy
Part 3 Integration and Control
13 Nervous Tissue
14 The Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves
15 The Brain and Cranial Nerves
16 The Autonomic Nervous System and Visceral Reflexes
17 Sense Organs
18 The Endocrine System
Part 4 Maintenance
19 The Circulatory System I: Blood
20 The Circulatory System II: The Heart
21 The Circulatory System III: Blood Vessels
22 The Lymphatic System and Immunity
23 The Respiratory System
24 The Digestive System
25 The Urinary System
Part 5 Reproduction
26 The Reproductive System Appendix: Answers to Chapter Review
Questions Glossary Credits Index
24
International edition
HUMAN ANATOMY
2nd Edition
By Michael McKinley, Glendale Community College and Valerie
O’Loughlin, Indiana University-Bloomington
2008 (October 2007)
ISBN: 9780077213404
ISBN: 9780071283205 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/mckinley2
With its unrivaled art program and accessible writing style, McKinley/
O’Loughlin’s Human Anatomy stands apart from other anatomy texts.
High-quality photographs paired with brilliantly rendered illustrations
help students visualize, understand, and appreciate the wonders of
human anatomy. Student-friendly Study Tips, Clinical View boxes,
and progressive question sets motivate students to internalize and
DSSO\ ZKDW WKH\¶YH OHDUQHG 7KH VHFRQG HGLWLRQ KDV EHHQ UH¿QHG
based on reviewer feedback to offer an even stronger version of this
highly acclaimed textbook.
CONTENTS
1 A First Look at Anatomy
2 The Cell: Basic Unit of Structure and Function
3 Embryology
4 Tissue Level of Organization
5 Integumentary System
Skeletal System
6 Cartilage and Bone Connective Tissue
7 Axial Skeleton
8 Appendicular Skeleton
9 Articulations
Muscular System
10 Muscle Tissue and Organization
11 Axial Muscles
12 Appendicular Muscles
13 Surface Anatomy
Nervous System
14 Nervous Tissue
15 Brain and Cranial Nerves
16 Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves
17 Pathways and Integrative Functions
18 Autonomic Nervous System
19 Senses: General and Special
20 Endocrine System
Cardiovascular System
21 Blood
22 Heart
23 Vessels and Circulation
24 Lymphatic System
25 Respiratory System
26 Digestive System
27 Urinary System
28 Reproductive System
Invitation to Publish
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook
proposals for publication.
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
email to [email protected]
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/
Anatomy & Physiology
International edition
HUMAN ANATOMY
*9780073525662*
NEW
6th Edition
HUMAN ANATOMY LAB
MANUAL
By Kent Van De Graaff, Weber State University
2002
ISBN: 9780072486650 (Mandatory Package) - Out of Print
ISBN: 9780071122849 [IE]
2nd Edition
By Christine M Eckel, Salt Lake Community
www.mhhe.com/vdg
CONTENTS
Historical Perspective:
1 History of Anatomy Terminology, Organization, and the Human
Organism
2 Body Organization and Anatomical Nomenclature Microscopic
Structure of the Body
3 Cytology
4 Histology Support and Movement
5 Integumentary System
6 Skeletal System: Introduction and the Axial Skeleton
7 Skeletal System: The Appendicular Skeleton
8 Articulations
9 Muscular System
10 Surface and Regional Anatomy Integration and Coordination
11 Nervous Tissue and the Central Nervous System
12 Peripheral Nervous System
13 Autonomic Nervous System
14 Endocrine System
15 Sensory Organs Maintenance of the Body
16 Circulatory System
17 Respiratory System
18 Digestive System
19 Urinary System Reproduction and Development
20 Male Reproductive System
21 Female Reproductive System
22 Developmental Anatomy, Postnatal Growth, and Inheritance
Appendix A Answers to Objective Questions with Explanations
Human Anatomy Lab
NEW
*9780073403670*
WORKBOOK TO ACCOMPANY ANATOMY &
PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 3.0
2nd Edition
By Robert Broyles, Butler County Community College
2012 (June 2011) / 640 pages
ISBN: 9780073403670
(Details unavailable at press time)
2012 (January 2011) / 636 pages
ISBN: 9780073525662
Human Anatomy Laboratory Manual by Christine Eckel is a handson learning tool designed to guide students through human anatomy
concepts through observation, touch, dissection, and practical
activities such as sketching, labeling, and coloring. Exquisite dissection photographs capture anatomical details, and a student-friendly
writing style uses relevant examples to engage students in concept
application. It focuses on human specimens, and also includes common animal specimens such as cow eye, sheep brain, and sheep
heart. This manual was expressly written to supplement and expand
upon content covered in the lecture course, not to repeat it. It accompanies McKinley/O’Loughlin Human Anatomy 3rd edition, but
is also a stand alone product that works well with any 1-semester
human anatomy text.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ NEW Chapter! Chapter 1: The Human Anatomy Laboratory
introduces students to laboratory procedures, lab equipment, and
dissection techniques. It also discusses proper use of cadaver and
animal specimens.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 The Human Anatomy Laboratory
Chapter 2 Orientation to the Human Body
Chapter 3 The Microscope
Chapter 4 Cellular Anatomy
Chapter 5 Histology
Chapter 6 Integument
Chapter 7 Skeletal System Overview: Bone Anatomy
Chapter 8 The Skeletal System: Axial Skeleton
Chapter 9 The Skeletal System: Appendicular Skeleton
Chapter 10 Articulations
Chapter 11 Muscle Tissue and Introduction to the Muscular System
Chapter 12 Axial Muscles
Chapter 13 Appendicular Muscles
Chapter 14 Nervous Tissues
Chapter 15 Central Nervous System: The Brain
Chapter 16 Cranial Nerves
Chapter 17 The Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves
Chapter 18 The Nervous System: General and Special Senses
Chapter 19 The Endocrine System
Chapter 20 The Cardiovascular System: Blood
Chapter 21 The Cardiovascular System: Heart
Chapter 22 Vessels and Circulation
Chapter 23 The Lymphatic System
Chapter 24 The Respiratory System
Chapter 25 The Digestive System
Chapter 26 The Urinary System
Chapter 27 The Reproductive System
Appendix Answer Keys
25
Anatomy & Physiology
International edition
NEW
*9780073378169*
*9780073378121*
NEW
REGIONAL HUMAN
ANATOMY
7th Edition
A Laboratory Workbook for use
with Models and Prosections,
4th Edition
By Robert Stone and Judith Stone of Suffolk
County Community College
By Frederick Edward Grine, Stony Brook
University
ATLAS OF SKELETAL
MUSCLES
2011 (February 2010) / 432 pages
ISBN: 9780073378121
2012 (January 2011) / 256 pages
ISBN: 9780073378169
ISBN: 9780071316682 [IE]
7KHWKHGLWLRQLQFOXGHVFKDQJHVUHÀHFWLQJPRGHUQXQGHUVWDQGLQJ
terminology and teaching of the musculoskeletal system. There are
changes on 42 different pages including many new or enhanced notes
on function and 20 new descriptions or explanations of anatomical
relationships. All muscle illustrations are new.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ The skeletal system (Chapter 1) has been expanded to show
major ligaments and tendons on joints.
™ Muscles entirely redrawn to give added three dimensional appearances.
™ Each muscle is drawn in color on an enhanced skeleton photograph.
™ Boxed inserts on many pages illustrate anatomical and/or
functional relationships of muscle groups or enlargements for detail.
™
Enhanced explanation of motions (e.g. captions of figs 2.19, 2.20)
™ Many additional notes describing the relationships of muscle
tendons and nerves (e.g. VMO, page 180)
™ Helpful descriptions used in real classroom teaching (e.g. anatomical snuffbox, page 150, Tom, Dick and Harry, page 207)
™
Updated terminology (e.g. fibularis for peroneus)
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: The Skeleton
Chapter 2: Movements of the Body
Chapter 3: Muscles of the Face and Head
Chapter 4: Muscles of the Neck
Chapter 5: Muscles of the Trunk
Chapter 6: Muscles of the Shoulder and Arm
Chapter 7: Muscles of the Forearm and Hand
Chapter 8: Muscles of the Hip and Thigh
Chapter 9: Muscles of the Leg and Foot
REVIEW COPY
(Available for course adoption only)
To request for a review copy,
ƒ contact your local McGraw-Hill
representatives or,
ƒ fax the Review Copy Request Form found
in this catalog or,
ƒ e-mail your request to
[email protected] or,
ƒ submit online at www.mheducation.asia
26
The Grine Lab Workbook is designed for the Human Anatomy Lab
course and takes a REGIONAL approach as opposed to a systems
approach. This approach is becoming more and more popular as
a way to teach Human Anatomy. Instructors who use a lab book
with a “regional approach” and combine it with a text that takes a
“systems” approach offer their students a combination that serves
to reinforce anatomical knowledge since it forces the student to see
each anatomical structure from two perspectives. Grine can be used
effectively in conjunction with a lab course that uses human cadavers since the content is presented in the regional sequence typically
practiced in dissection.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Chapter One contains five new clinical boxes, including osteoporosis, achondroplasia and osteoarthritis, text and art revisions.
™ Chapter Two contains five new clinical boxes, including spina
bifida and cervical spondylosis, as well as new text on terminology
and costal articulations.
™ Chapter Three contains nine new clinical boxes, including
hyperparathyroidism, radial head subluxation (Nursemaid’s elbow)
and Colles fracture, as well as updated artwork on the bones of the
forearm and the wrist joint.
™ Chapter Four has eleven new clinical boxes, including congenital hip dysplasia, diabetic neuropathy and thrombophlebitis; it also
includes revised terminology in regard to certain leg muscles, and
contains updated artwork.
™ Chapter Five contains five new clinical boxes and new text on
the hyolaryngeal muscles.
™ Chapter Six has four new clinical boxes and revision to artwork
on the tongue musculature.
™ Chapter Seven contains six new clinical boxes, including encephalitis, gigantism and acromegaly, and bell’s Palsy, as well as a
new exercise box pertaining to the cranial nerves.
™ Chapter Eight contains four new clinical boxes and revised
artwork on the inner ear.
™ Chapter Nine has seven new clinical boxes, including pericarditis/
cardiac tamponade, Wolff-Parkinson-White Syndrome and metastasizing breast cancer, together with updated artwork on the movement
of the ribs during respiration and on coronary vasculature.
™ Chapter Ten has thirteen new clinical boxes, including peritonitis,
volvulus, pyloric stenosis, diverticulosis/diverticulitis, gallstones, cirrhosis and hypertension, new text pertaining to the gonadal arteries,
and new artwork on the abdominal muscles.
™ Chapter Eleven contains nine new clinical boxes, including varicoceles, benign prostatic hyperplasia and prostate cancer, episiotomy,
endometriosis, and pudendal nerve block.
Anatomy & Physiology
CONTENTS
Laboratory 1: Anatomical Terminology, General Osteology, and
General Arthrology
1.1 Anatomical Terminology
1.2 General Osteology
1.3 General Arthrology
Laboratory 2: The Back
2.1 The Integument
2.2 The Vertebral Column
2.3 Spinal Cord and Spinal Nerves
2.4 Muscles of the Back
Laboratory 3: The Upper Limb3.1 Bones of the Upper Limb
3.2 Joints of the Upper Limb
3.3 Innervation of the Upper Limb
3.4 Muscles of the Upper Limb
3.5 Blood Vessels of the Upper Limb
Laboratory 4: The Lower Limb4.1 Bones of the Lower Limb
4.2 Joints of the Lower Limb
4.3 Innervation of the Lower Limb
4.4 Muscles of the Lower Limb
4.5 Blood Vessels of the Lower Limb
Laboratory 5: The Neck5.1 Bones and Cartilages of the Neck
5.2 Nerves of the Neck
5.3 Muscles of the Neck
5.4 Blood Vessels of the Neck
5.5 Thyroid and Parathyroid Glands
Laboratory 6: The Head6.1 The Skull
6.2 The Dentition
6.3 Muscles of the Head
6.4 Nasal and Oral Cavities
6.5 Blood Vessels of the Head
Laboratory 7: The Brain and Cranial Nerves
7.1 The Brain
7.2 Cranial Nerves
Laboratory 8: The Eye and The Ear
8.1 The Eye
8.2 The Ear
Laboratory 9: The Thorax9.1 The Breast
9.2 The Thoracic Skeleton
9.3 Skeletal Muscles of the Thorax
9.4 The Thoracic Cavity
9.5 The Mediastinum
9.6 The Respiratory Apparatus
9.7 The Heart
9.8 Lymphatics in the Thorax
9.9 Blood Vessels of the Thorax
9.10 Nerves of the Thorax
Laboratory 10: The Abdomen
10.1 The Abdominal Skeleton
10.2 Skeletal Muscles of the Abdomen
10.3 Abdominal Cavity and peritoneum
10.4 Digestive Canal and Organs
10.5 Blood Vessels of the Gut
10.6 Lymphatic Organs and Lymph Drainage
10.7 The Kidneys and Adrenal Glands
10.8 Gonadal Blood Vessels
10.9 Nerves in the Abdomen
Laboratory 11: The Pelvis
11.1 The Pelvic Skeleton
11.2 Muscles of the Pelvis
11.3 Peritoneum in the Pelvic Cavity
11.4 Common Pelvic Viscera
11.5 Male Genitalia
11.6 Female Genitalia
11.7 Blood Vessels of the Pelvis
11.8 Nerves of the Pelvis
NEW
*9780073250526*
LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY
SALADIN’S HUMAN ANATOMY
3rd Edition
By Eric Wise, Santa Barbara City College
2011 (January 2010) / 480 pages
ISBN: 9780073250526
This laboratory manual is expressly written to coincide with the chapters of Human Anatomy, 3/e by Kenneth Saladin. This lab manual has
clear explanations of anatomy experiments. Other features include
a set of review questions at the end of each lab, plus numerous
outstanding color photographs and artwork.
FEATURES
™ The cat is the main dissection specimen in this laboratory
manual, however, it is integrated with material on human anatomy, so
that animals do not have to be relied upon as dissection specimens.
™ Instructors can down load Instructors Manual’s and other materials at: www.mhhe.com/labcentral
™ Review sections at the end of each exercise assist students in
assessing thier understanding. This lab manual includes about 20
review questions per exercise!
™ Review questions include short answer exercises as well as
application questions and labeling activities.
™ All experiments presented in numbered list format making it
easier for students to follow the steps required to set up and complete
each experiment.
™ Collection of data is imbedded within each exercise as opposed
to a separate table in the back of the manual.
™ Study Hints are located in selected exercises where additional
information is provided to help students comprehend and retain difficult material presented.
CONTENTS
1. Organs, Systems, and Organization of the Body
2. Microscopy
3. Cell Structure
4. Tissues
5. The Integumentary System
6. Introduction to the Skeletal System
7. Appendicular Skeleton
8. Axial Skeleton: Vertebrae, Ribs, Sternum, Hyoid
9. Axial Skeleton: Skull
10. Articulations
11. Introduction to the Study of Muscles and Muscles of the Shoulder
and Upper Extremity
12. Muscles of the Hip, Thigh, Leg, and Foot
13. Muscles of the Head and Neck
14. Muscles of the Trunk
15. Introduction to the Nervous System
16. Brain and Cranial Nerves
17. Spinal Cord and Somatic Nerves
18. Introduction to Sensory Receptors
19. The Endocrine System
20. Blood Cells
21. The Heart
22. Introduction to the Blood Vessels and Arteries of the Upper Body
23. Arteries of the Lower Body
24. Veins and Special Circulations
25. The Respiratory System
26. The Digestive System
27. The Urinary System
28. The Male Reproductive System
29. The Female Reproductive System and Development CAT
ANATOMY Appendix: Preparation of Materials
27
Anatomy & Physiology
Human Anatomy - Multimedia
NEW
*9780073378206*
ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED
VERSION 3.0 CD-ROM
2nd Edition
By The University of Toledo
2012 (January 2011)
ISBN: 9780073378206
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate online interactive
cadaver dissection experience. This state-of-the-art program uses
cadaver photos combined with a layering technique that allows the
student to peel away layers of the human body to reveal structures
beneath the surface. Anatomy & Physiology Revealed also offers
animations, histologic and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations,
and comprehensive quizzing. It can be used as part of any one or two
semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy
course; Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is available stand-alone, or
can be combined with any McGraw-Hill book.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ A complete bank of interactive questions including labeling, clasVLILFDWLRQVHTXHQFLQJDQGPRUH²DOOXVLQJ$35LPDJHVDQGDQLPD
WLRQV²ZLOOEHDYDLODEOHLQ&RQQHFWIRU$35XVHUV4XHVWLRQVZLOO
include remediation links that go directly into specific structures in
APR 3.0. (These links work with the APR 3.0 Online ONLY)
™ This printed workbook guides students through the highlights of
APR 3.0, asking them to perform activities along the way.
™ Lab practical quizzes: This new quiz type requires students to
identify anatomic structures by typing the correct answer. Alternate
terms and various formats are counted as correct, but spelling counts!
ƒ Combination quizzes: This new quiz type combines multiple choice
and “click to identify” question types in one quiz.
ƒ Combination quizzes: Mixing up quiz question formats keeps
students engaged in quizzes and forces them to perform different cognitive tasks. Lab practical quizzes: This new quiz type
requires students to identify anatomic structures by typing the
correct answer. Alternate terms and various formats are counted
as correct, but spelling counts! Combination quizzes: This new
quiz type combines multiple choice and “click to identify” question
types in one quiz.
ƒ Combination quizzes: Mixing up quiz question formats keeps
students engaged in quizzes and forces them to perform different
cognitive tasks.
™ Module 1: Body Orientation introduces anatomical terminology
and general concepts; Module 2: Cells & Chemistry includes a virtual
cell dissection, a comprehensive histology section, and numerous
animations covering cellular processes and chemistry concepts;
Module 3: Tissues presents multiple examples and magnifications of
the four tissue types and their identifying features. New animations
provide a comprehensive tour of each tissue type.
™ New regional limb dissections have up to 10 layers, and show
vessels and nerves in context of surrounding anatomy.
™ Fly through animations of the heart and brain give students an
inside perspective of these amazing organs.
™ More than 100 new histology slides have been added to APR 3.0,
including commonly requested images like blood cells and glial cells.
™ A new set of animations in Module 5: Skeletal System use a live
model to demonstrate multiple movements at each joint.
™
Changing views: Topic and view menus are always present in the
28
main navigation area so the user can change views without having
exiting to a separate screen. An image orienting the student to the
perspective of the topic and view they choose is accessed by clicking
the new “Current View” button in the lower right corner.
ƒ New “Save Image” functionality: The “Save Image” button, now
located in the lower right corner of the screen, allows the user to
capture any view they manipulate with the layer controls, a view
of the given highlighted structure, or non-highlighted views of all
layers of a dissection in the same window. Users can now save
images to a desired location or simply copy and paste them from
the Save Image window.
ƒ “Image Information” button: Provides tissue source, magnification, etc. for histology images. Located in lower right hand corner
of screen.
™ Using actual cadaver photographs blended together with a state
of the art layering technique, Anatomy & Physiology Revealed allows
students to partake in an interactive dissection of a human cadaver by
peeling away layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath
the surface.
CONTENTS
APR 3.0 Brief TOC
Module 1: Body Orientation
Module 2: Cells & Chemistry
Module 3: Tissues
Module 4: Integumentary System
Module 5: Skeletal System
Module 6: Muscular System
Module 7: Nervous System
Module 8: Endocrine System
Module 9: Cardiovascular System
Module 10: Lymphatic System
Module 11: Respiratory System
Module 12: Digestive System
Module 13: Urinary System
Module 14: Reproductive System
NEW
*9780073403601*
STUDENT ACCESS CARD ANATOMY &
PHYSIOLOGY REVEAED VERSION 3.0
ONLINE
2nd Edition
By The University of Toledo
2012 (January 2011)
ISBN: 9780073403601
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate online interactive
FDGDYHU GLVVHFWLRQ H[SHULHQFH 1RZ IXOO\ FXVWRPL]DEOH WR ¿W DQ\
course level, this state-of-the-art program uses cadaver photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away
layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface.
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed also offers animations, histologic
and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and comprehensive
quizzing. It can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy course; Anatomy
& Physiology Revealed is available stand-alone, or can be combined
with any McGraw-Hill book.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Now fully customizable! Instructors can select the structures they
cover in their course(s) at the easy-to-use online Faculty Portal and
generate a “my Course Content” code. When students enter this code,
only the instructor’s selected structures display in the “MY” areas of
the program, and “MY” quizzes include only those structures. The full,
unfiltered version of APR remains available in the “All” areas of the
SURJUDP0XOWLSOH³P\&RXUVH&RQWHQW´FRGHVFDQEHXSORDGHG²IRU
example, one for lecture and one for lab.
Anatomy & Physiology
™ Connect for APR 3.0! A complete bank of interactive questions
LQFOXGLQJ ODEHOLQJ FODVVLILFDWLRQ VHTXHQFLQJ DQG PRUH²DOO XVLQJ
$35LPDJHVDQGDQLPDWLRQV²ZLOOEHDYDLODEOHLQ&RQQHFWIRU$35
3.0 users. Questions will include remediation links that go directly into
specific structures in APR 3.0.
™ The “Take my Quiz” button allows a student to immediately
take a quiz on all of the structures the instructor assigned for a given
APR module.
ƒ NEW Quiz Types!
ƒ Lab practical quizzes: This new quiz type requires students to
identify anatomic structures by typing the correct answer. Alternate
terms and various formats are counted as correct, but spelling
counts!
ƒ Combination quizzes: This new quiz type combines multiple choice
and “click to identify” question types in one quiz.
CONTENTS
APR 3.0 Brief TOC
Module 1: Body Orientation
Module 2: Cells & Chemistry
Module 3: Tissues
Module 4: Integumentary System
Module 5: Skeletal System
Module 6: Muscular System
Module 7: Nervous System
Module 8: Endocrine System
Module 9: Cardiovascular System
Module 10: Lymphatic System
Module 11: Respiratory System
Module 12: Digestive System
Module 13: Urinary System
Module 14: Reproductive System
™ Progress tracking. APR 3.0 places a checkmark next to each item
visited in the program, helping students track their progress. Students
can sort content by “not viewed” to see what they have left on their
list to study. Tracking is saved across all work sessions.
™
3 NEW modules!
ƒ Module 1: Body Orientation introduces anatomical terminology and
general concepts; Module 2: Cells & Chemistry includes a virtual
cell dissection, a comprehensive histology section, and numerous
animations covering cellular processes and chemistry concepts;
Module 3: Tissues presents multiple examples and magnifications
of the four tissue types and their identifying features. New animations provide a comprehensive tour of each tissue type.
™ 22 NEW Dissections! New regional limb dissections have up to
10 layers, and show vessels and nerves in context of surrounding
anatomy.
™ 3D Fly-through Animations! Fly through animations of the heart
and brain give students an inside perspective of these amazing
organs.
Human Physiology
- Textbooks
International edition
*9780077350062*
NEW
HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY
12th Edition
™ Expanded Histology Coverage. More than 100 new histology
slides have been added to APR 3.0, including commonly requested
images like blood cells and glial cells.
By Stuart Ira Fox, Los Angeles Pierce CLG
™ All-new joint movement animations! A new set of animations in
Module 5: Skeletal System uses a live model to demonstrate multiple
movements at each joint.
™
Navigational improvements--
ƒ Changing views: Topic and view menus are always present in the
main navigation area so the user can change views without having exiting to a separate screen. An image orienting the student
to the perspective of the topic and view they choose is accessed
by clicking the new “Current View” button in the lower right corner.
ƒ “Other Views” button: Allows the user to scroll through snapshots of
all views of the given structure without having to navigate away from
the current view and individually load the other dissections in which
the structure is found. This saves considerable navigation time.
ƒ New “Save Image” functionality: The “Save Image” button, now
located in the lower right corner of the screen, allows the user to
capture any view they manipulate with the layer controls, a view
of the given highlighted structure, or non-highlighted views of all
layers of a dissection in the same window. Users can now save
images to a desired location or simply copy and paste them from
the Save Image window.
™ “Image Information” button: Provides tissue source, magnification, etc. for histology images. Located in lower right hand corner of
screen.
™ Virtual Cadaver Dissection -- Using actual cadaver photographs
blended together with a state of the art layering technique, Anatomy
& Physiology Revealed allows students to partake in an interactive
dissection of a human cadaver by peeling away layers of the human
body to reveal structures beneath the surface.
2011 (August 2010) / 832 pages
ISBN: 9780077350062
ISBN: 9780071221900 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/fox12
Human Physiology, Twelfth Edition, is intended for the one-semester
Human Physiology course often taken by allied health and biology
students. The beginning chapters introduce basic chemical and biological concepts to provide students with the framework they need
to comprehend physiological principles. The chapters that follow
promote conceptual understanding rather than rote memorization of
facts. Health applications are included throughout the book to heighten
interest, deepen understanding of physiological concepts, and help
students relate the material to their individual career goals. Every
effort has been made to help students integrate related concepts
and understand the relationships between anatomical structures
and their functions.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Updated Art Program – new and updated figures have been
added to this edition, supporting text discussions, and including the
popular “Stepped-Out” figures which are broken down into steps to
better explain difficult physiological processes.
™ Updated Clinical Investigations – Clinical Investigations have
been updated to emphasize the new terms and concepts presented
in these clinical scenarios. In addition to the solutions to the investigations at the end of each chapter which were added in the last edition,
29
Anatomy & Physiology
students now can examine these clinical scenarios event further by
accessing the expanded versions available via CONNECT online.
The expanded versions are written by an MD, who has collaborated
with Stuart Fox to present the best possible combination of physiology
educational material and clinical applications.
™ Revisions and Content Updates Throughout – Content in every
chapter has been updated where appropriate to keep the text current
with the latest research, and new findings have been incorporated.
™
&211(&7²WKHIXWXUHLQRQOLQHFRXUVHPDQDJHPHQWLVKHUH
ƒ Instructors can deliver assignments, quizzes, and tests easily online
ƒ Students have 24/7 online access to an eBook
ƒ Online study assets are specifically tied to every illustration in
the textbook
ƒ Study-on-the-Fly downloadable art and audio files for students
CONTENTS
1 The Study of Body Function
2 Chemical Composition of the Body
3 Cell Structure and Genetic Control
4 Enzymes and Energy
5 Cell Respiration and Metabolism
6 Interactions Between Cells and the Extracellular Environment
7 The Nervous System: Neurons and Synapses
8 The Central Nervous System
9 The Autonomic Nervous System
10 Sensory Physiology
11 Endocrine Glands: Secretion and Action of Hormones
12 Muscle: Mechanisms of Contraction and Neural Control
13 Blood, Heart and Circulation
14 Cardio Output, Blood Flow, and Blood Pressure
15 The Immune System
16 Respiratory Physiology
17 Physiology of the Kidneys
18 The Digestive System
19 Regulation of Metabolism
20 Reproduction
International edition
*9780077350017*
NEW
VANDER’S HUMAN
PHYSIOLOGY
The Mechanisms of Body
Function with ARIS, 12th Edition
By Eric P Widmaier, Boston University, Hershel
Raff, Medical College of Wisconsin and Kevin T
Strang, University of Wisconsin Madison
2011 (September 2010) / 784 pages
ISBN: 9780077350017
ISBN: 9780071222150 [IE]
ISBN: 9780071084741 [IE with Connect Plus Card]
www.mhhe.com/widmaier12
Eric Widmaier (Boston University), Hershel Raff (Medical College of
Wisconsin), and Kevin Strang (University of Wisconsin) have taken on
the challenge of maintaining the strengths and reputation of Vander’s
Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Function. Moving beyond the listing of mere facts, it stresses the causal chains of events
that constitute the mechanisms of body function. The fundamental
purpose of this textbook is to present the principles and facts of human
physiology in a format that is suitable for undergraduates regardless
RIDFDGHPLFEDFNJURXQGRU¿HOGRIVWXG\9DQGHU¶V+XPDQ3K\VLRO
ogy, twelfth edition, carries on the tradition of clarity and accuracy,
30
ZKLOHUH¿QLQJDQGXSGDWLQJWKHFRQWHQWWRPHHWWKHQHHGVRIWRGD\¶V
instructors and students. The twelfth edition features a streamlined,
clinically oriented focus to the study of human body systems. It has
also responded to reviewer requests for more clinical applications.
Chapter 19 was new for the eleventh edition, with three complete case
studies. The twelfth edition will contain an additional new case study.
$GGLWLRQDO 3K\VLRORJ\ ,QTXLULHV KDYH EHHQ DGGHG WR PDQ\ ¿JXUHV
throughout the chapters. These critical-thinking questions are just
one more opportunity to add to the student’s learning experience.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ New Case Study in Chapter 19: In response to reviewer requests
for more clinical applications, Chapter 19 was added to the eleventh
edition. It contained three indepth clinical case studies using integrative, whole-body responses to challenges involving homeostasis of
the human body. With the twelfth edition, we have added an additional
new case study!
™ Additional Physiological Inquiries:You will now find critical-thinking and quantitative based questions integrated into many additional
figures found in each chapter.
™ New Feature: Additional Clinical Correlations – Most chapters
will contain at list one mini case study to help students relate the
information they are learning to real life situations.
CONTENTS
Homeostasis: A Framework for Human Physiology
Chemical Composition of the Body
Cellular structure, proteins, and Metabolism
Movement of Molecules Across Cell Membranes
Control of Cells by Chemical Messengers
Neuronal Signaling and the Structure of the Nervous System
Sensory Physiology
Consciousness, the Brain, and Behavior
Muscle
Control of Body Movement
The Endocrine System
Cardiovascular Physiology
Respiratory Physiology
The Kidneys and Regulation of Water and Inorganic Ions
The Digestion and Absorption of Food
Regulation of Organic Metabolism and Energy Balance
Reproduction
Defense Mechanisms of the Body
Medical Physiology: Integration Using Clinical Cases
International edition
FUNDAMENTALS OF HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY
By Stuart Ira Fox, Los Angeles Pierce CLG
2009 (January 2008)
ISBN: 9780077226350 / 480 pages
ISBN: 9780071270373 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/foxfundamentals
Fundamentals of Human Physiology was conceived to meet the
needs of students and professors struggling with the complexity and
depth of the larger, more detailed human physiology textbooks currently available. In addition to being more concise and focusing on
the basics of human physiology, this text is smaller in physical size,
allowing for a cheaper, easier choice for instructors.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Human Physiology
2. From Cells to Systems
3. Interactions Between Cells and Their Environment
4. Nervous System: Neurons and Synapses
5. Central Nervous System
Anatomy & Physiology
6. Peripheral Nervous System
7. Sensory System
8. Endocrine System
9. Muscle Physiology
10. Blood and Circulation
11. The Immune System
12. The Lungs, Gas Transport, and Acid/Base Balance
13. The Kidneys and Urinary System
14. The Digestive System
15. The Reproductive System
Appendix 1: Calculations of chemical concentrations.
Appendix 2: Pathways of cell respiration.
Appendix 3: Mathematical concepts of selected topics in physiology.
Appendix 4: Answers to multiple choice questions.
™
1HZ([HUFLVHV²GHWDLOHGLQIRWRFRPH
CONTENTS
1 Introduction: Structure and Physiological Control Systems
2 Cell Function and Biochemical Measurements
3 The Nervous System and Sensory Physiology
4 The Endocrine System
5 Skeletal Muscles
6 Blood: Gas Transport, Immunity, and Clotting Functions
7 The Cardiovascular System
8 Respiration and Metabolism
9 Renal Function and Homeostasis
10 Digestion and Nutrition
11 Reproductive System
Appendix 1 Basic Chemistry
Appendix 2 Sources of Equipment and Solutions
Appendix 3 Multimedia Correlation to the Laboratory Exercises
Credits
Index
Human Physiology Lab
*9780073403670*
NEW
Human Physiology
- Multimedia
WORKBOOK TO ACCOMPANY ANATOMY &
PHYSIOLOGY REVEALED VERSION 3.0
2nd Edition
By Robert Broyles, Butler County Community College
2012 (June 2011) / 640 pages
ISBN: 9780073403670
(Details unavailable at press time)
NEW
*9780073403601*
STUDENT ACCESS CARD ANATOMY &
PHYSIOLOGY REVEAED VERSION 3.0
ONLINE
2nd Edition
*9780077296179*
NEW
LABORATORY MANUAL
HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY
14th Edition
By Stuart Ira Fox, Los Angeles Pierce College
2011 (August 2010) / 448 pages
ISBN: 9780077296179
The Laboratory Guide to Human Physiology, 14th Edition, is a standalone human physiology manual that can be used in conjunction with
any human physiology textbook. It includes a wide variety of exercises
that support most areas covered in a human physiology course, alORZLQJLQVWUXFWRUVWKHÀH[LELOLW\WRFKRRVHWKRVHH[HUFLVHVEHVWVXLWHG
to meet their particular instructional goals. Background information
WKDWLVQHHGHGWRXQGHUVWDQGWKHSULQFLSOHVDQGVLJQL¿FDQFHRIHDFK
exercise is presented in a concise manner, so that little or no support
is needed from the lecture text.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Procedures Revised--Many of the exercises have updated
explanations of basic physiology and clinical applications, as well as
procedures that have been updated for newer equipment.
By The University of Toledo
2012 (January 2011)
ISBN: 9780073403601
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed is the ultimate online interactive
FDGDYHU GLVVHFWLRQ H[SHULHQFH 1RZ IXOO\ FXVWRPL]DEOH WR ¿W DQ\
course level, this state-of-the-art program uses cadaver photos combined with a layering technique that allows the student to peel away
layers of the human body to reveal structures beneath the surface.
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed also offers animations, histologic
and radiologic imaging, audio pronunciations, and comprehensive
quizzing. It can be used as part of any one or two semester undergraduate anatomy & physiology or human anatomy course; Anatomy
& Physiology Revealed is available stand-alone, or can be combined
with any McGraw-Hill book.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Now fully customizable! Instructors can select the structures they
cover in their course(s) at the easy-to-use online Faculty Portal and
generate a “my Course Content” code. When students enter this code,
only the instructor’s selected structures display in the “MY” areas of
the program, and “MY” quizzes include only those structures. The full,
unfiltered version of APR remains available in the “All” areas of the
SURJUDP0XOWLSOH³P\&RXUVH&RQWHQW´FRGHVFDQEHXSORDGHG²IRU
example, one for lecture and one for lab.
™ Connect for APR 3.0! A complete bank of interactive questions
LQFOXGLQJ ODEHOLQJ FODVVLILFDWLRQ VHTXHQFLQJ DQG PRUH²DOO XVLQJ
$35LPDJHVDQGDQLPDWLRQV²ZLOOEHDYDLODEOHLQ&RQQHFWIRU$35
3.0 users. Questions will include remediation links that go directly into
specific structures in APR 3.0.
31
Anatomy & Physiology
™ The “Take my Quiz” button allows a student to immediately
take a quiz on all of the structures the instructor assigned for a given
APR module.
ƒ NEW Quiz Types!
ƒ Lab practical quizzes: This new quiz type requires students to
identify anatomic structures by typing the correct answer. Alternate
terms and various formats are counted as correct, but spelling
counts!
ƒ Combination quizzes: This new quiz type combines multiple choice
and “click to identify” question types in one quiz.
Module 5: Skeletal System
Module 6: Muscular System
Module 7: Nervous System
Module 8: Endocrine System
Module 9: Cardiovascular System
Module 10: Lymphatic System
Module 11: Respiratory System
Module 12: Digestive System
Module 13: Urinary System
Module 14: Reproductive System
™ Progress tracking. APR 3.0 places a checkmark next to each item
visited in the program, helping students track their progress. Students
can sort content by “not viewed” to see what they have left on their
list to study. Tracking is saved across all work sessions.
™
Pathophysiology
3 NEW modules!
ƒ Module 1: Body Orientation introduces anatomical terminology and
general concepts; Module 2: Cells & Chemistry includes a virtual
cell dissection, a comprehensive histology section, and numerous
animations covering cellular processes and chemistry concepts;
Module 3: Tissues presents multiple examples and magnifications
of the four tissue types and their identifying features. New animations provide a comprehensive tour of each tissue type.
International edition
™ 22 NEW Dissections! New regional limb dissections have up to
10 layers, and show vessels and nerves in context of surrounding
anatomy.
PATHOPHYSIOLOGY
™ 3D Fly-through Animations! Fly through animations of the heart
and brain give students an inside perspective of these amazing
organs.
By Thomas J Nowak and A Gordon Handford of British Columbia Institute of Tech.
2004 / 752 pages
ISBN: 9780070272552 (GOP)
ISBN: 9780071214971 [IE]
™ Expanded Histology Coverage. More than 100 new histology
slides have been added to APR 3.0, including commonly requested
images like blood cells and glial cells.
™ All-new joint movement animations! A new set of animations in
Module 5: Skeletal System uses a live model to demonstrate multiple
movements at each joint.
™
Navigational improvements--
ƒ Changing views: Topic and view menus are always present in the
main navigation area so the user can change views without having exiting to a separate screen. An image orienting the student
to the perspective of the topic and view they choose is accessed
by clicking the new “Current View” button in the lower right corner.
ƒ “Other Views” button: Allows the user to scroll through snapshots of
all views of the given structure without having to navigate away from
the current view and individually load the other dissections in which
the structure is found. This saves considerable navigation time.
ƒ New “Save Image” functionality: The “Save Image” button, now
located in the lower right corner of the screen, allows the user to
capture any view they manipulate with the layer controls, a view
of the given highlighted structure, or non-highlighted views of all
layers of a dissection in the same window. Users can now save
images to a desired location or simply copy and paste them from
the Save Image window.
™ “Image Information” button: Provides tissue source, magnification, etc. for histology images. Located in lower right hand corner of
screen.
™ Virtual Cadaver Dissection -- Using actual cadaver photographs
blended together with a state of the art layering technique, Anatomy
& Physiology Revealed allows students to partake in an interactive
dissection of a human cadaver by peeling away layers of the human
body to reveal structures beneath the surface.
CONTENTS
APR 3.0 Brief TOC
Module 1: Body Orientation
Module 2: Cells & Chemistry
Module 3: Tissues
Module 4: Integumentary System
32
Concepts and Applications for Health Care
Professionals, 3rd Edition
CONTENTS
Part 1 Foundation Concepts of Pathophysiology
Chapter 1 Cell Injury
Chapter 2 Inflammation
Chapter 3 Fever
Chapter 4 Healing
Chapter 5 Disease of Immunity
Chapter 6 Neoplasis
Part 2 Systemic Pathophysiology
Chapter 7 Blood Disorders
Chapter 8 Hemodynamic Disorders
Chapter 9 Vascular Disorders
Chapter 10 Cardiac Pathophysiology
Chapter 11 Circulatory Shock
Chapter 12 Respiratory Pathophysiology
Chapter 13 Gastrointestinal Pathophysiology
Chapter 14 Hepatobiliary and Pancreatic Pathophysiology
Chapter 15 Renal Pathophysiology
Chapter 16 Fluid and Electrolyte Imbalances
Chapter 17 Endocrine Pathophysiology
Chapter 18 Skeletal and Muscular Pathophysiology
Chapter 19 Reproductive Pathophysiology
Chapter 20 Disorders of Central ervous System Development, Vascular Support, and Protection
Chapter 21 Disorders of Movement, Sensation, and Mental Function
Chapter 22 Seizures and Epilepsy
Chapter 23 Pain and Pain Management Chapter 24 Trauma
Anatomy & Physiology
Professional References
SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINE OF HUMAN
ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
2nd Edition
By Kent M. Van De Graaff, Weber State University and R. Ward Rhees,
Brigham Young University—Provo
2011 (September 2010) / 192 pages
ISBN: 9780071745864
A Schaum’s Publication
If you are looking for a quick nuts-and-bolts overview of human
anatomy and physiology, it’s got to be Schaum’s Easy Outline. This
ERRNLVDSDUHGGRZQVLPSOL¿HGDQGWLJKWO\IRFXVHGYHUVLRQRILWV
Schaum’s Outline cousin, with an emphasis on clarity and conciseness. Graphic elements such as sidebars, reader-alert icons, and
boxed highlights stress selected points from the text, illuminate keys
to learning, and give you quick pointers to the essentials.
ƒ Perfect if you have missed class or need extra review
ƒ Gives you expert help from teachers who are authorities in their
fields
ƒ So small and light that it fits in your backpack!
Topics include: Introduction to the Human Body, Cellular Chemistry,
Cell Structure and Function, Tissues, Integumentary System, Skeletal
System, Muscle Tissue and Mode of Contraction, Muscular System,
Nervous Tissue, Central Nervous System, Peripheral and Autonomic
Nervous System, Sensory Organs, Endocrine System, Cardiovascular
System: Blood, Cardiovascular System: The Heart
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to the Human Body
2.Cellular Chemistry
3.Cell Structure and Function
4.Tissues
5.Integumentary System
6.Skeletal System
7.Muscle Tissue and Mode of Contraction
8.Muscular System
9.Nervous Tissue
10.Central Nervous System
11.Peripheral and Autonomic Nervous System
12.Sensory Organs
13.Endocrine System
14.Cardiovascular System: Blood
15. Cardiovascular System: The Heart …
International edition
JUNQUEIRA’S BASIC HISTOLOGY
12th Edition
By Anthony Mescher, University of Indiana School of Medicine
2010 (August 2009) / 480 pages
ISBN: 9780071630207
ISBN: 9780071271905 [IE]
A Professional Publication
CONTENTS
Key Features
Preface
Acknowledgments
1.Histology and Its Methods of Study: Preparation of Tissues for
Study / Light Microscopy / Electron Microscopy / Autoradiography /
Cell & Tissue Culture / Histochemistry & Cytochemistry / Detection
Methods Using Specific Interactions Between Molecules / Problems
in the Study of Tissue Sections
2.The Cytoplasm: Cell Differentiation / Cytoplasmic Organelles / The
Cytoskeleteon / Inclusions
3.The Cell Nucleus: Components of the Nucleus / Cell Division / The
Cell Cycle / Stem Cells and Tissue Renewal / Meiosis / Apoptosis
4. Epithelial Tissue: Characteristic Features of Epithelial Cells / Specializations of the Apical Cell Surface / Types of Epithelia / Transport
Across Epithelia / Renewal of Epithelial Cells
5.Connective Tissue: Cells of Connective Tissue / Fibers / Ground
Substance / Types of Connective Tissue
6.Adipose Tissue: White Adipose Tissue / Brown Adipose Tissue
7.Cartilage: Hyaline Cartilage / Elastic Cartilage / Fibrocartilage /
Cartilage Formation, Growth and Repair
8. Bone: Bone Cells / Bone Matrix / Periosteum & Endostreum /
Types of Bone / Osteogenesis / Bone Growth, Remodeling, & Repair /
Metabolic Role of Bone / Joints
9.Nerve Tissue & The Nervous System: Development of Nerve Tissue / Neurons / Glial Cells & Neuronal Activity / Central Nervous System / Peripheral Nervous System / Neural Plasticity & Regeneration
10. Muscle Tissue: Skeletal Muscle / Cardiac Muscle / Smooth
Muscle / Rengeneration of Muscle Tissue
11. The Circulatory System: Heart / Tissues of the Vascular Wall /
Structural Plan of Blood Vessels / Vasculature / Lymphatic Vascular
System
12. Blood: Composition of Plasma / Blood Cells
13. Hemopoiesis: Stem Cells, Growth Factors, & Differentiation /
Bone Marrow / Maturation of Erythrocytes / Maturation of Granulocytes
/ Maturation of Agranulocytes / Origin of Platelets
14. The Immune System & Lymphoid Organs: Antigens / Antibodies / Cytokines / Cells of the Immune System / Types of Immune
Responses / Lymphoid Tissues / Thymus / Musoca-Associated
Lymphoid Tissue (MALT) / Lymph Nodes / Spleen
15. Digestive Tract: General Structure of the Digestive Tract / Oral
Cavity / Esophagus / Stomach / Small Intestine / Large Intestine /
16. Organs Associated with the Digestive Tract / Salivary Glands /
Pancreas / Liver / Hepatic Lobule Structure & Function / Biliary Tract
& Gallbladder
17. The Respiratory System: Respiratory Epithelium / Nasal Cavities
/ Sinuses & Nasopharynx / Larynx / Trachea / Bronchial Tree & Lung
/ Pulmonary Vasculature & Nerves / Pleura / Respiratory Movements
18. Skin: Epidermis / Dermis / Subcutaneous Tissue / Vessels &
Sensory Receptors / Hair / Nails / Glands of the Skin
19. The Urinary System: Kidneys / Blood Circulation / Ureters,
Bladder, & Urethra /
20. Endocrine Glands: Pituitary Gland (Hypophysis) / Adrenal Glands
/ Pancreatic Islets / Diffuse Neuroendocrine System / Thyroid Gland
/ Parathyroid Gland / Pineal Gland
21. The Male Reproductive System: Testes / Intratesticular Ducts
/ Excretory Genital Ducts / Accessory Glands / Penis
22. The Female Reproductive System: Ovaries / Uterine Tubes /
Uterus / Vagina / Mammary Glands
23. The Eye and Ear: Special Sense Organs / Eyes: The Photoreceptor System / Ears: The Vestibuloauditory System
Appendix: Light Microscopy Stains
Figure Credits
Index
For more than three decades, Junqueira’s Basic Histology has been
unmatched in its ability to explain the function of cell and tissue
VWUXFWXUHLQWKHKXPDQERG\8SGDWHGWRUHÀHFWWKHODWHVWUHVHDUFK
LQWKH¿HOGDQGHQKDQFHGZLWKPRUHWKDQLOOXVWUDWLRQVPRVW
in full-color, the 12th Edition is the most comprehensive and modern
approach to understanding medical histology available anywhere.
33
Anatomy & Physiology
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF HUMAN ANATOMY
AND PHYSIOLOGY
3rd Edition
By Kent Van De Graaff, R Ward Rhees, Brigham Young University and
Sidney L Palmer
2010 (August 2009) / 432 pages
ISBN: 9780071623308
A Schaum’s Publication
Schaum’s Outline of Human Anatomy and Physiology provides a
systematic review of anatomy and physiology with clear and concise
explanations, accompanied by numerous exercises that help you
learn and test yourself. The revised edition will include comprehensive
review of the human body’s cellular chemistry and structure, tissues,
systems, immunity, and reproduction process.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to the Human Body
2. Cellular Chemistry
3. Cell Structure and Function
4. Tissues
5. Integumentary System
6. Skeletal System
7. Muscle Tissue and Mode of Contraction
8. Muscular System
9. Nervous Tissue
10. Central Nervous System
11. Peripheral and Autonomic Nervous System
12. Sensory Organs
13. Endocrine System
14. Cardiovascular System: Blood
15. Cardiovascular System: The Heart
16. Cardiovascular System: Vessels and Blood Circulation
17. Lymphatic System and Body Immunity
18. Respiratory System
19. Digestive System
20. Metabolism, Nutrition, and Temperature Regulation
21. Urinary System
22. Water and Electrolyte Balance
23. Reproductive System
Invitation to Publish
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook
proposals for publication.
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
email to [email protected]
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/
34
35
BIOLOGY
Biology Majors - Laboratory................................................................................50
Biology Non Majors Laboratory ..........................................................................45
Biology Supplements ..........................................................................................55
General Biology Majors - Textbook.....................................................................47
General Biology Non Majors - Textbook .............................................................37
Human Biology Laboratory .................................................................................54
Human Biology - Textbook..................................................................................53
Professional References ....................................................................................56
New Titles
BIOLOGY
2012
Author
ISBN
Page
Concepts in Biology, 14e
Enger
9780077442996
37
Laboratory Manual Concepts in Biology, 14e
Enger
9780077295257
45
The Living World, 7e
Johnson
9780077443023
39
Biology: Concepts & Investigations, 2e
Hoefnagels
9780077443009
38
Essentials of Biology, 3e
Mader
9780077443047
40
Human Biology, 12e
Mader
9780077443030
53
Lab Manual for Essentials of Biology, 3e
Mader
9780077402150
45
Lab Manual for Human Biology, 12e
Mader
9780077348625
54
Photo Atlas for General Biology, 3e
Strete
9780073525556
45, 50,
55
BIOLOGY
2011
Author
ISBN
Biology, 2e
Brooker
9780077349967
47
Biological Investigations Lab Manual, 9e
Dolphin
9780073383057
50
Concepts of Biology
Mader
9780077350147
41
Inquiry into Life, 13e
Mader
9780077280109
42
Lab Manual to accompany Concepts of Biology, 2e
Mader
9780077297336
46
Laboratory Manual to accompany Inquiry Into Life, 13e
Mader
9780077297435
46
Biology, 9e
Raven
9780077350024
48
Biology Laboratory Manual, 9e
Vodopich
9780077389697
51
36
Page
Biology
General Biology
- Non Majors
Textbook
International edition
*9780077442996*
NEW
CONCEPTS IN BIOLOGY
14th Edition
By Eldon Enger, Delta College
2012 (January 2011) / 704 pages
ISBN: 9780077442996
ISBN: 9780071315081 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/enger14e
students’ skill levels to determine what they’re good at and where
they need help. Then, it delivers customized learning content based
on their strengths and weakness. The result: students get the help
they need, right when they need it — instead of getting stuck on
lessons, or being continually frustrated with stalled progress. Probe:
How could an effective learning system that diagnoses students’
skill levels to determine what they’re good at and where they need
help. Then, delivers customized learning content based on their
strengths and weakness help level the playing field in your course?
ƒ The Enger Companion Site is a vast array of electronic teaching
and learning tools, including animations and videos with quizzing,
pre-tests, practice quizzes, post-tests, and on-line labs.
ƒ Presentation Center - Build instructional materials wherever,
whenever, and however you want! Presentation Center is an online
digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork, animations, PowerPoints, and other types of media that can be used to
create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes,
compelling course websites, or attractive printed support materials. Access to your book, access to all books! This ever-growing
resource gives instructors the power to utilize assets specific to
their adopted textbook as well as content from other McGraw-Hill
books in the library. Presentation Center’s dynamic search engine
allows you to explore by discipline, course, textbook chapter, asset type, or keyword. Simply browse, select, and download the
files you need to build engaging course materials. All assets are
copyrighted by McGraw-Hill Higher Education but can be used by
instructors for classroom purposes.
FEATURES
™ Evolution and ecology coverage appear in the same unit, unlike
most texts that have evolution in the first 1/3 of the text and ecology
at the end.
Enger/Ross/Bailey: Concepts in Biology is a relatively brief introductory general biology text written for students with no previous
science background. The authors strive to use the most accessible
YRFDEXODU\DQGZULWLQJVW\OHSRVVLEOHZKLOHVWLOOPDLQWDLQLQJVFLHQWL¿F
accuracy. The text covers all the main areas of study in biology
from cells through ecosystems. Evolution and ecology coverage are
combined in Part Four to emphasize the relationship between these
two main subject areas. The new, 13th edition is the latest and most
exciting revision of a respected introductory biology text written by
authors who know how to reach students through engaging writing,
interesting issues and applications, and accessible level. Instructors
ZLOODSSUHFLDWHWKHERRN¶VVFLHQWL¿FDFFXUDF\FRPSOHWHFRYHUDJHDQG
extensive supplement package.
™
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Each chapter ends with an illustrated summary, organized by
major heading, and then many objective questions.
™ Engaging Digital Learning Tools; Teaching and Learning with
Technology.
ƒ Connect Biology -McGraw-Hill ConnectTM interactive learning platform provides auto-graded assessments, an adaptive diagnostic
tool, and powerful reporting against learning outcomes and level
of difficulty—all in an easy-to-use interface.
ƒ ConnectPlusThis version of Connect includes the full textbook
as an integrated, dynamic ebook. ConnectPlus provides all of
WKH&RQQHFWIHDWXUHVSOXVWKHIROORZLQJ‡$QLQWHJUDWHGSULQWDEOH
HERRNDOORZLQJIRUDQ\WLPHDQ\ZKHUHDFFHVVWRWKHWH[WERRN‡
Dynamic links between the problems or questions you assign to
your students and the location in the ebook where those problems
RUTXHVWLRQVDUHFRYHUHG‡<RXFDQDVVLJQIXOO\LQWHJUDWHGVHOI
VWXG\ TXHVWLRQV ‡ 3DJLQDWLRQ WKDW H[DFWO\ PDWFKHV WKH SULQWHG
text, allowing students to rely on ConnectPlus as the complete
UHVRXUFHIRU\RXUFRXUVH‡(PEHGGHGPHGLDLQFOXGLQJDQLPDWLRQV
DQGYLGHRV‡&XVWRPL]HWKHWH[WIRU\RXUVWXGHQWVE\DGGLQJDQG
sharing your own notes and highlights.
ƒ LearnSmart - Bright futures begin with a smarter way to learn.
LearnSmart monitors students’ learning styles as it teaches and
adapts instantly based on their performance. Measure-Assess and
monitor students levels. Adapt-Provide interactive assessments
based on strengths & weaknesses. Empower-Map out a personalized plan for successful learning. Proof: LearnSmart diagnoses
Chapter dedicated to coverage of biotechnology.
™ Biochemical pathways chapter from previous editions is separated into two chapters. The first covers cellular respiration and the
second covers photosynthesis.
™ Hundreds of new photographs and illustrations appear in Concepts in Biology, 13/e.
™ Concepts in Biology is organized with physiological processes
appearing as the last major part of the text.
™ Brief vignettes of 2-3 paragraphs in length appear at the beginning of each chapter.
™ McGraw-Hill’s Biology Digitized Video Clips are correlated to
topics covered in the text and identified by an icon on the appropriate book pages.
™ Many new and updated high-interest boxed readings appear
throughout the text.
REVIEW COPY
(Available for course adoption only)
To request for a review copy,
ƒ contact your local McGraw-Hill
representatives or,
ƒ fax the Review Copy Request Form found
in this catalog or,
ƒ e-mail your request to
[email protected] or,
ƒ submit online at www.mheducation.asia
37
Biology
International edition
*9780077443009*
NEW
BIOLOGY
Concepts & Investigations,
2nd Edition
By Marielle Hoefnagels, University of Oklahoma-Norman
2012 (January 2011) / 960 pages
ISBN: 9780077443009
ISBN: 9780071315548 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/hoefnagels2e
This new non-majors biology textbook offers an engaging writing style,
VWURQJIRFXVRQVFLHQWL¿FLQTXLU\DQGHYROXWLRQDQHPSKDVLVRQDS
plications and a superior pedagogical system within a concepts format.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ 1(:&+$37(53('$*2*<,QWKLVQHZHGLWLRQ0DULHOOHKDV
incorporated the latest learning tools;
ƒ Figure It Out-focusing on quantitative skills, these questions allow
students to apply new ideas right away
ƒ Pull It TogetherConcept Maps
ƒ Write It Out-asks students to recall and integrate key chapter
material.
ƒ Critical Thinking questions have been added to each Investigating
Life Section in the text.
ƒ As an experienced teacher and textbook author, Marielle Hoefnagels set out to answer the student question,
ƒ “What’s The Point”On every page of her new book:
ƒ Attention Grabbing Essay, Chapter Outline and Learn How To
Learn Study TipTwo-page high interest chapter openers describe
a biological concept covered in the chapter using a real world
example. The outline previews the main chapter concepts and
the Study Tip is designed to help students take a concrete step
towards improved learning.
ƒ Apply It Now-Application based readings
ƒ RETAINED TOOLS
ƒ Burning Questions-Inquiry, currency and relevancy
ƒ Focus On Model Organisms continues to shine the spotlight on
species that that have contributed to our understanding of life.
™ MODERN APPROACH TO GENETICS. The genetics unit has
been rearranged to combine the material on gene function with DNA
structure. This new chapter opens the genetics unit.(Chapter 7) The
material on DNA replication has been moved to the chapter on cell
division.(Chapter 8) Chapter 9, Sexual Reproduction and Meiosis
remains in its original location. The two chapters on inheritance
patterns have been rolled into one to improve continuity and reduce
redundancy(Chapter 10)
™ ART-Beautiful color-coordinated art and photo program, developed with the purpose of addressing student learning styles. Each
art figure has been thoroughly analyzed by the development team,
our faculty consultant group, and by the author.
™ Engaging Digital Learning Tools; Teaching and Learning with
Technology.
ƒ Connect Biology -McGraw-Hill ConnectTM interactive learning platform provides auto-graded assessments, an adaptive diagnostic
tool, and powerful reporting against learning outcomes and level
of difficulty—all in an easy-to-use interface.
ƒ ConnectPlusThis version of Connect includes the full textbook
38
as an integrated, dynamic ebook. ConnectPlus provides all of
WKH&RQQHFWIHDWXUHVSOXVWKHIROORZLQJ‡$QLQWHJUDWHGSULQWDEOH
HERRNDOORZLQJIRUDQ\WLPHDQ\ZKHUHDFFHVVWRWKHWH[WERRN‡
Dynamic links between the problems or questions you assign to
your students and the location in the ebook where those problems
RUTXHVWLRQVDUHFRYHUHG‡<RXFDQDVVLJQIXOO\LQWHJUDWHGVHOI
VWXG\ TXHVWLRQV ‡ 3DJLQDWLRQ WKDW H[DFWO\ PDWFKHV WKH SULQWHG
text, allowing students to rely on ConnectPlus as the complete
UHVRXUFHIRU\RXUFRXUVH‡(PEHGGHGPHGLDLQFOXGLQJDQLPDWLRQV
DQGYLGHRV‡&XVWRPL]HWKHWH[WIRU\RXUVWXGHQWVE\DGGLQJDQG
sharing your own notes and highlights.
ƒ LearnSmart - Bright futures begin with a smarter way to learn.
LearnSmart monitors students’ learning styles as it teaches and
adapts instantly based on their performance. Measure-Assess and
monitor students levels. Adapt-Provide interactive assessments
based on strengths & weaknesses. Empower-Map out a personalized plan for successful learning. Proof: LearnSmart diagnoses
students’ skill levels to determine what they’re good at and where
they need help. Then, it delivers customized learning content based
on their strengths and weakness. The result: students get the help
they need, right when they need it — instead of getting stuck on
lessons, or being continually frustrated with stalled progress. Probe:
How could an effective learning system that diagnoses students’
skill levels to determine what they’re good at and where they need
help. Then, delivers customized learning content based on their
strengths and weakness help level the playing field in your course?
ƒ Hoefnagels Companion Site is a vast array of electronic teaching
and learning tools, including animations and videos with quizzing,
pre-tests, practice quizzes, post-tests, and on-line labs.
ƒ Presentation Center - Build instructional materials wherever,
whenever, and however you want! Presentation Center is an online
digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork, animations, PowerPoints, and other types of media that can be used to
create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes,
compelling course websites, or attractive printed support materials. Access to your book, access to all books! This ever-growing
resource gives instructors the power to utilize assets specific to
their adopted textbook as well as content from other McGraw-Hill
books in the library. Presentation Center’s dynamic search engine
allows you to explore by discipline, course, textbook chapter, asset type, or keyword. Simply browse, select, and download the
files you need to build engaging course materials. All assets are
copyrighted by McGraw-Hill Higher Education but can be used by
instructors for classroom purposes.
™ Chapter by Chapter color customization -Professors now have
the option to select only the chapters they cover in lecture and lab
allowing students savings in book costs.
CONTENTS
Unit 1: The Cellular Basis of Life
1. What is Life?
2. The Chemistry of Life
3. The Dynamic Cell
4. The Energy of Life
5. Photosynthesis
6. How Cells Release Energy
Unit 2: The Molecular Basis of Life
7. DNA Structure and Replication
8. The Cell Cycle
9. Sexual Reproduction and Meiosis
10. Patterns of Inheritance
11. Chromosomes and Human Inheritance Patterns
12. Gene Function, Gene Regulation, and Biotechnology
Unit 3: The Evolution of Life
13. The Forces of Evolutionary Change
14. Speciation and Extinction
15. Evidence for Evolution
16. The Origin and History of Life
Unit 4: The Diversity of Life
17. Viruses and Simple Infectious Agents
18. Bacteria and Archaea
Biology
19. Protista
20. Plants
21. Fungi
22. Animals I – Invertebrates
23. Animals II – Vertebrates
Unit 5: Plant Life
24. Plant Form and Function
25. Plant Nutrition and Transport
26. Reproduction and Development of Flowering Plants
Unit 6: Animal Life
27. Animal Tissues, Organ Systems and Homeostasis
28. The Nervous System
29. The Sensory System
30. The Endocrine System
31. The Musculoskeletal System
32. The Circulatory System
33. The Respiratory System
34. Digestion and Animal Nutrition
35. Regulation of Temperature and Body Fluids
36. The Immune System
37. Animal Reproduction and Development
Unit 7: The Ecology of Life
38. Animal Behavior
39. Populations
40. Communities and Ecosystems
41. The Biosphere
42. Conserving Biodiversity
International edition
*9780077443023*
NEW
THE LIVING WORLD
7th Edition
By George B Johnson
2012 (January 2011) / 896 pages
ISBN: 9780077443023
ISBN: 9780071315623 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/tlw7
The Living World is often considered a student favorite. George
Johnson has written this non-majors textbook from the ground up to
be an engaging and accessible learning tool with an emphasis on
“how things work and why things happen the way they do”. The Living World focuses on concepts rather than terminology and technical
information, and features a straightforward, clear writing style and a
wide variety of media assets to enhance the content of the textbook.
The integration of text and the digital world are now complete with
McGraw-Hill’s ConnectPlus and LearnSmart.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™
Integration of Learning Objectives
™ Integrated Art -- Throughout the text, descriptions of the art
have been incorporated into the textual discussion, encouraging the
students to look at the art as they are reading the textual descriptions.
In many cases, the artwork has been revised to make these rat tieins in the text clearer and more meaningful. A numbering system has
been placed within the figures allowing the text to guide the student
through particular areas of a figure.
™ Engaging Digital Learning Tools; Teaching and Learning with
Technology.
ƒ Connect Biology -McGraw-Hill ConnectTM interactive learning platform provides auto-graded assessments, an adaptive diagnostic
tool, and powerful reporting against learning outcomes and level
of difficulty—all in an easy-to-use interface.
ƒ ConnectPlusThis version of Connect includes the full textbook
as an integrated, dynamic ebook. ConnectPlus provides all of
WKH&RQQHFWIHDWXUHVSOXVWKHIROORZLQJ‡$QLQWHJUDWHGSULQWDEOH
HERRNDOORZLQJIRUDQ\WLPHDQ\ZKHUHDFFHVVWRWKHWH[WERRN‡
Dynamic links between the problems or questions you assign to
your students and the location in the ebook where those problems
RUTXHVWLRQVDUHFRYHUHG‡<RXFDQDVVLJQIXOO\LQWHJUDWHGVHOI
VWXG\ TXHVWLRQV ‡ 3DJLQDWLRQ WKDW H[DFWO\ PDWFKHV WKH SULQWHG
text, allowing students to rely on ConnectPlus as the complete
UHVRXUFHIRU\RXUFRXUVH‡(PEHGGHGPHGLDLQFOXGLQJDQLPDWLRQV
DQGYLGHRV‡&XVWRPL]HWKHWH[WIRU\RXUVWXGHQWVE\DGGLQJDQG
sharing your own notes and highlights.
ƒ LearnSmart - Bright futures begin with a smarter way to learn.
LearnSmart monitors students’ learning styles as it teaches and
adapts instantly based on their performance. Measure-Assess and
monitor students levels. Adapt-Provide interactive assessments
based on strengths & weaknesses. Empower-Map out a personalized plan for successful learning. Proof: LearnSmart diagnoses
students’ skill levels to determine what they’re good at and where
they need help. Then, it delivers customized learning content based
on their strengths and weakness. The result: students get the help
they need, right when they need it — instead of getting stuck on
lessons, or being continually frustrated with stalled progress. Probe:
How could an effective learning system that diagnoses students’
skill levels to determine what they’re good at and where they need
help. Then, delivers customized learning content based on their
strengths and weakness help level the playing field in your course?
ƒ Johnson The Living World Companion Site is a vast array of
electronic teaching and learning tools, including animations and
videos with quizzing, pre-tests, practice quizzes, post-tests, and
on-line labs.
ƒ Presentation Center - Build instructional materials wherever,
whenever, and however you want! Presentation Center is an online
digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork, animations, PowerPoints, and other types of media that can be used to
create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes,
compelling course websites, or attractive printed support materials. Access to your book, access to all books! This ever-growing
resource gives instructors the power to utilize assets specific to
their adopted textbook as well as content from other McGraw-Hill
books in the library. Presentation Center’s dynamic search engine
allows you to explore by discipline, course, textbook chapter, asset type, or keyword. Simply browse, select, and download the
files you need to build engaging course materials. All assets are
copyrighted by McGraw-Hill Higher Education but can be used by
instructors for classroom purposes.
CONTENTS
Part 1 The Study of Life
Chapter 1 The Science of Biology
Chapter 2 Evolution and Ecology
Part 2 The Living Cell
Chapter 3 The Chemistry of Life
Chapter 4 Molecules of Life
Chapter 5 Cells
Chapter 6 Energy and Life
Chapter 7 Photosynthesis: Acquiring Energy from the Sun
Chapter 8 How Cells Harvest Energy from Food
Part 3 The Continuity of Life
Chapter 9 Mitosis
Chapter 10 Meiosis
Chapter 11 Foundations of Genetics
Chapter 12 DNA: The Genetic Material
Chapter 13 How Genes Work
Part 4 The New Biology
39
Biology
Chapter 14 Gene Technology
Chapter 15 Genomics
Chapter 16 The Revolution in Cell Technology
Part 5 The Evolution and Diversity of Life
Chapter 17 Evolution and Natural Selection
Chapter 18 How We Name Living Things
Chapter 19 The First Single-Celled Creatures
Chapter 20 Advent of the Eukaryotes
Chapter 21 Fungi Invade the Land
Part 6 Plant Life
Chapter 22 Evolution of Plants
Chapter 23 Plant Form and Function
Chapter 24 Plant Reproduction and Growth
Part 7 Evolution of Animal Life
Chapter 25 Evolution of the Animal Phyla
Chapter 26 History of the Vertebrates
Chapter 27 How Humans Evolved
Part 8 Animal Life
Chapter 28 The Animal Body and How It Moves
Chapter 29 Circulation
Chapter 30 Respiration
Chapter 31 The Path of Food Through the Animal Body
Chapter 32 Maintaining the Internal Environment
Chapter 33 How the Body Defends Itself
Chapter 34 The Nervous System
Chapter 35 Chemical Signaling Within the Animal Body
Chapter 36 Reproduction and Development
Part 9 The Living Environment
Chapter 37 Ecosystems
Chapter 38 Populations and Communities
Chapter 39 Behavior and the Environment
Chapter 40 Planet Under Stress
International edition
NEW
*9780077443047*
ESSENTIALS OF BIOLOGY
3rd Edition
By Sylvia Mader
2012 (January 2011) / 736 pages
ISBN: 9780077443047
ISBN: 9780071315951 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/maderessentials3
Essentials of Biology is an introductory biology text for non-major
students that combines Dr. Sylvia Mader’s superb and accessible
writing style with clear visuals, a comprehensive learning system, and
abundant applications and relevancy. Essentials of Biology explains
the principles of biology clearly and illustrates them in a captivating,
easy-to-understand manner. It emphasizes the relevance of biology
to students’ lives within a framework of biodiversity and is organized
around the major concepts of biology—cells theory, gene theory,
evolution, the theory of homeostasis, and ecosystems. The integration of text and the digital world are now complete with the addition of
Dr. Michael’s Windelspecht’s expertise in the development of digital
learning assets. Dr Windelspecht has acted is the leading architect in
the design of the Mader media content for McGraw-Hill’s ConnectPlus
and LearnSmart. ConnectPlus suite of learning tools. These assets
will allow you to easily design interactive tutorial materials, enhance
presentations in both the online and traditional environments, and
assess the learning objectives and outcomes of your course.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™
NEW APPLICATION BASED PEDAGOGICAL FEATURES
ƒ Learning Outcomes The author has identified 3-4 Learning Outcomes for each heading. These have been constructed using
40
Bloom’s Taxonomy and will allow assessment of key concepts.
ƒ %HIRUH<RX%HJLQ$OORZVWKHVWXGHQWVWRDVVHVVZKHWKHUWKH\KDYH
mastered prerequisite key concepts before proceeding further into
the chapter material.
ƒ Connecting The Concepts Develops a series of learning threads
that allow the instructor and student to bring related concepts
together more easily.
ƒ Connections and Misconceptions These applications are designed
to connect interesting topics to the student’s life and address
common misconceptions regarding the science of biology that
students frequently have.
ƒ Media ICONS Today’s students are primarily digital and visualbased learners. In this edition we have added vibrant Media ICONS
through out the chapter to indicate where relevant animations,
video and MP3 files are available to students through Connect.
They are designed to enhance the relevancy and applications of
the chapter content.
™ Engaging Digital Learning Tools; Teaching and Learning with
Technology.
ƒ Connect Biology -McGraw-Hill ConnectTM interactive learning platform provides auto-graded assessments, an adaptive diagnostic
tool, and powerful reporting against learning outcomes and level
of difficulty—all in an easy-to-use interface.
ƒ ConnectPlusThis version of Connect includes the full textbook
as an integrated, dynamic ebook. ConnectPlus provides all of
WKH&RQQHFWIHDWXUHVSOXVWKHIROORZLQJ‡$QLQWHJUDWHGSULQWDEOH
HERRNDOORZLQJIRUDQ\WLPHDQ\ZKHUHDFFHVVWRWKHWH[WERRN‡
Dynamic links between the problems or questions you assign to
your students and the location in the ebook where those problems
RUTXHVWLRQVDUHFRYHUHG‡<RXFDQDVVLJQIXOO\LQWHJUDWHGVHOI
VWXG\ TXHVWLRQV ‡ 3DJLQDWLRQ WKDW H[DFWO\ PDWFKHV WKH SULQWHG
text, allowing students to rely on ConnectPlus as the complete
UHVRXUFHIRU\RXUFRXUVH‡(PEHGGHGPHGLDLQFOXGLQJDQLPDWLRQV
DQGYLGHRV‡&XVWRPL]HWKHWH[WIRU\RXUVWXGHQWVE\DGGLQJDQG
sharing your own notes and highlights.
ƒ LearnSmart - Bright futures begin with a smarter way to learn.
LearnSmart monitors students’ learning styles as it teaches and
adapts instantly based on their performance. Measure-Assess and
monitor students levels. Adapt-Provide interactive assessments
based on strengths & weaknesses. Empower-Map out a personalized plan for successful learning. Proof: LearnSmart diagnoses
students’ skill levels to determine what they’re good at and where
they need help. Then, it delivers customized learning content based
on their strengths and weakness. The result: students get the help
they need, right when they need it — instead of getting stuck on
lessons, or being continually frustrated with stalled progress. Probe:
How could an effective learning system that diagnoses students’
skill levels to determine what they’re good at and where they need
help. Then, delivers customized learning content based on their
strengths and weakness help level the playing field in your course?
ƒ The Mader Companion Site is a vast array of electronic teaching
and learning tools, including animations and videos with quizzing,
pre-tests, practice quizzes, post-tests, and on-line labs.
ƒ Presentation Center - Build instructional materials wherever,
whenever, and however you want! Presentation Center is an online
digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork, animations, PowerPoints, and other types of media that can be used to
create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes,
compelling course websites, or attractive printed support materials. Access to your book, access to all books! This ever-growing
resource gives instructors the power to utilize assets specific to
their adopted textbook as well as content from other McGraw-Hill
books in the library. Presentation Center’s dynamic search engine
allows you to explore by discipline, course, textbook chapter, asset type, or keyword. Simply browse, select, and download the
files you need to build engaging course materials. All assets are
copyrighted by McGraw-Hill Higher Education but can be used by
instructors for classroom purposes.
™ Bioethical Issues. The Bioethical Issue at the end of each
chapter briefly discusses a controversial issue confronting society
Biology
and poses questions to help students fully consider the issue and
arrive at an opinion.
CONTENTS
1 A View of Life
Part 1 The Cell
2 The Chemical Basis of Life
3 The Organic Molecules of Life
4 Inside the Cell
5 The Dynamic Cell
6 Energy for Life
7 Energy for Cells
Part 2 Genetics
8 Cellular Reproduction
9 Sexual Reproduction
10 Patterns of Inheritance
11 DNA Biology and Technology
12 Gene Regulation and Cancer
13 Genetic Counseling
Part 3 Evolution
14 Darwin and Evolution
15 Evolution on a Small Scale
16 Evolution on a Large Scale
Part 4 Diversity of Life
17 The First Forms of Life
18 Land Environment: Plants and Fungi
19 Both Water and Land: Animals
Part 5 Plant Structure and Function
20 Plant Anatomy and Growth
21 Plant Responses and Reproduction
Part 6 Animal Structure and Function
22 Being Organized and Steady
23 The Transport Systems
24 The Maintenance Systems
25 Human Nutrition
26 Defenses Against Disease
27 The Control Systems
28 Sensory Input and Motor Output
29 Reproduction and Development
Part 7 Ecology
30 Ecology of Populations
31 Communities and Ecosystems
32 Human Impact on the Biosphere
International edition
*9780077350147*
NEW
CONCEPTS OF BIOLOGY
2nd Edition
By Sylvia S Mader
2011 (September 2010) / 928 pages
ISBN: 9780077350147
ISBN: 9780071222037 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/maderconcepts2
Instructors consistently ask for a textbook that helps students understand the relationships between the main concepts of biology, so they
are not learning facts about biology in isolation. Mader’s Concepts
RI%LRORJ\ZDVGHYHORSHGWR¿OOWKLVYRLG2UJDQL]HGDURXQGWKHPDLQ
themes of biology, Concepts of Biology guides students to think
conceptually about biology and the world around them. Just as the
OHYHOVRIELRORJLFDORUJDQL]DWLRQÀRZIURPRQHOHYHOWRWKHQH[WWKHPHV
and topics in Concepts of Biology are tied to one another throughout
the chapter, and between the chapters and parts. Combined with Dr.
Mader’s hallmark writing style, exceptional art program, and pedaJRJLFDOIUDPHZRUNGLI¿FXOWFRQFHSWVEHFRPHHDVLHUWRXQGHUVWDQG
and visualize, allowing students to focus on understanding how the
concepts are related. The integration of text and the digital world
are now complete with McGraw-Hill’s ConnectPlus and LearnSmart.
ConnectPlus allows you assign content from the text by Learning
Outcomes and the reporting features are the best in the market.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Application and Relevancy. NEW! “How Life Changes” are
readings that show students how the theory of evolution pertains to
their everyday lives. Two other types of readings appear periodically
in each chapter--How Biology Impacts Our Lives and How Science
Progresses—to present concepts in the context of real-life events. In
addition, analogies, a strength of Dr. Mader’s writing style, aid students
in understanding difficult concepts.
™ Engaging Digital Learning Tools; Teaching and Learning with
Technology.
ƒ Connect Biology -McGraw-Hill ConnectTM interactive learning platform provides auto-graded assessments, an adaptive diagnostic
tool, and powerful reporting against learning outcomes and level
of difficulty—all in an easy-to-use interface.
ƒ ConnectPlusThis version of Connect includes the full textbook
as an integrated, dynamic ebook. ConnectPlus provides all of
WKH&RQQHFWIHDWXUHVSOXVWKHIROORZLQJ‡$QLQWHJUDWHGSULQWDEOH
HERRNDOORZLQJIRUDQ\WLPHDQ\ZKHUHDFFHVVWRWKHWH[WERRN‡
Dynamic links between the problems or questions you assign to
your students and the location in the ebook where those problems
RUTXHVWLRQVDUHFRYHUHG‡<RXFDQDVVLJQIXOO\LQWHJUDWHGVHOI
VWXG\ TXHVWLRQV ‡ 3DJLQDWLRQ WKDW H[DFWO\ PDWFKHV WKH SULQWHG
text, allowing students to rely on ConnectPlus as the complete
UHVRXUFHIRU\RXUFRXUVH‡(PEHGGHGPHGLDLQFOXGLQJDQLPDWLRQV
DQGYLGHRV‡&XVWRPL]HWKHWH[WIRU\RXUVWXGHQWVE\DGGLQJDQG
sharing your own notes and highlights.
ƒ LearnSmart - Bright futures begin with a smarter way to learn.
LearnSmart monitors students’ learning styles as it teaches and
adapts instantly based on their performance. Measure-Assess and
monitor students levels. Adapt-Provide interactive assessments
based on strengths & weaknesses. Empower-Map out a personalized plan for successful learning. Proof: LearnSmart diagnoses
students’ skill levels to determine what they’re good at and where
they need help. Then, it delivers customized learning content based
on their strengths and weakness. The result: students get the help
they need, right when they need it — instead of getting stuck on
lessons, or being continually frustrated with stalled progress. Probe:
How could an effective learning system that diagnoses students’
skill levels to determine what they’re good at and where they need
help. Then, delivers customized learning content based on their
strengths and weakness help level the playing field in your course?
ƒ Mader’s Concepts of Biology Companion Site is a vast array of
electronic teaching and learning tools, including animations and
videos with quizzing, pre-tests, practice quizzes, post-tests, and
on-line labs.
ƒ Presentation Center - Build instructional materials wherever,
whenever, and however you want! Presentation Center is an online
digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork, animations, PowerPoints, and other types of media that can be used to
create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes,
compelling course websites, or attractive printed support materials. Access to your book, access to all books! This ever-growing
resource gives instructors the power to utilize assets specific to
their adopted textbook as well as content from other McGraw-Hill
books in the library. Presentation Center’s dynamic search engine
allows you to explore by discipline, course, textbook chapter, asset
type, or keyword. Simply browse, select, and download the files you
need to build engaging course materials. All assets are copyrighted
41
Biology
by McGraw-Hill Higher Education but can be used by instructors
for classroom purposes.
International edition
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Biology is the Study of Life
Part I: Organisms are Composed of Cells
Chapter 2: Basic Chemistry and Cells
Chapter 3: Organic Molecules and Cells
Chapter 4: Structure and Function of Cells
Chapter 5: Dynamic Activities of Cells
Chapter 6: Pathways of Photosynthesis
Chapter 7: Pathways of Cellular Respiration
Part II: Genes Control the Traits of Organisms
Chapter 8: Cell Division and Reproduction
Chapter 9: Patterns of Genetic Inheritance
Chapter 10: Molecular Biology of Inheritance
Chapter 11: Regulation of Gene Activity
Chapter 12: Biotechnology and Genomics
Part III: Organisms are Related and Adapted to their Environment
Chapter 13: Darwin and Evolution
Chapter 14: Speciation and Evolution
Chapter 15: The History and Classification of Life on Earth
Chapter 16: Evolution of Microbial Life
Chapter 17: Evolution of Protists
Chapter 18: Evolution of Plants and Fungi
Chapter 19: Evolution of Animals
Chapter 20: Evolution of Humans
Part IV: Plants are Homeostatic
Chapter 21: Plant Organization and Homeostasis
Chapter 22: Nutrition and Transport in Plants
Chapter 23: Regulation of Growth and Responses in Plants
Chapter 24: Reproduction and Development of Plants
Part V: Animals are Homeostatic
Chapter 25: Animal Organization and Homeostasis
Chapter 26: Coordination by Neural Signaling
Chapter 27: Sense Organs
Chapter 28: Locomotion and Support Systems
Chapter 29: Circulation and Cardiovascular Systems
Chapter 30: Lymph Transport and Immunity
Chapter 31: Digestive Systems and Nutrition
Chapter 32: Gas Exchange and Transport in Animals
Chapter 33: Osmoregulation and Excretion
Chapter 34: Coordination by Hormone Signaling
Chapter 35: Reproduction and Development
Part VI: Organisms Live in Ecosystems
Chapter 36: Population Ecology
Chapter 37: Behavioral Ecology
Chapter 38: Community and Ecosystem Ecology
Chapter 39: Major Ecosystems of the Biosphere
Chapter 40: Conservation of Biodiversity
*9780077280109*
NEW
INQUIRY INTO LIFE
13th Edition
By Sylvia S Mader
2011 (January 2010) / 832 pages
ISBN: 9780077280109
ISBN: 9780071220385 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/maderinquiry13
Basic biological concepts and processes with a human emphasis.
From the unique delivery of biology content, to the time tested art
program, to the complete integration of the text with technology, Dr.
Sylvia Mader has formed a teaching system that will both motivate
and enable your students to understand and appreciate the wonders
of all areas of biology. Inquiry into Life, 13/e emphasizes the application of all areas of biology to knowledge of human concerns, what the
students are able to relate to. This distinctive text was developed to
stand apart from all other non-majors texts with a unique approach,
unparalleled art, and a straightforward, succinct writing style that has
been acclaimed by both users and reviewers.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ More Critical Thinking Emphasis -- Discussion questions have
been provided at the end of each “Focus” boxed reading and at the
end of each chapter. Is it important that your students be able to apply
what they’ve learned to real-life applications? Do you think this better
prepares them for the future?
™ Integrated Disease Coverage -- More human disease coverage
will be integrated throughout the text. Each of the systems chapter
will have a new Disease and Disorder section.
™ An Emphasis on the Scientific Process -- The introductory
chapter begins with a new and expanded explanation of the scientific
process. New art contributes to this expanded coverage; Science
Focus readings occur throughout the text. These readings discuss
recent biological research in the area under discussion.
™ Enhanced Art Program -- The content and clarity of the art program within Inquiry Into Life have always been a hallmark of the text.
Great care has been taken to maintain this high standard in making
this revision. Vibrant colors and added dimension have been put into
place to help create an even more beneficial art program.
™ Content Revised Throughout -- Content has been revised
throughout the book by contributing experts in the field.
Invitation to Publish
™ eInstruction questions are available with this project and can be
found on the A.R.I.S. site. eInstruction is a wireless student response
system that allows for the ultimate in classroom participation, giving
you immediate feedback from every student.
CONTENTS
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook
proposals for publication.
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
email to [email protected]
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/
42
1 The Study of Life
Part I Cell Biology
2 The Molecules of Cells
3 Cell Structure and Function
4 Membrane Structure and Function
5 Cell Division
6 Metabolism: Energy and Enzymes
7 Cellular Respiration
Part II Plant Biology
Biology
8 Photosynthesis
9 Plant Organization and Function
10 Plant Reproduction and Responses
Part III Maintenance of the Human Body
11 Human Organization
12 Cardiovascular System
13 Lymphatic and Immune Systems
14 Digestive System and Nutrition
15 Respiratory System
16 Urinary System and Excretion
Part IV Integration and Control of the Human Body
17 Nervous System
18 Senses
19 Musculoskeletal System
20 Endocrine System
Part V Continuance of the Species
21 Reproductive System
22 Development and Aging
23 Patterns of Inheritance
24 DNA Biology and Technology
25 Control of Gene Expression and Cancer
26 Genetic Counseling
Part VI Evolution and Diversity
27 Evolution of Life
28 Microbiology
29 Plants
30 Animals: Part I
31 Animals: Part II
Part VII Behavior and Ecology
32 Animal Behavior
33 Population Growth and Regulation
34 Nature of Ecosystems
35 The Biosphere
36 Environmental Concerns
13 The New Biology
14 Evolution and Natural Selection
15 Exploring Biological Diversity
16 Evolution of Microbial Life
17 Evolution of Plants
18 Evolution of Animals
19 Populations and Communities
20 Ecosystems
21 Behavior and the Environment
22 How Human Influence the Living World
23 The Animal Body and How It Moves
24 Circulation
25 Respiration
26 The Path of Food Through the Animal Body
27 Maintaining the Internal Environment
28 How the Body Defends Itself
29 The Nervous System
30 Chemical Signaling Within the Animal Body
31 Reproduction and Development
32 Plant Form and Function
33 Plant Reproduction and Growth
International edition
CONCEPTS IN BIOLOGY
13th Edition
By Eldon Enger, Frederick C Ross and David Bailey of Delta College
2009 (January 2008) / 704 pages
ISBN: 9780077229962
ISBN: 9780071287890 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/enger13e
International edition
ESSENTIALS OF THE LIVING WORLD
3rd Edition
By George Johnson and Jonathan Losos of Washington University -St
Louis
2010 (August 2009) / 704 pages
ISBN: 9780077280079
ISBN: 9780070167766 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/esstlw3
A student favorite, this engaging text, now presented with a new
single column format, is rich with student-oriented applications and
illustrations that drive the learning. Written from scratch to be an
appealing and accessible learning tool with an emphasis on “how
things work and why things happen the way they do”, this Essentials
text features a straightforward, clear writing style with ample use of
analogies to help students relate new material to familiar things. NEW
digital assets for the 3rd edition include high interest video clips and
animations of key biological concepts.
CONTENTS
1 The Science of Biology
2 The Chemistry of Life
3 Molecules of Life
4 Cells
5 Energy and Life
6 Photosynthesis: Acquiring Energy from the Sun
7 How Cells Harvest Energy from Food
8 Mitosis
9 Meiosis
10 Foundations of Genetics
11 DNA: The Genetic Material
12 How Genes Work
Enger/Ross/Bailey: Concepts in Biology is a relatively brief introductory general biology text written for students with no previous science
background. The authors strive to use the most accessible vocabulary
DQGZULWLQJVW\OHSRVVLEOHZKLOHVWLOOPDLQWDLQLQJVFLHQWL¿FDFFXUDF\7KH
text covers all the main areas of study in biology from cells through
ecosystems. Evolution and ecology coverage are combined in Part
Four to emphasize the relationship between these two main subject
areas. The new, 13th edition is the latest and most exciting revision
of a respected introductory biology text written by authors who know
how to reach students through engaging writing, interesting issues
and applications, and accessible level. Instructors will appreciate
WKH ERRN¶V VFLHQWL¿F DFFXUDF\ FRPSOHWH FRYHUDJH DQG H[WHQVLYH
supplement package.
CONTENTS
Part I Introduction
1 What is Biology?
Part II Cornerstones: Chemistry, Cells, and Metabolism
2 The Basics of Life: Chemistry
3 Organic Molecules-The Molecules of Life
4 Cell Structure and Function
5 Enzymes, Coenzymes, and Energy
6 Biochemical Pathways-Cellular Respiration
7 Biochemical Pathways-Photosynthesis
Part III Molecular Biology, Cell Division and Genetics
8 DNA and RNA: The Molecular Basis of Heredity
9 Cell Division
10 Patterns of Inheritance
11 Applications of Biotechnology
Part IV Evolution and Ecology
12 Diversity within Species and Population Genetics
13 Evolution and Natural Selection
14 The Formation of Species and Evolutionary Change
15 Ecosystem Dynamics: The Flow of Energy and Matter
16 Community Interactions
17 Population Ecology
43
Biology
18 Evolutionary and Ecological Aspects of Behavior
Part V The Origin and Classification of Life
19 The Origin of Life and Evolution of Cells
20 The Classification and Evolution of Organisms
21 The Nature of Microorganisms
22 The Plant Kingdom
23 The Animal Kingdom
Part VI Physiological Processes
24 Materials Exchange in the Body
25 Nutrition: Food and Diet
26 The Body’s Control Mechanisms and Immunity
27 Human Reproduction, Sex, and Sexuality
BIOLOGY
4th Edition
By Bruce Knox (Deceased), Pauline Ladiges and Barbara Evans of University of Melbourne and Robert Saint, Australian National Univeristy
2009 (October 2009)
ISBN: 9780070274402
McGraw-Hill Australia Title
www.mhhe.com/au/knox4e
Biology: An Australian Focus is the only local ground-up introductory
text. Now in its fourth edition, the text has been written by our region’s
leading academic scientists. The unique nature of Australian and New
=HDODQGÀRUDIDXQDDQGHFRV\VWHPVLVLQWHJUDWHGLQWRGLVFXVVLRQDQG
exploration of the general principles and topics of introductory biology.
CONTENTS
Part 1: Cell biology and energetics
Chapter 1: Nature of molecules
Chapter 2: Biomolecules
Chapter 3: The chemistry of life
Chapter 4: Functioning cells
Chapter 5: Movement across membranes
Chapter 6: Harvesting energy
Chapter 7: Cells, tissues and signals
Chapter 8: Cell division
Part 2: Genetics and molecular biology
Chapter 9: Inheritance
Chapter 10: Genes, chromosomes and DNA
Chapter 11: The genetic code
Chapter 12: Gene expression
Chapter 13: Genomes, mutation and cancer
Chapter 14: Genetic engineering and biotechnology
Part 3: Plant form and function
Chapter 15: Reproduction, growth and development of flowering
plants
Chapter 16: Structure of plants
Chapter 17: Plant nutrition, transport and adaptation to stress
Chapter 18: Plant hormones and growth responses
Part 4: Animal form and function
Chapter 19: Animal reproduction
Chapter 20: Animal development
Chapter 21: Homeostasis: water, solutes and excretion
Chapter 22: Gas exchange in animals
Chapter 23: Circulation
Chapter 24: Metabolism, temperature regulation and environmental
stress
Chapter 25: Animal and human nutrition
Chapter 26: Innate defences and the immune system
Chapter 27: Hormonal control in animals
Chapter 28: Nervous systems
Chapter 29: Animal movement
Chapter 30: Animal behaviour
Part 5: Evolution and biodiversity
Chapter 31: Evolving life
Chapter 32: Evolving earth
44
Chapter 33: Mechanisms of evolution
Chapter 34: Bacteria
Chapter 35: The protists
Chapter 36: Plants
Chapter 37: Fungi
Chapter 38: Simple animals: sponges to flatworms
Chapter 39: Annelids, molluscs, nematodes and arthropods
Chapter 40: Echinoderms and chordates
Part 6: Ecology
Chapter 41: Australian biota
Chapter 42: Population ecology
Chapter 43: Living in communities
Chapter 44: Ecosystems
Chapter 45: Human impacts
Classification of cellular organisms
Units of measurement
Glossary
Index
International edition
BIOLOGY
Dimensions of Life
By Joelle C Presson, University of Maryland-College Park and Janann
Jenner
2008 (January 2007) / 784 pages
ISBN: 9780073227368
ISBN: 9780071102148 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/presson1
Presson/Jenner: Biology: Dimensions of Life, 1e is a one-semester
biology text with an engaging, conversational style which encourages
basic understanding of biology, issues, and applications leading
students to a greater awareness of how they interact with the world
around them. The goal of this text is to help students understand how
biology relates to their lives and why they should develop a desire to
obtain knowledge about science and biological issues.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: The Framework of Biology
Part I: Biological Chemistry, Cells, and Cellular Processes
Chapter 2: Life Emerges from Chemistry: Atoms and Molecules
Chapter 3: Biological Molecules
Chapter 4: Life is Cellular: Cell Structure and Function
Chapter 5: Life Uses Chemical Energy: Energy and Life
Chapter 6: Engine of Life: Photosynthesis and Glucose Metabolism
Part II: Reproduction of Cells and Inheritance
Chapter 7: The Master Molecule of Life: DNA: Structure and Function
Chapter 8: Life Renews Itself: Reproduction of Cells
Chapter 9: Constructing Life: The Control of Eukaryotic Gene Expression
Chapter 10: Rules of Inheritance: Classical Genetics
Part III: Applying Your Knowledge of Cells and Cellular Processes
Chapter 11: Biotechnology (Applications chapter)
Chapter 12: The Biology and Treatment of Cancer (Applications
chapter)
Part IV: Evolution and Diversity of Life
Chapter 13: Life Evolves: Darwin and the Science of Evolution
Chapter 14: All Life is Related: Understanding Biological Diversity
Chapter 15: Varieties of Life: Prokaryotes, Single-Celled Eukaryotes,
and Algae
Chapter 16: Varieties of Life: Fungi and Animals
Chapter 17: Varieties of Life: Plants
Part V: Applying Your Knowledge of Biological Diversity
Chapter 18: The Value of Biological Diversity (Applications chapter)
Part VI: Plant Biology
Chapter 19: The Living Plant: Plant Structure and Function
Chapter 20: The Thread of Life: Reproduction of Seed Plants
Part VII: Human Biology
Biology
Chapter 21: Nerves, Senses, Bones, Muscles
Chapter 22: Nutrition and Digestion
Chapter 23: Circulation, Respiration, and Excretion
Chapter 24: Hormones, Reproduction, and Early Development
Part VIII: Applying Your Knowledge of Human Biology
Chapter 25: Human Control of Reproduction (Applications chapter)
Chapter 26: The Immune System and Emergent Diseases (Applications chapter)
Part IX: Ecology
Chapter 27: Ecology: Populations and Communities
Chapter 28: Ecosystems and Biomes
Part X: Applying Your Knowledge of Ecology
Chapter 29: Human Impact Upon the Earth (Applications chapter)
International edition
37 The Respiratory System
38 Digestion and Nutrition
39 Regulation of Temperature and Body Fluids
40 The Immune System
41 Human Reproduction and Development
Unit 7 Behavior and Ecology
42 Animal Behavior
43 Populations
44 Communities and Ecosystems
45 Biomes and Aquatic Ecosystems
46 Environmental Challenges
Biology - Non Majors Laboratory
LIFE
6th Edition
By Ricki Lewis, SUNY-at Albany, Bruce Parker, Utah Valley State
&ROOHJH2UHP'RXJODV*DI¿QDQG0DULHOOH+RHIQDJHOVRI8QLYHUVLW\RI
Oklahoma-Norman
2007 (Jan 2006) / 1024 pages
ISBN: 9780071106900 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/life6
CONTENTS
Unit 1 From Atoms to Cells
1 What is Life?
2 Of Atoms and Molecules: Chemistry Basics
3 Life’s Chemistry
4 Cells
5 The Cell Surface and Cytoskeleton
6 The Energy of Life
7 Photosynthesis
8 How Cells Release Energy
Unit 2 Genetics & Biotechnology
9 The Cell Cycle
10 Meiosis
11 How Inherited Traits are Transmitted
12 Chromosomes
13 DNA Structure and Function
14 Genetic Technology
Unit 3 Evolution
15 The Evolution of Evolutionary Thought
16 The Forces of Evolutionary Change--Microevolution
17 Speciation and Extinction
18 Evidence for Evolution
19 The Origin and History of Life
Unit 4 The Diversity of Life
20 Viruses
21 Bacteria and Archaea
22 Protista
23 Plantae
24 Fungi
25 Animalia I: Sponges Through Echinoderms
26 Animalia II: Chordates
Unit 5 Plant Life
27 Plant Form and Function
28 Plant Nutrition and Transport
29 Reproduction of Flowering Plants
30 Plant Responses to Stimuli
Unit 6 Animal Life
31 Animal Tissues and Organ Systems
32 The Nervous System
33 The Senses
34 The Endocrine System
35 The Musculoskeletal System
36 The Circulatory System
NEW
*9780077295257*
LABORATORY MANUAL CONCEPTS IN
BIOLOGY
14th Edition
By Eldon Enger and Frederick Ross of Delta College
2012 (January 2012) / 320 pages
ISBN: 9780077295257
(Details unavailable at press time)
NEW
*9780077402150*
LAB MANUAL FOR ESSENTIALS OF
BIOLOGY
3rd Edition
By Sylvia Mader
2012 (January 2011) / 352 pages
ISBN: 9780077402150
(Details unavailable at press time)
NEW
*9780073525556*
PHOTO ATLAS FOR
GENERAL BIOLOGY
3rd Edition
By Dennis Strete, McLennan Community College
and Darrell Vodopich, Baylor University
2012 (January 2011) / 288 pages
ISBN: 9780073525556
(Details unavailable at press time)
45
Biology
*9780077297336*
NEW
LAB MANUAL TO
ACCOMPANY CONCEPTS OF
BIOLOGY
2nd Edition
LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY ESSENTIALS
OF BIOLOGY
2nd Edition
By Sylvia Mader
2010 (February 2009) / 352 pages
ISBN: 9780077234256
www.mhhe.com/labcentral
CONTENTS
By Sylvia Mader
2011 (September 2010) / 392 pages
ISBN: 9780077297336
(Details unavailable at press time)
NEW
*9780077297435*
LABORATORY MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY
INQUIRY INTO LIFE
13th Edition
By Sylvia Mader
2011 (January 2010) / 496 pages
ISBN: 9780077297435
1 Scientific Method
2 Metric Measurement and Microscopy
3 Cell Structure and Function
4 Enzymes
5 Cellular Respiration
6 Photosynthesis
7 Mitosis and Meiosis
8 Patterns of Inheritance
9 DNA Biology and Technology
10 Genetic Counseling
11 Evidences of Evolution
12 Microbiology
13 Seedless Plants and Seed Plants
14 Plant Anatomy and Growth
15 Animal Diversity
16 Basic Mammalian Anatomy I
17 Cardiovascular System
18 Chemical Aspects of Digestion
19 Basic Mammalian Anatomy II
20 Nervous System and Senses
21 Effects of Pollution on Ecosystems
Appendix A: Metric System Practical Examination Answer Sheet
www.mhhe.com/labcentral
CONTENTS
1 Scientific Method
2 Metric Measurement and Microscopy
3 Chemical Composition of Cells
4 Cell Structure and Function
5 Mitosis and Meiosis
6 How Enzymes Function
7 Cellular Respiration
8 Photosynthesis
9 Organization of Flowering Plants
10 Reproduction in Flowering Plants
11 Animal Organization
12 Chemical Aspects of Digestion
13 Basic Mammalian Anatomy I
14 Cardiovascular System
15 Basic Mammalian Anatomy II
16 Homeostasis
17 Nervous System and Senses
18 Musculoskeletal System
19 Development
20 Patterns of Inheritance
21 Human Genetics
22 DNA Biology and Technology
23 Evidences of Evolution
24 Microbiology
25 Seedless Plants
26 Seed Plants
27 Introduction to Invertebrates
28 Invertebrate Coelomates
29 The Vertebrates
30 Sampling Ecosystems
31 Effects of Pollution on Ecosystems
46
Invitation to Publish
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook
proposals for publication.
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
email to [email protected]
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/
Biology
General Biology Majors
Textbook
International edition
*9780077349967*
NEW
BIOLOGY
2nd Edition
By Robert Brooker, University of MinnesotaMinneapolis, Eric Widmaier, Boston University,
Linda Graham, University of Wisconsin-Madison
and Peter Stiling, University of South FloridaTampa
2011 (January 2010) / 440 pages
ISBN: 9780077349967
ISBN: 9780071221801 [IE]
ISBN: 9780071084772 [IE with Connect Plus Card]
how cells make phospholipids, a critical topic that is often neglected.
™ Chapter 6. An Introduction to Energy, Enzymes, and Metabolism:
Based on reviewer comments, this newly created chapter splits the
material that was originally in Chapter 7 of the first edition. Chapter
6 provides an introduction to energy, enzymes, and metabolism. It
includes added material on ribozymes and a novel section at the end
of the chapter that describes the important topic of how cells recycle
the building blocks of their organic macromolecules.
™ Chapter 7. Cellular Respiration, Fermentation, and Secondary
Metabolism: In the second edition, Chapter 7 is now divided into
three sections called Cellular Respiration in the Presence of Oxygen,
Anaerobic Respiration and Fermentation,
™ Chapter 15. The Eukaryotic Cell Cycle, Mitosis, and Meiosis:
This chapter now begins with a section on the eukaryotic cell cycle,
which was in Chapter 9 of the first edition. This new organization
allows students to connect how the cell cycle is related to mitosis
and meiosis. Also, a new Genomes and Proteomes Connection on
cytokinesis has also been added which explains new information on
how cells divide.
™ Chapter 16. Simple Patterns of Inheritance: To make the topics
stand out better for students, this chapter has been subdivided into
six sections entitled Mendel’s Laws of Inheritance, The Chromosome
Theory of Inheritance, Pedigree Analysis of Human Traits, Sex Chromosomes and X-Linked Inheritance Patterns, Variations in Inheritance
Patterns and Their Molecular Basis, and Genetics and Probability.
www.brookerbiology.com
™ Chapter 21. Genomes, Proteomes, and Bioinformatics: This
chapter has been updated with the newest information regarding
genome sequences. Students are introduced to the NCBI website,
and a collaborative problem at the end of the chapter asks the students to identify a mystery gene sequence using the BLAST program.
The second edition has gotten even better! The author team is
dedicated to producing the most engaging and current text that is
available for undergraduate students who are majoring in biology. We
ZDQWRXUVWXGHQWVWREHLQVSLUHGE\WKH¿HOGRIELRORJ\DQGEHFRPH
critical thinkers.
™ Chapter 23. An Introduction to Evolution: To help the students
make connections between genes and traits, newly discovered examples, such as the role of allelic differences in the Igf2 gene among
dog breeds, have been added.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™
Process of Science
Hypothesis testing and discovery based science are at the core in
Biology. In addition to an experimental focus throughout the entire text,
HYHU\FKDSWHUKDVD)HDWXUH,QYHVWLJDWLRQWKDWGHVFULEHVWKHVFLHQWL¿F
process from beginning to end. These illustrations will help students
understand how biological principles emerge from experimentation.
7RIXUWKHUKHOSVWXGHQWVDSSUHFLDWHWKHVFLHQWL¿FSURFHVVWKH)HDWXUH
Investigation in each chapter now includes three new elements: a
Conclusion, the original journal citation for the experiment, and questions that are directly related to the experiment.
™
Learning System
Starting with a simple outline at the beginning of each chapter, the
authors focused on presenting the crucial topics in a clear and easy
to follow manner. Emphasis is on critical thinking and active learning
by constantly returning to how science is done and through several
pedagogical devices including the Concept Check questions which
DSSHDULQ¿JXUHOHJHQGVWKURXJKRXWWKHWH[W(DFKFKDSWHUHQGVZLWKD
thorough review section which returns to the outline and emphasizes
higher level learning through multiple question types, written at a
higher level in Bloom’s taxonomy. An answer key for the questions is
now provided in an appendix at the end of the book.
™
Biological Concepts and Modern Content
Science is a moving target. Although the content and organization
of Biology is not a dramatic departure from other books, the authors
have added modern content that will better prepare students for future
careers in biology. Striking examples include:
™ Chapter 5. Membrane Structure, Synthesis, and Transport: This
chapter has a new section on the Synthesis of Membrane Components in Eukaryotic Cells. In this section, you will find a description of
™ Chapter 26. Taxonomy and Systematics: The chapter begins
with a modern description of taxonomy that divides eukaryotes into
eight supergroups. To make each topic easier to follow, the chapter
is now subdivided into five sections entitled Taxonomy, Phylogenetic
Trees, Cladistics, Molecular Clocks, and Horizontal Gene Transfer.
™ Chapter 33. The Invertebrates: With the huge number of invertebrate species and the medical importance of many, a new Genomes
and Proteomes Connection discusses DNA barcoding, which may
allow for rapid classification of species. The taxonomy of the annelids,
arthropods and chordates has been updated.
™ Chapter 60. Biodiversity and Conservation Biology: The link between biodiversity and ecosystem function has been underscored by
better explaining Tilman’s field experiments. The chapter also provides
a new section on climate change as a cause of species extinction
and loss of biodiversity. A new discussion of bioremediation has been
provided in the restoration ecology section.
™
Outstanding Media
‡
Connect
* Enhanced Image and Lecture PPt
* New Animations
* Active Learning Exercises
‡
Learn
* Engaging, Interactive Questions and Activities
* Student Self Study
‡
Succeed
* Enhanced Testbank
* Powerful Diagnostics and Reports for Students and Instructors
* Connect Plus eBook
47
Biology
CONTENTS
60 Biodiversity and Conservation Biology
1 An Introduction to Biology
Unit 1 Chemistry
2 The Chemical Basis of Life I: Atoms, Molecules, and Water
3 The Chemical Basis of Life II: Organic Molecules
Unit 2 Cell
4 General Features of Cells
5 Membrane Structure, Synthesis, and Transport
6 An Introduction to Energy, Enzymes, and Metabolism
7 Cellular Respiration, Fermentation, and Secondary Metabolism
8 Photosynthesis
9 Cell Communication
10 Multicellularity
Unit 3 Genetics
11 Nucleic Acid Structure, DNA Replication, and Chromosome
Structure
12 Gene Expression at the Molecular Level
13 Gene Regulation
14 Mutation, DNA Repair, and Cancer
15 The Eukaryotic Cell Cycle, Mitosis, and Meiosis
16 Simple Patterns of Inheritance
17 Complex Patterns of Inheritance
18 Genetics of Viruses and Bacteria
19 Developmental Genetics
20 Genetic Technology
21 Genomes, Proteomes, and Bioinformatics
Unit 4 Evolution
22 The Origin and History of Life
23 An Introduction to Evolution
24 Population Genetics
25 Origin of Species and Macroevolution
26 Taxonomy and Systematics
Unit 5 Diversity
27 Bacteria and Archaea
28 Protists
29 Plants and the Conquest of Land
30 The Evolution and Diversity of Modern Gymnosperms and Angiosperms
31 Fungi
32 An Introduction to Animal Diversity
33 The Invertebrates
34 The Vertebrates
Unit 6 Plants
35 An Introduction to Flowering Plant Form and Function
36 Flowering Plants: Behavior
37 Flowering Plants: Nutrition
38 Flowering Plants: Transport
39 Flowering Plants: Reproduction
Unit 7 Animals
40 Introduction to Animal Form and Function
41 Neuroscience I: Cells of the Nervous System
42 Neuroscience II: Evolution and Function of the Brain and Nervous Systems
43 Neuroscience III: Sensory Systems
44 The Muscular-Skeletal System and Locomotion
45 Nutrition, Digestion, and Absorption
46 Control of Energy Balance, Metabolic Rate, and Body Temperature
47 Circulatory Systems
48 Respiratory Systems
49 Excretory Systems and Salt and Water Balance
50 Endocrine Systems
51 Animal Reproduction
52 Animal Development
53 Immune Systems
Unit 8 Ecology
54 An Introduction to Ecology and Biomes
55 Behavioral Ecology
56 Population Ecology
57 Species Interactions
58 Community Ecology
59 Ecosystems Ecology
48
International edition
*9780077350024*
NEW
BIOLOGY
9th Edition
By Peter Raven, Missouri Botanical Gardens,
George Johnson, Washington University-St Louis,
Kenneth Mason, Purdue University-West Lafayette, Jonathan Losos, Washington University-St
Louis and Susan Singer, Carleton College
2011 (January 2010) / 1408 pages
ISBN: 9780077350024
ISBN: 9780071222068 [IE]
ISBN: 9780071084758 [IE with Connect Plus Card]
www.ravenbiology.com
This edition continues the evolution of Raven & Johnson’s Biology. The
author team is committed to continually improving the text, keeping the
student and learning foremost. We have integrated new pedagogical
features to guide the student through the learning process. This latest
edition of the text maintains the clear, accessible, and engaging writing style of past editions with the solid framework of pedagogy that
KLJKOLJKWVDQHPSKDVLVRQHYROXWLRQDQGVFLHQWL¿FLQTXLU\WKDWKDYH
made this a leading textbook for students majoring in biology. This
emphasis on the organizing power of evolution is combined with an
integration of the importance of cellular, molecular biology and genomics to offer our readers a text that is student friendly and current.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™
Committed to Students
New pedagogical features to guide student learning
‡
Each chapter begins with an outline of the chapter.
‡
Learning outcomes are included for every major topic to help
students see the forest for the trees and focus on the main concepts and relationships of the details being presented to them.
‡
Scientific Thinking illustrations are highlighted and provide
students with questions, as well as a hypothesis, prediction, observation, experiment, etc., as appropriate to guide their thought
process and teach them to think like a scientist.
‡
Inquiry questions are found throughout the text to push the
students further in their ability to think scientifically.
‡
Learning outcomes are revisited with a short review prior to
moving on to the next major topic.
‡
A logically organized summary is available at the end of each
chapter for students to use as a quick study tool.
‡
End of chapter review questions include Understanding, Applying
and Synthesizing levels.
™
Committed to Biology Educators
The dynamic author team comprised of Jonathan Losos, Evolutionary Biologist at Harvard University, Ken Mason, Molecular Biologist
at University of Iowa, and Susan Singer, Plant Geneticist, Carleton
College, have joined forces to move this high-quality textbook forward
in a significant way for a new generation of students. All three authors
have extensive experience teaching undergraduate biology and have
used this knowledge as a guide in producing a text that is up-to-date,
beautifully illustrated, and pedagogically sound for the student. They
have provided clear, explicit learning objectives, and more closely
integrate the text with its media support materials to provide instructors with an excellent complement to their teaching.
™
Committed to Today’s Learning Environment
Biology
‡
‡
‡
Connect
Learn
Succeed
59--The Biosphere
60--Conservation Biology
CONTENTS
Part 1: The Molecular Basis of Life
1--The Science of Biology
2--The Nature of Molecules
3--The Chemical Building Blocks of Life
Part II: Biology of the Cell
4--Cell Structure
5--Membranes
6--Energy and Metabolism
7--How Cells Harvest Energy
8--Photosynthesis
9--Cell Communication
10--How Cells Divide
Part III: Genetic and Molecular Biology
11--Sexual Reproduction and Meiosis
12--Patterns of Inheritance
13--Chromosomes, Matting & the Meiosis-Inheritance Connection
14--DNA: The Genetic Material
15--Genes and How They Work
16--Control of Gene Expression
17--Biotechnology
18--Genomics
19--Cellular Mechanisms of Development
Part IV: Evolution
20--Genes Within Populations
21--The Evidence for Evolution
22--The Origin of Species
23--Systematics and the Phylogenetic Revolution
24--Genome Evolution
25--Evolution of Development
Part V: Diversity of Life on Earth
26--The Tree of Life
27--Viruses
28--Prokaryotes
29--Protists
30--Overview of Green Plants
31--Fungi
32--Overview of Animal Diversity
33--Noncoelomate Invertebrates
34--Coelomate Invertebrates
35--Vertebrates
Part VI: Plant Form and Function
36--Plant Form
37--Vegetative Plant Development
38--Transport in Plants
39--Plant Nutrition and Soils
40--Plant Defense Responses
41--Sensory Systems in Plants
42--Plant Reproduction
Part VII: Animal Form and Function
43--The Animal Body and Principles of Regulation
44--The Nervous System
45--Sensory Systems
46--The Endocrine System
47--The Musculoskeletal System
48--The Digestive System
49--The Respiratory System
50--The Circulatory System
51--Osmotic Regulation and the Urinary System
52--The Immune System
53--The Reproductive System
54--Animal Development
Part VIII: Ecology and Behavior
55--Behavioral Biology
56--Population Ecology
57--Community of Ecology
58--Dynamics of Ecosystems
International edition
BIOLOGY
10th Edition
By Sylvia S Mader
2010 (January 2009) / 1024 pages
ISBN: 9780077274337
ISBN: 9780071288446 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/maderbiology10
Biology is a comprehensive introductory biology textbook for nonmajors or mixed-majors courses that covers biology in a traditional
order from the structure and function of the cell to the organization of
the biosphere. The book, which centers on the evolution and diversity
of organisms, is appropriate for a one- or two-semester course. It’s
no wonder that Sylvia Mader’s Biology continues to be a text that’s
appreciated as much by instructors as it is by the students who use
it. The ninth edition is the epitome of Mader’s expertise: Its concise,
precise writing uses an economy of words to present the material as
succinctly and clearly as possible, thereby enabling students -- even
non-majors -- to understand the concepts without necessarily asking
the instructor to explain further.
CONTENTS
1 A View of Life
Part I THE CELL
2 Basic Chemistry
3 The Chemistry of Organic Molecules
4 Cell Structure and Function
5 Membrane Structure and Function
6 Metabolism: Energy and Enzymes
7 Photosynthesis
8 Cellular Respiration
Part II GENETIC BASIS OF LIFE
9 The Cell Cycle and Cellular Reproduction
10 Meiosis and Sexual Reproduction
11 Mendelian Patterns of Inheritance
12 Molecular Biology of the Gene
13 Regulation of Gene Activity
14 Biotechnology and Genomics
Part III EVOLUTION
15 Darwin and Evolution
16 How Populations Evolve
17 Speciation and Macroevolution
18 Origin and History of Life
19 Systematics and Phylogeny
Part IV MICROBIOLOGY and EVOLUTION
20 Viruses, Bacteria, and Archaea
21 Protist Evolution and Diversity
22 Fungi Evolution and Diversity
Part V PLANT EVOLUTION and BIOLOGY
23 Plant Evolution and Diversity
24 Flowering Plants: Structure and Organization
25 Flowering Plants: Nutrition and Organization
26 Flowering Plants: Control of Growth Responses
27 Flowering Plants: Reproduction
Part VI ANIMAL EVOLUTION and DIVERSITY
28 Invertebrates
29 Vertebrates
30 Human Evolution
Part VII COMPARATIVE ANIMAL BIOLOGY
31 Animal Organization and Homeostasis
32 Circulation and Cardiovascular Systems
33 Lymph Transport and Immunity
34 Digestive Systems and Nutrition
35 Respiratory Systems
49
Biology
36 Body Fluid Regulation and Excretory Systems
37 Neurons and Nervous Systems
38 Sense Organs
39 Locomotion and Support Systems
40 Hormones and Endocrine Systems
41 Reproductive Systems
42 Animal Development
Part VIII BEHAVIOR and ECOLOGY
43 Behavioral Ecology
44 Population Ecology
45 Community and Ecosystem Ecology
46 Major Ecosystems of the Biosphere
47 Conservation of Biodiversi
Biology Majors - Laboratory
teachings tips and lesson plans, and questions that can be used in
quizzes and practical exams. This manual is an excellent choice for
colleges and universities that want their students to experience the
breadth of modern biology.
CONTENTS
With revision descriptions
Lab Topic 1 Science: A Way of Knowing -New section on discoverybased science added to better correlate with textbooks; -New experiment in hypothesis-based science section reduces time needed;
&ODUL¿HGVHFWLRQRQHYDOXDWLQJSXEOLVKHGLQIRUPDWLRQ
Lab Topic 2 Using Microscopes -Completely reorganized as a quick
introduction to microscopes; -Can be used at same time as another
lab topic; -Includes basic as well as advanced skills.
Lab Topic 3 &HOOXODU 6WUXFWXUH 5HÀHFWV )XQFWLRQ 5HRUJDQL]HG WR
UHÀHFW3URNDU\RWLFYHUVXV(XNDU\RWLFFHOOGLIIHUHQFHV5HSUHVHQWD
WLYHFHOOW\SHVFKRVHQWRLOOXVWUDWHWKDWIRUPUHÀHFWVIXQFWLRQ&HOOXODU
ultrastructure section added.
Lab Topic 4 Membranes, Diffusion and Osmosis -Completely rewritten with several new experiments to meet needs of reviewers;
-Emphasis on osmotic challenges that cells encounter and cellular
responses; -Emphasizes hypothesis testing.
*9780073525556*
NEW
PHOTO ATLAS FOR GENERAL BIOLOGY
3rd Edition
By Dennis Strete, McLennan Community College and Darrell Vodopich,
Baylor University
2012 (January 2011) / 288 pages
ISBN: 9780073525556
(Details unavailable at press time)
Lab Topic 5 Using Quantitative Techniques -New emphasis on topics
RI SUHFLVLRQ DQG DFFXUDF\ LQ PHDVXUHPHQWV 6LPSOL¿HG VWDWLVWLFDO
DQDO\VLVRIGDWD&ODUL¿FDWLRQRIVSHFWURSKRWRPHWULFDVVD\GHVFULS
tions.
Lab Topic 6 Visualizing Biological Molecules Only lab in commercially
available manuals using new bioinformatics visualization techniques;
-Rewritten to use open source Jmol Molecular Visualization program;
-Three dimensional molecular structures are manipulated to reveal
their properties.
Lab Topic 7 Determining the Properties of an Enzyme -Reviewers have given this experiment an “A” for years because it works;
-Improved directions on making derivative graphs;--Excellent results
for lab report.
*9780073383057*
NEW
BIOLOGICAL
INVESTIGATIONS LAB
MANUAL
9th Edition
By Warren Dolphin, Iowa State University
2011 (January 2010) / 480 pages
ISBN: 9780073383057
www.mhhe.com/labcentral
The lead author of eight successful previous editions has brought
together a team that combined, has well over 60 years experience
in offering beginning biology labs to several thousand students
each year at Iowa State University. Their experience and diverse
backgrounds ensure that this extensively revised edition will meet
the needs of a new generation of students. Designed to be used
with all majors-level general biology textbooks, the included labs are
investigative, using both discovery- and hypothesis-based science
methods. Students experimentally investigate topics, observe structure, use critical thinking skills to predict and test ideas, and engage in
hands-on learning. Students are often asked, “what evidence do you
have that…” in order to encourage them to think for themselves. By
emphasizing investigative, quantitative, and comparative approaches
to the topics, the authors continually emphasize how the biological
sciences are integrative, yet unique. An instructor’s manual, available
through McGraw-Hill Lab Central, provides detailed advice based on
the authors’ experience on how to prepare materials for each lab,
50
Lab Topic 8 Measuring Cellular Respiration -Given an “A” by reviewers; -Introduction rewritten to give better background on experiments;
1HZH[SHULPHQWRQUHVSLUDWRU\HI¿FLHQF\LQ\HDVWVDGGHG$HURELF
UHVSLUDWLRQ H[SHULPHQW DQDO\VLV FODUL¿HG ([FHOOHQW UHVXOWV IRU ODE
report.
Lab Topic 9 Investigating Photosynthesis -Formerly in plant biology section, topic moved to metabolism section to better coordinate
with textbooks; -New experiment added on visualizing chloroplasts;
$QDO\VLV VHFWLRQ UHZULWWHQ WR UHÀHFW K\SRWKHVLV WHVWLQJ ([FHOOHQW
results for lab report.
Lab Topic 10 Mitosis and Chromosome Number -Only commercial
lab manual to look at mitosis experimentally and to apply statistical
analysis; -Given an A by reviewers; -New introduction with more modHUQHPSKDVLV3URFHGXUHVDQGDQDO\VLVVHFWLRQVFODUL¿HG([FHOOHQW
results for lab report.
Lab Topic 11 Modeling Meiosis and Determining Cross-Over Frequency -Ascaris observations replaced with hands-on chromosome
simulation activity emphasizing sources of hereditary variability; -Only
commercial lab manual to look at crossing over experimentally and to
use quantitative analysis of results; -Excellent results for lab report.
Lab Topic 12 Determining Genotypes of Fruit Flies -Introduces stuGHQWVWRFODVVLFDOJHQHWLFV\VWHP1HZVLPSOL¿HGH[SHULPHQWDGGHG
challenging students to determine parental genotype from progeny
phenotype; -Excellent results for lab report.
Lab Topic 13 Isolating DNA and Working with Plasmids -Students
get to work directly with DNA and to test experimental hypotheses;-3ODVPLGSURFHGXUHUHZULWWHQWRLQFOXGHXVHRIMHOO\¿VKJUHHQÀXRUHV
cent protein to illustrate potential of genetic engineering, introduce
UHSRUWHUJHQHFRQFHSWDQGHVWLPDWHWUDQVIRUPDWLRQHI¿FLHQF\([FHO
Biology
Lab Topic 14 Testing Assumptions in Microevolution and Inducing
Mutations -Rewritten to use new BioQuest version of computer
VLPXODWLRQ6HFWLRQ DGGHG WR LOOXVWUDWH WKH UROH RI FDPRXÀDJH LQ
natural selection; -Includes experimental induction of mutations in
E. coli; -Excellent results for lab report.
Lab Topic 28 Investigating Circulatory Systems -Added measurements of blood pressure/pulse and exercise response using ADI computer interfaced data collection; -Blood pressure protocols updated
to include modern measurement systems and effects of exercise;
-Added emphasis on health relevance of cardiac structure and blood
pressure measurements; -Computer-based blood pressure protocols
are integrated into physiology portion of lab.
Lab Topic 15 Working with Bacterial Diversity -New introduction,
capturing the diverse biology of this prokaryote group; -Procedures
heavily edited to clarify student activities; -Several experiments yield
data that are excellent for lab reports.
Lab Topic 29 Ventilation and Gas Exchange System -Rewritten to
emphasize structure-function relationships of respiratory organs;
-Protocols on ventilation measurements updated to include widely
used computer-based systems; -Expanded coverage of gill systems.
Lab Topic 16 Diversity Among Protists -Class and phylum names
updated to go with Cambell et al., Raven et al. and Brooker et al.;
-Discovery science at its best as student investigate the diversity of
the group.
Lab Topic 30 Investigating the Properties of Muscle and Skeletal
Systems -Rewritten to include structure-function comparisons of
vertebrate groups; -Computer-based muscle contraction protocols
are integrated into physiology portion of lab.
Lab Topic 17 Investigating Plant Phylogeny: Seedless Plants -Given
an “A” by reviewers for its major theme of adaptation to the terrestrial
environment; -Headings were added to allow instructors greater
ÀH[LELOLW\LQDVVLJQLQJVHFWLRQVWREHFRPSOHWHG0RUHDFFXUDWHIHUQ
section and focus on discovery science; -Excellent opportunity for
thematic lab report.
Lab Topic 31 Investigating Nervous and Sensory Systems -Rewritten to update treatment of glial cells and functional specialization of
brain regions; -Retinal neural wiring discussion improved; -Eye and
ear sections rewritten to focus attention structural adaptation for
sensitivity, acuity and color in eyes and frequency, amplitude, and
direction in ears.
Lab Topic 18 Investigating Plant Phylogeny: Seed Plants -Reviewers give it an “A” for its terrestrial adaptation theme;--Angiosperm
reproduction has been moved from the plant functional anatomy
section to here at reviewers’ suggestion; -Excellent opportunity for
thematic lab report.
Lab Topic 32 Investigating Early Events in Animal Development
-Topic moved to animal functional anatomy section; -Genetic control
of development added to introduction;
lent results for lab report.
Lab Topic 33 Estimating Population Size and Growth -Rewritten
to better illustrate population dynamics, using computer simulation.
Lab Topic 19 Observing Fungal Diversity and Symbiotic Relationships
-Reviewers gave this lab an A as it was written, but it was extensively
reorganized to promote comparisons between phyla based on body
plans; -Better investigation of what constitutes a fungus was added;
-Deleted powdery mildews and added section on Penicillium -Taxonomy consistent with major texts.
BIOLOGY LABORATORY
MANUAL
9th Edition
Lab Topic 21 Ancestral and Derived Characteristics of Lophotrochozoans -Illustrates the basis for new animal clades, while reconciling
PRGHUQFODVVL¿FDWLRQZLWKWUDGLWLRQDO2UJDQV\VWHPVLQDQQHOLGVDQG
mollusks thoroughly explored; -Comparative approach is emphasized;
-Students test phylogenetic hypotheses.
Lab Topic 22 Ancestral and Derived Characteristics of Ecdysozoans
-Explores the basis for this new animal clade; -Nematodes moved to
WKLVVHFWLRQUHÀHFWLQJQHZ'1$FODVVL¿FDWLRQ,OOXVWUDWHVWKHGLYHUVLW\
of arthropods; -Students test phylogenetic hypotheses.
Lab Topic 23 Ancestral and Derived Characteristics of Deuterostomes
-Rewritten to emphasize ancestral and derived characteristics of
group; -Echinoderm dissection rewritten with a more systems approach; -Invertebrate chordate sections given a more comparative
approach; -Students test phylogenetic hypotheses.
Lab Topic 24 Investigating Plant Cells, Tissues, and Primary Growth
-Reviewers give this an A; -Rewritten to emphasize structure-function
relationships
Lab Topic 25 Primary-Secondary Growth and Transport in Roots
and Stems -Rewritten to emphasize structure-function relationships.
Lab Topic 26 Angiosperm Germination, and Development -Rewritten to focus on seed development, hormonal control of development,
seeds and fruits, dispersal, plant-animal interaction. -Sections on
gametogenesis and fertilization moved to Lab Topic 18.
Lab Topic 27 Investigating Digestive, Urogenital and Reproductive
6\VWHPV)RUGLVVHFWLRQHI¿FLHQF\GLJHVWLYHUHQDODQGUHSURGXFWLYH
systems have been grouped in this reorganization of the fetal pig
dissection; -Emphasis has been added on digestive processes and
function of liver and pancreas.
*9780077389697*
NEW
Lab Topic 20 From Basal to Bilateral Animals -Discusses revision
of animal phylogeny that is occurring among evolutionary biologists;
-Uses modern idea of ancestral and derived characters to discuss
VSRQJHVFQLGDULDQVDQGÀDWZRUPVZKLOHLQWURGXFLQJVWXGHQWVWRWKHLU
interesting biology; -Students test phylogenetic hypotheses.
By Darrell S Vodopich, Baylor University and
Randy Moore, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis
2011 (January 2010) / 608 pages
ISBN: 9780077389697
www.mhhe.com/vodopich9e
This laboratory manual is designed for an introductory majors biology course with a broad survey of basic laboratory techniques. The
experiments and procedures are simple, safe, easy to perform, and
especially appropriate for large classes. Few experiments require
a second class-meeting to complete the procedure. Each exercise
includes many photographs, traditional topics, and experiments that
help students learn about life. Procedures within each exercise are
numerous and discrete so that an exercise can be tailored to the needs
of the students, the style of the instructor, and the facilities available.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™
A dedicated website has been developed and will include:
-Practice questions allow students to familiarize themselves with the
core concepts and practice for each lab exercise.
- Worksheets for each exercise will assist students in focusing on the
important concepts, can be completed and submitted by each student.
- Excellent animations enrich the students understanding of key
biological concepts.
- How to Videos offer students an opportunity to view procedures
prior to entering the lab, which will increase their effectiveness in
51
Biology
successfully completing the lab.
™ Investigation work sheets accompany each lab to challenge the
ach student to better understand hypothesis testing and experimental
design.
CONTENTS
1 Scientific Methods
2 Measurements in Biology: The Metric System and Data Analysis
3 The Microscope: Basic Skills of Light Microscopy
4 The Cell: Structure and Function
5 Solutions, Acids, and Bases: The pH Scale
6 Biologically Important Molecules: Carbohydrates, Proteins, Lipids,
and Nucleic Acids
7 Separating Organic Compounds: Column Chromatography, Paper
Chromatography, and Gel Electrophoresis
8 Spectrophotometry: Identifying Solutes and Determining Their
Concentration
9 Diffusion and Osmosis: Passive Movements of Molecules in Biologal Systems
10 Cellular Membranes: Effects of Physical and Chemical Stress
11 Enzymes: Factors Affecting the Rate of Activity
12 Respiration: Aerobic and Anaerobic Oxidation of Organic Molecules
13 Photosynthesis: Pigment Separation, Starch Production, and
CO2 Uptake
14 Mitosis: Replication of Eukaryotic Cells
15 Meiosis: Reduction Division and Gametogenesis
16 Molecular Biology and Biotechnology: DNA Isolation and Bacterial
Transformation
17 Genetics: The Principles of Mendel
18 Evolution: Natural Selection and Morphological Change in Green
Algae
19 Human Evolution: Skull Examination
20 Ecology: Diversity and Interaction in Plant Communities
21 Community Succession
22 Population Growth: Limitations of the Environment
23 Pollution: The Effect of Chemical, Thermal, and Acid Pollution
24 Survey of Bacteria: Kingdoms Archaebacteria and Bacteria
25 Survey of the Kingdom Protista: The Algae
26 Survey of the Kingdom Protista: Protozoa and Slime Molds
27 Survey of the Kingdom Fungi: Molds, Sac Fungi, Mushrooms,
and Lichens
28 Survey of the Plant Kingdom: Liverworts, Mosses, and Hornworts
of Phyla Hepaticophyta, Bryophyta, and Anthocerophyta
29 Survey of the Plant Kingdom: Seedles Vascular Plants of Phyla
Pterophyta and Lycophyta
30 Survey of the Plant Kingdom: Gymnosperms of Phyla Cycadophyta, Ginkgophyta, Coniferophyta, and Gnetophyta
31 Survey of the Plant Kingdom: Angiosperms
32 Plant Anatomy: Vegetative Structure of Vascular Plants
33 Plant Physiology: Transpiration
34 Plant Physiology: Tropisms, Nutrition, and Growth Regulators
35 Bioassay: Measuring Physiologically Active Substances
36 Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phyla Porifera and Cnidaria
37 Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phyla Platyhelminthes and
Nematoda
38 Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phyla Mollusca and Annelida
39 Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phylum Arthropoda
40 Survey of the Animal Kingdom: Phyla Echinodermata, Hemichordata, and Chordata
41 Vertebrate Animal Tissues: Epithelial, Connective, Muscular, and
Nervous Tissues
42 Human Biology: The Human Skeletal System
43 Human Biology: Muscles and Muscle Contraction
44 Human Biology: Breathing
45 Human Biology: Circulation and Blood Pressure
46 Human Biology: Sensory Perception
47 Vertebrate Anatomy: External Features and Skeletal System of
the Rat
48 Vertebrate Anatomy: Muscles and Internal Organs of the Rat
49 Vertebrate Anatomy: Urogenital and Circulatory Systems of the Rat
50 Embryology: Comparative Morphologies and Strategies of De-
52
velopment
51 Animal Behavior: Taxis, Kinesis, and Agonistic Behavior
LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY BIOLOGY
10th Edition
By Sylvia S Mader
2010 (January 2009) / 544 pages
ISBN: 9780077226176
www.mhhe.com/labcentral
7KH/DERUDWRU\0DQXDOWRDFFRPSDQ\%LRORJ\UHÀHFWVDOORIWKHH[FHS
WLRQDOIHDWXUHVRIWKH%LRORJ\WH[W,QVWUXFWRUVDSSUHFLDWHWKHUH¿QHG
exercises that are so numerous you won’t need to look anywhere else
for student activities. Author Sylvia Mader’s writing in the laboratory
manual, just as in the text, emphasizes clarity, with carefully worded
study questions that are direct in their intent and purpose. The lab
manual’s accessible writing accompanies unparalleled illustrations
to provide students with clear exercises and questions. The visuals
have been updated to be even easier for students--both majors and
non-majors--to comprehend. The dramatic illustrations and photographs not only help students understand concepts and process,
but also give them an appreciation for the beauty of organisms and
biological structure. McGraw-Hill’s Biology Digitized Video Clips on
the accompanying DVD will capture students’ interest while illustrating
key biological concepts and processes.
CONTENTS
Laboratory 1: Scientific Method
Laboratory 2: Metric Measurement and Microscopy
Laboratory 3: Chemical Composition of Cells
Laboratory 4: Cell Structure and Function
Laboratory 5: How Enzymes Function
Laboratory 6: Photosynthesis
Laboratory 7: Cellular Respiration
Laboratory 8: Mitosis and Meiosis
Laboratory 9: Mendelian Genetics
Laboratory 10: Human Genetics
Laboratory 11: DNA Biology and Technology
Laboratory 12: Evidences of Evolution
Laboratory 13: Mechanisms in Evolution: Genetic Drift and Natural
Selection
Laboratory 14: Bacteria and Protists
Laboratory 15: Fungi
Laboratory 16: Nonvascular Plants and Seedless Vascular Plants
Laboratory 17: Seed Plants
Laboratory 18: Organization of Flowering Plants
Laboratory 19: Water Absorption and Transport in Plants
Laboratory 20: Control of Plant Growth and Responses
Laboratory 21: Reproduction in Flowering Plants
Laboratory 22: Introduction to Invertebrates
Laboratory 23: Invertebrate Coelomates
Laboratory 24: The Vertebrates
Laboratory 25: Animal Organization
Laboratory 26: Basic Mammalian Anatomy I
Laboratory 27: Basic Mammalian Anatomy II
Laboratory 28: Chemical Aspects of Digestion
Laboratory 29: Homeostasis
Laboratory 30: Nervous System and Senses
Laboratory 31: Musculoskeletal System
Laboratory 32: Animal Development
Laboratory 33: Symbiotic Relationships
Laboratory 34: Sampling Ecosystems
Laboratory 35: Effects of Pollution on Ecosystems
Biology
Human Biology
Textbook
International edition
*9780077443030*
NEW
HUMAN BIOLOGY
12th Edition
By Sylvia S Mader
2012 (January 2011) / 672 pages
ISBN: 9780077443030
ISBN: 9780071315944 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/maderhuman12e
™ Instructors consistently ask for a human biology textbook that
helps students develop an understanding of the main themes of
biology while placing the material in the context of the human body.
Mader Human Biology was developed to fill this void.
™ Organized around the main themes of biology, Human Biology
guides students to think conceptually about biology and the world
around them. Just as the levels of biological organization flow from
one level to the next, themes and topics of Biology are tied to one
another throughout the chapter, and between the chapters and parts
through the concept of homeostasis.
™ Combined with Dr. Mader’s hallmark writing style, exceptional
art program, and pedagogical framework, difficult concepts become
easier to understand and visualize, allowing students to focus on
understanding how the concepts are related.
™ Multimedia Integration: Michael Windelspecht represents the new
generation of digital authors. Through the integration of multimedia
resources, such as videos, animations and MP3 files, and in the design
of a new series of interactive animations, Dr Windelspecht has worked
to bring Dr. Mader’s texts to the new generation of digital learners. A
veteran of the online, hybrid, and traditional teaching environments, Dr.
Windelspecht is well versed in the challenges facing today’s students
and educators. Dr. Windelspecht has also acted as the subject matter
expert on all aspects of the Connect content being prepared for the
Mader series of textbooks.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Multimedia Integration: Michael Windelspecht represents the new
generation of digital authors. Through the integration of multimedia
resources, such as videos, animations and MP3 files, and in the design
of a new series of interactive animations, Dr Windelspecht has worked
to bring Dr. Mader’s texts to the new generation of digital learners. A
veteran of the online, hybrid, and traditional teaching environments, Dr.
Windelspecht is well versed in the challenges facing today’s students
and educators. Dr. Windelspecht has also acted as the subject matter
expert on all aspects of the Connect content being prepared for the
Mader series of textbooks.
™
NEW FEATURES
ƒ Learning Outcomes The author has identified 3-4 Learning Outcomes for each heading. These have been constructed using
Bloom’s Taxonomy and will allow assessment of key concepts.
ƒ %HIRUH<RX%HJLQ$OORZVWKHVWXGHQWVWRDVVHVVZKHWKHUWKH\KDYH
mastered prerequisite key concepts before proceeding further into
the chapter material.
ƒ Connecting The Concepts Develops a series of learning threads
that allow the instructor and student to bring related concepts
together more easily.
ƒ Connections and Misconceptions These applications are designed
to connect interesting topics to the student’s life and address common misconceptions regarding the science of biology that students
frequently have.
ƒ Media ICONS Today’s students are primarily digital and visualbased learners. In this edition we have added vibrant Media ICONS
through out the chapter to indicate where relevant animations,
video and MP3 files are available to students through Connect.
They are designed to enhance the relevancy and applications of
the chapter content.
™ Incredible Homeostasis Coverage: Human Systems Work
Together
ƒ Working together illustrations use brief concise statements to
tell students how various other systems help a featured system
achieve homeostasis. In this edition the working together illustrations have been integrated into homeostasis sections making a
united whole. The homeostasis sections show how the systems
achieve homeostasis despite real-life experiences that could alter
the internal environment. For example, see page 269.
™ Engaging Digital Learning Tools; Teaching and Learning with
Technology.
ƒ Connect Biology -McGraw-Hill ConnectTM interactive learning platform provides auto-graded assessments, an adaptive diagnostic
tool, and powerful reporting against learning outcomes and level
of difficulty—all in an easy-to-use interface.
ƒ ConnectPlusThis version of Connect includes the full textbook
as an integrated, dynamic ebook. ConnectPlus provides all of
WKH&RQQHFWIHDWXUHVSOXVWKHIROORZLQJ‡$QLQWHJUDWHGSULQWDEOH
HERRNDOORZLQJIRUDQ\WLPHDQ\ZKHUHDFFHVVWRWKHWH[WERRN‡
Dynamic links between the problems or questions you assign to
your students and the location in the ebook where those problems
RUTXHVWLRQVDUHFRYHUHG‡<RXFDQDVVLJQIXOO\LQWHJUDWHGVHOI
VWXG\ TXHVWLRQV ‡ 3DJLQDWLRQ WKDW H[DFWO\ PDWFKHV WKH SULQWHG
text, allowing students to rely on ConnectPlus as the complete
UHVRXUFHIRU\RXUFRXUVH‡(PEHGGHGPHGLDLQFOXGLQJDQLPDWLRQV
DQGYLGHRV‡&XVWRPL]HWKHWH[WIRU\RXUVWXGHQWVE\DGGLQJDQG
sharing your own notes and highlights.
ƒ LearnSmart - Bright futures begin with a smarter way to learn.
LearnSmart monitors students’ learning styles as it teaches and
adapts instantly based on their performance. Measure-Assess and
monitor students levels. Adapt-Provide interactive assessments
based on strengths & weaknesses. Empower-Map out a personalized plan for successful learning. Proof: LearnSmart diagnoses
students’ skill levels to determine what they’re good at and where
they need help. Then, it delivers customized learning content based
on their strengths and weakness. The result: students get the help
they need, right when they need it — instead of getting stuck on
lessons, or being continually frustrated with stalled progress. Probe:
How could an effective learning system that diagnoses students’
skill levels to determine what they’re good at and where they need
help. Then, delivers customized learning content based on their
strengths and weakness help level the playing field in your course?
ƒ Mader’s Concepts of Biology Companion Site is a vast array of
electronic teaching and learning tools, including animations and
videos with quizzing, pre-tests, practice quizzes, post-tests, and
on-line labs.
ƒ Presentation Center - Build instructional materials wherever,
whenever, and however you want! Presentation Center is an online
digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork, animations, PowerPoints, and other types of media that can be used to
create customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes,
53
Biology
compelling course websites, or attractive printed support materials. Access to your book, access to all books! This ever-growing
resource gives instructors the power to utilize assets specific to
their adopted textbook as well as content from other McGraw-Hill
books in the library. Presentation Center’s dynamic search engine
allows you to explore by discipline, course, textbook chapter, asset type, or keyword. Simply browse, select, and download the
files you need to build engaging course materials. All assets are
copyrighted by McGraw-Hill Higher Education but can be used by
instructors for classroom purposes.
Human Biology Laboratory
*9780077348625*
NEW
™
1(:/<5(9,6('
™
LAB MANUAL FOR HUMAN BIOLOGY
Chapter Opening Case Studies
12th Edition
™ Revised into a traditional case study format with questions that
lead students into the chapter content and allow the instructor to
integrate the case studies into classroom discussion.
By Sylvia Mader
2012 (January 2011) / 320 pages
ISBN: 9780077348625
(Details unavailable at press time)
CONTENTS
1 Exploring Life and Science
Part I Human Organization
2 Chemistry of Life
3 Cell Structure and Function
4 Organization and Regulation of Body Systems
Part II Maintenance of the Human Body
5 Cardiovascular System: Heart and Blood Vessels
6 Cardiovascular System: Blood
7 Lymphatic System and Immunity
8 Digestive System and Nutrition
9 Respiratory System
10 Urinary System and Excretion
Part III Movement and Support in Humans
11 Skeletal System
12 Muscular System
Part IV Integration and Coordination in Humans
13 Nervous System
14 Senses
15 Endocrine System
Part V Reproduction in Humans
16 Reproductive System
17 Development and Aging
Part VI Human Genetics
18 Patterns of Chromosome Inheritance
19 Cancer
20 Patterns of Genetic Inheritance
21 DNA Biology and Technology
Part VII Human Evolution and Ecology
22 Human Evolution
23 Global Ecology
24 Human Population, Planetary Resources, and Conservation
LAB MANUAL HUMAN BIOLOGY
11th Edition
By Sylvia Mader
2010 (February 2009) / 320 pages
ISBN: 9780077235130
www.mhhe.com/labcentral
CONTENTS
Laboratory 1: Scientific Method
Laboratory 2: Light Microscopy
Laboratory 3: Chemical Composition of Cells
Laboratory 4: Cell Structure and Function
Laboratory 5: Human Body Tissues
Laboratory 6: Basic Mammalian Anatomy I
Laboratory 7: Cardiovascular System
Laboratory 8: Chemical Aspects of Digestion
Laboratory 9: Energy Requirements and Ideal Weight
Laboratory 10: Urinary and Reproductive Systems
Laboratory 11: Homeostasis
Laboratory 12: Musculoskeletal System
Laboratory 13: Nervous System and Senses
Laboratory 14: Development
Laboratory 15: Mitosis and Meiosis
Laboratory 16: Patterns of Genetic Inheritance
Laboratory 17: DNA and Biotechnology
Laboratory 18: Evolution
Laboratory 19: Effects of Pollution on Ecosystems
REVIEW COPY
(Available for course adoption only)
To request for a review copy,
ƒ contact your local McGraw-Hill
representatives or,
ƒ fax the Review Copy Request Form found
in this catalog or,
ƒ e-mail your request to
[email protected] or,
ƒ submit online at www.mheducation.asia
54
Biology
Biology
Supplements
NEW
*9780073525556*
PHOTO ATLAS FOR GENERAL BIOLOGY
3rd Edition
By Dennis Strete, McLennan Community College and Darrell Vodopich,
Baylor University
2012 (January 2011) / 288 pages
ISBN: 9780073525556
(Details unavailable at press time)
SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINE OF BIOLOGY
2nd Edition
By George H Fried and George Hademenos
2011 (September 2010)
ISBN: 9780071746540
A Schaum Professional Publication
If you are looking for a quick nuts-and-bolts overview of biology, it’s
got to be Schaum’s Easy Outline. This book is a pared-down, simpli¿HGDQGWLJKWO\IRFXVHGYHUVLRQRILWV6FKDXP¶V2XWOLQHFRXVLQZLWK
an emphasis on clarity and conciseness.
Graphic elements such as sidebars, reader-alert icons, and boxed
highlights stress selected points from the text, illuminate keys to
learning, and give you quick pointers to the essentials.
ƒ Perfect if you have missed class or need extra review
ƒ Gives you expert help from teachers who are authorities in their
fields
ƒ So small and light that it fits in your backpack!
Topics include: The Chemistry of Life, Cell Structure and Function,
The Molecular Basis of Inheritance, The Cellular Basis of Inheritance,
7KH0HFKDQLVPRI,QKHULWDQFH&ODVVL¿FDWLRQRI3URNDU\RWHV&ODV
VL¿FDWLRQRI(XNDU\RWHV3ODQW6WUXFWXUHDQG)XQFWLRQ,QWHUFHOOXODU
Communication, Musculoskeletal System, Respiration and Circulation,
Homeostasis and Excretion, Nurition and Digestion, Reproduction and
Early Human Development, Evolution and the Origin of Life, Ecology.
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BIOLOGY
3rd Edition
By George Fried (deceased) and George J Hademenos
2010 (July 2009) / 480 pages
ISBN: 9780071625616
A Schaum Publication
Schaum’s Outline of Biology provides a systematic review of biology
with clear and concise explanations, accompanied by numerous exercises you can work on as you learn and as you review. The revised
edition will include both biochemical and molecular approaches to
modern biology and an understanding of life in terms of the precise
characteristics of macromolecules such as DNA, RNA, and protein.
1. The Basic Structure of Science
2. The Chemistry of Life: An Inorganic Perspective
3. The Chemistry of Life: The Organic Level
Part II: Biology of the Cell
4. The Cullular Organization of Life
5. Energy Transformations
6. Photosynthesis
Part III: Genetics and Inheritance
7. The Nature of the Gene
8. Cell Reproduction
9. The Mechanism of Inheritance
10. Control Mechanicsms in Genetics
11. Embryology
12. Animal Reproduction
Part VI: Plant Biology
13. Basic Structure and Function in Vascular Plants
14. Interactions of Vascular Plants with Their Environment
Part V: Animal Biology
15. Homeostasis: Regulation of Phsyiological Functions
16. Animal Nutrition and the Digestive System
17. The Excretory System
18. The Circulatory System
19. Immunology
20. The Respiratory System
21. Hormones and the Endocrine System
22. The Nervous System
23. The Musculoskeletal System: Support and Movement
24. Animal Behavior
Part VI: Evolution and Ecology
25. Evolution: The Process
26. Ecology
27. Origin of Life
Part VII: Biological Diversity
28. The Kingdom Monera (The Prokaryotes)
29. The Kingdom Protista
30. The Kingdom Fungi
31. The Kingdom Plantae
32. The Kingdom Animalia
33. The Primates
SCHAUM’S A-Z BIOLOGY
By Bill Indge
2003 / 320 pages
ISBN: 9780071419345
A Schaum Publication
Schaum’s A-Z handbooks make excellent complements to course
textbooks and test preparation guides. Ideal for ambitious high school
seniors--especially AP students--and college freshmen, they feature
FRQFLVHWKRURXJKO\FURVVUHIHUHQFHGGH¿QLWLRQVRIKXQGUHGVRINH\
terms and phrases that help students quickly break through the jargon
barrier. Clear explanations of key concepts, supplemented with lucid
illustrations, help build mastery of theory and provide a ready reference to supplement class work.
ƒ (DFK HQWU\ EHJLQV ZLWK D FOHDU RQHVHQWHQFH GH¿QLWLRQ DQG LV
followed by an explanation and examples.
ƒ
A-to-Z format for ready reference
ƒ &OHDU GH¿QLWLRQV DQG H[SODQDWLRQV FURVVUHIHUHQFHG DQG HQ
hanced with numerous worked examples and illustrations
ƒ
Extended explanations of more important concepts
ƒ Review lists of entries that relate to main topics in the Appendix
aid review
CONTENTS
Part I: Fundamentals of Biology
55
Biology
Professional References
International edition
SCHAUM’S 3000 SOLVED PROBLEMS IN
BIOLOGY
BIOPHYSICS DEMYSTIFIED
By Goldfarb
2010 (May 2010) / 400 pages
ISBN: 9780071633642
A Professional Reference Title
(Details unavailable at press time)
STEM CELL TECHNOLOGIES
Basics and Applications
By Satish Totey and Kaushik D Deb
2010 (February 2010) / 720 pages
ISBN: 9780071635721
By Stephen Bernstein and Ruth Bernstein of University of Colorado at
Boulder
1989 / 406 pages
ISBN: 9780070050228 (Out of Print)
ISBN: 9780070991576 [IE]
A Schaum’s Publication
(International Edition is not for sale in Japan)
CONTENTS
Chemistry of Life.
Molecular Genetics.
Inheritance.
Evolution.
Diversity of Life.
History of Life: Major Patterns.
Plants: Form and Function.
Animals: Form and Function.
Ecology.
A Professional Reference Title
Stem cell-based therapies, also known as cell replacement therapies or regenerative medicine, provide the means to cure a host of
diseases and disorders. Featuring 28 contributions from prestigious
global experts, this book details the basics of stem cell biology and
explores therapeutic and medical treatments stem cells can offer. The
book covers embryonic and adult stem cells and includes a 32-page
FRORULQVHUWZLWKFRORU¿JXUHV
CONTENTS
1. Foreword
2. Preface
3. Introduction
Part l: Embryonic Stem Cells
8. Derivation of Human Embryonic Stem Cells
10. Epigenetics in Human ESCS in Culture and Derivation
11. Embryonic Stem Cells as a TheraphTherapyabetes
Part II: Adult Stem Cells
19. Recent Advances on Adult Stem Cells and Their Therapeutic
Applications
22. Mesenchymal Stem Cell Therapies for Cardiac Infarctions, Limb
Ischemia
23. Dental Pulp Stem Cells
Invitation to Publish
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook
proposals for publication.
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
email to [email protected]
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/
56
57
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS
Developmental Biology / Embryology .................................................................70
Genetics .............................................................................................................70
Human Genetics .................................................................................................73
Introductory Microbiology Laboratory .................................................................64
Introductory Microbiology - Major Text................................................................59
Introductory Microbiology - Non Majors Text ......................................................60
Molecular Biology ...............................................................................................69
Professional References ....................................................................................74
STDs / AIDS .......................................................................................................68
New Titles
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS
2012
Author
ISBN
Page
Concepts of Genetics
Brooker
9780073525334
70
Genetics: Analysis and Principles, 4e
Brooker
9780073525280
71
Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Complete Version, 12e
Brown
9780077302139
64
Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Short Version, 12e
Brown
9780073375274
65
Laboratory Applications in Microbiology: A Case Study Approach, 2e
Chess
9780073402376
66
Microbiology: A Systems Approach, 3e
Cowan
9780073522524
60
Foundations in Microbiology, 8e
Talaro
9780073375298
61
Foundations in Microbiology: Basic Principles, 8e
Talaro
9780077342807
63
Molecular Biology, 5e
Weaver
9780073525327
69
CELLULAR MOLECULAR, MICROBIOLOGY & GENETICS
2011
Author
ISBN
Microbiology Lab Manual, 8e
Harley
9780077292812
67
Genetics: From Genes to Genomes, 4e
Hartwell
9780073525266
72
Laboratory Manual and Workbook in Microbiology: Applications to Patient
Morello
9780073522531
68
Aids Update 2011, 20e
Stine
9780073527635
68
Prescott’s Microbiology, 8e
Willey
9780077350130
59
Page
Care, 10e
58
Cellular Molecular, Microbiology & Genetics
Introductory Microbiology
– Majors Text
International edition
*9780077350130*
NEW
PRESCOTT’S
MICROBIOLOGY
8th Edition
By Joanne Willey, Hofstra University, Linda
Sherwood, Montana State University-Bozeman
and Chris Woolverton, Kent State UniversityKent
2011 (February 2010) / 1184 pages
ISBN: 9780077350130
ISBN: 9780071313674 [IE, Text only]
ISBN: 9780071084635 [IE with Connect Plus Card]
www.mhhe.com/willey8
The author team of Prescott’s Microbiology continues the tradition of
past editions by providing a balanced, comprehensive introduction to
all major areas of microbiology. Because of this balance, Microbiology
is appropriate for microbiology majors and mixed majors courses. The
new authors have focused on readability, artwork, and the integration
of several key themes (including evolution, ecology and diversity)
throughout the text, making an already superior text even better.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Thorough review of all concepts to update the presentation of
material, include only the most relevant, up-to-date examples, and
make it a fantastic resource for today’s student.
™ Chapter Glossary: Each chapter begins with a glossary: a list of
key terms discussed in the chapter. Each term is succinctly defined.
™ Search This: The authors have provided key terms students
can use to search the web for additional information.
™ Micro Inquiries: Select figures throughout the chapters will
contain thought questions giving the instructor an additional assessment opportunity.
™
CONNECT: the future in online course management is here!
‡
Instructors can deliver assignments, quizzes, and tests easily
online
Students have 24/7 online access to an eBook
Online study assets are specifically tied to every illustration in
the textbook
Study-on-the-Fly downloadable art and audio files for students
‡
‡
‡
™ McGraw-Hill’s Connect Microbiology provides unmatched flexibility for instructors to create auto-graded assignments and conceptual
exploration for students.
CONTENTS
Part I: Introduction to Microbiology
1 The Evolution of Microorganisms and Microbiology
2 Microscopy
3 Bacteria and Archaea
4 Eukaryotic Microbial Structure and Function
5 Viruses and Other Acellular Infectious Agents
Part II: Microbial Nutrition, Growth, and Control
6 Microbial Nutrition
7 Microbial Growth and Reproduction
8 Control of Microorganisms in the Environment
Part III: Microbial Metabolism
9 Introduction to Metabolism
10 Catabolism: Energy Release and Conservation
11 Anabolism: The Use of Energy in Biosynthesis
Part IV: Microbial Molecular Biology and Genetics
12 Genes: Structure, Replication, and Expression
13 Regulation of Cellular Processes
14 Mechanisms of Genetic Variation
15 Recombinant DNA Technology
16 Microbial Genomics
Part V: The Diversity of the Microbial World
17 Microbial Taxonomy and the Evolution of Diversity
18 The Archaea
19 The Deinococci and Nonproeobacteria Gram Negatives
20 The Proteobacteria
21 The Low G + C Gram-Positive Bacteria: The Firmicutes
22 The High G + C Gram-Positive Bacteria: The Actinobacteria
23 The Protists
24 The Fungi
25 The Viruses
Part VI: Ecology and Symbiosis
26 Biogeochemical Cycling
27 Methods in Microbial Ecology
28 Microorganisms in Marine and Freshwater Ecosystems
29 Microorganisms in Terrestrial Ecosystems
30 Microbial Interactions
Part VII: Pathogenicity and Host Response
31 Infection and Pathogenicity
32 Nonspecific (Innate) Host Resistance
33 Specific (Adaptive) Immunity
Part VIII: Microbial Diseases, Detection, and their Control
34 Antimicrobial Chemotherapy
35 Clinical Microbiology and Immunology
36 Epidemiology and Public Health Microbiology
37 Human Diseases Caused by Viruses and Prions
38 Human Diseases Caused by Bacteria
39 Human Diseases Caused by Fungi and Protists
Part IX: Applied Microbiology
40 Microbiology of Food
41 Industrial Microbiology
42 Applied Environmental Microbiology
Appendix I: A Review of the Chemistry of Biological Molecules
Appendix II: Common Metabolic Pathways
REVIEW COPY
(Available for course adoption only)
To request for a review copy,
ƒ contact your local McGraw-Hill
representatives or,
ƒ fax the Review Copy Request Form found
in this catalog or,
ƒ e-mail your request to
[email protected] or,
ƒ submit online at www.mheducation.asia
59
Cellular Molecular, Microbiology & Genetics
International edition
PRESCOTT’S PRINCIPLES OF
MICROBIOLOGY
By Joanne Willey Hofstra University, Linda Sherwood, Montana State
University-Bozeman and Chris Woolverton, Kent State University-Kent
2009 (January 2008) / 960 pages
ISBN: 9780077213411
ISBN: 9780071283670 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/prescottprinciples
Prescott’s Principles of Microbiology continues in the tradition of the
market leading Prescott, Harley, and Klein’s Microbiology. In using the
7th edition of PHK’s Microbiology as the foundation for the development of Principles, the authors have presented a streamlined, briefer
discussion of the broad discipline of microbiology and have focused on
readability and the integration of several key themes with an emphasis
on evolution, ecology and diversity throughout the text. To accomplish
this, each chapter focuses on key concepts and includes only the most
relevant, up-to-date examples. Unique to Principles is the inclusion
of microbial pathogens into the diversity chapters (chapters 19-24).
Thus when students read about the metabolic and genetic diversity
of each bacterial, protist, and viral taxon, they are also presented with
the important pathogens. In this way, the physiological adaptations
that make a given organism successful can be immediately related
to its role as a pathogen and pathogens can be readily compared to
phylogenetically similar microbes.
CONTENTS
Part I: Introduction to Microbiology
Chapter 1: The History and Scope of Microbiology
Chapter 2: Microscopes and the Study of Microbial Structure
Chapter 3: Procaryotic Cell Structure
Chapter 4: Eucaryotic Cell Structure and Function
Chapter 5: Viruses and Other Cellular Agents
Part II: Microbial Nutrition, Growth, and Control
Chapter 6: Microbial Nutrition
Chapter 7: Microbial Growth
Chapter 8: Control of Microorganisms by Physical and Chemical
Agents
Part III: Microbial Metabolism
Chapter 9: Introduction to Metabolism
Chapter 10: Catabolism: Energy Release and Conservation
Chapter 11: Anabolism: The Use of Energy in Biosynthesis
Part IV: Microbial Molecular Biology and Genetics
Chapter 12: Gene Structure, Replication, and Expression
Chapter 13: Regulation of Gene Expression
Chapter 14: Mechanisms of Genetic Variation
Chapter 15: Microbial Genomics
Chapter 16: Biotechnology and Industrial Microbiology
Part V: The Diversity of The Microbial World
Chapter 17: Microbial Evolution, Taxonomy, and Diversity
Chapter 18: The Archaea
Chapter 19: Deinococci and Nonproteobacteria Gram Negative
Bacteria
Chapter 20: Proteobacteria
Chapter 21: Low G + C Gram Positive Bacteria
Chapter 22: High G + C Gram Positive Bacteria
Chapter 23: Eucaryotic Microbes
Chapter 24: Viral Diversity
Part VI: Ecology and Symbiosis
Chapter 25: Biogeochemical Cycling and Introductory Microbial
Ecology
Chapter 26: Microorganisms in Natural Environments
Chapter 27: Microbial Interactions
Part VII: Host Defenses
Chapter 28: Nonspecific (Innate) Host Resistance>
Chapter 29: Specific (Adaptive) Immunity
Part VIII: Microbial Diseases and Their Control
Chapter 30: Pathogenicity of Microorganisms
Chapter 31: Antimicrobial Chemotherapy
Chapter 32: Clinical Microbiology and Immunology
60
Chapter 33: The Epidemiology of Infectious Disease
Part IX: Applied Microbiology
Chapter 34: Microbiology of Food
Chapter 35: Industrial Microbiology
Introductory Microbiology
- Non Majors Text
International edition
*9780073522524*
NEW
MICROBIOLOGY
A Systems Approach,
3rd Edition
By Marjorie Kelly Cowan, Miami University of
OH-Oxford and Kathleen Park Talaro, Pasadena
Area Community College
2012 (January 2011) / 896 pages
ISBN: 9780073522524
ISBN: 9780071314879 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/cowan3e
Microbiology: A Systems Approach is an allied health microbiology
text for non-science majors with a body systems approach to the
disease chapters. It has become known for its engaging writing
style, instructional art program and focus on active learning. We are
so excited to offer a robust learning program with student-focused
learning activities, allowing the student to manage their learning while
you easily manage their assessment. Detailed reports show how your
assignments measure various learning objectives from the book (or
input your own!), levels of Bloom’s Taxonomy or other categories,
and how your students are doing. The Cowan Learning program will
save you time and improve your students success in this course.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Every Chapter now opens with an Outline and a list of Learning
Objectives. Can You? questions conclude each major section of the
text. Learning Objectives are tightly correlated to digital course material. Instructors will be able to successfully measure student learning
as it relates specifically to the learning objectives. Assign Can You?
questions to students as an eBook Quiz with ConnectPlus.
™ Multiple Choice and True-False Questions (Knowledge and
Comprehension), and Critical Thinking Questions (Application and
Analysis) precede the Synthesis-level Visual Understanding Questions (supplies a photo or a graphic that students have already seen,
along with a thought-provoking question) and Concept Mapping
Exercises (asks students to organize information in meaningful
forms). Questions in the last two categories use images or content
from previous chapters and pose queries that require students to
combine knowledge from the new chapter with the knowledge they
already have from an earlier one, supporting the book’s theme of
“making connections.”
™ Case Files now have a Continuing the Case part that is placed in
the chapter next to relevant content. These Continuing the Case boxes
will help students follow the real-world applications of the chapteropening Case File and appreciate and understand how microbiology
Cellular Molecular, Microbiology & Genetics
impacts our lives on a daily bases. The solutions, or “wrap-ups” appear
later at the end of the chapter, after the necessary elements have
been presented. Nearly all Case Files in the third edition are new,
including hot microbiological topics that are making the news today.
™ NEW Animation Learning Modules are assignable in Connect
covering key topics from the text. A special icon in the text indicates
which topics have a corresponding Animation Learning Module.
™ With this third edition, we are so excited to add professor Jennifer
Herzog from Herkimer County Community College to the team as our
digital author. Jen has worked hand-in-hand with the textbook author,
creating online tools that truly complement and enhance the book’s
content. She ensured that all key topics in the book have interactive,
engaging activities spanning levels of Bloom’s taxonomy, and tied to
Learning Objectives in the book. Instructors can now assign material based on what they cover in class, assess their students on the
Learning Objectives, and run reports indicating individual and/or class
performance on a variety of data. Because of Jen, we can now offer
you a robust digital learning program, tied to learning objectives, to
enhance your lecture and lab, whether you run a traditional, hybrid
or fully online course.
™ McGraw-Hill Higher Education and Blackboard have teamed up!
What does this mean for you?
ƒ Your life, simplified. Now you and your students can access
McGraw-Hill’s Connect™ and Create™ right from within your
Blackboard course – all with one single sign-on!
ƒ Deep integration of content and tools. Not only do you get single
sign-on with Connect™ and Create™, you also get deep integration
of McGraw-Hill content and content engines right in Blackboard.
Whether you’re choosing a book for your course or building Connect™ assignments, all the tools you need are right where you
want them – inside of Blackboard.
ƒ Seamless Gradebooks. Are you tired of keeping multiple gradebooks and manually synchronizing grades into Blackboard? We
thought so. When a student completes an integrated Connect™
assignment, the grade for that assignment automatically (and
instantly) feeds your Blackboard grade center.
ƒ A solution for everyone. Whether your institution is already using
Blackboard or you just want to try Blackboard on your own, we
have a solution for you. McGraw-Hill and Blackboard can now offer you easy access to industry leading technology and content,
whether your campus hosts it, or we do. Be sure to ask your local
McGraw-Hill representative for details.
ƒ Build instructional materials wherever, whenever, and however you
want! Presentation Center is an online digital library containing
assets that can be used to create customized lectures, visually
enhanced tests and quizzes, or attractive printed support materials.
Access to your book, access to all books! Simply browse, select,
and download the files you need to build engaging course materials.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 The Main Themes of Microbiology
Chapter 2 The Chemistry of Biology
Chapter 3 Tools of the Laboratory: The Methods for Studying Microorganisms
Chapter 4 Procaryotic Profiles: The Bacteria and Archaea
Chapter 5 Eucaryotic Cells and Microorganisms
Chapter 6 An Introduction to the Viruses
Chapter 7 Microbial Nutrition, Ecology, and Growth
Chapter 8 Microbial Metabolism: The Chemical Crossroads of Life
Chapter 9 Microbial Genetics
Chapter 10 Genetic Engineering: A Revolution in Molecular Biology
Chapter 11 Physical and Chemical Control of Microbes
Chapter 12 Drugs, Microbes, Host—The Elements of Chemotherapy
Chapter 13 Microbe-Human Interactions: Infection and Disease
Chapter 14 Host Defenses I: Overview and Nonspecific Defenses
Chapter 15 Host Defenses II: Specific Immunity and Immunization
Chapter 16 Disorders in Immunity
Chapter 17 Diagnosing Infections
Chapter 18 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Skin and Eyes
Chapter 19 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Nervous System
Chapter 20 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Cardiovascular and
Lymphatic Systems
Chapter 21 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Respiratory System
Chapter 22 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Gastrointestinal Tract
Chapter 23 Infectious Diseases Affecting the Genitourinary System
Chapter 24 Environmental Microbiology
Chapter 25 Applied and Industrial Microbiology
International edition
NEW
™ ConnectPlus Microbiology for Cowan 3/e allows instructors and
students to use art and animations from the text for assignments and
lectures. Instructors now have access to a variety of new resources
including assignable and gradable case study activities, concept
mapping tools, LearnSmart, animation learning modules and more.
The media rich eBook allows students to do full text searches, add
notes and highlights, and access their instructor’s shared notes and
highlights.
ƒ LearnSmart: This unparalleled intelligent learning system is based
on cognitive mapping that diagnoses your students’ knowledge of
a particular subject then creates an individualized learning path for
them. Assigned by you, or used by students as a study tool, the
results are automatically recorded in a grade book.
ƒ “Flex” Art: Choose key figures from the text—take them apart and
build them back during lecture so students can understand one
step at a time. All art from the text is available with editable labels.
ƒ Digital Lecture Capture: Tegrity Campus is a service that allows
class time to be any time by automatically capturing every lecture
in a searchable video format for students to review at their convenience. With a simple one-click process, you can capture all
computer screens and corresponding audio. Students may replay
any part of your class with simple browser-based viewing on a PC
or Mac. Educators know that the more students can see, hear,
and experience class resources, the better they learn. Help turn
all your students’ study time into learning moments by supplying
them with your lecture videos.
*9780073375298*
FOUNDATIONS IN
MICROBIOLOGY
8th Edition
By Kathleen Park Talaro and Barry Chess of
Pasadena City College
2012 (January 2011) / 928 pages
ISBN: 9780073375298
ISBN: 9780071316736 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/talaro8e
Talaro/Chess: Foundations in Microbiology is an allied health microbiology text for non-science majors with a taxonomic approach to
the disease chapters. It offers an engaging and accessible writing
style through the use of tools such as case studies and analogies to
WKRURXJKO\H[SODLQGLI¿FXOWPLFURELRORJ\FRQFHSWV:HDUHVRH[FLWHG
to offer a robust learning program with student-focused learning
activities, allowing the student to manage their learning while you
easily manage their assessment. Detailed reports show how your
assignments measure various learning objectives from the book (or
input your own!), levels of Bloom’s Taxonomy or other categories,
and how your students are doing. The Talaro Learning program will
save you time while improving your students success in this course.
61
Cellular Molecular, Microbiology & Genetics
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Every major section within each chapter now opens with Expected Learning Outcomes and closes with assessment questions
(Check & Assess). Learning Outcomes are tightly correlated to digital
course material. Instructors will be able to successfully measure
student learning as it relates specifically to the learning outcomes.
Assign Check and Assess questions to students as an eBook Quiz
with ConnectPlus.
™ These Continuing the Case boxes are placed in the chapter
next to relevant content and will help students follow the real-world
applications of the chapter-opening Case File, while understanding
how microbiology impacts our lives on a daily basis. The Case File
Perspective, or wrap-up, appears later at the end of the chapter, after
the necessary elements have been presented. Nearly all Case Files
in the eighth edition are new, including hot microbiological topics that
are making the news today.
™ ConnectPlus Microbiology for Talaro 8e allows instructors and
students to use art and animations from the text for assignments and
lectures. Instructors now have access to a variety of new resources
including assignable and gradable case study activities, concept
mapping tools, LearnSmart, animation learning modules and more.
The media rich eBook allows students to do full text searches, add
notes and highlights, and access their instructor’s shared notes and
highlights.
ƒ LearnSmart: This unparalleled intelligent learning system is based
on cognitive mapping that diagnoses your students’ knowledge of
a particular subject then creates an individualized learning path for
them. Assigned by you, or used by students as a study tool, the
results are automatically recorded in a grade book.
ƒ “Flex” Art: Choose key figures from the text—take them apart and
build them back during lecture so students can understand one
step at a time. All art from the text is available with editable labels.
ƒ Digital Lecture Capture: Tegrity Campus is a service that allows
class time to be any time by automatically capturing every lecture
in a searchable video format for students to review at their convenience. With a simple one-click process, you can capture all
computer screens and corresponding audio. Students may replay
any part of your class with simple browser-based viewing on a PC
or Mac. Educators know that the more students can see, hear,
and experience class resources, the better they learn. Help turn
all your students’ study time into learning moments by supplying
them with your lecture videos.
ƒ Build instructional materials wherever, whenever, and however you
want! Presentation Center is an online digital library containing
assets that can be used to create customized lectures, visually
enhanced tests and quizzes, or attractive printed support materials. Access to your book, access to all books! Simply browse,
select, and download the files you need to build engaging course
materials.
™ McGraw-Hill Higher Education and Blackboard have teamed up!
What does this mean for you?
ƒ Your life, simplified. Now you and your students can access
McGraw-Hill’s Connect™ and Create™ right from within your
Blackboard course – all with one single sign-on!
ƒ Deep integration of content and tools. Not only do you get single
sign-on with Connect™ and Create™, you also get deep integration
of McGraw-Hill content and content engines right in Blackboard.
Whether you’re choosing a book for your course or building Connect™ assignments, all the tools you need are right where you
want them – inside of Blackboard.
ƒ Seamless Gradebooks. Are you tired of keeping multiple gradebooks and manually synchronizing grades into Blackboard? We
thought so. When a student completes an integrated Connect™
assignment, the grade for that assignment automatically (and
instantly) feeds your Blackboard grade center.
ƒ A solution for everyone. Whether your institution is already using
Blackboard or you just want to try Blackboard on your own, we
have a solution for you. McGraw-Hill and Blackboard can now offer you easy access to industry leading technology and content,
62
whether your campus hosts it, or we do. Be sure to ask your local
McGraw-Hill representative for details.
™ NEW Animation Learning Modules are assignable in Connect
covering key topics from the text. A special icon in the text indicates
which topics have a corresponding Animation Learning Module.
™ The eighth edition is unveiling a new feature in the disease
chapters called Pathogen Profiles, which are abbreviated snapshots
of the major pathogens in each chapter. Each Profile includes a micrograph, a description of the microscopic morphology, identification
descriptions, habitat information, virulence factors, primary infections/
disease, and control and treatment. Students can create their own
Pathogen Profiles online in Connect.
™ With this eighth edition, we are so excited to add professor Heidi
Smith from Front Range Community College to the team as our digital author. Heidi has worked hand-in-hand with the textbook author,
creating online tools that truly complement and enhance the book’s
content. She ensured that all key topics in the book have interactive,
engaging activities spanning levels of Bloom’s taxonomy, and tied to
Learning Outcomes in the book. Instructors can now assign material based on what they cover in class, assess their students on the
Learning Outcomes, and run reports indicating individual and/or class
performance on a variety of data. Because of Heidi, we can now offer
you a robust digital learning program, tied to learning outcomes, to
enhance your lecture and lab, whether you run a traditional, hybrid
or fully online course.
CONTENTS
1 The Main Themes of Microbiology
2 The Chemistry of Biology
3 Tools of the Laboratory: Methods of Studying Microorganisms
4 A Survey of Prokaryotic Cells and Microorganisms
5 A Survey of Eukaryotic Cells and Microorganisms
6 An Introduction to the Viruses
7 Elements of Microbial Nutrition, Ecology, and Growth
8 Introduction to Microbial Metabolism
9 Microbial Genetics
10 Genetic Engineering
11 Physical and Chemical Agents for Microbial Control
12 Drugs, Microbes, Host--The Elements of Chemotherapy
13 Microbe-Human Interactions
14 An Introduction to Host Defenses and Innate Immunities
15 Adaptive, Specific Immunity and Immunization
16 Disorders in Immunity
17 Procedures for Identifying Pathogens and Diagnosing Infections
18 The Gram-Positive and Gram-Negative Cocci of Medical Importance
19 The Gram-Positive Bacilli of Medical Importance
20 The Gram-Negative Bacilli of Medical Importance
21 Miscellaneous Bacterial Agents of Disease
22 The Fungi of Medical Importance
23 The Parasites of Medical Importance
24 Introduction to Viruses That Infect Humans: The DNA Viruses
25 The RNA Viruses That Infect Humans
26 Environmental Microbiology
27 Applied and Industrial Microbiology
Invitation to Publish
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook
proposals for publication.
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
email to [email protected]
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/
Cellular Molecular, Microbiology & Genetics
International edition
NEW
*9780077342807*
FOUNDATIONS IN MICROBIOLOGY
Basic Principles, 8th Edition
By Kathleen Park Talaro, Pasadena City College
2012 (January 2011) / 608 pages
ISBN: 9780077342807
ISBN: 9780071316729 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/talaro8e
Written with the non-major/allied health student in mind, Foundations
in Microbiology offers an engaging and accessible writing style through
the use of tools such as case studies and analogies to thoroughly
H[SODLQGLI¿FXOWPLFURELRORJ\FRQFHSWV$WD[RQRPLFDSSURDFKLVXVHG
for the study of pathogens.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Every major section within each chapter now opens with Expected Learning Outcomes and closes with mini-summaries and
assessment questions Check & Assess). Answers are available to
instructors only on the accompanying Connect site.
™ These Continuing the Case boxes are placed in the chapter
next to relevant content and will help students follow the real-world
applications of the chapter-opening Case File, while understanding
how microbiology impacts our lives on a daily bases. The Case File
Perspective, or wrap-up, appears later at the end of the chapter, after
the necessary elements have been presented. Nearly all new Case
Files can be found in the eighth edition, including ones on the micro
stories that are making the news today.
™ The Connect website that accompanies Talaro 8/e allows instructors and students to use art (labeled and unlabeled), photos, tables,
and animations from the text for assignments and lectures. Instructors
now have access to a variety of new resources including assignable and gradable interactive assignments, concept mapping tools,
LearnSmart, animation activities and more. The media rich eBook
allows students to do full text searches, add notes and highlight, and
share notes with classmates.
ƒ New! LearnSmart This unparalleled, intelligent learning system
is based on cognitive mapping that diagnoses your students’
knowledge of a particular subject then creates an individualized
learning path for them. Assigned by you, or used by students as a
study tool, the results are automatically recorded in a grade book.
As an added benefit, all content covered in LearnSmart is tied to
learning objectives for your course and competencies set forth
by accrediting bodies so you can use the results as evidence of
subject mastery.
ƒ New! “Flex” Art Choose any figure from the text—take it apart
and build it back during lecture so students can understand it one
step at a time.
ƒ New! Tegrity Tegrity Campus is a service that allows class time to
be any time by automatically capturing every lecture in a searchable video format for students to review at their convenience. With
a simple one-click process, you can capture all computer screens
and corresponding audio
CONTENTS
1 The Main Themes of Microbiology
2 The Chemistry of Biology
3 Tools of the Laboratory: The Methods for Studying Microorganisms
4 A Survey of Prokaryotic Cells and Microorganisms
5 A Survey of Eukaryotic Cells and Microorganisms
6 An Introduction to Viruses
7 Elements of Microbial Nutrition, Ecology, and Growth
8 An Introduction to Microbial Metabolism: The Chemical Crossroads
of Life
9 Microbial Genetics
10 Genetic Engineering: A Revolution in Molecular Biology
11 Physical and Chemical Agents for Microbial Control
12 Drugs, Microbes, Host—The Elements of Chemotherapy
13 Microbe-Human Interactions: Infection and Disease
14 Nonspecific Host Defenses
15 Adaptive, Specific Immunity and Immunization
16 Disorders in Immunity
17 Diagnosing Infections
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix C
Appendix D
Appendix E
International edition
MICROBIOLOGY
A Human Perspective, 6th Edition
By Eugene W Nester, Denise G Anderson and C Evans Roberts Jr of
University of Washington and Martha T Nester
2009 (September 2008) / 928 pages
ISBN: 9780077250416
ISBN: 9780071284424 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/nester6
Appropriate for the non-major/allied health student, this authoritative
text carefully explains the fundamentals of microbiology, providing a
general overview of the principles followed by more detailed explanations. With its clear and concise writing style, Microbiology: A Human
Perspective offers modern coverage on such topics as genomics,
ELR¿OPVDQGTXRUXPVHQVLQJ$ERG\V\VWHPVDSSURDFKLVXVHGLQ
the coverage of diseases.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Humans and the Microbial World
Chapter 2: The Molecules of Life
Chapter 3: Microscopy and Cell Structure
Chapter 4: Dynamics of Prokaryotic Growth
Chapter 5: Control of Microbial Growth
Chapter 6: Metabolism: Fueling Cell Growth
Chapter 7: The Blueprint of Life, from DNA to Protein
Chapter 8: Bacterial Genetics
Chapter 9: Biotechnology and Recombinant DNA
Chapter 10: Identification and Classification of Prokaryotes
Chapter 11: The Diversity of Prokaryotic Organisms
Chapter 12: The Eukaryotic Members of the Microbial World
Chapter 13: Viruses of Bacteria
Chapter 14: Viruses, Prions, and Viroids: Infectious Agents of Animals
and Plants
Chapter 15: The Innate Immune Response
Chapter 16: The Adaptive Immune Response
Chapter 17: Host-Microbe Interactions
Chapter 18: Immunologic Disorders
Chapter 19: Applications of Immune Responses
Chapter 20: Epidemiology
Chapter 21: Antimicrobial Medications
Chapter 22: Respiratory System Infections
Chapter 23: Skin Infections
Chapter 24: Wound Infections
Chapter 25: Digestive System Infections
Chapter 26: Genitourinary Infections
Chapter 27: Nervous System Infections
Chapter 28: Blood and Lymphatic Infections
Chapter 29: HIV Disease and Complications of Immunodeficiency
Chapter 30: Microbial Ecology
Chapter 31: Environmental Microbiology: Treatment of Water, Wastes,
and Polluted Habitats
Chapter 32: Food Microbiology
Appendix I: Microbial Mathematics
63
Cellular Molecular, Microbiology & Genetics
Appendix II: Microbial Terminology
Appendix III: Pronunciation Key for Bacterial, Fungal, Protozoan,
and Viral Names
Appendix IV: Metabolic Pathways
Appendix V: Answers to Multiple Choice Questions
Introductory Microbiology
Laboratory
International edition
NEW
*9780077302139*
BENSON’S MICROBIOLOGICAL
APPLICATIONS
Complete Version, 12th Edition
By Alfred Brown, Auburn University-Auburn
2012 (January 2011) / 560 pages
ISBN: 9780077302139
ISBN: 9780071221878 [IE]
Benson’s Microbiological Applications has been the gold standard of microbiology laboratory manuals for over 30 years. The 77
self-contained, clearly-illustrated exercises, and four-color format
makes Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual in General
Microbiology, the ideal lab manual. Appropriate for either a majors
or non-majors lab course, this lab manual assumes no prior organic
chemistry course has been taken.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Learning outcomes for each exercise. Students and instructors
will be able to assess if the purpose of the laboratory exercise has
been accomplished and understood.
™ Part 14 – Immunology and Serology. Select exercises have
been removed from Medical Microbiology and Immunology and
moved to this new part: Slide Agglutination Test: Serological Typing;
Slide Agglutination Test for S. aureus; Slide Agglutination Test for
Streptococcus; Tube Agglutination Test: Heterophile Antibody Test;
and Blood Grouping.
™
Exercise 75: Slide Agglutination Test for Streptococcus.
™ Two exercises: Slime Mold Culture and White Blood Cell Study:
The Differential WBC Count have been moved online to Lab Central
for easy reference and printing. Contact your sales rep for access
information.
™ Many of the exercises have been thoroughly revised and updated, including Exercise 27 (Effects of Oxygen on Growth), Exercise
61 (Reductase Test for Milk), Exercise 63 (Microbial Spoilage of
Canned Food), Exercise 69 (The Staphylococci: Isolation and Identification), Exercise 70 (The Streptococci and Enterococci: Isolation
and Identification), Exercise 71 (Gram-Negative Intestinal Pathogens),
and Exercise 72 (A Synthetic Epidemic). All exercises are up-to-date,
informative, and relevant for any introductory microbiology laboratory.
Many of the laboratory report questions have been revised as well.
CONTENTS
Part 1 Microscopy
1 Brightfield Microscopy
2 Darkfield Microscopy
3 Phase-Contrast Microscopy
4 Fluorescence Microscopy
64
5 Microscopic Measurements
Part 2 Survey of Microorganisms
6 Protozoa, Algae and Cyanobacteria
7 Ubiquity of Bacteria
8 The Fungi: Molds and Yeasts
Part 3 Manipulation of Microorganisms
9 Aseptic Technique
10 Pure Culture Techniques
Part 4 Staining and Observations of Microorganisms
11 Smear Preparation
12 Simple Staining
13 Negative Staining
14 Capsular Staining
15 Gram Staining
16 Spore Staining: Two Methods
17 Acid-Fast Staining: Kinyoun Method
18 Motility Determination
Part 5 Culture Methods
19 Culture Media Preparation
20 Preparation of Stock Cultures
21 Enumeration of Bacteria: The Standard Plate Count
22 Slide Culture: Fungi
Part 6 Bacterial Viruses
23 Determination of a Bacteriophage Titer
24 Burst Size Determination: A One-Step Growth Curve
25 Isolation of Phage from Flies
26 Phage Typing
Part 7 Environmental Influences and Control of Microbial Growth
27 Effects of Oxygen on Growth
28 Temperature: Effects on Growth
29 pH and Microbial Growth
30 Water Activity and Osmotic Pressure
31 Ultraviolet Light: Lethal Effects
32 The Effects of Lysozyme on Bacterial Cells
33 Evaluation of Alcohol: Its Effectiveness as an Antiseptic
34 Antimicrobic Sensitivity Testing: The Kirby-Bauer Method
35 Evaluation of Antiseptics: The Filter Paper Disk Method
36 Effectiveness of Hand Scrubbing
Part 8 Identification of Unknown Bacteria
37 Morphological Study of An Unknown Bacterium
38 Cultural Characteristics
39 Physiological Characteristics: Oxidation and Fermentation Stet
Reactions
40 Physiological Characteristics: Hydrolytic and Degradative Stet
Reactions
41 Physiological Characteristics: Multiple Test Media
42 Use of Bergey’s Manual
Part 9 Miniaturized Multitest Systems
43 Enterobacteriaceae Identification: The API 20E System
44 Enterobacteriaceae Identification: The Enterotube II System
45 O/F Gram-Negative Rods Identification: The Oxi/Ferm Tube II
System
46 Staphylococcus Identification: The API Staph System
Part 10 Diversity and Environmental Microbiology
47 Isolation of an Antibiotic Producer: The Actinomyces
48 Nitrogen Cycle: Ammonification
49 Symbiotic Nitrogen Fixation: Rhizobium
50 Free-Living Nitrogen Fixation: Azotobacter
51 Denitrification: Paracoccus denitrificans
52 The Winogradsky Column
53 Purple Nonsulfur Photosynthetic Bacteria
54 Sulfate Reducing Bacteria: Desulfovibrio
55 Bacterial Commensalism
56 Bacterial Synergism
57 Microbial Antagonism
Part 11 Applied Microbiology
58 Bacterial Food Counts
59 Bacteriological Examination of Water: Most Probable Number
Determination
60 Bacteriological Examination of Water: The Membrane Filter Method
61 Reductase Test
62 Temperature: Lethal Effects
Cellular Molecular, Microbiology & Genetics
63 Microbial Spoilage of Canned Food
64 Microbiology of Alcohol Fermentation
Part 12 Bacterial Genetics and Biotechnology
65 Mutant Isolation by Replica Plating
66 Bacterial Transformation
67 Polymerase Chain Reaction for Amplifying DNA
68 Plasmid Isolation
Part 13 Medical Microbiology
69 The Staphylococci: Isolation and Identification
70 The Streptococci and Enterococci: Isolation and Identification
71 Gram-Negative Intestinal Pathogens
72 A Synthetic Epidemic
Part 14 Immunology and Serology
73 Slide Agglutination Test: Serological Typing
74 Slide Agglutination Test for S. aureus
75 Slide Agglutination Test for Streptococcus
76 Tube Agglutination Test: The Heterophile Antibody Test
77 Blood Grouping
Appendices
NEW
*9780073375274*
BENSON’S MICROBIOLOGICAL
APPLICATIONS
Short Version, 12th Edition
By Alfred Brown, Auburn University-Adburn
2012 (January 2011) / 480 pages
ISBN: 9780073375274
Benson’s Microbiological Applications has been the gold standard of microbiology laboratory manuals for over 30 years. The 59
self-contained, clearly-illustrated exercises, and four-color format
makes Microbiological Applications: Laboratory Manual in General
Microbiology, the ideal lab manual. Appropriate for either a majors
or non-majors lab course, this lab manual assumes no prior organic
chemistry course has been taken.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Learning outcomes for each exercise. Students and instructors
will be able to assess if the purpose of the laboratory exercise has
been accomplished and understood.
™ Part 12 – Immunology and Serology. Select exercises have
been removed from Medical Microbiology and Immunology and
moved to this new part: Slide Agglutination Test: Serological Typing;
Slide Agglutination Test for S. aureus; Slide Agglutination Test for
Streptococcus; Tube Agglutination Test: Heterophile Antibody Test;
and Blood Grouping.
™
Exercise 57: Slide Agglutination Test for Streptococcus.
™ Two exercises: Slime Mold Culture and White Blood Cell Study:
The Differential WBC Count have been moved online to Lab Central for easy reference and printing. See your sales rep for access
information.
™ Many of the exercises have been thoroughly revised and updated, including Exercise 24 (Effects of Oxygen on Growth), Exercise 47
(Reductase Test for Milk), Exercise 49 (Microbial Spoilage of Canned
Food), Exercise 52 (The Streptococci and Enterococci: Isolation and
Identification), Exercise 53 (Gram-Negative Intestinal Pathogens), and
Exercise 54 (A Synthetic Epidemic). All of the exercises are up-to-date,
informative, and relevant for any introductory microbiology laboratory.
Many of the laboratory report questions have also been revised.
CONTENTS
Part 1 Microscopy
1 Brightfield Microscopy
2 Darkfield Microscopy
3 Phase-Contrast Microscopy
4 Microscopic Measurements
Part 2 Survey of Microorganisms
5 Protozoa, Algae and Cyanobacteria
6 Ubiquity of Bacteria
7 The Fungi: Molds and Yeasts
Part 3 Manipulation of Microorganisms
8 Aseptic Technique
9 Pure Culture Techniques
Part 4 Staining and Observations of Microorganisms
10 Smear Preparation
11 Simple Staining
12 Negative Staining
13 Capsular Staining
14 Gram Staining
15 Spore Staining: Two Methods
16 Acid-Fast Staining: Kinyoun Method
17 Motility Determination
Part 5 Culture Methods
18 Culture Media Preparation
19 Enumeration of Bacteria: The Standard Plate Count
20 Slide Culture: Fungi
Part 6 Bacterial Viruses
21 Determination of a Bacteriophage Titer
22 Isolation of Phage from Flies
23 Phage Typing
Part 7 Environmental Influences and Control of Microbial Growth
24 Effects of Oxygen on Growth
25 Temperature: Effects on Growth
26 pH and Microbial Growth
27 Water Activity and Osmotic Pressure
28 Ultraviolet Light: Lethal Effects
29 The Effects of Lysozyme on Bacterial Cells
30 Evaluation of Alcohol: Its Effectiveness as an Antiseptic
31 Antimicrobic Sensitivity Testing: The Kirby-Bauer Method
32 Evaluation of Antiseptics: The Filter Paper Disk Method
33 Effectiveness of Hand Scrubbing
Part 8 Identification of Unknown Bacteria
34 Morphological Study of An Unknown Bacterium
35 Cultural Characteristics
36 Physiological Characteristics: Oxidation and Fermentation Stet
Reactions
37 Physiological Characteristics: Hydrolytic and Degradative Stet
Reactions
38 Physiological Characteristics: Multiple Test Media
39 Use of Bergey’s Manual
Part 9 Miniaturized Multitest Systems
40 Enterobacteriaceae Identification: The API 20E System
41 Enterobacteriaceae Identification: The Enterotube II System
42 O/F Gram-Negative Rods Identification: The Oxi/Ferm Tube II
System
43 Staphylococcus Identification: The API Staph System
Part 10 Applied Microbiology
44 Bacterial Food Counts
45 Bacteriological Examination of Water: Most Probable Number
Determination
46 Bacteriological Examination of Water: The Membrane Filter Method
47 Reductase Test
48 Temperature: Lethal Effects
49 Microbial Spoilage of Canned Food
50 Microbiology of Alcohol Fermentation
Part 11 Medical Microbiology
51 The Staphylococci: Isolation and Identification
52 The Streptococci and Enterococci: Isolation and Identification
53 Gram-Negative Intestinal Pathogens
54 A Synthetic Epidemic
Part 12 Immunology and Serology
55 Slide Agglutination Test: Serological Typing
56 Slide Agglutination Test for S. aureus
57 Slide Agglutination Test for Streptococcus
58 Tube Agglutination Test: The Heterophile Antibody Test
59 Blood Grouping
Appendices
65
Cellular Molecular, Microbiology & Genetics
NEW
*9780073402376*
LABORATORY APPLICATIONS IN
MICROBIOLOGY
A Case Study Approach, 2nd Edition
By Barry Chess, Pasadena City College
2012 (February 2011) / 672 pages
ISBN: 9780073402376
Applications in Microbiology: A Case Study Approach now with an
included photo atlas including more than 250 full-color images! This
lab uses real-life case studies as the basis for exercises in the laboratory. This is the only microbiology lab manual focusing on this means
of instruction, an approach particularly applicable to the microbiology
laboratory. The author has carefully organized the exercises so that
students develop a solid intellectual base beginning with a particular
WHFKQLTXHPRYLQJWKURXJKWKHFDVHVWXG\DQG¿QDOO\DSSO\LQJQHZ
knowledge to unique situations beyond the case study.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ New! Now including a full-color photographic atlas, with more
than 250 images to bring microbiology to life for students.
™ New! Connect Microbiology for Chess 2/e allows instructors and
students to use art and animations from the text for assignments and
lectures. Instructors now have access to a variety of new resources
including assignable and gradable pre- and post-lab questions from
the lab manual, additional pre- and post-lab activities, case study
activities, interactive questions based on the atlas images, lab skill
videos and more. In addition, digital images, PowerPoint slides and
instructor resources are available through Connect.
ƒ Digital Lecture Capture: Tegrity Campus is a service that allows
class time to be any time by automatically capturing every lecture
in a searchable video format for students to review at their convenience. With a simple one-click process, you can capture all
computer screens and corresponding audio. Students may replay
any part of your class with simple browser-based viewing on a PC
or Mac. Educators know that the more students can see, hear,
and experience class resources, the better they learn. Help turn
all your students’ study time into learning moments by supplying
them with your lecture videos.
CONTENTS
Case Study Exercise 1 Safety Considerations in the Microbiology
Laboratory
Case Study Exercise 2 Microscopy and Measurement of Microscopic
Specimens
Case Study Exercise 3 Identification and Classification of Algae
Case Study Exercise 4 Survey of Medically Important Protozoa
Case Study Exercise 5 Identification and Classification of Fungi
Case Study Exercise 6 Ubiquity of Microorganisms
Case Study Exercise 7 Aseptic Techniques
Case Study Exercise 8 Pure Culture Techniques
Case Study Exercise 9 Simple Staining, Negative Staining, and
Gram Staining
Case Study Exercise 10 Capsular Staining
Case Study Exercise 11 Acid-Fast and Endospore Staining
Case Study Exercise 12 Viable Plate Count
Case Study Exercise 13 Cultivation of Anaerobes
Case Study Exercise 14 Temperature Effects on Bacterial Growth
and Survival
Case Study Exercise 15 pH and Microbial Growth
Case Study Exercise 16 Effects of Osmotic Pressure on Bacterial
Growth
Case Study Exercise 17 Lethal Effects of Ultraviolet Light
Case Study Exercise 18 Evaluation of Disinfectants: Use-Dilution
Method
Case Study Exercise 19 Effectiveness of Hand Scrubbing
Case Study Exercise 20 Antimicrobic Sensitivity Testing: Kirby-Bauer,
Tube Dilution, and E-Test Methods
Case Study Exercise 21 Phage Typing of Bacteria
66
Case Study Exercise 22 Simulated Epidemic
Case Study Exercise 23 Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report
Case Study Exercise 24 Bacterial Transformation
Case Study Exercise 25 The Ames Test
Case Study Exercise 26 DNA Extraction from Bacterial Cells
Case Study Exercise 27 DNA Profiling
Case Study Exercise 28 Measures of Water Quality: Most Probable
Number Procedure
Case Study Exercise 29 Measures of Water Quality: Membrane
Filtration Method
Case Study Exercise 30 Measures of Milk Quality: Methylene Blue
Reductase Test
Case Study Exercise 31 Bacterial Counts of Food
Case Study Exercise 32 Epidemiology of Gastrointestinal Illness:
Differentiation of Enterobacteriaceae
Case Study Exercise 33 Isolation and Identification of Staphylococci
Case Study Exercise 34 Isolation and Identification of Streptococci
Case Study Exercise 35 Blood Typing
Case Study Exercise 36 Differential White Blood Cell Count
Case Study Exercise 37 Slide Agglutination
Case Study Exercise 38 Enzyme Linked Immunosorbent Assay
(ELISA)
Case Study Exercise 39 Identification of Bacterial Unknowns
Exercise 40 Colony Morphology
Exercise 41 Growth in Solid and Liquid Media
Exercise 42 Simple Stain
Exercise 43 Negative Stain
Exercise 44 Capsule Stain
Exercise 45 Gram Stain
Exercise 46 Endospore Stain
Exercise 47 Acid-Fast Stain
Exercise 48 Motility Methods: Wet Mount and Hanging Drop
Exercise 49 Flagella Stain
Exercise 50 Streak-Plate Isolation
Exercise 51 Loop Dilution
Exercise 52 Spread-Plate
Exercise 53 Fluid Thioglycollate Medium
Exercise 54 Mannitol Salt Agar
Exercise 55 MacConkey Agar
Exercise 56 Desoxycholate Agar
Exercise 57 Endo Agar
Exercise 58 Eosin Methylene Blue Agar
Exercise 59 Hektoen Enteric Agar
Exercise 60 Xylose Lysine Desoxycholate Agar
Exercise 61 Blood Agar
Exercise 62 Motility Media
Exercise 63 SIM Medium
Exercise 64 Kligler’s Iron Agar
Exercise 65 Triple Sugar Iron Agar
Exercise 66 Lysine Iron Agar
Exercise 67 Litmus Milk
Exercise 68 Oxidation-Fermentation Test
Exercise 69 Phenol Red Broth
Exercise 70 Purple Broth
Exercise 71 Methyl Red and Voges-Proskauer Tests
Exercise 72 Catalase Test
Exercise 73 Oxidase Test
Exercise 74 Nitrate Reduction Test
Exercise 75 Coagulase Test
Exercise 76 Citrate Test
Exercise 77 Malonate Test
Exercise 78 Decarboxylation Test
Exercise 79 Phenylalanine Deaminase Test
Exercise 80 Bile Esculin Test
Exercise 81 Starch Hydrolysis
Exercise 82 ONPG Test
Exercise 83 Urease Test
Exercise 84 Casease Test
Exercise 85 Gelatinase Test
Exercise 86 DNase Test
Exercise 87 Lipase Test
Cellular Molecular, Microbiology & Genetics
Exercise 88 CAMP Test
Exercise 89 PYR Test
Exercise 90 API 20E System
Exercise 91 Enterotube II System
Exercise 92 Antibiotic Disk Sensitivity Tests
Exercise 93 -Lactmase Test
Exercise 94 Viable Plate Count
Exercise 95 Direct Cell Count
Appendix A Spectrophotometric Determination of Bacterial Growth:
Use of the Spectrophotometer
Appendix B Use of Pipettes in the Laboratory
Appendix C Preparation of Culture Media
NEW
*9780077292812*
MICROBIOLOGY LAB MANUAL
8th Edition
By John Harley, Eastern Kentucky University
2011 (February 2010) / 496 pages
ISBN: 9780077292812
www.mhhe.com/labcentral
Laboratory Exercises in Microbiology, 8/e has been prepared to accompany Prescott’s Microbiology, 8e, written by new authors Joanne
Willey, Linda Sherwood, and Christopher Woolverton. Like the text, the
laboratory manual provides a balanced introduction to laboratory techniques and principles that are important in each area of microbiology.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ E-Learning Connections with URLs were added to most of the
exercises to give both the student and instructor more information
from the World Wide Web.
™ New information on the BioSafety Level ratings of all the microorganisms in the manual and the recommendations for safe handling.
™ A new section (Part 12) and two new exercises (Independent
Group Projects and Case Studies) have been added.
™
A new exercise on Bioluminescence has been added.
CONTENTS
1 Microscopic Techniques
1 Bright-Field Light Microscope and Microscopic Measurement of
Organisms
2 The Hanging Drop Slide and Bacterial Motility
3 Dark-Field Light Microscope
4 Phase-Contrast Light Microscope
5 Flourescence Microscope
2 Bacterial Morphology and Staining
6 Negative Staining
7 Smear Preparation and Simple Staining
8 Gram Stain
9 Acid-Fast Staining (Ziehl-Neelsen and Kinyoun) Procedures
10 Endospore Staining (Schaeffer-Fulton or Wirtz-Conklin)
11 Capsule Staining
12 Flagella Staining: West and Difco’s SpotTest Methods
3 Basic Laboratory and Culture Techniques
13 Sterilization and Microbiological Culture Media Preparation
14 Culture Transfer Instruments, Techniques, and Isolation and
Maintenance of Pure Cultures
15 Spread-Plate Technique
16 The Streak-Plate Technique and Different Media
17 Pour-Plate Technique
18 Cultivation of Anaerobic Bacteria
19 Determination of Bacterial Numbers
4 Biochemical Activities of Bacteria
20 Carbohydrates I: Fermentation and B-Galactosidase Activity
21 Carbohydrates II: Triple Sugar Iron Agar Tests
22 Carbohydrates III: Starch Hydrolysis
23 Lipids: Lipid Hydrolysis
24 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes I: Hydrogen Sulfide Production and Motility
25 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes II: The IMViC Tests
26 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes III: Casein Hydrolysis
27 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes IV: Gelatin Hydrolysis
28 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes V: Catalase Activity
29 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes VI: Coagulase and DNase
Activity
30 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes VII: Oxidase Test
31 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes VIII: Urease Activity
32 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes IX: Lysine and Ornithine
Decarboxylase Test
33 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes X: Phenylalanine Deamination
34 Proteins, Amino Acids, and Enzymes XI: Nitrate Reduction
5 Rapid Multitest Systems
35 The API® 20E System
36 The Enterotube® II System
6 Unknown Identification
37 Using the First Edition of Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology to Identify Bacteria
38 General Unknown
7 Environmental Factors Affecting Growth of Microorganisms
39 Temperature
40 pH
41 Osmotic Pressure
42 The Effects of Chemical Agents on Bacteria I: Disinfectants
43 The Effects of Chemical Agents on Bacteria II: Antimicrobial Agents
(Kirby-Bauer Method)
44 Hand Washing, Environmental Sampling, and Microbiological
Monitoring
45 Determination of a Bacterial Growth Curve: Classical and TwoHour Methods
8 Environmental and Food Microbiology
46 Standard Coliform Most Probably Number (MPN)Test and Presence-Absence Coliform Test
47 Membrane Filter Technique for Coliform and Fecal Streptococci;
KONFIRM™ Test for Fecal Coliforms
48 Isolation of Escherichia coli Bacteriophages from Sewage and
Determining Bacteriophage Titers
49 Enumeration of Soil Microorganisms
50 Bacterial Count of a Food Product
51 Examination of Milk for Bacteria
9 Medical Microbiology
52 Hemagglutination Reactions: Blood Groups
53 Isolation of Normal Microbiota from the Human Body
54 Staphylococci
55 Pneumococci
56 Streptococci
57 Neisseriae
58 Aerobic and Anaerobic Endospore-Forming Bacteria
10 Survey of Selected Eucaryotic Microorganisms
59 Fungi I: Yeasts
60 Fungi II: Zygomycota, Ascomyceta, and Basidiomyceta
11 Microbial Genetics and Genomics
61 Bacterial Mutation
62 Bacterial Transformation
63 Bacterial Conjugation: The Transfer of Antibiotic-Resistant Plasmids
64 Isolation of Genomic DNA from Baker’s Yeast Saccharomyces
cerevisiae
65 Isolation and Purification of Genomic DNA from Escherichia coli
Appendix A Dilutions with Sample Problems
Appendix B Metric and English Measurement Equivalents
Appendix C Transmission-Absorbance Table for Spectrophotometry
Appendix D Logarithms
Appendix E pH and pH Indicators
Appendix F Scientific Notation
Appendix G Identification Charts
67
Cellular Molecular, Microbiology & Genetics
Appendix H Reagents, Solutions, Stains, and Tests
Appendix I Culture Media
Appendix J Sources and Maintenance of Microbiological Stock
Cultures
*9780073522531*
NEW
LABORATORY MANUAL AND
WORKBOOK IN
MICROBIOLOGY
Applications to Patient Care,
10th Edition
By Josephine A Morello, University of Chicago,
Paul A Granato, SUNY Health Science Center
and Helen Eckel Mizer, Western CT State University
2011 (August 2010) / 336 pages
ISBN: 9780073522531
www.mhhe.com/labcentral
The emphasis of this lab manual is on the basic principles of diagnostic microbiology for students preparing to enter an allied health
¿HOG6WXGHQWVDUHOHGWKURXJKDVHULHVRIH[HUFLVHVWKDWDOORZWKHP
to learn basic microbiology techniques and to practice safety in the
laboratory and hospital environment. It remains oriented primarily
toward meeting the interests and needs of those who will be directly
involved in patient care and who wish to learn how microbiological
principles should be applied in the practice of their professions. The
authors have emphasized the purposes and function of the clinical
microbiology laboratory in the diagnosis of infectious diseases. The
exercises illustrate as simply as possible the nature of laboratory
SURFHGXUHVXVHGIRULVRODWLRQDQGLGHQWL¿FDWLRQRILQIHFWLRXVDJHQWV
as well as the principles of asepsis, disinfection and sterilization.
Attention is given to the role of the health professional in regard to
appropriate collection of clinical specimens and the applications of
aseptic and disinfectant techniques as they relate to patient care.
8. Culture Media
9. Streaking Technique to Obtain Pure Cultures
10. Pour-Plate and Subculture Techniques
11. Culturing Microorganisms from the Environment
PART 2 Destruction of Microorganisms
12. Moist and Dry Heat
13. The Autoclave
14. Disinfectants
15. Antimicrobial Agent Susceptibility Testing and Resistance
PART 3 Diagnostic Microbiology in Action
16. Primary Media for Isolation of Microorganisms
17. Some Metabolic Activities of Bacteria
18. Activities of Bacterial Enzymes
19. Principles of Antigen Detection and Nucleic Acid Assays for Detection and Identification of Microorganisms.
20. Staphylococci
21. Streptococci, Pneumococci, and Enterococci
22. Haemophilus, Corynebacteria, and Bordetella
23. Clinical Specimens from the Respiratory Tract
24. The Enterobacteriaceae (Enteric Bacilli)
25. Clinical Specimens from the Intestinal Tract
26. Urine Culture Techniques
27. Neisseria and Spirochetes
PART 4 Microbial Pathogens Requiring Special Laboratory
Techniques; Serological Identification of Patients’ Antibodies
28. Anaerobic Bacteria
29. Mycobacteria
30. Mycoplasmas, Rickettsiae, Chlamydiae, Viruses, and Prions
31. Fungi: Yeast and Molds
32. Protozoa and Animal Parasites
33. Serodiagnosis of Infectious Disease
PART 5 Applied (Sanitary) Microbiology
34. Bacteriological Analysis of Water
35. Bacteriological Analysis of Milk
STDs / AIDS
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™
Each exercise now begins with Learning Objectives
™
New photos incorporated throughout the manual and color plates
™ Enhanced emphasis on the role of clinical microbiology in effective and efficient patient care.
™ McGraw-Hill Create™ Create what you’ve only imagined. Introducing McGraw-Hill Create™ - a new, self-service website that allows
you to create custom course materials - print and eBooks - by drawing
upon McGraw-Hill’s comprehensive, cross-disciplinary content. Add
your own content quickly and easily. Tap into other rights-secured
third party sources as well. Then, arrange the content in a way that
makes the most sense for your course. Even personalize your book
with your course name and information. Choose the best format for
your course, color print, black and white print, or eBook. The eBook
is now viewable on an iPad! And, when you are done you will receive
a free PDF review copy in just minutes! Visit McGraw-Hill Create:
www.mcgrawhillcreate.com today and begin building your perfect
book. Finally, a way to quickly and easily create the course materials
you’ve always wanted. Imagine that.
CONTENTS
PART 1 Basic Techniques of Microbiology
1. The Microscope
2. Handling and Examining Cultures
3. Hanging Drop and Wet-Mount Preparations
4. Simple Stains
5. Gram Stain
6. Acid-Fast Stain
7. Special Stains
68
NEW
AIDS UPDATE 2011
*9780073527635*
20th Edition
By Gerald J Stine, University of North Florida
2011 (December 2010) / 512 pages
ISBN: 9780073527635
www.mhhe.com/specialtopics
AIDS UPDATE 2011 presents a balanced review of current research
and information on HIV infection, HIV disease, and AIDS. AIDS UPDATE 2011 places discussion within a biological, medical, and social
framework, helping readers more fully understand this devastating
pandemic.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Excellent films are available for classroom use at cost. Contact:
[email protected]
™
Information on the first 30 years and counting of HIV/AIDS.
™ Estimated data and information out to years 2015 and 2025 is
provided.
™ Many photographs, figures, table, highlighted or boxed ancillary
information, and line art are new, revised, or relocated.
Cellular Molecular, Microbiology & Genetics
™ New global data reduction in HIV/AIDS cases from the WHO/
UNAIDS is presented. The increase in HIV case data for the United
States from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)
is also presented.
™
study of genes and their activities at the molecular level. Through
the combination of excellent illustrations and clear, succinct writing
students are presented fundamental molecular biology concepts.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
A testbank is available for instructors.
™ Excellent films are available for classroom use at cost. Contact:
[email protected]
™ “Concepts in HIV Therapy” video available for instructors and
students.
CONTENTS
1. AIDS: Defining the Disease and Finding Its Cause
2. What Causes AIDS: Origin of the AIDS VIrus
3. Biological Characteristics of HIV
4. Anti-HIV Therapy
5. The Immunology of HIV DIsease/AIDS
6. Opportunistic Infections and Cancers Associated with HIV Disease/
AIDS
7. A Profile of Biological Indicators for HIV Disease and Progression
to AIDS
8. Epidemiology and Transmission of the Human Immunodeficiency
Virus
9. Preventing the Transmission of HIV
10. Prevalence of HIV Infections, AIDS Cases, and Deaths among
Select Groups in the United States and in Other Countries
11. Prevalence of HIV Infection and AIDS Cases among Women
and Children
12. Prevalence of HIV Infection and AIDS among Young Adults,
Ages 13 to 24
13. Testing for Human Immunodeficiency Virus
14. AIDS and Society: Knowledge, Attitudes, and Behavior
Answers to Review Questions
Glossary
References
Index
Molecular Biology
International edition
*9780073525327*
NEW
™ Information on Affinity Chromatography --Chapter 5 (Molecular
Tools for Studying Genes and Gene Activity) now includes information on Affinity Chromatography, one of the most powerful separation
techniques, and also touches on Forensic Uses of DNA Fingerprinting
and DNA Typing.
™ Thoroughly Revised Website -- McGraw-Hill’s ARIS - Assessment, Review, and Instruction System for Molecular Biology, 4/e is
a complete electronic homework and course management system.
Instructors can create and share course materials and assignments
with colleagues with a few clicks of the mouse. Instructors can edit
questions and algorithms, import their own content, and create announcements and due dates for assignments. ARIS has automatic
grading and reporting of easy-to-assign algorithmically generated
homework, quizzing, and testing. Once a student is registered in the
course, all student activity within McGraw-Hill’s ARIS is automatically
recorded and available to the instructor through a fully integrated
grade book that can be downloaded to Excel. Contact your local
McGraw-Hill Publisher’s representative for more information on getting started with ARIS.
™ New material on Eukaryotic RNA -- Chapter 10 (Eukaryotic RNA
Polymerases and Their Promotors) includes lots of new material,
inlcuding Three Dimensional Structure of RNA Polymermase II in
the Post-Translocation State and info on Rpbl’s interaction with the
DNA-RNA hybrid.
™ New Information on Structure and Function of eIF3 -- Chapter
17 (The Mechanism of Translation I:Initiation) includes new information on the Structure and Function of eIF3 as well as Shifts in mRNA
Secondary Structure.
™ New Informaton on the X Chromosome and more! -- Chapter 24
(Genomics, Proteomics, and Bioinformatics) includes new information on the X Chromosome and its role in sex-linked diseases. Also
discussed in this chapter is the “Barcode of Life”, a section connecting
DNA to how taxonomists now classify organisms. A few other new
topics touched upon is Whole Chromosome Transcriptional Mapping,
Genomic Functional Profiling, Tissue-Specific Functional Profiling,
and RNAi Analysis.
™ New End-of-Chapter Material -- Along with the revision of End-ofChapter Review Questions and Analytical Questions, new References
and Suggested Readings have been added throughout the text.
™ Revised Art Program! -- Many of the illustrations in this edition
have been redrawn to further clarify details, make content current,
and to create a consistent appearance.
CONTENTS
MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
5th Edition
By Robert Weaver, University of Kansas-Lawrence
2012 (February 2011) / 928 pages
ISBN: 9780073525327
ISBN: 9780071316866 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/weaver5
Molecular Biology, 4/e by Robert Weaver, is designed for an introductory course in molecular biology. Molecular Biology 5/e focuses
on the fundamental concepts of molecular biology emphasizing
experimentation. In particular author, Rob Weaver, focuses on the
1 Introduction
1 A Brief History
2 The Molecular Nature of Genes
3 An Introduction to Gene Function
2 Methods of Molecular Biology
4 Molecular Cloning Methods
5 Molecular Tools for Studying Genes and Gene Activity
3 Transcription in Prokaryotes
6 The Mechanism of Transcription in Prokaryotes
7 Operons: Fine Control of Prokaryotic Transcription
8 Major Shifts in Prokaryotic Transcription
9 DNA-Protein Interactions in Prokaryotes
4 Transcription in Eukaryotes
10 Eukaryotic RNA Polymerases and Their Promoters
11 General Transcription Factors in Eukaryotes
12 Transcription Activators in Eukaryotes
13 Chromatin Structure and Its Effects on Transcription
5 Posttranscriptional Events
14 Messenger RNA Processing I: Splicing
69
Cellular Molecular, Microbiology & Genetics
15 Messenger RNA Processing II: Capping and Polyadenylation
16 Other RNA Processing Events
6 Translation
17 The Mechanism of Translation I: Initiation
18 The Mechanism of Translation II: Elongation and Termination
19 Ribosomes and Transfer RNA
7 DNA Replication, Recombination, and Transposition
20 DNA Replication I: Basic Mechanism and Enzymology
21 DNA Replication II: Detailed Mechanism
22 Homologous Recombination
23 Transposition
8 Genomes
24 Genomics and Proteomics
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF MOLECULAR
BIOLOGY
%\:LOOLDP6WDQV¿HOG&DOLIRUQLD6WDWH3RO\WHFKQLF8QLYHUVLW\
1996 / 384 pages
ISBN: 9780070608986
A Schaum’s Publication
CONTENTS
1. Cells
2. Biomacromolecules
3. Chromosomes
4. Transcription and Gene Regulation
5. Translation
6. Mutations
7. The Genetics of Bacteria and Their Viruses
8. Genetic Engineering / Recombinant DNA Technology
9. Nucleic Acid Manipulations
10. Eukaryotic Cells and Their Viruses
11. Cellular Communication
12. Development in Multicellular Organisms
13. The Immune System
14. Molecular Evolution.
8 Localized Cytoplasmic Determinants
9 Axis Formation and Mesoderm Induction
10 Gastrulation
11 Cell Adhesion and Morphogenesis
12 Organogenesis
13 Ectodermal Organs
14 Endodermal and Mesodermal Organs
Part II Control of Gene Expression in Development
15 The Use of Mutants and Transgenic Organisms in the Analysis
of Development
16 Transcriptional Control
17 RNA Processing
18 Translational Control and Post-translational Modifications
19 Genetic and Paragenetic Information
Part III Current Topics in Developmental Biology
20 Cell Differentiation
21 Pattern Formation and Embryonic Fields
22 Genetic and Molecular Analysis of Pattern Formation in the Drosophila Embryo
23 Genetic and Molecular Analysis of Vertebrate Development
24 Genetic and Molecular Analysis of Pattern Formation in Plants
25 Experimental and Genetic Analysis of Caenorhabditis elegans
Development
26 Sex Determination
27 Hormonal Control of Development
28 Organismic Growth and Oncogenes
Genetics
NEW
*9780073525334*
CONCEPTS OF GENETICS
By Robert J Brooker, University of Minnesota--Minneapolis
2012 (January 2011) / 736 pages
ISBN: 9780073525334
Developmental Biology /
Embryology
International edition
ANALYSIS OF BIOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENT
2nd Edition
By Klaud Kalthoff, University of Texas at Austin
2001 /816 pages
ISBN: 9780071253567 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/kalthoff
CONTENTS
Part I From Gametogenesis to Histogenesis
1 Analysis of Development
2 The Role of Cells in Development
3 Gametogenesis
4 Fertilization
5 Cleavage
6 Cell Fate, Potency and Determination
7 Genomic Equivalence and the Cytoplasmic Environment
70
FEATURES
™
Brief Chapter Opening Vignettes
™
Teach students to think critically
™
Feature Investigations
™
Instructional Art Program!
™
A rich balance of EOC problem sets
CONTENTS
PART I INTRODUCTION
1 Overview of Genetics
PART II PATTERNS OF INHERITANCE
2 Reproduction and Chromosome Transmission
3 Mendelian Inheritance
4 Sex Determination and Sex Chromosomes
5 Extensions of Mendelian Inheritance
6 Extranuclear Inheritance, Imprinting, and Maternal Effect
7 Genetic Linkage and Mapping in Eukaryotes
8 Variation in Chromosome Structure and Number
9 Genetics of Bacteria
10 Genetics of Viruses
PART III MOLECULAR STRUCTURE AND REPLICATION OF THE
GENETIC MATERIAL
11 Molecular Structure of DNA and RNA
12 Molecular Structure and Organization of Chromosomes
Cellular Molecular, Microbiology & Genetics
13 DNA Replication and Recombination
PART IV MOLECULAR PROPERTIES OF GENES
14 Gene Transcription and RNA Modification
15 Translation of mRNA
16 Gene Regulation in Bacteria
17 Gene Regulation in Eukaryotes
18 Gene Mutation and DNA Repair
PART V GENETIC TECHNOLOGIES
19 Recombinant DNA Technology
20 Biotechnology
21 Genomics I: Analysis of DNA and Transposable Elements
22 Genomics II: Functional Genomics, Proteomics, and Bioinformatics
PART VI GENETIC ANALYSIS OF INDIVIDUALS AND POPULATIONS
23 Medical Genetics and Cancer
24 Developmental Genetics and Immunogenetics
25 Population Genetics
26 Quantitative Genetics
27 Evolutionary Genetics
programs for genetic problem solving. Student CD-ROM will include
extensive problem solving applications and interactive exercises to
aid in the study of learning genetics.
™ A unique chapter, Computer Analysis of Genetic Sequences,
gives students a glance at the most modern techniques used by
geneticists today.
™ Unifying theme - the relationship between genes and traits - appears throughout the text and reinforces the relationship between
abstract concepts and concrete physical expressions. This theme
is called out with blue type in several figure legends in each chapter
™ Classic experiments in transmission and molecular genetics are
highlighted in each chapter, with a strong emphasis on the scientific
method. In each chapter 1-2 experiments are broken into five steps:
Background observations, the Hypothesis, Testing the Hypothesis,
the Data, and Interpreting the Data (denoted with gold bars).
™ Conceptual and experimental themes are used in text discussions (see Testing the Hypothesis sections in each chapter) and
end-of-chapter material (both in chapter summaries and problem sets)
™
*9780073525280*
NEW
GENETICS
Analysis and Principles,
4th Edition
By Robert J Brooker, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis
2012 (January 2011) / 864 pages
ISBN: 9780073525280
www.mhhe.com/brooker4e
Genetics: Analysis and Principles is a one-semester, introductory genetics textbook that takes an experimental approach to understanding
genetics. By weaving one or two experiments into the narrative of each
FKDSWHUVWXGHQWVFDQVLPXOWDQHRXVO\H[SORUHWKHVFLHQWL¿FPHWKRG
and understand the genetic principles that have been learned from
these experiments. Rob Brooker, author of market leading texts in
Genetics and Intro Biology for majors, brings his clear and accessible
writing style to this new edition. The integration of the genetics text
and the power of digital world are now complete with McGraw-Hill’s
ConnectPlus.
FEATURES
™ Art Program! Every illustration has been rendered with four
goals in mind:
&RPSOHWHQHVV)RUPRVW¿JXUHVLWVKRXOGEHSRVVLEOHWRXQGHU
stand an experiment or genetic concept by looking at the illustration
alone.
&ODULW\7KH¿JXUHVKDYHEHHQH[WHQVLYHO\UHYLHZHGE\VWXGHQWV
and instructors. This has helped avoid drawing things that may be
confusing or unclear.
3. Consistency - Recurring elements and colors have all been coordinated to provide a consistent art program.
4. Realism - An important goal of the second edition has been to
PDNHHDFK¿JXUHDVUHDOLVWLFDVSRVVLEOH)RUH[DPSOHZKHQGUDZLQJ
PDFURVFRSLFHOHPHQWVHJIUXLWÀLHVSHDSODQWVHWFWKHLOOXVWUDWLRQV
KDYHEHHQEDVHGRQUHDOLPDJHVQRWRQFDUWRRQOLNHVLPSOL¿FDWLRQV
Problem sets are broken into three parts.
1. Conceptual questions test students’ understanding of basic genetic
principles.
2. Experimental questions test their ability to analyze data, design experiments, and appreciate the relevance of experimental techniques.
3. Student discussion/collaboration questions
CONTENTS
PART I INTRODUCTION
1 Overview of Genetics
PART II PATTERNS OF INHERITANCE
2 Mendelian Inheritance
3 Reproduction and Chromosome Transmission
4 Extensions of Mendelian Inheritance
5 Non-Mendelian Inheritance
6 Genetic Linkage and Mapping in Eukaryotes
7 Genetic Transfer and Mapping in Bacteria and Bacteriophages
8 Variation in Chromosome Structure and Number
PART III MOLECULAR STRUCTURE AND REPLICATION OF THE
GENETIC MATERIAL
9 Molecular Structure of DNA and RNA
10 Chromosome Organization and Molecular Structure
11 DNA Replication
PART IV MOLECULAR PROPERTIES OF GENES
12 Gene Transcription and RNA Modification
13 Translation of mRNA
14 Gene Regulation in Bacteria and Bacteriophages
15 Gene Regulation in Eukaryotes
16 Gene Mutation and DNA Repair
17 Recombination and Transposition at the Molecular Level
PART V GENETIC TECHNOLOGIES
18 Recombinant DNA Technology
19 Biotechnology
20 Genomics I: Analysis of DNA
21 Genomics II: Functional Genomics, Proteomics, and Bioinformatics
PART VI GENETIC ANALYSIS OF INDIVIDUALS AND POPULATIONS
22 Medical Genetics and Cancer
23 Developmental Genetics
24 Population Genetics
25 Quantitative Genetics
26 Evolutionary Genetics
™ Dynamic Media Package! Online Learning Center will contain
extensive quizzing for the student, video lectures, and computer
71
Cellular Molecular, Microbiology & Genetics
International edition
*9780073525266*
NEW
GENETICS
From Genes to Genomes,
4th Edition
By Leland Hartwell, Fred Hutchinson Cancer
Research Center, Leroy Hood, The Institute
for Systems Biology, Michael L Goldberg,
Cornell University-Ithaca, Ann Reynolds, Fred
Hutchison Cancer Research Center and Lee M
Silver, Princeton University
2011 (September 2010) / 816 pages
ISBN: 9780073525266
ISBN: 9780071221924 [IE]
10 Genomes and Proteomes
11 Genome-Wide Variation and Trait Analysis
PART IV How Genes Travel on Chromosomes
12 The Eukaryotic Chromosome
13 Chromosomal Rearrangements and Changes in Chromosome
Number Reshape Eukaryotic Genomes
14 The Prokaryotic Chromosome: Genetic Analysis in Bacteria
PART V How Genes Are Regulated
15 Gene Regulation in Prokaryotes
16 Gene Regulation in Eukaryotes
17 Somatic Mutation and the Genetics of Cancer
18 Using Genetics to Study Development
PART VI Genetics Beyond the Individual
19 Variation and Selection in Populations
20 Evolution at the Molecular Level
PART VIII Systems Biology
21 Systems Biology and the Future of Medicine
www.mhhe.com/hartwell4
Genetics: From Genes to Genomes is a cutting-edge, introductory
genetics text authored by an unparalleled author team, including Nobel Prize winner, Leland Hartwell. The forth edition continues to build
upon the integration of mendelian and molecular principles, providing
students with the links between early genetics understanding and
WKHQHZPROHFXODUGLVFRYHULHVWKDWKDYHFKDQJHGWKHZD\WKH¿HOG
of genetics is viewed.
International edition
INTRODUCTION TO GENETIC PRINCIPLES
By David Hyde, University of Notre Dame
2009 (January 2008) / 936 pages
ISBN: 9780073224817
ISBN: 9780071106757 [IE]
NEW TO THIS EDITION
www.mhhe.com/hyde
™ An Unparalleled Author Team -- including Nobel prize-winning
yeast specialist, Leland Hartwell; pioneer geneticist and physician,
Leroy Hood; a leading Drosophila expert, Michael Goldberg; and
leading mouse expert Lee Silver.
Hyde’s Introduction to Genetics teaches the principles of genetics
with an innovative approach that emphasizes the basic concepts
involved in solving problems as well as teaching students how to
manipulate genetic data. While most genetics textbooks provide
some examples and several problems for the student to work, the
texts primarily stress facts and historical information. It is often left to
the student to make the connection from what is in the text to elucidating the approaches to solve problems. Dr. David Hyde presents
these skills to the students throughout the narrative in a stepped-out
fashion, making an explicit tie between the facts and their application.
This text maintains the rigor that faculty require in a genetics book,
while incorporating a student-friendly presentation style that helps
the reader comprehend the material.
™
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
Reorganization of Key Genomic Chapters:
Genomes and Proteomes
Genome-Wide Variation and Trait Analysis
The Eukaryotic Chromosome
Revised and Expanded End-of-Chapter Problem Section featuring:
»
Solved Problems and General Problems & Questions
»
Interactive Web Tools
»
Social & Ethical Questions-NOW an engaging web activity
»
Model Organism Portrait Chapters
»
Interactive Web Exercises
»
ConnectPlus for Hartwell: Genetics
»
Web based assignment and assessment platform that gives
both you and your students the means to better connect with their
course work.
CONTENTS
1 Genetics: The Study of Biological Information
PART I Basic Principles: How Traits Are Transmitted
2 Mendel’s Breakthrough: Patterns, Particles, and Principles of
Heredity
3 Extensions to Mendel: Complexities in Relating Genotype to
Phenotype
4 The Chromosome Theory of Inheritance
5 Linkage, Recombination, and the Mapping of Genes on Chromosomes
PART II What Genes Are and What They Do
6 DNA: Structure, Replication, and Recombination
7 Anatomy and Function of a Gene: Dissection Through Mutation
8 Gene Expression: The Flow of Information from DNA to RNA to
Proteinv
PART III Analysis of Genetic Information
9 Digital Analysis of DNA
72
CONTENTS
1 Genetics and the Scientific Method
Patterns and Mechanisms of Classical Inheritance
2 Mendelian Genetics
3 Mitosis and Meiosis
4 Sex Determination and Sex Linkage
5 Modifications to Mendelian Ratios
6 Linkage and Mapping in Eukaryotes
Molecular Basis of Inheritance and Gene Expression
7 DNA Structure and Chromosome Organization
8 Changes in Chromosome Structure and Number
9 DNA Replication
10 Gene Expression: Transcription
11 Gene Expression: Translation
DNA Technologies
12 Recombinant DNA Technology
13 Applications of Recombinant DNA Technology
14 Genomics and Bioinformatics
Control of Gene Expression
15 Prokaryotic Genetics
16 Gene Expression: Control in Prokaryotes and Phages
17 Gene Expression: Control in Eukaryotes
18 DNA Mutation and Repair
19 Extranuclear Inheritance
Genetics and Biological Processes
20 Mutational Analysis
21 Developmental Genetics
22 Cancer Genetics
Cellular Molecular, Microbiology & Genetics
Population Genetics and Evolution
23 Population Genetics
24 Quantitative Genetics
25 Evolutionary Genetics
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF GENETICS
17 Non-Mendelian Inheritance
IV Quantitative and Evolutionary Genetics
18 Quantitative Inheritance
19 Population Genetics: The Hardy-Weinberg Equilibrium and Mating Systems
20 Population Genetics: Processes That Change Allelic Frequencies
Appendix A Brief Answers to Selected Exercises, Problems, and
Critical Thinking Questions
Appendix B Suggestions for Further Reading
5th Edition
By Susan Elrod, California Polytechnic State University - San Luis
Obispo
2010 (February 2010) / 560 pages
ISBN: 9780071625036
Human Genetics
A Schaum’s Publication
Schaum’s Outline of Genetics provides a systematic review of anatomy and physiology with clear and concise explanations, accompanied
by numerous exercises that will allow you to work on your own, for
both initial learning and review. The revised edition will include comprehensive review of the chromosome theory of heredity, linkage, gene
interactions, maternal inheritance, molecular knowledge, transmission
genetics, and the biochemical basis of heredity.
CONTENTS
1. The Physical Basis of Heredity
2. Patterns of Inheritance
3. The Biochemical Casis of Heredity
4. Genetic Interactions
5. The Genetics of Sex
6. Linkage and Chromosome Mapping
7. Cytogenetics
8. Quantitative Genetics
9. Population Genetics and Evolution
10. Genetics of Bacteria
11. Viruses, Transposable Elements, and Cancer
12. Molecular Genetics and Biotechnology
13. The Molecular Biology of Eukaryotes
International edition
HUMAN GENETICS
9th Edition
By Ricki Lewis, SUNY at Albany
2010 (October 2009) / 512 pages
ISBN: 9780073525273
ISBN: 9780071220040 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/lewisgenetics9
Human Genetics: Concepts and Applications, ninth edition, is a nonscience major’s human genetics text that clearly explains what genes
are, how they function, how they interact with the environment, and
how our understanding of genetics has changed since completion
of the human genome project. Meticulously updated, focused on
concepts, and rich with personal stories from people whose lives
are dramatically affected by the principles being discussed, Human
Genetics is a textbook that will prepare the next generation of citizens
for the decisions that lie ahead.
CONTENTS
International edition
PRINCIPLES OF GENETICS
7th Edition
By Robert Tamarin, University of Massachusetts
2002
ISBN: 9780071243209 [IE with OLC&CD]
www.mhhe.com/tamarin7
CONTENTS
I Genetics and the Scientific Method
1 Introduction
II Mendelism and the Chromosomal Theory
2 Mendel’s Principles
3 Mitosis and Meiosis
4 Probability and Statistics
5 Sex Determination, Sex Linkage, and Pedigree Analysis
6 Linkage and Mapping in Eukaryotes
7 Linkage and Mapping in Prokaryotes and Bacterial Viruses
8 Cytogenetics
III Molecular Genetics
9 Chemistry of the Gene
10 Gene Expression: Transcription
11 Gene Expression: Translation
12 DNA: Its Mutation, Repair, and Recombination
13 Genomics, Biotechnology, and Recombinant DNA
14 Gene Expression: Control in Prokaryotes and Phages
15 The Eukaryotic Chromosome
16 Gene Expression: Control in Eukaryotes
Part 1 Introduction
Chapter 1 Overview of Genetics
Chapter 2 Cells
Chapter 3 Meiosis and Development
Part 2 Transmission Genetics
Chapter 4 Single-Gene Inheritance
Chapter 5 Beyond Mendel’s Laws
Chapter 6 Matters of Sex
Chapter 7 Multifactorial Traits
Chapter 8 Genetics of Behavior
Part 3 DNA and Chromosomes
Chapter 9 DNA Structure and Replication
Chapter 10 Gene Action: From DNA to Protein
Chapter 11 Gene Expression and Epigenetics
Chapter 12 Gene Mutation
Chapter 13 Chromosomes
Part 4 Population Genetics
Chapter 14 Constant Allele Frequencies
Chapter 15 Changing Allele Frequencies
Chapter 16 Human Ancestry and Eugenics
Part 5 Immunity and Cancer
Chapter 17 Genetics of Immunity
Chapter 18 Genetics of Cancer
Part 6 Genetic Technology
Chapter 19 Genetic Technologies: Amplifying, Modifying, and Monitoring DNA
Chapter 20 Genetic Testing and Treatment
Chapter 21 Reproductive Technologies
Chapter 22 Genomics
73
Cellular Molecular, Microbiology & Genetics
Professional References
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF MICROBIOLOGY
2nd Edition
By Edward Alcamo, Farmingdale State College and Jennifer M Warner
2009 (July 2009) / 464 pages
ISBN: 9780071623261
A Schaum’s Publication
Schaum’s Outline of Microbiology provides a systematic review of
microbiology with clear and concise explanations, accompanied
by numerous exercises that you can work on as you learn and as
you review. The revised edition will include comprehensive review
of prokaryotes and eukaryotes, DNA and gene expression, fungi,
protozoa, and viruses.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Microbiology
2. The Chemical Basis of Microbiology
3. Microbial Size and Microscopy
4. Prokaryotes and Eukaryotes
5. Microbial Growth and Cultivation
6. Metabolism of Microorganisms
7. DNA and Gene Expression
8. Microbial Genetics
9. Control of Microorganisms
10. The Major Groups of Bacteria
11. The Fungi
12. The Protozoa
13. The Unicellular Algae
14. The Viruses
15. The Host-Parasite Relationship
16. Host Resistance and the Immune System
17. Immune Tests and Disorders
18. Microbial Diseases of the Skin and Eyes
19. Microbial Diseases of the Nervous System
20. Microbial Diseases of the Respiratory System
21. Microbial Diseases of the Digestive System
22. Microbial Diseases of the Blood and Viscera
23. Microbial Diseases of the Urogenital System
24. Food and Industrial Microbiology
25. Environmental Microbiology
Answers to Questions
REVIEW COPY
(Available for course adoption only)
To request for a review copy,
ƒ contact your local McGraw-Hill
representatives or,
ƒ fax the Review Copy Request Form found
in this catalog or,
ƒ e-mail your request to
[email protected] or,
ƒ submit online at www.mheducation.asia
74
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF IMMUNOLOGY
By George Pinchuk
2002 / 304 pages
ISBN: 9780071373661
A Schaum’s Publication
CONTENTS
1. Overview of Immunity and the Immune System
2. Cells, Tissues, and Organs of the Immune System
3. Antibodies and Antigens
4. Maturation of B Lympocytes and Expression of Immunoglobullin
Genes
5. The Major Histocompatibility Complex
6. Antigen Processing and Presentation
7. T-Lymphocyte Antigen Recognition and Activation
8. B-Lymphocyte Activation and Antibody Production
9. Immunologic Tolerance
10. Cytokines
11. Innate Immunity
12. Effector Mechanisms of Cell-Mediated Immunity
13. Effector Mechanisms of Humoral Immunity
14. Immunity to Microbes
15. Transplantation Immunology
16. Immunity to Tumors
17. Autoimmunity and Autoimmune Diseases
18. Immunodeficiencies.
Invitation to Publish
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook
proposals for publication.
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
email to [email protected]
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/
75
NUTRITION
Introduction to Nutrition
- Multimedia ....................................................................................................80
- Textbook ......................................................................................................77
Nutritional Assessment .......................................................................................81
Nutrition and Sport..............................................................................................81
Nutrition Through the Life Cycle
- Nutrition & Human Development ..................................................................80
New Titles
NUTRITION
2012
Author
ISBN
Page
Contemporary Nutrition: A Funcational Approach, 2e
Wardlaw
9780073402536
77
2011
Author
ISBN
NutritionCalc Plus 3.4 CD-ROM
ESHA Research
9780077468972
80
Nutrition for Healthy Living, 2e
Schiff
9780077350116
78
Contemporary Nutrition, 8e
Wardlaw
9780077354817
78
NUTRITION
76
Page
Nutrition
Introduction to Nutrition
Textbook
International edition
NEW
*9780073402536*
CONTEMPORARY NUTRITION
A Functional Approach, 2nd Edition
By Gordon M Wardlaw and Anne M Smith of Ohio State University
2012 (February 2011) / 800 pages
ISBN: 9780073402536
ISBN: 9780071316859 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/wardlawcontfa2
Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach is an alternate version
of Wardlaw-Smith’s Contemporary Nutrition, 8e. While Contemporary
Nutrition: A Functional Approach shares the recognized strengths
of the eighth edition, it offers a unique approach to the coverage
of vitamins and minerals. It departs from a traditional presentation
by instead organizing vitamins and minerals within the context of
SK\VLRORJLFDOIXQFWLRQVDQGWKHKHDOWKFRQGLWLRQVWKH\LQÀXHQFH7KH
text will provide students who lack a strong science background the
ideal balance of reliable nutrition information and practical consumeroriented knowledge. With their friendly writing style, the authors act
as the student’s personal guide to dispelling common misconceptions
and to gaining a solid foundation for making informed nutrition choices.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ ConnectPlus Nutrition allows instructors and students to use art
and animations from the text for assignments and lectures. Instructors
now have access to a variety of new resources including assignable
and gradable interactive assignments, LearnSmart, case study activities, and more. The media rich eBook allows students to do full
text searches, add notes and highlights, and access their instructor’s
shared notes and highlights.
ƒ New! LearnSmart: This unparalleled intelligent learning system
is based on cognitive mapping that diagnoses your students’
knowledge of a particular subject then creates an individualized
learning path for them. Assigned by you, or used by students as a
study tool, the results are automatically recorded in a grade book.
ƒ New! Digital Lecture Capture: Tegrity Campus is a service that
allows class time to be any time by automatically capturing every
lecture in a searchable video format for students to review at their
convenience. With a simple one-click process, you can capture all
computer screens and corresponding audio. Students may replay
any part of your class with simple browser-based viewing on a PC
or Mac. Educators know that the more students can see, hear,
and experience class resources, the better they learn. Help turn
all your students’ study time into learning moments by supplying
them with your lecture videos.
™ Macronutrient Concept Maps have been added to help students
better make the mental connections between key aspects of the macronutrients. See Ch. 4 (p. 127), Ch. 5 (p. 195), and Ch. 6 (p. 223).
™ Over 200 new or revised figures and photos have been added to
the already fantastic instructional art program in this edition to appeal
to today’s visual learners. See Figures 5.11, 7.1, 9.27, 14.3, and 14.5
™ Overview of Micronutrients now includes coverage of trace
minerals (chromium, manganese, molybdenum, zinc, and choline).
These trace minerals are more logically introduced in the Overview
rather than appended within the functional chapters.
™ New and updated content includes a discussion of economic
factors related to food choices, the latest Mediterranean Diet Pyramid,
the American Heart Association’s new “Meet the Fats” program, the
2010 National Osteoporosis Foundation’s drug therapy guidelines,
and more.
™ New or expanded discussions include oxidation of cell membranes by free radicals; vitamin A’s relationship with carotenoids;
discussion of night blindness as a marker for pregnancy health issues; clarification in role with cancer, acne, and bone growth; the new
Mediterranean Diet Pyramid, and the evolution of blood cells from
bone marrow and where nutrients affect their formation.
™ Available with the text is the latest release of NutritionCalc Plus
3.4 diet analysis software. Both the CD and Online versions share
a user-friendly interface and a handy video tutorial. Other enhancements include the ability to track omega-3 and omega-6 fatty acids,
new Calories from Fat pie chart, and a new Food List Report.
™ Two new animations have been developed at the request of
professors whose students struggle with basic math concepts needed
in introductory nutrition (Food Label Math Tutorial) and also with understanding how the food we eat becomes the energy used by our
cells (Digestion and Metabolism Overview).
CONTENTS
NUTRITION: A KEY TO HEALTH
Chapter 1: What You Eat and Why
Chapter 2: Guidelines for Designing a Healthy Diet
Chapter 3: The Human Body: A Nutrition Perspective
ENERGY NUTRIENTS AND ENERGY BALANCE
Chapter 4: Carbohydrates
Chapter 5: Lipids
Chapter 6: Proteins
Chapter 7: Energy Balance and Weight Maintenance
VITAMINS, MINERALS, AND WATER
Overview of the Micronutrients (Intro)
Chapter 8: Nutrients Involved with Fluid and Electrolyte Balance
Chapter 9: Nutrients that Function as Antioxidants
Chapter 10: Nutrients Involved in Bone Health
Chapter 11: Nutrients Involved with Energy Metabolism and Blood
Health
NUTRITION: BEYOND THE NUTRIENTS
Chapter 12: Nutrition: Fitness and Sports
Chapter 13: Eating Disorders: Anorexia Nervosa, Bulimia Nervosa,
and Other Conditions
Chapter 14: Undernutrition throughout the World
Chapter 15: Food Safety
NUTRITION: A FOCUS ON THE LIFE STAGES
Chapter 16: Pregnancy and Breastfeeding
Chapter 17: Nutrition from Infancy through Adolescence
Chapter 18: Nutrition during Adulthood
APPENDIXES: A: Solutions to Case Studies and Check Your
Knowledge B: Daily Values Used in Food Labels C: Dietary Advice
for Canadians D: The Exchange System E: Dietary Intake and Energy Expenditure Assessment F: Chemical Structures in Nutrition G:
Height-Weight Tables H: Sources of Nutrition Information I: EnglishMetric Conversions
REVIEW COPY
(Available for course adoption only)
To request for a review copy,
ƒ contact your local McGraw-Hill
representatives or,
ƒ fax the Review Copy Request Form found
in this catalog or,
ƒ e-mail your request to
[email protected] or,
ƒ submit online at www.mheducation.asia
77
Nutrition
International edition
*9780077350116*
NEW
NUTRITION FOR HEALTHY
LIVING
2nd Edition
By Wendy J Schiff, Saint Louis CC-MeramecKirkwood
2011 (March 2010) / 648 pages
ISBN: 9780077350116
ISBN: 9780071222099 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/schiff2
Nutrition for Healthy Living takes an innovative approach to basic
nutrition. With its uniquely concise organization and a distinct focus
on consumerism, this engaging, fun-to-read text will provide students
ZLWK WKH VFLHQWL¿F IRXQGDWLRQ QHHGHG WR PDNH LQIRUPHG QXWULWLRQDO
lifestyle decisions well beyond the classroom.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
listening or taking notes. With Tegrity Campus students no longer
have to make that decision. Tegrity Campus is a student achievement system that impacts learning by improving student efficiency,
retention, and satisfaction. It makes class time available all the time
by automatically capturing, storing, and indexing every lecture. A
simple one-click start and stop process automatically captures audio,
PowerPoint, all computer screens, video, and more. Tegrity Campus
offers automatic creation of enhanced podcasts including slides,
indexing, and text titles with zero production work.
CONTENTS
PART ONE: Laying the Foundation for Better Health
1. The Basics of Nutrition
2. Evaluating Nutrition Information
3. Planning Nutritious Diets
4. Body Basics
PART TWO: Nutrients and Your Health
5. Carbohydrates
6. Fats and Other Lipids
7. Proteins
8. Vitamins
9. Water and Minerals
PART THREE: Applying Your Nutrition Knowledge
10. Energy Balance and Weight Control
11. Nutrition for Physically-Active Lifestyles
12. Food Safety Concerns
13. Nutrition for a Lifetime
™ New Real People/Real Stories have been expanded to include
real-life stories of celiac disease and weigh-loss.
™ Recipes for Healthy Living will feature more recipes with ingredients/skills geared for average college student. Recipes feature
various ethnic cuisines and now also include a Daily Value graph of
key nutrients. The Daily Value graph is in addition to the protein/fat/
carbohydrate pie charts already in the textbook and give additional
science content to those who want it.
™ Eating Well for Less: New content has been added to address
this issue especially during current economic crisis. Examples will
found in Ch, 3 and Ch. 7.
™ New Highlight box on Cancer in Ch. 8. This expands coverage
of cancer and nutritional aspects related to the disease.
™ Over 100 new/revised Photos and Figures help students more
easily comprehend new science content. Dynamic, modern-looking
art along with expanded coverage of nutrition science and practical
advice are interwoven to provide today’s students with the tools they
need to learn and apply knowledge to their own lives.
™
CONNECT Plus-the future in online course management is here!
ƒ Interactive Learning platform allows instructors to deliver autograded assignments, quizzes, and tests easily online.
ƒ Instructors can assign readings via an interactive, media-rich
eBook; Students have 24/7 online access.
ƒ Sophisticated reporting allows instructors to analyze class performance against a variety of criteria such as learning outcome
and difficulty level.
™ LearnSmart-Help your students to Learn Fast, Learn Easy,
Learn Smart!
ƒ Artificially intelligent adaptive diagnostic tool.
ƒ Creates individual learning plan for each student based on their
individual knowledge level and decay of knowledge over time.
ƒ Intelligently varies questions to match and improve students’
knowledge.
ƒ Students actively learn the required concepts more easily and
efficiently.
™ Tegrity Campus-100% of students rate their professor’s lecture
notes as their #1 study resource!
The average instructor speaks 120 words per minute while the average student writes only 20 requiring the student to decide between
78
International edition
*9780077354817*
NEW
CONTEMPORARY NUTRITION
8th Edition
By Gordon M Wardlaw and Anne M Smith of
Ohio State University-Columbus
2011 (January 2010) / 768 pages
ISBN: 9780077354817
ISBN: 9780071222143 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/wardlawcont8
Contemporary Nutrition is designed for students with little or no background in college-level biology, chemistry or physiology. It provides the
ideal balance of reliable nutrition information and practical consumeroriented knowledge. With a friendly writing style, the authors act as the
student’s personal guide to dispelling common misconceptions and
to gaining a solid foundation for making informed nutrition choices.
Contemporary Nutrition emphasizes that a population consists of
individuals with varying genetic and cultural backgrounds, and these
individuals will have varying responses to diet. The knowledge gained
from this text will allow students to personalize nutrition information
and make smart choices.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Over 200 new or revised figures and photos have been added to
the already fantastic instructional art program in this edition to appeal
to today’s visual learners.
™ New and updated content includes a discussion of the economic
factors related to food choices, the latest Mediterranean Diet Pyramid, the American Heart Association’s new “Meet the Fats” program,
and more.
Nutrition
™ Concept Maps have been added to help students better make
the mental connections between key aspects of the macronutrients
(see Ch. 4, 5, and 6)
™ Daily Values have been added to the food source graphs for
each nutrient.
™
CONNECT Plus-the future in online course management is here!
ƒ Interactive Learning platform allows instructors to deliver autograded assignments, quizzes, and tests easily online
ƒ Instructors can assign readings via an interactive, media-rich
eBook; Students have 24/7 online access
ƒ Sophisticated reporting allows instructors to analyze class performance against a variety of criteria such as learning outcome
and difficulty level.
™ LearnSmart-Help your students to Learn Fast, Learn Easy,
Learn Smart!
ƒ Artificially intelligent adaptive diagnostic tool.
ƒ Creates individual learning plan for each student based on their
individual knowledge level and decay of knowledge over time.
ƒ Intelligently varies questions to match and improve students’
knowledge.
ƒ Students actively learn the required concepts more easily and
efficiently.
™ Tegrity Campus-100% of students rate their professor’s lecture
notes as their #1 study resource!
The average instructor speaks 120 words per minute while the average student writes only 20 requiring the student to decide between
listening or taking notes. With Tegrity Campus students no longer
have to make that decision. Tegrity Campus is a student achievePHQWV\VWHPWKDWLPSDFWVOHDUQLQJE\LPSURYLQJVWXGHQWHI¿FLHQF\
retention, and satisfaction. It makes class time available all the time
by automatically capturing, storing, and indexing every lecture. A
simple one-click start and stop process automatically captures audio,
PowerPoint, all computer screens, video, and more. Tegrity Campus
offers automatic creation of enhanced podcasts including slides,
indexing, and text titles with zero production work.
CONTENTS
NUTRITION: A KEY TO HEALTH
Chapter 1: What You Eat and Why
Chapter 2: Guidelines for Designing a Healthy Diet
Chapter 3: The Human Body: A Nutrition Perspective
THE ENERGY NUTRIENTS AND ENERGY BALANCE
Chapter 4: Carbohydrates
Chapter 5: Lipids
Chapter 6: Proteins
Chapter 7: Energy Balance and Weight Control
VITAMINS, MINERALS AND WATER
Chapter 8: Vitamins
Chapter 9: Water and Minerals
NUTRITION: BEYOND THE NUTRIENTS
Chapter 10: Nutrition: Fitness and Sports
Chapter 11: Eating Disorders: Anorexia Nervosa,
Bulimia Nervosa, and Other Conditions
Chapter 12: Undernutrition Throughout the World
Chapter 13: Safety of Food and Water
NUTRITION: A FOCUS ON THE LIFE STAGES
Chapter 14: Pregnancy and Breastfeeding
Chapter 15: Nutrition from Infancy through Adolescence
Chapter 16: Nutrition during Adulthood
International edition
WARDLAW’S PERSPECTIVES IN NUTRITION
8th Edition
By Carol Byrd-Bredbenner, Jacqueline Berning, Univesity of Colorado,
Donna Beshgetoor, San Diego State University and Gaile Moe, Seattle
3DFL¿F8QLYHUVLW\
2009 (September 2008) / 960 pages
ISBN: 9780077263201
ISBN: 9780071284462 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/wardlawpers8
Perspectives in Nutrition, 8th edition, is an introductory nutrition text
appropriate for nutrition and science majors, as well as mixed majors/non-majors nutrition courses. This text has the richly deserved
reputation of providing an accurate, current, in-depth and thoughtful
LQWURGXFWLRQWRWKHG\QDPLF¿HOGRIQXWULWLRQ7KHWKHGLWLRQLQWURGXFHV
a new author team whose primary goal has been to maintain the
strengths and philosophy that have been the hallmark of this book
yet enhance the accessibility and personal application of materials
for today’s students.
CONTENTS
Part 1 Nutrition Basics
1 The Science of Nutrition
2 Tools of a Healthy Diet
3 The Food Supply
4 Human Digestion and Absorption
Part 2 Energy-Yielding Nutrients and Alcohol
5 Carbohydrates
6 Lipids
7 Protein
8 Alcohol
Part 3 Metabolism and Energy Balance
9 Energy Metabolism
10 Energy Balance, Weight Control, & Eating Disorders
11 Nutrition, Exercise, and Sports
Part 4 Vitamins and Minerals
12 Fat-Soluble Vitamins
13 Water-Soluble Vitamins
14 Water and Major Minerals
15 Trace Minerals
Part 5 Nutrition Applications in the Life Cycle
16 Nutritional Aspects of Pregnancy and Breastfeeding
17 Nutrition during the Growing Years
18 Nutrition throughout Adulthood
Appendixes
A Human Physiology
B Chemistry
C Glycolysis, Citric Acid Cycle, , Electron Transport Chain, Eicosanoids, and Homocysteine Metabolism
D Dietary Advice for Canadians
E Exchange Systems
F Fatty Acids in Foods
G Height-Weight Tables
H Nutrition Calculations
I English-Metric Conversions
J Estimated Average Requirements (EARs) for Nutrients
K CDC Growth Charts
L Sources of Nutrition Information
M Dietary Intake and Energy Expenditure Assessment
79
Nutrition
Multimedia
NEW
*9780077468972*
NUTRITIONCALC PLUS 3.4 CD-ROM
Nutrition Through The Life
Cycle
Nutrition & Human Development
By ESHA Research
2011 (November 2010)
ISBN: 9780077468972
NutritionCalc Plus 3.4 CD-ROM is a suite of powerful dietary selfassessment tools. Use NutritionCalc Plus to analyze and monitor
personal diet and health goals. An easy-to use interface and the
reliability of the ESHA database make NutritionCalc Plus the best
choice for nutrition analysis software. Enhancements include a new
Food List report which provides an at-a-glance view of amounts and
calories for your food intakes; a new pie chart displaying the percentage of total calories from fats and reports now track available data
for Omega-3 and Omega-6 Fatty Acids.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ NEW! Ability to track nutrient values for omega-3 and omega-6
fatty acids! Reports will now track available data so instructors can
use NCP to support what they cover in class.
™ Brand New Food List report. This report allows professors to
see - at a glance - all foods and amounts the student entered for each
day. Instructors will be able to easily see if there was an entry error
made by the student without having to scour the data.
™ New Source of Fat pie chart/table breaks down fat calories into
saturated fats, trans fats, monounsaturated fats, and polyunsaturated
fats.
The Calories and Fats report is useful for quickly seeing the calorie and
fat breakdowns of your intake. The Source of Calories window shows
graphically the percentage of calories from protein, carbohydrates,
fat, and alcohol. The Source of Fat window shows the breakdown of
fat (saturated, monounsaturated, polyunsaturated, and other fats).
FEATURES
™ To ensure an accurate dietary analysis, caution notes appear to
notify users of possible entry errors.
™ Users can create and analyze their own Recipes and add them
to their personal database. This feature gives users ultimate flexibility
in creating accurate food lists.
™ The CD and Online versions share an identical user-friendly
interface. Instructors will be able to write one set of assignment
directions, regardless of which version students have purchased.
™
Four easy steps for an accurate dietary analysis:
ƒ Profile -- Create a profile by entering personal information, such
as weight and height, to generate individualized nutrient recommendations.
ƒ Food Intake – Compile a food intake list by searching for foods
eaten and entering amounts and specifying meals.
ƒ Activities – Estimate activity level and calories burned by tracking
specific daily exercise.
ƒ Reports – Analyze diet and exercise with customized reports.
™ Users can easily email reports or download into Excel, PDF
or Word (and similar programs) to make completing assignments
even easier.
™ NCP gives users access to over 27,000 foods, including more
ethnic and fast food choices. All nutrient data comes from ESHA
Research, the country’s leading nutrient database company.
80
International edition
NUTRITION THROUGHOUT THE LIFE CYCLE
4th Edition
By Bonnie Worthington-Roberts, University of Washington and Sue Williams, SRW Productions
2000 / 464 pages
ISBN: 9780072927320 (GOP)
ISBN: 9780071183796 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/worthington
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Introduction to the Lifecycle: The Role of Nutrition (B.
Worthington-Roberts)
Chapter 2. The Assessment of Nutritional Needs (S. Rodwell Williams)
Chapter 3. Maternal Nutrition: The Beginning of Life and the Physiology of Pregnancy (B. Worthington-Roberts)
Chapter 4. Maternal Nutrition: Overall Nutrition and the Roles of
Specific Nutrients (B. Worthington-Roberts)
Chapter 5. Maternal Nutrition: Issues Beyond the Nutrients (B.
Worthington-Roberts)
Chapter 6. Lactation: The Mother and Her Milk (B. WorthingtonRoberts)
Chapter 7. Lactation: Breast-Feeding Is a Desirable Option (B.
Worthington-Roberts)
Chapter 8. Nutrition in Infancy: Physiology, Development, and Nutritional Recommendations (D. Johnson)
Chapter 9. Nutrition in Infancy: Feeding in the First Year of Life (D.
Johnson)
Chapter 10. Nutrition in Childhood (C. Trahms)
Chapter 11. Adolescent Nutrition: General (B. Spear)
Chapter 12. Weight-Related Concerns and Disorders Among Adolescents (D. Neumark-Sztainer, J. Moe)
Chapter 13. Nutrition During the Middle Adult Years (S. Rodwell
Williams)
Chapter 14. Nutrition in the Older Adult (E. Schlenker)
Nutrition
Nutrition and Sport
Nutritional Assessment
International edition
International edition
NUTRITION FOR HEALTH, FITNESS AND
SPORT
NUTRITIONAL ASSESSMENT
9th Edition
By Robert D Lee, Central Michigan University and David C Nieman, Appalachian State University
2010 (September 2009) / 608 pages
ISBN: 9780073375564
ISBN: 9780071267724 [IE]
By Melvin H Williams, Old Dominion University
2010 (February 2009) / 648 pages
ISBN: 9780073375557
ISBN: 9780071220019 [IE]
5th Edition
This textbook provides the reader with thorough coverage of the
UROHQXWULWLRQSOD\VLQHQKDQFLQJRQH¶VKHDOWK¿WQHVVDQGVSRUWSHU
formance. Current research and practical activities are incorporated
throughout.
This text describes the four major methods of nutritional assessment
(dietary, anthropometric, biometric, and clinical) in an understandable and contemporary way. It thoroughly covers assessment of the
hospitalized individual, but also serves as an invaluable resource to
the nutrition professional working in such areas as public health and
community nutrition, corporate health, and sports medicine.
CONTENTS
CONTENTS
1 Introduction to Nutrition for Health, Fitness, and Sports Performance
2 Healthful Nutrition for Fitness and Sport: The Consumer Athlete
3 Human Energy
4 Carbohydrates: The Main Energy Food
5 Fat: An Important Energy Source during Exercise
6 Protein: The Tissue Builder
7 Vitamins: The Organic Regulators
8 Minerals: The Inorganic Regulators
9 Water, Electrolytes and Temperature Regulation
10 Body Weight and Composition for Health and Sport
11 Weight Maintenance and Loss through Proper Nutrition and
Exercise
12 Weight Gaining through Proper Nutrition and Exercise
13 Food Drugs and Related Supplements
Appendix A—Units of Measurement: English System—Metric System
Equivalents
Appendix B—Approximate Caloric Expenditure per Minute for Various
Physical Activities
Appendix C—Self-Test on Drinking Habits and Alcoholism
Appendix D—Determination of Healthy Body Weight
Appendix E—Exchange Lists for Meal Planning
Appendix F—Calories, Percent Fat, Cholesterol, Sodium, and Dietary
Fiber in Selected Fast-Food Restaurant Products
Appendix G—Energy Pathways of Carbohydrate, Fat, and Protein
Appendix H—Small Steps: 120 Small Steps to a Healthier Diet and
Increased Physical Activity
Appendix I—Sample Menu for a 2000-Calorie Food Pattern
Appendix J—MyPyramid for Kids
1 Introduction to Nutritional Assessment
2 Standards for Nutrient Intake
3 Measuring Diet
4 National Dietary and Nutrition Surveys
5 Computerized Dietary Analysis Systems
6 Anthropometry
7 Assessment of the Hospitalized Patient
8 Nutritional Assessment in Disease Prevention
9 Biochemical Assessment of Nutritional Status
10 Clinical Assessment of Nutritional Status
11 Counseling Theory and Technique
www.mhhe.com/williams9
Invitation to Publish
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook
proposals for publication.
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
email to [email protected]
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/
81
Nutrition
82
83
PLANTS & ANIMALS
Animal Behavior .................................................................................................89
Botany (Economic) .............................................................................................87
Botany - Lab Manuals.........................................................................................88
Botany - Non Majors
- Textbook .......................................................................................................85
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy.......................................................................92
Invertebrate Biology............................................................................................90
Marine Biology ....................................................................................................89
Parasitology ........................................................................................................90
Vertebrate Biology
- Laboratory ....................................................................................................92
- Textbook .......................................................................................................91
Zoology
- Laboratory Majors ........................................................................................95
- Textbook .......................................................................................................93
New Titles
PLANTS & ANIMALS
2012
Author
ISBN
Page
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy: A Laboratory Dissection Guide, 6e
Kardong
9780073369433
92
Vertebrates: Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution, 6e
Kardong
9780073524238
91, 92
Plants and Society, 6e
Levetin
9780073524221
85, 87
2011
Author
ISBN
Laboratory Manual t/a Stern’s Introductory Plant Biology, 12e
Bidlack
9780073040530
88
Stern’s Introductory Plant Biology, 12e
Bidlack
9780073040523
86
Integrated Principles of Zoology, 15e
Hickman
9780073040509
93
Laboratory Stuides in Integrated Principles of Zoology, 15e
Hickman
9780073040516
95
2010
Author
ISBN
Fundamentals of Botany, Volume 1 [India]
Soni
9780070681767
86
Fundamentals of Botany, Volume 2 [India]
Soni
9780070681774
87
PLANTS & ANIMALS
Page
PLANTS & ANIMALS
84
Page
Plants & Animals
Botany - Non Majors
seed in legumes (Chapter 15) plant diseases that threaten commercial
crops, the availability of GM alfalfa (Chapter 21) the emergence of
allelochemics as the generation of herbicides for crops and lawns.
Textbook
™ PLANTS AND HEALTH: (Chapter 10) the effectiveness of dietary fiber, fresh fruits and vegetables, and antioxidant supplements
in preventing certain diseases (Chapter 17) research on the spice,
turmeric, as an adjunct therapy to fight cancer and other diseases
and the relationship of lavender oil and hormonal imbalance in young
boys (Chapters 19 and 20) legal issues concerning ephedrine use,
medical marijuana, and tobacco products, and (A Closer Look 24.2)
the health benefits of polyphenols, particularly, resveratol, in red wine.
International edition
*9780073524221*
NEW
PLANTS AND SOCIETY
6th Edition
By Estelle Levetin and Karen McMahon of
University of Tulsa
2012 (January 2011) / 544 pages
ISBN: 9780073524221
ISBN: 9780071315821 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/levetin6e
This introductory, one quarter/one-semester text takes a multidisciplinary approach to studying the relationship between plants and people.
The authors strive to stimulate interest in plant science and encourage
students to further their studies in botany. Also, by exposing students
to society’s historical connection to plants, Levetin and McMahon
hope to instill a greater appreciation for the botanical world. Plants
and Society covers basic principles of botany with strong emphasis
on the economic aspects and social implications of plants and fungi.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ For the first time, the sixth edition of Plants and Society will feature a FULL-COLOR interior. Now Levetin and McMahon’s engaging
text will be supported by vibrant, full-color visuals. More than 350
photographs, many of them new, have been added and nearly 200
illustrations have been redrawn in full color.
™ Information on the scientific method has been added to chapter
1 to clarify the process of science and dispel misinformation about
the scientific theory prevalent in the popular media.
™ Chapter 3 includes new information on: the discovery of the
world’s smallest bacteria which live inside insect pests, how the
number of stomata in fossil tree leaves can be used to estimate
altitude of populations in the geological past, and the discovery of
a carnivorous plant which digests leaf litter on the rain forest floor.
™ ADVANCES IN HUMAN NUTRITION: (Chapter 10) the most
recent information on the USDA’s Food Pyramid.
™ Full-color Image PowerPoint slides can be found on the textspecific web site at www.mhhe.com/levetin5e,
CONTENTS
I Plants and Society: The Botanical Connections to Our Lives
1 Plants in Our Lives
II Introduction to Plant Life: Botanical Principles
2 The Plant Cell
3 The Plant Body
4 Plant Physiology
5 Plant Life Cycle: Flowers
6 Plant Life Cycle: Fruits and Seeds
7 Genetics
8 Plant Systematics and Evolution
9 Diversity of Plant Life
III Plants as a Source of Food
10 Human Nutrition
11 Origins of Agriculture
12 The Grasses
13 Legumes
14 Starchy Staples
15 Feeding a Hungry World
IV Commercial Products Derived from Plants
16 Stimulating Beverages
17 Herbs and Spices
18 Materials: Cloth, Wood, and Paper
V Plants and Human Health
19 Medicinal Plants
20 Psychoactive Plants
21 Poisonous and Allergy Plants
VI Algae and Fungi: The Impact of Algae and Fungi on Human
Affairs
22 The Algae
23 Fungi in the Natural Environment
24 Beverages and Foods from Fungi
25 Fungi that Affect Human Health
VII Plants and the Environment
26 Plant Ecology
Appendix A Metric System
Appendix B Classification of Plants
™ Chapter 6 discusses the development of purple tomatoes and
the first hybrid seed in legumes.
™ Chapter 7 describes the knowledge learned from sequencing the
first tree genome while Chapter 15 shows that the development of
genetically engineered trees for forestry and agriculture is promising.
™ The molecular classification of plants in the APG (American
Phylogeny Group) system is introduced in chapter 8.
™ Chapter 9 now includes a discussion of the three domain system
of Archaea, Bacteria, and Eukarya.
™ ADVANCES IN AGRICULTURE: (Chapter 11) the relationship
of microfossils and domestication of chili peppers, how cats were
domesticated for agricultural services for more than 10,000 years, the
mutation which changes wild rice to its domesticated form (Chapter
6) the development of purple tomatoes (Chapter 13) the first hybrid
85
Plants & Animals
International edition
*9780073040523*
NEW
STERN’S INTRODUCTORY
PLANT BIOLOGY
12th Edition
By James Bidlack, University of Central
Oklahoma and Shelley Jansky, University of
Wisconsin-Madison
2011 (January 2010) / 640 pages
ISBN: 9780073040523
ISBN: 9780071222129 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/stern12e
This introductory text assumes little prior scientific knowledge
on the part of the student. It includes sufficient information for
some shorter introductory botany courses open to both majors
and nonmajors, and is arranged so that certain sections can be
omitted without disrupting the overall continuity of the course.
Stern emphasizes current interests while presenting basic botanical principles.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: What Is Plant Biology?
Chapter 2: The Nature of Life?
Chapter 3: Cells
Chapter 4: Tissues
Chapter 5: Roots and Soils
Chapter 6: Stems
Chapter 7: Leaves
Chapter 8: Flowers, Fruits, and Seeds
Chapter 9: Water in Plants
Chapter 10: Plant Metabolism
Chapter 11: Growth
Chapter 12: Meiosis and Alternation of Generation
Chapter 13: Genetics
Chapter 14: Plant Breeding and Propagation
Chapter 15: Evolution
Chapter 16: Plant Names and Classification
Chapter 17: Domain (Kingdom) Bacteria, Domain (Kingdom) Archaea,
and Viruses
Chapter 18: Kingdom Protista
Chapter 19: Kingdom Fungi
Chapter 20: Introduction to the Plant Kingdom: Bryophytes
Chapter 21: The Seedless Vascular Plants: Ferns and Their Relatives
Chapter 22: Introduction to Seed Plants: Gymnosperms
Chapter 23: Seed Plants: Angiosperms
Chapter 24: Flowering Plants and Civilization
Chapter 25: Ecology
Chapter 26: Biomes
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Most of the chapters include new opening photographs, revisions as suggested by reviewers, and updated additional readings.
™
Chapter 1: New text on use of ethanol in vehicles.
™
Chapter 4: A discussion of chimeras.
™
Chapter 6: An introduction to dendroclimatology.
™ Chapter 10: New art to expand upon presentation of the Calvin
cycle.
™ Chapter 13: A discussion of transposable elements and an
explanation of the United States National Plant Genome Initiative.
™
*9780070681767*
NEW
FUNDAMENTALS OF BOTANY
Volume 1
By NK Soni Vandana Soni
Chapter 17: A discussion of drug resistant bacteria.
™ Chapter 23: Clarification of the use of ”n” and “x” for describing
ploidy levels in plants.
™ Chapters 15 (Evolution), 16 (Taxonomy), and 25 (Ecology) have
been extensively modified.
2010 (May 2010)
ISBN: 9780070681767
ƒ An introductory section has been added to Chapter 15, outlining
applications of evolutionary theory in agriculture, medicine, ecology,
and biotechnology, and new photos have been added to enhance
the discussion.
ƒ Chapter 16 has been modified to include a discussion of challenges
faced by taxonomists when classifying plants. Morphological,
breeding, ecological, cladistic, eclectic, and nominalistic species
concepts are also described.
ƒ Chapter 25 has been significantly revised and updated to include
new photographs as well as discussions of communities; the effect of soil mineral content on plant species distribution; trophic
efficiency; allelopathy; life histories; the water, carbon, and nitrogen
cycles; succession, using Mount St. Helens as an example; climate
change and its potential implications; wind, water, and soil erosion,
land reclamation; loss of biodiversity; acid rain; wetlands; species
invasions; and land restoration.
McGraw-Hill India Title
™ The same emphasis on traditional life cycles has been retained,
as this is considered to be one of the most important attributes of the
book, distinguishing it from most other plant biology books. Some of
the life cycles have been enlarged and revised to make them more
visible and accurately display structures described in the text.
86
(Details unavailable at press time)
Invitation to Publish
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook
proposals for publication.
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
email to [email protected]
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/
Plants & Animals
*9780070681774*
NEW
Botany (Economic)
FUNDAMENTALS OF BOTANY
Volume 2
By NK Soni Vandana Soni
International edition
*9780073524221*
NEW
PLANTS AND SOCIETY
6th Edition
2010 (May 2010)
ISBN: 9780070681774
McGraw-Hill India Title
By Estelle Levetin and Karen McMahon of
University of Tulsa
(Details unavailable at press time)
International edition
PRINCIPLES OF BOTANY
By Gordon Uno, National Science Foundation, Richard Storey, Colorado
College and Randy Moore, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis
2001
ISBN: 9780071180870 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/botany
CONTENTS
1 An Introduction to Plants and Their Study
2 The Ecology and Natural Selection of Plants
3 Energy and Cell Chemistry
4 Plant Cells and Tissue Systems
5 DNA, Genes, and Cell Division
6 Plant Growth and Development
7 Root Systems and Plant Mineral Nutrition
8 Stems and Secondary Growth
9 Leaves and the Movement of Water
10 Photosynthesis
11 Respiration
12 Flowers, Fruits and Seeds
13 Genetics
14 Evolution
15 The Diversity and Classification of Plants
16 Bacteria, Fungi and Algae
17 Bryophytes and Ferns: The Seedless Plants
18 Gymnosperms and Angiosperms: The Seed Plants
19 Ecology
Appendix A: What is Genetic Engineering?
Appendix B: Fundamentals of Chemistry for Botany Students
2012 (January 2011) / 544 pages
ISBN: 9780073524221
ISBN: 9780071315821 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/levetin6e
This introductory, one quarter/one-semester text takes a multidisciplinary approach to studying the relationship between plants and people.
The authors strive to stimulate interest in plant science and encourage
students to further their studies in botany. Also, by exposing students
to society’s historical connection to plants, Levetin and McMahon
hope to instill a greater appreciation for the botanical world. Plants
and Society covers basic principles of botany with strong emphasis
on the economic aspects and social implications of plants and fungi.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ For the first time, the sixth edition of Plants and Society will feature a FULL-COLOR interior. Now Levetin and McMahon’s engaging
text will be supported by vibrant, full-color visuals. More than 350
photographs, many of them new, have been added and nearly 200
illustrations have been redrawn in full color.
™ Information on the scientific method has been added to chapter
1 to clarify the process of science and dispel misinformation about
the scientific theory prevalent in the popular media.
™ Chapter 3 includes new information on: the discovery of the
world’s smallest bacteria which live inside insect pests, how the
number of stomata in fossil tree leaves can be used to estimate
altitude of populations in the geological past, and the discovery of
a carnivorous plant which digests leaf litter on the rain forest floor.
™ Chapter 6 discusses the development of purple tomatoes and
the first hybrid seed in legumes.
™ Chapter 7 describes the knowledge learned from sequencing the
first tree genome while Chapter 15 shows that the development of
genetically engineered trees for forestry and agriculture is promising.
™ The molecular classification of plants in the APG (American
Phylogeny Group) system is introduced in chapter 8.
™ Chapter 9 now includes a discussion of the three domain system
of Archaea, Bacteria, and Eukarya.
™ ADVANCES IN AGRICULTURE: (Chapter 11) the relationship
of microfossils and domestication of chili peppers, how cats were
domesticated for agricultural services for more than 10,000 years, the
mutation which changes wild rice to its domesticated form (Chapter
6) the development of purple tomatoes (Chapter 13) the first hybrid
seed in legumes (Chapter 15) plant diseases that threaten commercial
crops, the availability of GM alfalfa (Chapter 21) the emergence of
allelochemics as the generation of herbicides for crops and lawns.
87
Plants & Animals
™ PLANTS AND HEALTH: (Chapter 10) the effectiveness of dietary fiber, fresh fruits and vegetables, and antioxidant supplements
in preventing certain diseases (Chapter 17) research on the spice,
turmeric, as an adjunct therapy to fight cancer and other diseases
and the relationship of lavender oil and hormonal imbalance in young
boys (Chapters 19 and 20) legal issues concerning ephedrine use,
medical marijuana, and tobacco products, and (A Closer Look 24.2)
the health benefits of polyphenols, particularly, resveratol, in red wine.
™ ADVANCES IN HUMAN NUTRITION: (Chapter 10) the most
recent information on the USDA’s Food Pyramid.
™ Full-color Image PowerPoint slides can be found on the textspecific web site at www.mhhe.com/levetin5e,
CONTENTS
I Plants and Society: The Botanical Connections to Our Lives
1 Plants in Our Lives
II Introduction to Plant Life: Botanical Principles
2 The Plant Cell
3 The Plant Body
4 Plant Physiology
5 Plant Life Cycle: Flowers
6 Plant Life Cycle: Fruits and Seeds
7 Genetics
8 Plant Systematics and Evolution
9 Diversity of Plant Life
III Plants as a Source of Food
10 Human Nutrition
11 Origins of Agriculture
12 The Grasses
13 Legumes
14 Starchy Staples
15 Feeding a Hungry World
IV Commercial Products Derived from Plants
16 Stimulating Beverages
17 Herbs and Spices
18 Materials: Cloth, Wood, and Paper
V Plants and Human Health
19 Medicinal Plants
20 Psychoactive Plants
21 Poisonous and Allergy Plants
VI Algae and Fungi: The Impact of Algae and Fungi on Human
Affairs
22 The Algae
23 Fungi in the Natural Environment
24 Beverages and Foods from Fungi
25 Fungi that Affect Human Health
VII Plants and the Environment
26 Plant Ecology
Appendix A Metric System
Appendix B Classification of Plants
International edition
ECONOMIC BOTANY
3rd Edition
By Beryl Simpson and Molly Ogorzaly of University of Texas at Austin
2001/ 210 pages
ISBN: 9780072909388
ISBN: 9780071181884 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/biosci/pae/botany/simpson-links/weblinks.mhtml
CONTENTS
1 Plants and Their Manipulation by People
2 Origins of Agriculture
3 Fruits and Nuts of Temperate Regions
4 Fruits and Nuts of Warm Regions
5 Cereal Grains and Forage Grasses
6 Legumes
7 Foods from Leaves, Stems, and Roots
8 Spices, Herbs, and Perfumes
9 Vegetable Oils and Waxes
10 Hydrogels, Elastic Latexes, and Resins
11 Medicinal Plants
12 Psychoactive Drugs and Poisons from Plants
13 Stimulating Beverages
14 Alcoholic Beverages
15 Fibers, Dyes, and Tannins
16 Wood, Cork, and Bamboo
17 Ornamental Plants
18 Algae
19 Uses of Plants in the Future
Lab Manuals
NEW
*9780073040530*
LABORATORY MANUAL
TO ACCOMPANY STERN’S
INTRODUCTORY PLANT
BIOLOGY
12th Edition
By James Bidlack, University of Central Oklahoma
2011 (January 2010) / 256 pages
ISBN: 9780073040530
REVIEW COPY
(Available for course adoption only)
To request for a review copy,
ƒ contact your local McGraw-Hill
representatives or,
ƒ fax the Review Copy Request Form found
in this catalog or,
ƒ e-mail your request to
[email protected] or,
ƒ submit online at www.mheducation.asia
88
This laboratory manual assumes no previous knowledge of the biological sciences on the part of the student. It is designed for use in
a one-semester or one-quarter introductory course in plant biology
and shorter introductory botany courses open to both nonmajors and
PDMRUV%RWKWKHSULQFLSOHVRIELRORJ\DQGWKHVFLHQWL¿FPHWKRGDUH
introduced, using plants as illustrations. The exercises demonstrate
the underlying unity of all living organisms at the cellular level. The
manual is designed so that students can work independently. Instructors are free to require different drawings or other assignments
and may also omit some of those suggested within each exercise.
Students are encouraged to read the laboratory exercise before
coming to class. Laboratory preparation quizzes are provided at the
end of each exercise. Answers to the laboratory preparation quizzes
are discernible within the particular exercises and should not require
checking other sources. Each exercise includes suggested learning
goals and exercise review questions.
Plants & Animals
CONTENTS
1: The Microscope
2: The Cell
3: Mitosis
4: Roots
5: Stems
6: Leaves
7: Plant Propagation
8: Cell Components and Products
9: Diffusion, Growth, and Hormones
10: Photosynthesis
11: Water in Plants; Respiration; Digestion
12: Meiosis and Alternation of Generations
13: Domain and Kingdom Survey
14: Domains Archaea and Bacteria; Kingdom Protista
15: Kingdom Fungi (Mycota)
16: Bryophytes and Ferns
17: Kingdom Plantae: Gymnosperms
18: Kingdom Plantae: Angiosperms (Flowering Plants--Phylum
Magnoliophyta)
19: Fruits, Spices, Survival Plants, and Poisonous Plants
20: Ecology
21: Genetics
References
Glossary
Marine Biology
International edition
MARINE BIOLOGY
8th Edition
By Peter Castro, California State Poly University--Pomona and Michael
E Huber, Global Coastal Strategies, Brisbane-Australia
2010 (October 2009) / 480 pages
ISBN: 9780073524160
ISBN: 9780071113021 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/castrohuber8e
Animal Behavior
Marine Biology covers the basics of marine biology with a global
approach, using examples from numerous regions and ecosystems
worldwide. This introductory, one-semester text is designed for nonmajors. Authors Castro and Huber have made a special effort to
include solid basic science content needed in a general education
course, including the fundamental principles of biology, the physical
VFLHQFHV DQG WKH VFLHQWL¿F PHWKRG 7KLV VFLHQFH FRYHUDJH LV LQ
tegrated with a stimulating, up-to-date overview of marine biology.
CONTENTS
International edition
ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
5th Edition
By Lee C Drickamer, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, Stephen H
Vessey, Bowling Green State University and Elizabeth Jakob, University
of Massachusetts - Amherst
2002
ISBN: 9780070121997
ISBN: 9780071130202 [IE]
CONTENTS
Part One The Study of Animal Behavior
1 Introduction
2 History of the Study of Animal Behavior
3 Approaches and Methods
Part Two Behavior Genetics and Evolution
4 Genes and Evolution
5 Behavioral Genetics
6 Evolution of Behavior Patterns
Part Three Mechanisms of Behavior
7 The Nervous System and Behavior
8 Hormones and Behavior, and Immunology and Behavior
9 Biological Timekeeping
10 Development of Behavior
11 Learning Behavior
12 Communication
Part Four Finding Food and Shelter
13 Migration, Orientation, and Navigation
14 Habitat Selection
15 Foraging Behavior
Part Five Social Organization and Mating Systems
16 Aggression
17 Sexual Reproduction and Parental Care
18 Parental Investment and Mating Systems
19 Evolution of Social Systems
Chapter 1 The Science of Marine Biology
Chapter 2 The Sea Floor
Chapter 3 Chemical and Physical Features of Seawater and the
World Ocean
Chapter 4 Fundamentals of Biology
Chapter 5 The Microbial World
Chapter 6 Multicellular Primary Producers: Seaweeds and Plants
Chapter 7 Marine Animals Without a Backbone
Chapter 8 Marine Fishes
Chapter 9 Marine Reptiles, Birds, and Mammals
Chapter 10 An Introduction to Marine Ecology
Chapter 11 Between the Tides
Chapter 12 Estuaries: Where Rivers Meet the Sea
Chapter 13 Life on the Continental Shelf
Chapter 14 Coral Reefs
Chapter 15 Life Near the Surface
Chapter 16 The Ocean Depths
Chapter 17 Resources from the Sea
Chapter 18 The Impact of Humans on the Marine Environment
Chapter 19 The Oceans and Human Affairs
89
Plants & Animals
Parasitology
Invertebrate Biology
International edition
International edition
FOUNDATIONS OF PARASITOLOGY
BIOLOGY OF THE INVERTEBRATES
8th Edition
6th Edition
By Larry S Roberts, Florida Int’l University-Miami and John Janovy Jr,
University of Nebraska-Lincoln
2009 (October 2008) / 728 pages
ISBN: 9780073028279
ISBN: 9780071311038 [IE]
By Jan A Pechenik, Tufts University
2010 (January 2009) / 624 pages
ISBN: 9780073028262
ISBN: 9780071270410 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/robertsjanovy8e
A parasitology text for biology and/or zoology students at the undergraduate level. Emphasizes principles with related information on the
biology, physiology, morphology, and ecology of the major parasites
of humans and domestic animals. This is not a diagnostic manual
for medical students.
www.mhhe.com/pechenik6e
This textbook is the most concise and readable invertebrates book in
terms of detail and pedagogy (other texts do not offer boxed readings,
a second color, end of chapter questions, or pronunciation guides). All
phyla of invertebrates are covered (comprehensive) with an emphasis
on unifying characteristics of each group.
CONTENTS
CONTENTS
1 Introduction to Parasitology
2 Basic Principles and Concepts I: Parasite Systematics, Ecology
and Evolution
3 Basic Principles and Concepts II: Immunology and Pathology
4 Parasitic Prototoa: Form, Function, and Classification
5 Kinetoplasta: Trypanosomes and Their Kin
6 Other Flagellated Protozoa
7 The Amebas
8 Phylum Apicomplexa: Gregarines, Coccidia, and Related Organisms
9 Phylum Apicomplexa: Malaria Organisms and Piroplasms
10 Phylum Ciliophora: Ciliated Protistan Parasites
11 Microsporida and Myxozoa: Parasites with Polar Filaments
12 The Mesozoa: Pioneers or Degenerates?
13 Introduction to Phylum Platyhelminthes
14 Trematoda: Aspidobothrea
15 Trematoda: Form, Function, and Classification of Digeneans
16 Digeneans: Strigeiformes
17 Digeneans: Echinostomatiformes
18 Digeneans: Plagiorchiformes and Opisthorchiformes
19 Monogenoidea
20 Cestoidea: Form, Function, and Classification of the Tapeworms
21 Tapeworms
22 Phylum Nematoda: Form, Function, and Classification
23 Nematodes: Trichinellida and Dioctophymatida, Enoplean Parasites
24 Nematodes: Tylenchina, Pioneering Parasites
25 Nematodes: Strongyloidea, Bursate Rhabditidans
26 Nematodes: Ascaridomorpha, Intestinal Large Roundworms
27 Nematodes: Oxyuridomorpha, Pinworms
28 Nematodes: Gnathostomatomorpha and Spiruromorpha, a Potpourri
29 Nematodes: Filaroidea, Filiarial Worms
30 Nematodes: Dracunculoidea, Guinea Worms and Others
31 Phylum Nematomorpha, Hairworms
32 Phylum Acanthocephala: Thorny-Headed Worms
33 Phylum Arthropoda: Form, Function, and Classification
34 Parasitic Crustaceans
35 Pentastomida: Tongue Worms
36 Parasitic Insects: Phthiraptera, Chewing and Sucking Lice
37 Parasitic Insects: Hemiptera, Bugs
38 Parasitic Insects: Fleas, Order Siphonaptera
39 Parasitic Insects: Diptera, Flies
40 Parasitic Insects: Strepsiptera, Hymenoptera, and Others
41 Parasitic Arachnids: Subclass Acari, Ticks and Mites
90
1 Environmental Considerations
2 Invertebrate Classification and Relationships
3 The Protozoan Protists
4 The Poriferans and Placozoans
5 Introduction to the Hydrostatic Skeleton
6 The Cnidarians
7 The Ctenophores
8 The Platyhelminthes
9 The Gnathifera: Rotifers, Acanthocephalans, and two smaller groups
10 The Rotifers and Acanthocephalans
11 The Nemertines
12 The Molluscs
13 The Annelids
14 The Arthropods
15 Two Phyla of Likely Arthropod Relatives: Tardigrada and Onychophora
16 The Nematodes
17 Four Phyla of Likely Nematode Relatives: Nematomorpha, Priapulida, Kinorhyncha, and Loricifera
18 Three Phyla of Uncertain Affiliation: Gastrotricha, Chaetognatha,
and Cyliophora
19 The Lophophorates (Phoronids, Brachiopods, Bryozoans) and
Entoprocts
20 The Echinoderms
21 The Hemichordates
22 The Xenoturbellids
23 The Nonvertebrate Chordates
24 Invertebrate Reproduction and Development--An Overview
Plants & Animals
Vertebrate Biology
revisions in the third chapter, but these are carried forward throughout
the book.
CONTENTS
Textbook
International edition
*9780073524238*
NEW
VERTEBRATES
Comparative Anatomy, Function,
Evolution, 6th Edition
By Kenneth Kardong, Washington State
University-Pullman
2012 (February 2011) / 800 pages
ISBN: 9780073524238
ISBN: 9780071086554 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/kardong6e
This one-semester text is designed for an upper-level majors course.
Vertebrates features a unique emphasis on function and evolution
of vertebrates, complete anatomical detail, and excellent pedagogy.
Vertebrate groups are organized phylogenetically, and their systems
discussed within such a context. Morphology is foremost, but the
author has developed and integrated an understanding of function
and evolution into the discussion of anatomy of the various systems.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Many changes and revisions have been made throughout this
new edition, some major, some small. The chapters on life history
(embryology), locomotion (energetics, burrowing, respiration),and
circulatory system have been substantially revised. Many revised
figures not only incorporate newer information but also present an
evolutionary summary within a cladistic context.
™ Several new Box Essays have been added, e.g., snakes and
their prey (“Borrowed Toxins,” Chapter 6), and prosthetic “cheetahs”
(“On a Fast Track,” Chapter 10).
™ Over Turning Chordates. New developmental genetics now
indicate that chordate ancestors flipped over immediately, reversing
dorsal and ventral surfaces. That inversion remains the basis of the
chordate body plan today.
™ Amphioxus Basal. Recently completed genomic studies reveal
that amphioxus is not the sister group to vertebrates; urochordates
now occupy that position. Amphioxus is the most basal living group
of chordates, but this enlarges its importance as a possible model
for the first chordates.
1 Introduction
2 Origin of Chordates
3 The Vertebrate Story
4 Biological Design
5 Life History
6 Integument
7 Skeletal System: The Skull
8 Skeletal System: The Axial Skeleton
9 Skeletal System: The Appendicular Skeleton
10 The Muscular System
11 The Respiratory System
12 The Circulatory System
13 The Digestive System
14 The Urogenital System
15 The Endocrine System
16 The Nervous System
17 Sensory Organs
18 Conclusions
International edition
VERTEBRATE BIOLOGY
By Donald Linzey, Wytheville Community College
2001 / 552 pages
ISBN: 9780697363879 (Out of Print)
ISBN: 9780071188661 [IE]
www.digitalzoology.com
CONTENTS
Part 1 The Vertebrate Story: An Overview
Part 2 Systematics and Vertebrate Evolution
Part 3 Vertebrate Zoogeography
Part 4 Early Chordates and Jawless Fishes
Part 5 Gnathostome Fishes
Part 6 Amphibians
Part 7 Evolution of Reptiles
Part 8 Reptiles (Including Birds): Morphology, Reproduction and
Development
Part 9 Mammals
Part 10 Population Dynamics
Part 11 Movements
Part 12 Intraspecific Behavior and Ecology
Part 13 Interspecific Interactions
Part 14 Techniques for Ecological and Behavioral Studies
Part 15 Extinction and Extirpation
Part 16 Conservation and Management
Appendices
Glossary
Bibliography
Index
™ Evo-Devo. The genomic section on evolution and development (Chapter 5), introduced in the last edition, is expanded here
by including more examples throughout the chapters of how master
control genes (Hox genes) build vertebrate systems and provide the
genetic basis for major evolutionary changes. This helps to inform
and enlighten traditional form, function, and evolution of vertebrates
with modern genetic mechanisms.
™ Phylogenetic Relationships. Thanks again to evermore comprehensive molecular comparisons of vertebrate groups, phylogenetic
relationships are becoming better resolved, and natural groups are
emerging from this analysis with better clarity. This is the basis for
91
Plants & Animals
Laboratory
NEW
*9780073369433*
COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ANATOMY
A Laboratory Dissection Guide, 6th Edition
By Kenneth Kardong, Washington State University-Pullman and Edward J
Zalisko, Blackburn College
2012 (February 2011) / 416 pages
ISBN: 9780073369433
This high-quality laboratory manual may accompany any comparative anatomy text, but correlates directly to Kardong’s Vertebrates:
Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution text. This lab manual
carefully guides students through dissections and is richly illustrated.
First and foremost, the basic animal architecture is presented in a
clear and concise manner. Throughout the dissections, the authors
SDXVHVWUDWHJLFDOO\WREULQJWKHVWXGHQWV¶DWWHQWLRQWRWKHVLJQL¿FDQFH
of the material they have just covered.
CONTENTS
1 Introduction
Classification and Comparison
Defining the Chordates
Studying Advice
Designing for Students
2 Protochordates
Protochordates
3 Agnathans--Examination of a Primitive Vertebrate: The
Lamprey
Agnathans
Adult Lamprey Anatomy
Anatomy of the Lamprey (Ammocoete) Larva
4 Vertebrate Integuments
Introduction
Examination of Vertebrate Integuments
Specializations of the Integument
5 Skeletal System
Tissues of the Skeletal System
Divisions of the Skeletal System
Postcranial Skeleton
Skull
Cranial Skeleton
Teeth
6 Muscular System and External Anatomy
Introduction
Shark Dissection
Necturus
Cat
7 Digestive Systems
Introduction
Shark
Necturus
Cat
8 Circulatory and Respiratory Systems
Introduction
Shark
Necturus
Cat
9 Urogential System
Shark
Necturus
Cat
10 Nervous System
Introduction
Shark
Sheep Brain
92
Comparative Vertebrate
Anatomy
International edition
*9780073524238*
NEW
VERTEBRATES
Comparative Anatomy, Function,
Evolution, 6th Edition
By Kenneth Kardong, Washington State
University-Pullman
2012 (February 2011) / 800 pages
ISBN: 9780073524238
ISBN: 9780071086554 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/kardong6e
This one-semester text is designed for an upper-level majors course.
Vertebrates features a unique emphasis on function and evolution
of vertebrates, complete anatomical detail, and excellent pedagogy.
Vertebrate groups are organized phylogenetically, and their systems
discussed within such a context. Morphology is foremost, but the
author has developed and integrated an understanding of function
and evolution into the discussion of anatomy of the various systems.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Many changes and revisions have been made throughout this
new edition, some major, some small. The chapters on life history
(embryology), locomotion (energetics, burrowing, respiration),and
circulatory system have been substantially revised. Many revised
figures not only incorporate newer information but also present an
evolutionary summary within a cladistic context.
™ Several new Box Essays have been added, e.g., snakes and
their prey (“Borrowed Toxins,” Chapter 6), and prosthetic “cheetahs”
(“On a Fast Track,” Chapter 10).
™ Over Turning Chordates. New developmental genetics now
indicate that chordate ancestors flipped over immediately, reversing
dorsal and ventral surfaces. That inversion remains the basis of the
chordate body plan today.
™ Amphioxus Basal. Recently completed genomic studies reveal
that amphioxus is not the sister group to vertebrates; urochordates
now occupy that position. Amphioxus is the most basal living group
of chordates, but this enlarges its importance as a possible model
for the first chordates.
™ Evo-Devo. The genomic section on evolution and development (Chapter 5), introduced in the last edition, is expanded here
by including more examples throughout the chapters of how master
control genes (Hox genes) build vertebrate systems and provide the
genetic basis for major evolutionary changes. This helps to inform
and enlighten traditional form, function, and evolution of vertebrates
with modern genetic mechanisms.
™ Phylogenetic Relationships. Thanks again to evermore comprehensive molecular comparisons of vertebrate groups, phylogenetic
relationships are becoming better resolved, and natural groups are
emerging from this analysis with better clarity. This is the basis for
revisions in the third chapter, but these are carried forward throughout
the book.
Plants & Animals
CONTENTS
1 Introduction
2 Origin of Chordates
3 The Vertebrate Story
4 Biological Design
5 Life History
6 Integument
7 Skeletal System: The Skull
8 Skeletal System: The Axial Skeleton
9 Skeletal System: The Appendicular Skeleton
10 The Muscular System
11 The Respiratory System
12 The Circulatory System
13 The Digestive System
14 The Urogenital System
15 The Endocrine System
16 The Nervous System
17 Sensory Organs
18 Conclusions
Zoology
Textbook
International edition
INTEGRATED PRINCIPLES
OF ZOOLOGY
15th Edition
By Cleveland P Hickman, Washington & Lee
University, Susan L Keen, University of California Davis, Allan Larson, Washington UniversitySt Louis and David J Eisenhour, Morehead State
University
International edition
COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF THE
VERTEBRATES
9th Edition
By George Kent, Louisiana State University-Baton Rouge and Robert
Carr, Ohio University-Athens
2001 / 544 pages
ISBN: 9780073038698 (GOP)
ISBN: 9780071181686 [IE]
ISBN: 9780071282413 [IE with Updated Corrections]
www.mhhe.com/biosci/pae/zoology/kentcarr/links.mhtml
CONTENTS
1 Introduction
2 Concepts, Premises, and Pioneers
3 Protochordates and the Origin of Vertebrates
4 The Parade of the Craniates in Time and Taxa
5 Early Craniate Morphogenesis
6 Integument
7 Mineralized Tissues: An Introduction to the Skeleton
8 Vertebrae, Ribs, and Sterna
9 Skull and Visceral Skeleton
10 Girdles, Fins, Limbs, and Locomotion
11 Muscles
12 Digestive System
13 Respiratory System
14 Circulatory System
15 Urogential System
16 Nervous System
17 Sense Organs
18 Endocrine Organs
Appendix Glossary Credits Index
*9780073040509*
NEW
2011 (October 2010) / 896 pages
ISBN: 9780073040509
ISBN: 9780071221986 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/hickmanipz15e
Emphasizing the central role of evolution in generating diversity, this
best-selling text describes animal life and the fascinating adaptations
that enable animals to inhabit so many ecological niches. Featuring
high quality illustrations and photographs set within an engaging narrative, Integrated Principles of Zoology is considered the standard by
which other texts are measured. With its comprehensive coverage of
biological and zoological principles, mechanisms of evolution, diverVLW\SK\VLRORJ\DQGHFRORJ\RUJDQL]HGLQWR¿YHSDUWVIRUHDV\DFFHVV
this text is suitable for one- or two-semester introductory courses.
CONTENTS
Part 1 Introduction to Living Animals
1 Life: Biological Principles and the Science of Zoology
2 The Origin and Chemistry of Life
3 Cells as Units of Life
4 Cellular Metabolism
Part 2 Continuity and Evolution of Animal Life
5 Genetics: A Review
6 Organic Evolution
7 The Reproductive Process
8 Principles of Development
Part 3 Diversity of Animal Life
9 Architectural Pattern of an Animal
10 Classification and Phylogeny of Animals
11 Unicellular Eukaryotes: Protozoan Groups
12 Sponges and Placozoans
13 Radiate Animals
14 Flatworms, Mesozoans, and Ribbonworms
15 Gnathiferans and Smaller Lophotrochozoans
16 Molluscs
17 Annelids and Allied Taxa
18 Smaller Ecdysozoans
19 Trilobites, Chelicerates, and Myriapods
20 Crustaceans
21 Hexapods
22 Chaetognaths, Echinoderms, and Hemichordates
23 Chordates
24 Fishes
25 Early Tetrapods and Modern Amphibians
26 Amniote Origins and Nonavian Reptiles
27 Birds
93
Plants & Animals
28 Mammals
Part 4 Activity of Life
29 Support, Protection, and Movement
30 Homeostasis: Osmotic Regulation, Excretion, and Temperature
Regulation
31 Homeostasis: Internal Fluids and Respiration
32 Digestion and Nutrition
33 Nervous Coordination: Nervous System and Sense Organs
34 Chemical Coordination: Endocrine System
35 Immunity
36 Animal Behavior
Part 5 Animals and Their Environments
37 Animal Distributions
38 Animal Ecology
Glossary
Credits
Index
22. Mammals: Synapsid Amniotes
Part Three: Form and Function: A Comparative Perspective
23. Protection, Support, and Movement
24. Communication I: Nervous and Sensory Systems
25. Communication II: The Endocrine System and Chemical Messages
26. Circulation and Gas Exchange
27. Nutrition and Digestion
28. Temperature and Body Fluid Regulation
29. Reproduction and Development
30. The Chemical Basis of Animal Life
31. Energy and Enzymes: Life’s Driving and Controlling Forces
32. How Animals Harvest Energy Stored in Nutrients
33. Embryology
34. Animal Behavior
International edition
International edition
ZOOLOGY
8th Edition
By Stephen A Miller, College of the Ozarks and John P Harley, Eastern
Kentucky University
2010 (September 2009) / 608 pages
ISBN: 9780073028200
ISBN: 9780070164833 [IE]
ANIMAL DIVERSITY
5th Edition
By Cleveland P Hickman Jr, Washington & Lee University, Larry S Roberts, Florida Int’l University-Miami, Susan L Keen, University of California Davis, Allan Larson, Washington University-St Louis and Eisenhour J
David, Morehead State University
2009 (October 2008) / 480 pages
ISBN: 9780072969450
ISBN: 9780071284493 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/millerharley8e
www.mhhe.com/hickmanad5e
The 8th edition of Zoology continues to offer students an introductory
general zoology text that is manageable in size and adaptable to a
variety of course formats. It is a principles-oriented text written for
the non-majors or the combined course, presented at the freshman
and sophomore level. Zoology is organized into three parts. Part One
covers the common life processes, including cell and tissue structure
and function, the genetic basis of evolution, and the evolutionary and
ecological principles that unify all life. Part Two is the survey of protists
and animals, emphasizing evolutionary and ecological relationships,
aspects of animal organization that unite major animal phyla, and
animal adaptations. Part Three covers animal form and function using
a comparative approach. This approach includes descriptions and
full-color artwork that depict evolutionary changes in the structure
and function of selected organ systems.
A top choice among students and instructors alike, Animal Diversity
continues to earn the appreciation of both science majors and nonmajors alike. The book uses the theme of evolution to develop a
broad-scale view of animal diversity—students focus not only the
organisms themselves, but also the processes that produce evolutionary diversity. The book is unique in its comprehensive survey of
zoological diversity and its emphasis on evolutionary, systematic and
ecological principles, all in one package.
CONTENTS
Part One: Biological Principles
1. Zoology: An Evolutionary and Ecological Perspective
2. Cells, Tissues, Organs, and Organ Systems of Animals
3. Cell Division and Inheritance
4. Evolution: History and Evidence
5. Evolution and Gene Frequencies
6. Ecology: Preserving the Animal Kingdom
Part Two: Animal-Like Protists and Animalia
7. Animal Classification, Phylogeny, and Organization
8. Animal-like Protists: The Protozoa
9. Multicellular and Tissue Levels of Organization
10. The Triploblastic, Acoelomate Body Plan
11. Molluscan Success
12. Annelida: The Metameric Body Form
13. The Pseudocoelomate Body Plan: Aschelminthes (Lophotrochozoan and Ecdysozoan Phyla)
14. The Arthropods: Blueprint for Success
15. The Hexapods and Myriapods: Terrestrial Triumphs
16. The Echinoderms
17. Hemichordata and Invertebrate Chordates
18. The Fishes: Vertebrate Success in Water
19. Amphibians: The First Terrestrial Vertebrates
20. Reptiles: Nonavian Diapsid Amniotes
21. Birds: Reptiles by Another name
94
CONTENTS
1 Science of Zoology and Evolution of Animal Diversity
2 Animal Ecology
3 Animal Architecture
4 Taxonomy and Phylogeny of Animals
5 Protozoan Groups
6 Sponges: Phylum Porifera
7 Radiate Animals: Cnidarians and Ctenophores
8 Acoelomate Bilateral Animals: Flatworms, Ribbon Worms, and
Mesozoans
9 Gnathiferans and Smaller Lophotrochozoans
10 Molluscs
11 Annelids and Allied Taxa
12 Smaller Ecdysozoans
13 Arthropods
14 Chaetognaths, Echinoderms and Hemichordates
15 Vertebrate Beginnings: The Chordates
16 Fishes
17 The Early Tetrapods and Modern Amphibians
18 Amniote Origins and Nonavian Reptiles
19 Birds
20 Mammals
Plants & Animals
Zoology Laboratory - Majors
NEW
*9780073040516*
LABORATORY STUDIES IN
INTEGRATED PRINCIPLES
OF ZOOLOGY
15th Edition
By Cleveland P Hickman, Washington & Lee
University, Lee Kats, Pepperdine University,
Susan L Keen, University of California Davis,
and Bill Ober
2011 (October 2010) / 448 pages
ISBN: 9780073040516
Laboratory Studies in Integrated Principles of Zoology uses a comprehensive, phylogenetic approach in emphasizing basic biological
principles, animal form and function, and evolutionary concepts. This
introductory lab manual is ideal for a one- or two-semester course.
The new edition expertly combines up-to-date coverage with the
clear writing style and dissection guides that have distinguished this
manual from edition to edition.
CONTENTS
1 Introduction to the Living Animal
1 The Microscope
2 Cell Structure and Division
3 Gametogenesis and Embryology
4 Tissue Structure and Function
5 Introduction to Animal Classification
2 The Diversity of Animal Life
6 Protozoan Groups
7 The Sponges
8 The Radiate Animals
9 The Flatworms
10 Nematodes and Four Small Protostome Phyla
11 The Molluscs
12 The Annelids
13 The Chelicerate Arthropods
14 The Crustacean Arthropods
15 The Arthropods
16 The Echinoderms
17 Phylum Chordata: A Deuterostome Group
18 The Fishes - Lampreys, Sharks, and Bony Fishes
19 The Amphibians
20 The Nonavian Reptiles
21 The Birds
22 The Mammals
3 Activity of Life
23 Ecological Relationships of Animals
Appendix A Instructor’s Resources for Implementing Exercises
Appendix B Sources of Living Material and Prepared Microslides
Invitation to Publish
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook
proposals for publication.
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
email to [email protected]
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/
95
Plants & Animals
96
97
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
College Physics ................................................................................................104
Conceptual Physics ..........................................................................................103
Electricity & Magnetism ....................................................................................114
Integrated Sciences ..........................................................................................101
Introduction to Astronomy .................................................................................116
Introduction to Physical Science.........................................................................99
Mathematical Physics .......................................................................................114
Modern Physics ................................................................................................113
Optics ...............................................................................................................115
Professional References ..................................................................................119
Technical Physics .............................................................................................109
University Physics ............................................................................................109
New Titles
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
2012
Author
ISBN
Page
Physics of Everyday Phenomena, 7e
Griffith
9780073512204
103
The Physical Universe, 14e
Krauskopf
9780073512167
99
Pathways to Astronomy, 3e
Schneider
9780073512136
116
Lab Manual for Physical Science, 9e
Tillery
9780077344399
100
Physical Science, 9e
Tillery
9780073512211
100
2011
Author
ISBN
Page
University Physics, Standard Version, Chapters 1-35
Bauer
9780077354701
109
University Physics Volume 1 (Chapters 1-20)
Bauer
9780077354831
111
University Physics Volume 2 (Chapters 21-40)
Bauer
9780077354794
112
University Physics with Modern Physics (Chapters 1-40)
Bauer
9780077354787
110
Astronomy: Journey to The Cosmic Frontier, 6e
Fix
9780073512181
117
Integrated Science, 5e
Tillery
9780077354824
101
Lab Manual to accompany Integrated Science, 5e
Tillery
9780077292867
102
PHYSICS & ASTRONOMY
98
Physics & Astronomy
Introduction to
Physical Science
*9780073512167*
NEW
THE PHYSICAL UNIVERSE
14th Edition
By Konrad B Krauskopf (deceased) and Arthur
Beiser, Formerly New York University
2012 (January 2011) / 688 pages
ISBN: 9780073512167
www.mhhe.com/krauskopf14e
This is an outstanding text with a long history that has been
updated and given a fresh look. The Physical Universe is also
accompanied by strong media component with the Connect
online homework system, personal response system (“clicker”)
questions, more extensive online quizzing, and PowerPoint
lectures. Aimed at presenting the essentials of physics, chemistry, earth science, and astronomy in a clear, easy-to-understand
way, The Physical Universe shows students how science works,
how scientists approach problems, and why science constantly
evolves in its search for understanding. The text can also be
packaged with its long time companion student study guide,
which includes a review of chapter terms and concepts; self
quizzing for extra practice; and additional solved problems.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Chapter 9, “The Atom” now includes revised sections on Photons,
on Quantum Numbers and on Exclusion Principle revised with NEW
material on atomic states and atomic orbitals. Chapter 10 The Periodic
Law includes revised and NEW material on Shells and Subshells and
on Explaining the Periodic Table.
™ The end of chapter exercises have been substantially revised
with 138 new exercises and 85 revised exercises.
™ The book now has a new, larger format, and the text has been
divided into many more subsections.
™ The companion website (www.mhhe.com/krauskopf) now
contains additional material of various kinds, such as more complex
examples and expansions of some topics treated only briefly in the
book. The Glossary is also now on the website, and important new
developments in the physical sciences will be described there as
they are reported.
CONTENTS
1 The Scientific Method
How Scientists Study Nature
The Solar System
Universal Gravitation
How Many of What
2 Motion
Describing Motion
Acceleration due to Gravity
Force and Motion
Gravitation
3 Energy
Work
Energy
Momentum
Relativity
Energy and Civilization
4 Energy and the Future
The Energy Problem
Fossil Fuels
Alternative Sources
Strategies for the Future
5 Matter and Heat
Temperature and Heat
Fluids
Kinetic Theory of Matter
Changes of State
Energy Transformations
6 Electricity and Magnetism
Electric Charge
Electricity and Matter
Electric Current
Magnetism
Using Magnetism
7 Waves
Wave Motion
Sound Waves
Electromagnetic Waves
Wave Behavior
8 The Nucleus
Atom and Nucleus
Radioactivity
Nuclear Energy
Fission and Fusion
Elementary Particles
9 The Atom
Quantum Theory of Light
Matter Waves
The Hydrogen Atom
Quantum Theory of the Atom
10 The Periodic Law
Elements and Compounds
The Periodic Law
Atomic Structure
Chemical Bonds
11 Crystals, Ions, and Solutions
Solutions
Acids and Bases
12 Chemical Reactions
Quantitative Chemistry
Chemical Energy
Fuels
Reaction Rates
Oxidation and Reduction
Carbon Compounds
Structures of Organic Molecules
Organic Compounds
Chemistry of Life
14 Atmosphere and Hydrosphere
The Atmosphere
Weather
Climate
The Hydrosphere
15 The Rock Cycle
Rocks
Within the Earth
Erosion
Vulcanism
16 The Evolving Earth
Tectonic Movement
Plate Tectonics
Methods of Historical Geology
Earth History
17 The Solar System
99
Physics & Astronomy
The Family of the Sun
The Inner Planets
The Outer Planets
The Moon
18 The Stars
Tools of Astronomy
The Sun
The Stars
Life Histories of the Stars
19 The Universe
Galaxies
The Expanding Universe
Evolution of the Universe
Extraterrestrial Life
Math Refresher
The Elements
Answers to Odd-Numbered Exercises
International edition
*9780073512211*
NEW
PHYSICAL SCIENCE
9th Edition
By Bill Tillery, Arizona State University-Tempe
2012 (January 2011) / 704 pages
ISBN: 9780073512211
ISBN: 9780071316781 [IE]
Chapter 23: Sections on Climate Change, Causes of Global Climate
Change, and Global Warming along with a discussion of Hurricane
Katrina are all included. Chapters 2, 4, 6, 11, 12, 13, 17, 18, 22, and
24 all touch on the topic of sustainability.
CONTENTS
1 What Is Science?
Physics
2 Motion
3 Energy
4 Heat and Temperature
5 Wave Motions and Sound
6 Electricity
7 Light
Chemistry
8 Atoms and Periodic Properties
9 Chemical Bonds
10 Chemical Reactions
11 Water and Solutions
12 Organic Chemistry
13 Nuclear Reactions
Astronomy
14 The Universe
15 The Solar System
16 Earth in Space
Earth Science
17 Rocks and Minerals
18 Plate Tectonics
19 Building Earth’s Surface
20 Shaping Earth’s Surface
21 Geologic Time
22 Atmosphere of Earth
23 Weather and Climate
24 Earth’s Waters
Appendix A Mathematical Review
Appendix B Solubilities Chart
Appendix C Relative Humidity Table
Appendix D Solutions to Follow-UP Examples
Appendix E Solutions for Group A Parallel Exercises
www.mhhe.com/tillery
Physical Science, Ninth Edition, is a straightforward, easy-to-read,
but substantial introduction to the fundamental behavior of matter and
energy. It is intended to serve the needs of non-science majors who
are required to complete one or more physical science courses. It
offers exceptional, straight-forward writing, complemented with useful
pedagogical tools. Physical Science introduces basic concepts and
key ideas while providing opportunities for students to learn reasoning
skills and a new way of thinking about their environment. No prior
work in science is assumed. The text offers students complete coverage of the physical sciences with a level of explanation and detail
appropriate for all students. The sequence of chapters in Physical
6FLHQFHLVÀH[LEOHDQGWKHLQVWUXFWRUFDQGHWHUPLQHWRSLFVHTXHQFH
and depth of coverage as needed. The materials are also designed
to support a conceptual approach, or a combined conceptual and
problem-solving approach. Along with the accompanying laboratory
manual, the text contains enough material for the instructor to select
a sequence for a two-semester course. It can also serve as a text in
a one-semester physics and chemistry course.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ The latter chapters of the text on astronomy and earth science
(chapters 14 - 24) now also include Parallel Exercises. There are
two groups of parallel exercises, Group A and Group B. The Group
A parallel exercises have complete solutions worked out, along with
useful comments, in appendix E. The Group B parallel exercises are
similar to those in Group A but do not contain answers in the text.
™ Content on the hot topics of global warming and energy conservation have been updated. Chapter 3: There is a section on Energy
Conservation and several alternative energy sources are discussed.
100
NEW
*9780077344399*
LAB MANUAL FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCE
9th Edition
By Bill Tillery, Arizona State University-Tempe
2012 (January 2011) / 448 pages
ISBN: 9780077344399
www.mhhe.com/tillery
(Details unavailable at press time)
REVIEW COPY
(Available for course adoption only)
To request for a review copy,
ƒ contact your local McGraw-Hill
representatives or,
ƒ fax the Review Copy Request Form found
in this catalog or,
ƒ e-mail your request to
[email protected] or,
ƒ submit online at www.mheducation.asia
Physics & Astronomy
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PHYSICAL
SCIENCE
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF LAGRANGIAN
DYNAMICS
2nd Edition
By Dave Wells, University of Texas
1967 / 368 pages
ISBN: 9780070692589
By Arthur Beiser, formerly of New York University
1988 / 368 pages
ISBN: 9780070044197
A Schaum’s Publication
A Schaum’s Publication
CONTENTS
CONTENTS
Background Material.
Lagrange’s Equations of Motion of a Single Particle.
Lagrange’s Equations of Motion for a System of Particles.
Conservative Systems.
Dissipative Forces.
General Treatment of Moments and Products of Inertia.
Lagrangian Treatment of Rigid Body Dynamics.
The Euler Method of Rigid Body Dynamics.
Small Oscillations about Positions of Equilibrium.
Small Oscillations about Steady Motion.
Forces of Constraint.
Driving Forces Required to Establish Known Motions.
Effects of Earth’s Figure and Daily Rotation on Dynamical Problems.
Application of Lagrange’s Equations to Electrical and Electromechanical Systems.
Hamilton’s Equations of Motion.
Hamilton’s Principle.
Basic Equations of Dynamics in Vector and Tensor Notation.
Appendix: Relations between Direction Cosines.
Physical Quantities.
Motion in a Straight Line.
The Laws of Motion.
Circular Motion and Gravitation.
Energy.
Momentum.
Relativity.
Fluids.
Heat.
Kinetic Theory of Matter.
Thermodynamics.
Electricity.
Electric Current.
Magnetism.
Electromagnetic Induction.
Waves.
Lenses.
Quantum Physics.
The Nucleus.
Radioactivity and Elementary Particles.
Theory of the Atom.
The Periodic Law.
Molecules and Solids.
Formulas and Equations.
Stoichiometry.
Gas Stoichiometry.
Solutions.
Acids and Bases.
Oxidation and Reduction.
Electrochemistry.
Chemical Energy.
Reaction Rates and Equilibrium.
Organic Chemistry.
The Atmosphere.
Weather.
The Oceans.
Earth Materials.
Erosion and Sedimentation.
Vulcanism and Diastrophism.
The Earth’s Interior.
Continental Drift.
Earth History.
Earth and Sky.
The Solar System.
The Sun.
The Stars.
The Universe.
Integrated Sciences
International edition
NEW
*9780077354824*
INTEGRATED SCIENCE
5th Edition
By Bill W Tillery, Arizona State University-Tempe, Eldon Enger and Frederick C Ross of
Delta College
2011 (January 2010) / 768 pages
ISBN: 9780077354824
ISBN: 9780071222136 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/tillery
Integrated Science, Fifth Edition is a straightforward, easy-to-read,
yet substantial introduction to the fundamental behavior of matter
and energy in living and nonliving systems. The authors provide
even, well-integrated coverage of physics, chemistry, earth science,
astronomy, and biology. The text’s pedagogy (chapter outlines, core
concept maps, and overviews) reveals how the science disciplines
are interrelated and integrated throughout the text. This edition
continues to introduce basic concepts and key ideas while providing
opportunities for students to learn reasoning skills and a new way of
thinking about their environment. The book is intended to serve the
needs of non-science majors who are required to complete one or
more science courses as part of a general or basic studies requirement. No prior work in science is assumed. The language, as well as
the mathematics, is as simple as can be practical for a college-level
science course.
101
Physics & Astronomy
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ A section on Climate Change and Global Warming has been
added to chapter 17.
™ Ch 22 includes a NEW brief section on recent applications of
evolutionary theory.
™ CONNECT Physics for Integrated Science includes all Parallel
Exercises from the text (in open-ended, numerical entry algorithmic
format whenever possible) as well as all Questions for Thought in
multiple-choice format (written by the authors of the text). CONNECT
allows instructors to manage their courses and create online autograded homework, quizzes, and tests with an integrated grade book.
™ Instructors also have access to PowerPoint lecture outlines, an
Instructor’s Manual, an Instructor’s Edition Lab Manual, electronic images from the text, clicker questions, quizzes, animations, and many
other resources directly tied to text-specific materials in Integrated Science. Students have access to self-quizzing, animations, and more.
CONTENTS
Ch 1 What Is Science?
Ch 2 Motion
Ch 3 Energy
Ch 4 Heat and Temperature
Ch 5 Wave Motions and Sound
Ch 6 Electricity
Ch 7 Light
Ch 8 Atoms and Periodic Properties
Ch 9 Chemical Reactions
Ch 10 Water and Solutions
Ch 11 Nuclear Reactions
Ch 12 The Universe
Ch 13 The Solar System
Ch 14 Earth in Space
Ch 15 The Earth
Ch 16 The Earth’s Surface
Ch 17 Earth’s Weather
Ch 18 Earth’s Waters
Ch 19 Organic and Biochemistry
Ch 20 The Nature of Living Things
Ch 21 The Origin and Evolution of Life
Ch 22 The History of Life on Earth
Ch 23 Ecology and Environment
Ch 24 Human Biology: Materials Exchange and Control Mechanisms
Ch 25 Human Biology: Reproduction
Ch 26 Mendelian and Molecular Genetics
Appendix A:
Mathematical Review
Working with Equations
Significant Figures
Conversion of Units
Scientific Notation
Appendix B: Solubilities Chart
Appendix C: Relative Humidity Table
Appendix D: Solutions for Group A Parallel Exercises
Appendix E: Problem Solving
Glossary
102
NEW
*9780077292867*
LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY
INTEGRATED SCIENCE
5th Edition
By Bill W Tillery, Arizona State University-Tempe, Eldon Enger, Delta
College and Robert S Ross, California State University-Chico
2011 (February 2010) / 416 pages
ISBN: 9780077292867
The lab manual was written and classroom-tested by the authors of
the text. It has been revised in recent editions to emphasize a more
inquiry-oriented approach and to increase the number of biology labs.
Each lab begins with an open-ended “Invitations to Inquiry,” designed
to peak student interest in the lab concept. This is followed by laboratory exercises that require measurement and data analysis for work in
a more structured learning environment. When the laboratory manual
is used with Integrated Science text, students will have an opportunity
WRXQGHUVWDQGWKHQDWXUHRIVFLHQWL¿FLQTXLU\IURPWKHSHUVSHFWLYHRI
KDQGVRQH[SHULHQFHVLQRUGHUWRPDVWHUEDVLFVFLHQWL¿FSULQFLSOHV
and concepts and learn new problem-solving and thinking skills. There
is also an instructor’s edition lab manual available for instructors on
Instructor’s Companion Site.
CONTENTS
Introduction
Acknowledgments
Materials Required for Each Experiment
Experiment
1. Graphing
2. Ratios
3. Motion
4. Free Fall
5. Centripetal Force
6. Work and Power
7. Thermometer Fixed Points
8. Specific Heat
9. Speed of Sound in Air
10. Static Electricity
11. Ohm’s Law
12. Magnetic Fields
13. Reflection and Refraction
14. Physical and Chemical Change
15. Conductivity of Solutions
16. Metal Replacement Reactions
17. Identifying Salts
18. Natural Water
19. Measurement of pH
20. Amount of Water Vapor in the Air
21. Growing Crystals
22. Properties of Common Minerals
23. Density of Igneous Rocks
24. Latitude and Longitude
25. Telescopes
26. Celestial Coordinates
27. Motions of the Sun
28. Diffusion and Osmosis
29. The Microscope
30. Survey of Cell Types: Structure and Function
31. Enzymes
32. Photosynthesis and Respiration
33. The Chemistry and Ecology of Yogurt Production
34. DNA and RNA
35. Mitosis—Cell Division
36. Meiosis
37. Genetics Problems
38. Human Variation
39. Sensory Abilities
40. Daily Energy Balance
41. The Effect of Abiotic Factors on Habitat Preference
42. Natural Selection
Physics & Astronomy
43. Roll Call of the Animals
44. Special Project
Appendix
I. The Simple Line Graph
II. The Slope of a Straight Line
III. Experimental Error
IV. Significant Figures
V. Conversion of Units
VI. Scientific Notation
Inside Front Cover: Relative Humidity Chart
Inside Back Cover: Metric Relationships
Conceptual Physics
International edition
*9780073512204*
NEW
PHYSICS OF EVERYDAY
PHENOMENA
7th Edition
%\7KRPDV*ULI¿WKDQG-XOLHW%URVLQJRI3DFL¿F
University
2012 (January 2011) / 544 pages
ISBN: 9780073512204
ISBN: 9780071315340 [IE]
ZZZPKKHFRPJULI¿WKH
The Physics of Everyday Phenomena, Seventh Edition, introduces
students to the basic concepts of physics using examples of common
occurrences in everyday life. Intended for use in a one-semester or
two-semester course in conceptual physics, this book is written in a
narrative style, frequently using questions designed to draw the reader
into a dialogue about the ideas of physics. This inclusive style allows
the book to be used by anyone interested in exploring the nature of
physics and explanations of everyday physical phenomena. Beginning
VWXGHQWVZLOOEHQH¿WIURPWKHODUJHQXPEHURIVWXGHQWDLGVDQGWKH
reduced math content. Professors will appreciate the organization of
the material and the wealth of pedagogical tools.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ In this edition, some energy themes are introduced in chapter
1 to serve as a “teaser,” referencing and integrating later coverage
in the text. A NEW Section 1 introduces the energy theme by posing
questions that a citizen or politician might need to answer to address
current issues on energy use and the environment, including climate
change or global warming. Section 5 has also been expanded to
discuss energy.
™ Two NEW Everyday Phenomenon boxes (chapters 3 and 10)
have been added to those already present in the text. These boxes ask
students to analyze common phenomena in more detail to promote a
better understanding of everyday events in students’ lives.
™ Chapter 21 “Beyond Everyday Phenomena” has been heavily
revised to include recent physics research into quarks and other
elementary particles as well as material on cosmology research.
™ Approximately 20% of the end of chapter exercises have been
revised.
™ Professors have the option of creating a customized version of
the text by selecting only the chapters they cover in lecture, allowing students a savings in book costs. Craft your teaching resources
to match the way you teach! With McGraw-Hill CREATE, www.
mcgrawhillcreate.com, you can easily rearrange chapters, combine
material from other content sources, and quickly upload content you
have written like your course syllabus or teaching notes. Find the content you need in CREATE by searching through thousands of leading
McGraw-Hill textbooks. Arrange your book to fit your teaching style.
CREATE even allows you to personalize your book’s appearance by
selecting the cover and adding your name, school, and course information. Order a CREATE book and you’ll receive a complimentary
print review copy in 3-5 business days or a complimentary electronic
review copy (eComp) via email in minutes. Go to www.mcgrawhillcreate.com today and register to experience how McGraw-Hill CREATE
empowers you to teach your students your way.
CONTENTS
Chapter One--Physics, the Fundamental Science
Chapter Two--Describing Motion
Chapter Three--Falling Objects and Projectile Motion
Chapter Four--Newton’s Laws: Explaining Motion
Chapter Five--Circular Motion, the Planets, and Gravity
Chapter Six--Energy and Oscillations
Chapter Seven--Momentum and Impulse
Chapter Eight--Rotational Motion of Solid Objects
Chapter Nine--The Behavior of Fluids
Chapter Ten--Temperature and Heat
Chapter Eleven--Heat Engines and the Second Law of Thermodynamics
Chapter Twelve--Electrostatic Phenomena
Chapter Thirteen--Electric Circuits
Chapter Fourteen--Magnets and Electromagnetism
Chapter Fifteen--Making Waves
Chapter Sixteen--Light Waves and Color
Chapter Seventeen--Light and Image Formation
Chapter Eighteen--The Structure of the Atom
Chapter Nineteen--The Nucleus and Nuclear Energy
Chapter Twenty--Relativity
Chapter Twenty-one--Beyond Everyday Phenomena
Appendix A--Using Simple Algebra
Appendix B--Decimal Fractions, Percentages, and Scientific Notation
Appendix C--Vectors and Vector Addition
Appendix D--Answers to Odd-Numbered Exercises and Challenge
Problems
Photo Credits
Glossary
Index
™ More coverage on energy issues, sustainability, energy conservation, renewable energy resources, etc. is included in the 7th
edition, especially in the end of chapter questions and exercises and
“Everyday Phenomena” boxes.
™ New, “Debatable Issues”, can be found in the 7th edition. These
open-ended, opinion questions, that include energy and environmental
issues that might be addressed by users in an internet forum, as class
discussion, and/or as writing assignments.
103
Physics & Astronomy
International edition
PHYSICS FOR POETS
5th Edition
By Robert March, University of Wisconsin – Madison
2003 / 304 pages
ISBN: 9780072472172 (GOP)
ISBN: 9780071198530 [IE]
CONTENTS
1 A Vast and Most Excellent Science
2 Toward a Science of Mechanics
3 The Denouement: Newton’s Laws
4 The Moon and the Apple
5 The Romance of Energy
6 One Last Part for the Machine
7 Waves
8 Does the Earth Really Move?
9 The Birth of Relativity
10 The Wedding of Space and Time
11 E=mc2 and All That
12 Did God Have Any Choice?
13 The Atom Returns
14 Rutherford Probes the Atom
15 The Atom and the Quantum
16 Particles and Waves
17 Does God Play Dice?
18 Schrodinger’s Cat
19 The Dreams Stuff Is Made Of
20 The Whole Shebang
Chapter 13: Temperature and the Ideal Gas
Chapter 14: Heat
Chapter 15: Thermodynamics
PART THREE: ELECTROMAGNETISM
Chapter 16: Electric Forces and Fields
Chapter 17: Electric Potential
Chapter 18: Electric Current and Circuits
Chapter 19: Magnetic Forces and Fields
Chapter 20: Electromagnetic Induction
Chapter 21: Alternating Current
PART FOUR: ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND OPTICS
Chapter 22: Electromagnetic Waves
Chapter 23: Reflection and Refraction of Light
Chapter 24: Optical Instruments
Chapter 25: Interference and Diffraction
PART FIVE: QUANTUM AND PARTICLE PHYSICS
Chapter 26: Relativity
Chapter 27: Early Quantum Physics and the Photon
Chapter 28: Quantum Physics
Chapter 29: Nuclear Physics
Chapter 30: Particle Physics
APPENDICES
Appendix A: Mathematics Review
A.1 Algebra
A.2 Solving equations
A.3 Exponents and logarithms
A.4 Proportions and ratios
A.5 Geometry
A.6 Trigonometry
A.7 Approximations
A.8 Vectors
Appendix B: Table of Selected Isotopes
Answers to Selected Questions and Problems
College Physics
COLLEGE PHYSICS VOLUME 1
International edition
COLLEGE PHYSICS
3rd Edition
By Alan Giambattista, Cornell University-Ithaca
2010 (January 2009)
ISBN: 9780077263218
ISBN: 9780071078597 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/grr
College Physics, Third Edition is the best solution for today’s college
physics market. With a unique, new, approach to physics that builds
a conceptual framework as motivation for the physical principles, consistent problem solving coverage strategies, stunning art, extensive
end-of-chapter material, and superior media support, Giambattista,
Richardson, and Richardson delivers a product that addresses today’s
market needs with the best tools available.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Introduction
PART ONE: MECHANICS
Chapter 2: Force
Chapter 3: Acceleration and Newton’s Second Law of Motion
Chapter 4: Motion with a Changing Velocity
Chapter 5: Circular Motion
Chapter 6: Conservation of Energy
Chapter 7: Linear Momentum
Chapter 8: Torque and Angular Momentum
Chapter 9: Fluids
Chapter 10: Elasticity and Oscillations
Chapter 11: Waves
Chapter 12: Sound
PART TWO: THERMAL PHYSICS
104
3rd Edition
By Alan Giambattista, Betty Richardson and Robert C Richardson of
Cornell University-Ithaca
2010 (January 2009)
ISBN: 9780077263126
www.mhhe.com/grr
College Physics, Third Edition is the best solution for today’s college
physics market. With a unique, new, approach to physics that builds
a conceptual framework as motivation for the physical principles, consistent problem solving coverage strategies, stunning art, extensive
end-of-chapter material, and superior media support, Giambattista,
Richardson, and Richardson delivers a product that addresses today’s
market needs with the best tools available.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Introduction
PART ONE: MECHANICS
Chapter 2: Force
Chapter 3: Acceleration and Newton’s Second Law of Motion
Chapter 4: Motion with a Changing Velocity
Chapter 5: Circular Motion
Chapter 6: Conservation of Energy
Chapter 7: Linear Momentum
Chapter 8: Torque and Angular Momentum
Chapter 9: Fluids
Chapter 10: Elasticity and Oscillations
Chapter 11: Waves
Chapter 12: Sound
PART TWO: THERMAL PHYSICS
Chapter 13: Temperature and the Ideal Gas
Chapter 14: Heat
Chapter 15: Thermodynamics
Physics & Astronomy
COLLEGE PHYSICS VOLUME 2
3rd Edition
By Alan Giambattista, Betty Richardson and Robert C Richardson of
Cornell University-Ithaca
2010 (January 2009)
ISBN: 9780077263225
www.mhhe.com/grr
College Physics, Third Edition is the best solution for today’s college
physics market. With a unique, new, approach to physics that builds
a conceptual framework as motivation for the physical principles, consistent problem solving coverage strategies, stunning art, extensive
end-of-chapter material, and superior media support, Giambattista,
Richardson, and Richardson delivers a product that addresses today’s
market needs with the best tools available.
CONTENTS
PART THREE: ELECTROMAGNETISM
Chapter 16: Electric Forces and Fields
Chapter 17: Electric Potential
Chapter 18: Electric Current and Circuits
Chapter 19: Magnetic Forces and Fields
Chapter 20: Electromagnetic Induction
Chapter 21: Alternating Current
PART FOUR: ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND OPTICS
Chapter 22: Electromagnetic Waves
Chapter 23: Reflection and Refraction of Light
Chapter 24: Optical Instruments
Chapter 25: Interference and Diffraction
PART FIVE: QUANTUM AND PARTICLE PHYSICS
Chapter 26: Relativity
Chapter 27: Early Quantum Physics and the Photon
Chapter 28: Quantum Physics
Chapter 29: Nuclear Physics
Chapter 30: Particle Physics
APPENDICES
Appendix A: Mathematics Review
A.1 Algebra
A.2 Solving equations
A.3 Exponents and logarithms
A.4 Proportions and ratios
A.5 Geometry
A.6 Trigonometry
A.7 Approximations
A.8 Vectors
Appendix B: Table of Selected Isotopes
Answers to Selected Questions and Problems
Invitation to Publish
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook
proposals for publication.
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
email to [email protected]
International edition
PHYSICS
2nd Edition
By Alan Giambattista, Betty Richardson and Robert Richardson of Cornell University-Ithaca
2010 (January 2009)
ISBN: 9780077339685
ISBN: 9780070172449 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/grr
Physics 2nd edition is an alternate version of the College Physics
3rd edition text by Giambattista/Richardson/Richardson. The key
difference is that Physics covers kinematics and forces in the more
traditional organization of beginning with Kinematics and proceeding
to forces. (College Physics takes an integrated approach to forces
and kinematics, introducing forces and interweaving kinematics.)
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Introduction
PART ONE: MECHANICS
Chapter 2: Motion Along a Line
Chapter 3: Motion in a Plane
Chapter 4: Force and Newton’s Laws of Motion
Chapter 5: Circular Motion
Chapter 6: Conservation of Energy
Chapter 7: Linear Momentum
Chapter 8: Torque and Angular Momentum
Chapter 9: Fluids
Chapter 10: Elasticity and Oscillations
Chapter 11: Waves
Chapter 12: Sound
PART TWO: THERMAL PHYSICS
Chapter 13: Temperature and the Ideal Gas
Chapter 14: Heat
Chapter 15: Thermodynamics
PART THREE: ELECTROMAGNETISM
Chapter 16: Electric Forces and Fields
Chapter 17: Electric Potential
Chapter 18: Electric Current and Circuits
Chapter 19: Magnetic Forces and Fields
Chapter 20: Electromagnetic Induction
Chapter 21: Alternating Current
PART FOUR: ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND OPTICS
Chapter 22: Electromagnetic Waves
Chapter 23: Reflection and Refraction of Light
Chapter 24: Optical Instruments
Chapter 25: Interference and Diffraction
PART FIVE: QUANTUM AND PARTICLE PHYSICS
Chapter 26: Relativity
Chapter 27: Early Quantum Physics and the Photon
Chapter 28: Quantum Physics
Chapter 29: Nuclear Physics
Chapter 30: Particle Physics
APPENDICES
Appendix A: Mathematics Review
A.1 Algebra
A.2 Solving equations
A.3 Exponents and logarithms
A.4 Proportions and ratios
A.5 Geometry
A.6 Trigonometry
A.7 Approximations
A.8 Vectors
Appendix B: Table of Selected Isotopes
Answers to Selected Questions and Problems
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/
105
Physics & Astronomy
PHYSICS VOLUME 1
2nd Edition
By Alan Giambattista, Betty Richardson and Robert Richardson of Cornell University-Ithaca
2010 (January 2009)
ISBN: 9780077270698
www.mhhe.com/grr
Physics 2nd edition is an alternate version of the College Physics
3rd edition text by Giambattista/Richardson/Richardson. The key
difference is that Physics covers kinematics and forces in the more
traditional organization of beginning with Kinematics and proceeding
to forces. (College Physics takes an integrated approach to forces
and kinematics, introducing forces and interweaving kinematics.)
APPENDICES
Appendix A: Mathematics Review
A.1 Algebra
A.2 Solving equations
A.3 Exponents and logarithms
A.4 Proportions and ratios
A.5 Geometry
A.6 Trigonometry
A.7 Approximations
A.8 Vectors
Appendix B: Table of Selected Isotopes
Answers to Selected Questions and Problems
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Introduction
PART ONE: MECHANICS
Chapter 2: Motion Along a Line
Chapter 3: Motion in a Plane
Chapter 4: Force and Newton’s Laws of Motion
Chapter 5: Circular Motion
Chapter 6: Conservation of Energy
Chapter 7: Linear Momentum
Chapter 8: Torque and Angular Momentum
Chapter 9: Fluids
Chapter 10: Elasticity and Oscillations
Chapter 11: Waves
Chapter 12: Sound
PART TWO: THERMAL PHYSICS
Chapter 13: Temperature and the Ideal Gas
Chapter 14: Heat
Chapter 15: Thermodynamics
PHYSICS VOLUME 2
2nd Edition
By Alan Giambattista, Betty Richardson and Robert Richardson of Cornell University-Ithaca
2010 (January 2009)
ISBN: 9780077270681
www.mhhe.com/grr
Physics 2nd edition is an alternate version of the College Physics
3rd edition text by Giambattista/Richardson/Richardson. The key
difference is that Physics covers kinematics and forces in the more
traditional organization of beginning with Kinematics and proceeding
to forces. (College Physics takes an integrated approach to forces
and kinematics, introducing forces and interweaving kinematics.)
CONTENTS
PART THREE: ELECTROMAGNETISM
Chapter 16: Electric Forces and Fields
Chapter 17: Electric Potential
Chapter 18: Electric Current and Circuits
Chapter 19: Magnetic Forces and Fields
Chapter 20: Electromagnetic Induction
Chapter 21: Alternating Current
PART FOUR: ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES AND OPTICS
Chapter 22: Electromagnetic Waves
Chapter 23: Reflection and Refraction of Light
Chapter 24: Optical Instruments
Chapter 25: Interference and Diffraction
PART FIVE: QUANTUM AND PARTICLE PHYSICS
Chapter 26: Relativity
Chapter 27: Early Quantum Physics and the Photon
Chapter 28: Quantum Physics
Chapter 29: Nuclear Physics
Chapter 30: Particle Physics
106
International edition
PHYSICS
7th Edition
By Paul E Tippens
2007 (Dec 2005) / 816 pages
ISBN: 9780073222707
ISBN: 9780071107594 [IE]
ISBN: 9780071107969 [IE with OLC]
ZZZPKKHFRPWLSSHQVH
CONTENTS
MECHANICS
1 Introduction
2 Technical Mathematics
3 Technical Measurements and Vectors.
4 Translational Equilibrium and Friction
5 Torque and Rotational Equilibrium
6 Uniform Acceleration
7 Newton’s Second Law
8 Work, Energy, and Power
9 Impulse and Momentum
10 Uniform Circular Motion.
11 Rotation of Rigid Bodies
12 Simple Machines
13 Elasticity
14 Simple Harmonic Motion
15 Fluids
THERMODYNAMICS, MECHANICAL WAVES, AND SOUND
16 Temperature and Expansion
17 Quantity of Heat
18 Transfer of Heat
19 Thermal Properties of Matter
20 Thermodynamics 21 Mechanical Waves
22 Sound
ELECTRICITY, MAGNETISM, AND OPTICS
23 The Electric Force
24 The Electric Field
25 Electric Potential
26 Capacitance
27 Current and Resistance
28 Direct-Current Circuits
29 Magnetism and the Magnetic Field
30 Forces and Torques in a Magnetic Field
31 Electromagnetic Induction
32 Alternating-Current Circuits
33 Light and Illumination
34 Reflection and Mirrors
35 Refraction
36 Lenses and Optical Instruments
37 Interference, Diffraction, and Polarization
MODERN PHYSICS
38 Modern Physics and the Atom
39 Nuclear Physics and the Nucleus
INDEX
Physics & Astronomy
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF APPLIED PHYSICS
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF COLLEGE PHYSICS
4th Edition Revised
10th Edition
By Arthur Beiser
2009 (June 2009) / 480 pages
ISBN: 9780071611572
%\)UHGHULFN-%XHFKH8QLYHUVLW\RI'D\WRQ(PHULWXVDQG(XJHQH+HFKW
Adelphi University
2006 (Nov 2005) / 448 pages
ISBN: 9780071448147
A Schaum’s Publication
Applied Physics is the study of algebra-based physics, a course taken
by non-physics majors, mainly in technical schools, 2- and 4- year
community colleges and universities, who need to apply physics
to their every-day job, as opposed to focusing on further study or
theoretical physics. Applied Physics is a required course for many
engineers, mechanics, optical engineers, and other technical professions. For example, any kind of higher level mechanic or engineer,
such as those found in aviation, throughout the military, or in optical
engineering programs, study Applied Physics.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Useful Math
Chapter 2. Vectors
Chapter 3. Motion in a Straight Line
Chapter 4. Motion in a Vertical Plane
Chapter 5. Laws of Motion
Chapter 6. Friction
Chapter 7. Energy
Chapter 8. Momentum
Chapter 9. Circular Motion and Gravitation
Chapter 10. Rotational Motion
Chapter 11. Equilibrium
Chapter 12. Simple Machines
Chapter 13. Elasticity
Chapter 14. Simple Harmonic Motion
Chapter 15. Waves and Sound
Chapter 16. Fluids at Rest
Chapter 17. Fluids in Motion
Chapter 18. Heat
Chapter 19. Expansion of Solids, Liquids, and Gases
Chapter 20. Kinetic Theory of Matter
Chapter 21. Thermodynamics
Chapter 22. Heat Transfer
Chapter 23. Electricity
Chapter 24. Electric Current
Chapter 25. Direct-Current Circuits
Chapter 26. Capacitance
Chapter 27. Magnetism
Chapter 28. Electromagnetic Induction
Chapter 29. Alternating-Current Circuits
Chapter 30. Light
Chapter 31. Spherical Mirrors
Chapter 32. Lenses
Chapter 33. Physical and Quantum Optics
Chapter 34. Atomic Physics
Chapter 35. The Solid State
Chapter 36. Nuclear Physics
Appendix A. Physical Constants and Quantities
Appendix B. Conversion Factors
Appendix C. Natural Trigonometric Functions
Index
A Schaum’s Publication
An introduction to physics that you don’t need to be a math whiz to
understand. Schaum’s Outline of College Physics, Tenth Edition, is
a clear, easily understood review of introductory noncalculus-based
physics. It is especially helpful if you do not have a strong background
in mathematics.
SCHAUM’S A-Z PHYSICS
By Michael Chapple
2003 / 288 pages
ISBN: 9780071419376
A Schaum’s Publication
Schaum’s A-Z handbooks make excellent complements to course
textbooks and test preparation guides. Ideal for ambitious high school
seniors--especially AP students--and college freshmen, they feature
FRQFLVHWKRURXJKO\FURVVUHIHUHQFHGGH¿QLWLRQVRIKXQGUHGVRINH\
terms and phrases that help students quickly break through the jargon
barrier. Clear explanations of key concepts, supplemented with lucid
illustrations, help build mastery of theory and provide a ready reference to supplement class work. Each entry begins with a clear, oneVHQWHQFHGH¿QLWLRQDQGLVIROORZHGE\DQH[SODQDWLRQDQGH[DPSOHV
ƒ A-to-Z format for ready reference
ƒ &OHDUGH¿QLWLRQVDQGH[SODQDWLRQVFURVVUHIHUHQFHGDQGHQKDQFHG
with numerous worked examples and illustrations
ƒ Extended explanations of more important concepts
ƒ Review lists of entries that relate to main topics in the Appendix
aid review
International edition
CONTEMPORARY COLLEGE PHYSICS
2001 Update, 3rd Edition
%\(GZLQ5-RQHVDQG5LFKDUG/&KLOGHUVRI8QLYHUVLW\RI6RXWK&DUROLQD
2001 / 1088 pages
ISBN: 9780072415124 (with CD-ROM, Mandatory Package)
ISBN: 9780071204910 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/jones
CONTENTS
1 Measurements and Models
2 Motion in One Dimension
3 Motion in Two Dimensions
4 Force and Motion
5 Uniform Circular Motion
6 Work and Energy
7 Momentum
8 Applying the Conservation Laws
9 Rigid Bodies and Rotational Motion
10 Fluids
11 Thermal Physics
12 Gas Laws and Kinetic Theory
13 Thermodynamics
14 Periodic Motion
107
Physics & Astronomy
15 Waves and Sound
16 Electric Charge and Electric Field
17 Electric Potential and Capacitance
18 Electric Current and Resistance
19 Magnetism
20 Electromagnetic Induction
21 Alternating-Current Circuits
22 Geometrical Optics
23 Optical Instruments
24 Wave Optics
25 Relativity
26 Discovery of Atomic Structure
27 Origins of the Quantum Theory
28 Quantum Mechanics
29 The Nucleus
30 Lasers and Holography
31 Condensed Matter
32 Elementary Particle Physics
Appendices:
A Formulas from Algebra, Geometry, and Trigonometry B The International System of Units C Alphabetical List of Elements D Answers
to Odd Numbered Problems
SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINE OF COLLEGE
PHYSICS
%\-%XHFKH(PHULWXV8QLYHUVLW\RI'D\WRQ(XJHQH+HFKW$GHOSKL
8QLYHUVLW\DQG*HRUJH-+DGHPHQRV
2000 / 138 pages
ISBN: 9780070527119
Modern Physics: Atomic, Nuclear and Solid-State Physics.
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BEGINNING
PHYSICS I
%\$OYLQ+DOSHUQ&LW\8QLYHUVLW\RI1HZ<RUN
1995 / 471 pages
ISBN: 9780070256538
A Schaum’s Publication
CONTENTS
Introduction and Mathematical Background.
Motion in a Straight Line.
Motion in a Plane.
Forces and Equilibrium.
Newton’s Second Law.
Work and Mechanical Energy.
Energy, Power and Simple Machines.
Impulse and Momentum.
Equilibrium for Rigid Bodies.
Rotational Motion.
Elasticity and Objects under Stress.
Simple Harmonic Motion.
Fluids at Rest.
Fluids in Motion.
Temperature and Heat.
Thermal Energy Transfer.
Gas Laws and Kinetic Theory.
Thermodynamics: The First and Second Laws.
A Schaum’s Publication
CONTENTS
Newtonian Mechanics.
Density, Elasticity, and Fluids.
Heat, Temperature, and Thermodynamics.
Waves.
Electricity and Magnetism.
Light and Geometrical Optics.
3,000 SOLVED PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS
%\$OYLQ+DOSHUQ
1988
ISBN: 9780070257344
A Schaum’s Publication
http://books.mcgraw-hill.com/cgi-bin/getbook.
SO"LVEQ DGNH\ :
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BEGINNING
PHYSICS II
%\$OYLQ+DOSHUQ
1998 / 592 pages
ISBN: 9780070257078
Solved Problem Series -- These books help readers review and master
what they’ve learned by showing them how to solve thousands of
relevant problems. Perfect for preparing for graduate or professional
exams, these detailed reminders of problem-solving techniques show
readers the best strategies for answering even the toughest questions,
including the types that appear on typical tests.
A Schaum’s Publication
CONTENTS
Wave Motion.
Sound.
Coulomb’s Law and Electric Fields.
Electric Potential and Capacitance.
Simple Electric Circuits.
Magnetism--Effect of the Field.
Magnetism--Source of the Field.
Magnetic Properties of Matter.
Induced EMF.
Inductance.
Time Varying Electric Circuits.
Electromagnetic Waves.
Light and Optical Phenomena.
Mirrors, Lenses and Optical Instruments.
Interference, Diffraction and Polarization.
Special Relativity.
Particles of Light and Waves of Matter:Introduction to Quantum
Physics.
108
REVIEW COPY
(Available for course adoption only)
To request for a review copy,
ƒ contact your local McGraw-Hill
representatives or,
ƒ fax the Review Copy Request Form found
in this catalog or,
ƒ e-mail your request to
[email protected] or,
ƒ submit online at www.mheducation.asia
Physics & Astronomy
Technical Physics
University Physics
International edition
International edition
PHYSICS
7th Edition
UNIVERSITY PHYSICS
Standard Version,
Chapters 1-35
ZZZPKKHFRPWLSSHQVH
By Wolfgang Bauer and Gary Westfall of MichiJDQ6WDWH8QLYHUVLW\(DVW/DQVLQJ
CONTENTS
MECHANICS
1 Introduction
2 Technical Mathematics
3 Technical Measurements and Vectors.
4 Translational Equilibrium and Friction
5 Torque and Rotational Equilibrium
6 Uniform Acceleration
7 Newton’s Second Law
8 Work, Energy, and Power
9 Impulse and Momentum
10 Uniform Circular Motion.
11 Rotation of Rigid Bodies
12 Simple Machines
13 Elasticity
14 Simple Harmonic Motion
15 Fluids
THERMODYNAMICS, MECHANICAL WAVES, AND SOUND
16 Temperature and Expansion
17 Quantity of Heat
18 Transfer of Heat
19 Thermal Properties of Matter
20 Thermodynamics 21 Mechanical Waves
22 Sound
ELECTRICITY, MAGNETISM, AND OPTICS
23 The Electric Force
24 The Electric Field
25 Electric Potential
26 Capacitance
27 Current and Resistance
28 Direct-Current Circuits
29 Magnetism and the Magnetic Field
30 Forces and Torques in a Magnetic Field
31 Electromagnetic Induction
32 Alternating-Current Circuits
33 Light and Illumination
34 Reflection and Mirrors
35 Refraction
36 Lenses and Optical Instruments
37 Interference, Diffraction, and Polarization
MODERN PHYSICS
38 Modern Physics and the Atom
39 Nuclear Physics and the Nucleus
INDEX
*9780077354701*
NEW
By Paul E Tippens
2007 (Dec 2005) / 816 pages
ISBN: 9780073222707
ISBN: 9780071107594 [IE]
ISBN: 9780071107969 [IE with OLC]
2011 (January 2010) / 1280 pages
ISBN: 9780077354701
ISBN: 9780071221788 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/bauerwestfall
University Physics, 1e by Bauer and Westfall is a comprehensive text
with enhanced calculus coverage incorporating a consistently used
7-step problem solving method. The authors include a wide variety
of everyday contemporary topics as well as research-based discussions. Both are designed to help students appreciate the beauty of
physics and how physics concepts are related to the development of
QHZWHFKQRORJLHVLQWKH¿HOGVRIHQJLQHHULQJPHGLFLQHDVWURQRP\
and more.
FEATURES
™ Organized like a good research seminar: “Tell them what you
will tell them, then tell them, and then tell them what you told them!”
The authors start each chapter with What We Will Learn: a quick summary of the main points without any equations. And at the end of each
chapter, What We Have Learned/Exam Study Guide contains chapter
key concepts including major equations, symbols, and key terms. All
symbols and letters used in the chapter’s formulas are also explained.
™ University Physics consistently-used multi-step problem solving theme including Solved Problems, Examples, Problem Solving
Practice, and EOCPs. Numbered Solved Problems are fully-stepped
out, worked problems, each consistently following the 7-step method
described in Chapter 1. Briefer Examples (Problem statement and
Solution only) focus on a specific point(s) or concept. The briefer
Examples also serve as a bridge between fully worked-out Solved
Problems (with all 7-steps) and the homework problems (with no
help). Problem Solving Practice will provide additional Solved Problems, again following the full 7-step format, and appear immediately
before the end of chapter problems in order to review and emphasize
the fundamental concepts of the chapter. Additional Problem Solving
Strategies and Guidelines are also given here.
™ Recent research results are presented throughout the text illustrating the incredible advances of the last few decades. The “Big
Picture”section at the beginning of the text is designed to introduce
students to some of the amazing new frontiers of research.
™ University Physics discusses the broad topic of energy through
concepts of different energy sources (fossil, renewable, nuclear, etc.),
energy efficiency, alternative energy sources, and effects of our energy
supply choices on the environment and global warming.
™ End of chapter Question and Problem sets: Multiple-Choice
Questions, Questions, Problems, and Additional Problems contributed by a panel of writers to provide a wide variety of content and
level. These same contributors authored the test bank questions for
consistency.
109
Physics & Astronomy
™ University Physics, 1e includes enhanced calculus-coverage,
including some mathematical topics that have been removed from
other texts. However, these topics have been written such that they
can be left-out without affecting the topic coverage. Detailed Derivations have also been called-out with a specified design so that they
can be included or not, as appropriate for the course. There is also
a Math Appendix which includes a calculus primer.
International edition
*9780077354787*
NEW
™ Self Test Opportunities Questions are included after the coverage
of major concepts within the text.
UNIVERSITY PHYSICS WITH
MODERN PHYSICS
™ In-Class Exercises are designed to be used with personal response system technology. They appear in the text so that students
may begin contemplating the concepts. These exercises are also
available in PowerPoint format.
(Chapters 1-40)
By Wolfgang Bauer and Gary Westfall of MichiJDQ6WDWH8QLYHUVLW\(DVW/DQVLQJ
CONTENTS
0 The Big Picture: Modern Physics Frontiers
1 Overview
2 Motion in a Straight Line
3 Motion in Two and Three Dimensions
4 Force
5 Kinetic Energy, Work, and Power
6 Potential Energy and Energy Conservation
7 Momentum and Collisions
8 Systems of Particles and Extended Objects
9 Circular Motion
10 Rotation
11 Static Equilibrium
12 Gravitation
13 Solids and Fluids
14 Oscillations
15 Waves
16 Sound
17 Temperature
18 Heat and the First Law of Thermodynamics
19 Ideal Gases
20 The Second Law of Thermodynamics
21 Electrostatics
22 Electric Fields and Gauss’s Law
23 Electric Potential
24 Capacitors
25 Current and Resistance
26 Direct Current Circuits
27 Magnetism
28 Magnetic Fields of Moving Charges
29 Electromagnetic Induction
30 Electromagnetic Oscillations and Currents
31 Electromagnetic Waves
32 Geometric Optics
33 Lenses and Optical Instruments
34 Wave Optics
35 Relativity
2011 (January 2010) / 1472 pages
ISBN: 9780077354787
ISBN: 9780071313667 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/bauerwestfall
University Physics, 1e by Bauer and Westfall is a comprehensive text
with enhanced calculus coverage incorporating a consistently used
7-step problem solving method. The authors include a wide variety
of everyday contemporary topics as well as research-based discussions. Both are designed to help students appreciate the beauty of
physics and how physics concepts are related to the development of
QHZWHFKQRORJLHVLQWKH¿HOGVRIHQJLQHHULQJPHGLFLQHDVWURQRP\
and more.
FEATURES
™ Organized like a good research seminar: “Tell them what you will
tell them, then tell them, and then tell them what you told them!” The
authors start each chapter with What We Will Learn ”a quick summary of the main points without any equations. And at the end of each
chapter, What We Have Learned/Exam Study Guide contains chapter
key concepts including major equations, symbols, and key terms. All
symbols and letters used in the chapter’s formulas are also explained.
™ University Physics consistently-used multi-step problem solving theme including Solved Problems, Examples, Problem Solving
Practice, and EOCPs. Numbered Solved Problems are fully-stepped
out, worked problems, each consistently following the 7-step method
described in Chapter 1. Briefer Examples (Problem statement and
Solution only) focus on a specific point(s) or concept. The briefer
Examples also serve as a bridge between fully worked-out Solved
Problems (with all 7-steps) and the homework problems (with no
help). Problem Solving Practice will provide additional Solved Problems, again following the full 7-step format, and appear immediately
before the end of chapter problems in order to review and emphasize
the fundamental concepts of the chapter. Additional Problem Solving
Strategies and Guidelines are also given here.
™ Recent research results are presented throughout the text illustrating the incredible advances of the last few decades. The “Big
Picture” section at the beginning of the text is designed to introduce
students to some of the amazing new frontiers of research.
™ University Physics discusses the broad topic of energy through
concepts of different energy sources (fossil, renewable, nuclear, etc.),
energy efficiency, alternative energy sources, and effects of our energy
supply choices on the environment and global warming.
™ End of chapter Question and Problem sets: Multiple-Choice
Questions, Questions, Problems, and Additional Problems contributed by a panel of writers to provide a wide variety of content and
level. These same contributors authored the test bank questions for
consistency.
™ University Physics, 1e includes enhanced calculus-coverage,
including some mathematical topics that have been removed from
other texts. However, these topics have been written such that they
can be left-out without affecting the topic coverage. Detailed Deriva-
110
Physics & Astronomy
tions have also been called-out with a specified design so that they
can be included or not, as appropriate for the course. There is also
a Math Appendix which includes a calculus primer.
*9780077354831*
NEW
™ Self Test Opportunities Questions are included after the coverage
of major concepts within the text.
UNIVERSITY PHYSICS
VOLUME 1
™ In-Class Exercises are designed to be used with personal response system technology. They appear in the text so that students
may begin contemplating the concepts. These exercises are also
available in PowerPoint format.
(Chapters 1-20)
By Wolfgang Bauer and Gary Westfall of MichiJDQ6WDWH8QLYHUVLW\(DVW/DQVLQJ
CONTENTS
0 The Big Picture: Modern Physics Frontiers
1 Overview
2 Motion in a Straight Line
3 Motion in Two and Three Dimensions
4 Force
5 Kinetic Energy, Work, and Power
6 Potential Energy and Energy Conservation
7 Momentum and Collisions
8 Systems of Particles and Extended Objects
9 Circular Motion
10 Rotation
11 Static Equilibrium
12 Gravitation
13 Solids and Fluids
14 Oscillations
15 Waves
16 Sound
17 Temperature
18 Heat and the First Law of Thermodynamics
19 Ideal Gases
20 The Second Law of Thermodynamics
21 Electrostatics
22 Electric Fields and Gauss’s Law
23 Electric Potential
24 Capacitors
25 Current and Resistance
26 Direct Current Circuits
27 Magnetism
28 Magnetic Fields of Moving Charges
29 Electromagnetic Induction
30 Electromagnetic Oscillations and Currents
31 Electromagnetic Waves
32 Geometric Optics
33 Lenses and Optical Instruments
34 Wave Optics
35 Relativity
36 Quantum Physics
37 Quantum Mechanics
38 Atomic Physics
39 Elementary Particle Physics
40 Nuclear Physics
2011 (January 2010)
ISBN: 9780077354831
ZZZKLJKHUHGPFJUDZKLOOFRPVLWHV
University Physics, 1e by Bauer and Westfall is a comprehensive text
with enhanced calculus coverage incorporating a consistently used
7-step problem solving method. The authors include a wide variety
of everyday contemporary topics as well as research-based discussions. Both are designed to help students appreciate the beauty of
physics and how physics concepts are related to the development of
QHZWHFKQRORJLHVLQWKH¿HOGVRIHQJLQHHULQJPHGLFLQHDVWURQRP\
and more.
FEATURES
™ Organized like a good research seminar: “Tell them what you will
tell them, then tell them, and then tell them what you told them!” The
authors start each chapter with What We Will Learn—a quick summary of the main points without any equations. And at the end of each
chapter, What We Have Learned/Exam Study Guide contains chapter
key concepts including major equations, symbols, and key terms. All
symbols and letters used in the chapter’s formulas are also explained.
™ University Physics consistently-used multi-step problem solving theme including Solved Problems, Examples, Problem Solving
Practice, and EOCPs. Numbered Solved Problems are fully-stepped
out, worked problems, each consistently following the 7-step method
described in Chapter 1. Briefer Examples (Problem statement and
Solution only) focus on a specific point(s) or concept. The briefer
Examples also serve as a bridge between fully worked-out Solved
Problems (with all 7-steps) and the homework problems (with no
help). Problem Solving Practice will provide additional Solved Problems, again following the full 7-step format, and appear immediately
before the end of chapter problems in order to review and emphasize
the fundamental concepts of the chapter. Additional Problem Solving
Strategies and Guidelines are also given here.
™ Recent research results are presented in the text illustrating
the incredible advances of the last few decades which are normally
absent from textbooks in this market. The “Big Picture” section at the
beginning of the text is designed to introduce students to some of the
amazing new frontiers of research.
™ University Physics discusses the broad topic of energy through
concepts of different energy sources (fossil, renewable, nuclear,
etc.), energy efficiency, alternative energy sources, and effects of
our energy supply choices on the environment and global warming.
These discussions provide a great opportunity to capture students’
interest like no other current topic and are very much accessible on
the introductory physics level. The authors return repeatedly to the
discussion of energy, visiting its different aspects throughout the book.
™ End of chapter Question and Problem sets: Multiple-Choice
Questions, Questions, Problems, and Additional Problems contributed by a panel of writers to provide a wide variety of content and
level. These same contributors authored the test bank questions for
consistency.
™ University Physics, 1e includes enhanced calculus-coverage
including some mathematical topics that have been removed from
other texts. However, these topics have been written such that they
111
Physics & Astronomy
can be left-out without affecting the topic coverage. Detailed Derivations have also been called-out with a specified design so that they
can be included or not, as appropriate for the course. There is also
a Math Appendix which includes a calculus primer.
™ To encourage critical thinking, Self Test Opportunities Questions
have been included after the coverage of major concepts within the
text.
™ In-Class Exercises are designed to be used with personal
response system technology. They will appear in the text so that
students may begin contemplating the concepts. These exercises
are also available in PowerPoint format.
CONTENTS
0 The Big Picture: Modern Physics Frontiers
1 Overview
2 Motion in a Straight Line
3 Motion in Two and Three Dimensions
4 Force
5 Kinetic Energy, Work, and Power
6 Potential Energy and Energy Conservation
7 Momentum and Collisions
8 Systems of Particles and Extended Objects
9 Circular Motion
10 Rotation
11 Static Equilibrium
12 Gravitation
13 Solids and Fluids
14 Oscillations
15 Waves
16 Sound
17 Temperature
18 Heat and the First Law of Thermodynamics
19 Ideal Gases
20 The Second Law of Thermodynamics
*9780077354794*
NEW
UNIVERSITY PHYSICS
VOLUME 2
(Chapters 21-40)
By Wolfgang Bauer and Gary Westfall of MichiJDQ6WDWH8QLYHUVLW\(DVW/DQVLQJ
chapter, What We Have Learned/Exam Study Guide contains chapter
key concepts including major equations, symbols, and key terms. All
symbols and letters used in the chapter’s formulas are also explained.
™ University Physics consistently-used multi-step problem solving theme including Solved Problems, Examples, Problem Solving
Practice, and EOCPs. Numbered Solved Problems are fully-stepped
out, worked problems, each consistently following the 7-step method
described in Chapter 1. Briefer Examples (Problem statement and
Solution only) focus on a specific point(s) or concept. The briefer
Examples also serve as a bridge between fully worked-out Solved
Problems (with all 7-steps) and the homework problems (with no
help). Problem Solving Practice will provide additional Solved Problems, again following the full 7-step format, and appear immediately
before the end of chapter problems in order to review and emphasize
the fundamental concepts of the chapter. Additional Problem Solving
Strategies and Guidelines are also given here.
™ Recent research results are presented in the text illustrating
the incredible advances of the last few decades which are normally
absent from textbooks in this market. The “Big Picture” section at the
beginning of the text is designed to introduce students to some of the
amazing new frontiers of research.
™ University Physics discusses the broad topic of energy through
concepts of different energy sources (fossil, renewable, nuclear,
etc.), energy efficiency, alternative energy sources, and effects of
our energy supply choices on the environment and global warming.
These discussions provide a great opportunity to capture students’
interest like no other current topic and are very much accessible on
the introductory physics level. The authors return repeatedly to the
discussion of energy, visiting its different aspects throughout the book.
™ End of chapter Question and Problem sets: Multiple-Choice
Questions, Questions, Problems, and Additional Problems contributed by a panel of writers to provide a wide variety of content and
level. These same contributors authored the test bank questions for
consistency.
™ University Physics, 1e includes enhanced calculus-coverage
including some mathematical topics that have been removed from
other texts. However, these topics have been written such that they
can be left-out without affecting the topic coverage. Detailed Derivations have also been called-out with a specified design so that they
can be included or not, as appropriate for the course. There is also
a Math Appendix which includes a calculus primer.
™ To encourage critical thinking, Self Test Opportunities Questions
have been included after the coverage of major concepts within the
text.
™ In-Class Exercises are designed to be used with personal
response system technology. They will appear in the text so that
students may begin contemplating the concepts. These exercises
are also available in PowerPoint format.
CONTENTS
2011 (January 2010)
ISBN: 9780077354794
ZZZKLJKHUHGPFJUDZKLOOFRPVLWHV
University Physics, 1e by Bauer and Westfall is a comprehensive text
with enhanced calculus coverage incorporating a consistently used
7-step problem solving method. The authors include a wide variety
of everyday contemporary topics as well as research-based discussions. Both are designed to help students appreciate the beauty of
physics and how physics concepts are related to the development of
QHZWHFKQRORJLHVLQWKH¿HOGVRIHQJLQHHULQJPHGLFLQHDVWURQRP\
and more.
FEATURES
™ Organized like a good research seminar: “Tell them what you will
tell them, then tell them, and then tell them what you told them!” The
authors start each chapter with What We Will Learn—a quick summary of the main points without any equations. And at the end of each
112
21 Electrostatics
22 Electric Fields and Gauss’s Law
23 Electric Potential
24 Capacitors
25 Current and Resistance
26 Direct Current Circuits
27 Magnetism
28 Magnetic Fields of Moving Charges
29 Electromagnetic Induction
30 Electromagnetic Oscillations and Currents
31 Electromagnetic Waves
32 Geometric Optics
33 Lenses and Optical Instruments
34 Wave Optics
35 Relativity
36 Quantum Physics
37 Quantum Mechanics
Physics & Astronomy
38 Atomic Physics
39 Elementary Particle Physics
40 Nuclear Physics
Modern Physics
International edition
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PHYSICS FOR
ENGINEERING AND SCIENCE
CONCEPTS OF MODERN PHYSICS
2nd Edition
By Michael Browne, University of Idaho
2010 (September 2009) / 456 pages
ISBN: 9780071613996
By Arthur Beiser
2003 / 560 pages
ISBN: 9780072448481 (Out of Print)
ISBN: 9780071234603 [IE]
A Schaum’s Publication
CONTENTS
$QXSGDWHRIWKLVVXFFHVVIXORXWOLQHLQSK\VLFVPRGL¿HGWRFRQIRUP
to the current curriculum. This outline provides a succinct review
RISK\VLFVWRSLFVVXFKDVPRWLRQHQHUJ\ÀXLGVZDYHVKHDWDQG
PDJQHWLF¿HOGV
1 Relativity
2 Particle Properties of Waves
3 Waves Properties of Particles
4 Atomic Structure
5 Quantum Mechanics
6 Quantum Theory of the Hydrogen Atom
7 Many-Electron Atoms
8 Molecules
9 Statistical Mechanics
10 The Solid State
11 Nuclear Structure
12 Nuclear Transformations
13 Elementary Particles Appendix Atomic Masses
CONTENTS
1. Review of Mathematics
2. Measurement and Physics
3. Motion in One Dimension
4. Motion in a Plane
5. Newton’s Laws of Motion
6. Circular Motion
7. Work and Energy
8. Potential Energy and Conservation of Energy
9. Linear Momentum and Collisions
10. Rotational Motion
11. Angular Momentum
12. Statics and Elasticity
13. Oscillations
14. Gravity
15. Fluids
16. Waves and Sounds
17. Temperature, Heat, and Heat Transfer
18. The Kinetic Theory of Gases
19. The First and Second Laws of Thermodynamics
20. Electric Fields
21. Gauss’ Law
22. Electric Potential
23. Capacitance
24. Current and Resistance
25. Direct Current Circuits
26. Magnetic Fields
27. Sources of the Magnetic Field
28. Electromagnetic Induction and Inductance
29. Alternating Current Circuits
30. Electromagnetic Waves
31. Mirrors and Lenses
32. Interference
33. Diffraction
34. Special Relativity
35. Atoms and Photons
36. Quantum Mechanics
37. Nuclear Physics
6th Edition
International edition
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF MODERN PHYSICS
2nd Edition
By Gautreau
1999 / 338 pages
ISBN: 9780070248304
A Schaum’s Publication
CONTENTS
Part I:The Special Theory Of Relativity.
1 The Gaililean Transformations.
2 The Postulates of Einstien.
3 The Lorentz Coordinates Transformations.
4 Relativistic Length Contraction.
5 Realistic Time Dilation.
6 Relativistic Space-Time Measurements.
7 Relativistic Velosity Transformations.
8 Mass, Energy, and Momentum in Relativity.
Part II: The Quantum Theory of Electromagnetic Radiation.
9 Electromagnetic Radioation - Photons.
10 Matter Waves.
Part III: Hydrogenlike Atoms.
11 The Bohr Atom.
12 Electron Orbital Motion.
13 Electron Spin.
Part IV: Many-Electron Atoms.
14 The Pauli Exclusion Principle.
15 Many-Electron Atoms and the Periodic Table.
16 X-Rays.
Part V: Nuclear Physics.
17 Properties of Nuclei.
18 Nuclear Models.
19 The Decay of Unstable Nuclei.
20 Nuclear Reactions.
21 Particle Physics.
Part VI: Atomic Systems.
22 Molecules.
23 Kinetic Theory.
113
Physics & Astronomy
24 Distribution Functions.
25 Classical Statistics: The Macwell-Boltzmann Distribution.
27 Quantum-Statistics: Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein Distributions.
Solids.
Appendix. Index.
Mathematical Physics
International edition
Electricity & Magnetism
International edition
BASIC ELECTRONICS FOR SCIENTISTS
DATA REDUCTION AND ERROR ANALYSIS
FOR THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES
3rd Edition
By Philip Bevington (Deceased) and D. Keith Robinson, Case Western
Reserve University
2003 / 336 pages
ISBN: 9780072472271
ISBN: 9780071199261 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/bevington
5th Edition
CONTENTS
%\0DQHV-%URSK\IRUPHUO\RI8QLYHUVLW\RI8WDK
1990 / 462 pages
ISBN: 9780070081475 (Out of Print)
ISBN: 9780071006750 [IE]
1 Uncertainties in Measurements
2 Probability Distributions
3 Error Analysis
4 Estimates of Mean and Errors
5 Monte Carlo Techniques
6 Least-Squares Fit to a Straight Line
7 Least-Squares Fit to a Polynomial
8 Least-Squares Fit to an Arbitrary Function
9 Fitting Composite Curves
10 Direct Application of the Maximum-Likelihood Method
11 Testing the Fit
Appendix A Numerical Methods
Appendix B Matrices
Appendix C Graphs and Tables
Appendix D Histograms and Graphs
Appendix E Computer Routines in Fortran
International edition
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM
Berkeley Physics Course, Volume II, 2nd Edition
By Berkeley Physics, University of California -- Berkeley
1985 / 512 pages
ISBN: 9780070049086 (Out of Print)
ISBN: 9780070664951 [IE]
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Electrostatics: Charges and Fields
Chapter 2: The Electric Potential
Chapter 3: Electric Fields around Conductors
Chapter 4: Electric Currents
Chapter 5: The Fields of Moving Charges
Chapter 6: The Magnetic Field
Chapter 7: Electromagnetic Induction
Chapter 8: Alternating-Current Circuits
Chapter 9: Maxwell’s Equations and Electromagnetic Waves
Chapter 10: Electric Fields in Matter
Chapter 11: Magnetic Fields in Matter
Appendix A: A Short Review of Special Relativity
Appendix B: Radiation by an Accelerated Charge
Appendix C: Superconductivity
Appendix D: Magnetic Resonance
Appendix E: Exact Relations among SI and CGS Units
Index
114
International edition
FUNDAMENTALS OF STATISTICAL AND
THERMAL PHYSICS
By Frederick Reif, University of California-Berkeley
1965 / 651 pages
ISBN: 9780070518001 (Out of Print)
ISBN: 9780070856158 [IE]
CONTENTS
1 Introduction to Statistical Methods
Random Walk and Binomial Distribution
General Discussion of The Random Walk
2 Statistical Description of Systems of Particles
Statistical Formulation of The Mechanical Problem
Interaction Between Macroscopic Systems
3 Statistical Thermodynamics
Irreversibility and The Attainment of Equilibrium
Thermal Interaction Between Macroscopic Systems
General Interaction Between Macroscopic Systems
Summary of Fundamental Results
4 Macroscopic Parameters and Their Measurement
5 Simple Applications of Macroscopic Thermodynamics
Properties of Ideal Gases
General Relations for A Homogeneous Substance
Free Expansion and Throttling Processes
Heat Engines and Refrigerators
6 Basic Methods and Results of Statistical Mechanics
Ensembles Representative of Situations of Physical Interest
Approximation Methods
Physics & Astronomy
Generalizations and Alternative Approaches
7 Simple Applications of Statistical Mechanics
General Method of Approach
Ideal Monatomic Gas
The Equipartition Theorem
Paramagnetism
Kinetic Theory of Dilute Gases in Equilibrium
8 Equilibrium Between Phases or Chemical Species
General Equilibrium Conditions
Equilibrium Between Phases
Systems With Several Components; Chemical Equilibrium
9 Quantum Statistics of Ideal Gases
Maxwell-Boltzmann, Bose-Einstein, and Fermi-Dirac Statistics
Ideal Gas in The Classical Limit
Black-Body Radiation
Conduction Electrons in Metals
10 Systems of Interacting Particles
Solids
Nonideal Classicals Gas
Ferromagnetism
11 Magnetism and Low Temperatures
12 Elementary Kinetic Theory of Transport Processes
13 Transport Theory Using The Relaxation Time Approximation
14 Near-Exact Formulation of Transport Theory
15 Irreversible Processes and Fluctuations
Transition Probabilities and Master Equation
Simple Discussion of Brownian Motion
Detailed Analysis of Brownian Motion
Calculation of Probability Distributions
Fourier Analysis of Random Functions
General Discussion of Irreversible Processes
Appendices
Numerical Constants
Bibliography
Answers to Selected Problems
Index
14. Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
15. Complex Numbers
16. The Calculus of Single-Variable Functions: A Mathematics Approach
17. The Calculus of Single-Variable Functions: A Physics Approach
18. Vectors
19. Polar, spherical, and Cylindrical Coordinate Systems
20. Multivariate Calculus
21. Elementary Linear Algebra
22. Vector Calculus: Grad, Div, and Curl
23. Vector Calculus: Flux and Gauss’ Law
24. Differential Equations
25. Elementary Probability
26. Infinite Series
Optics
OPTICS
4th Edition
By Ajoy Ghatak, Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi, India
2008 (July 2008) / 532 pages
ISBN: 9780070262157
0F*UDZ+LOO,QGLD7LWOH
www.mhhe.com/ghatak/optics4e
This comprehensive and thoroughly revised edition, covering the
fundamentals for all-Classical, Modern and Everyday Optics, would
meet the requirements of undergraduate students of science and
engineering. Researchers involved in general areas of optics and
ODVHUZRXOG¿QGWKLVERRNLPPHQVHO\XVHIXO
CONTENTS
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF MATHEMATICS
FOR PHYSICS STUDENTS
By Robert Steiner, Teachers College at Columbia University and Philip
Schmidt, State University of New York-New Paltz
2011 (February 2011) / 432 pages
ISBN: 9780071634151
A Schaum’s Publication
A common complaint among college professors of physics is that their
students don’t know how to apply math concepts to the physics they
are studying. Schaum’s Outline of Mathematics for Physics Students
covers the following math topics--Algebra, Precalculus, Calculus of a
Single Variable, Multivariate Calculus, Advanced Topics in Calculus,
Ordinary and Partial Differential Equations, Abstract Algebra, and
3UREDELOLW\6WDWLVWLFV (DFK WRSLF LV LQWURGXFHG ¿UVW LQ WKH SK\VLFV
context. Once the topic is introduced conceptually, students are shown
examples and solved problems.
CONTENTS
1. Introduction to Algebra
2. Functions
3. Graphs of Functions
4. Linear Equations
5. Simultaneous Linear Equations
6. Quadratic Functions and Equations
7. Inequalities
8. The Locus of an Equation
9. The Straight Line
10. Families of Straight Lines
11. The Circle
12. Rational and Polynomial Functions
13. Trigonometric Functions
1. History of Optics
2. What is Light?
Part 1 Geometrical Optics
3. Fermat’s Principle and Its Applications
4. Refraction and Reflection by Spherical Surfaces
5. The Matrix Method in Paraxial Optics
6. Aberrations
Part 2 Vibrations and Waves
7. Simple Harmonic Motion, Forced Vibrations and Origin of Refractive Index
8. Fourier Series and Applications
9. The Dirac Delta Function and Fourier Transforms
10. Group Velocity and Pulse Dispersion
11. Wave Propagation and the Wave Equation
12. Huygens’ Principle and Its Applications
Part 3 Interference
13. Superposition of Waves
14. Two Beam Interference by Division of Wavefront
15. Interference by Division of Amplitude
16. Multiple Beam Interferometry
17. Coherence
Part 4 Diffraction
18. Fraunhofer Diffraction: I
19. Fraunhofer Diffraction: II and Fourier Optics
20. Fresnel Diffraction
21. Holography
Part 5 Electromagnetic Character of Light
22. Polarization and Double Refraction
23. Electromagnetic Waves
24. Reflection and Refraction of Electromagnetic Waves
Part 6 Photons
25. The Particle Nature of Radiation
115
Physics & Astronomy
Part 7 Lasers & Fiber Optics
26. Lasers: An Introduction
27. Fiber Optics I: Basic Concepts and Ray Optics Considerations
28. Fiber Optics II: Basic Waveguide Theory and Concept of Modes
29. Fiber Optics III: Single Mode Fibers
Appendix A: Gamma Functions and Integrals Involving Gaussian
Functions
Appendix B: Evaluation of the Integral
Appendix C: Diffraction of a Gaussian Beam
Appendix D: TE and TM Modes in Planar Waveguides
International edition
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF OPTICS
%\(XJHQH+HFKW$GHOSKL8QLYHUVLW\
1974 / 256 pages
ISBN: 9780070277304
A Schaum’s Publication
CONTENTS
Wave Motion.
Electromagnetic Waves and Photons.
Reflection and Transmission.
Geometrical Optics.
Polarization.
Interference and Coherence.
Diffraction.
Fourier Optics
FUNDAMENTALS OF OPTICS
4th Edition
%\)UDQFLV$-HQNLQVGHFHDVHGDQG+DUYH\(:KLWH8QLYHUVLW\RI&DOL
fornia, Berkeley
1976 / 746 pages
ISBN: 9780070323308 (Out of Print)
ISBN: 9780070853461 [IE]
Introduction to Astronomy
CONTENTS
Preface
Part 1 Geometrical Optics
1 Properties of Light
2 Plane Surfaces and Prisms
3 Spherical Surfaces
4 Thin Lenses
5 Thick Lenses
6 Spherical Mirrors
7 The Effects of Stops
8 Ray Tracing
9 Lens Aberrations
10 Optical Instruments
Part 2 Wave Optics
11 Vibrations and Waves
12 The Superposition of Waves
13 Interference of Two Beams of Light
14 Interference Involving Multiple Reflections
15 Fraunhofer Diffraction by a Single Opening
16 The Double Slit
17 The Diffraction Grating
18 Fresnel Diffraction
19 The Speed of Light
20 The Electromagnetic Character of Light
21 Sources of Light and Their Spectra
22 Absorption and Scattering
23 Dispersion
24 The Polarization of Light
25 Reflection
26 Double Refraction
27 Interference of Polarized Light
28 Optical Activity and Modern Wave Optics
Part 3 Quantum Optics
29 Light Quanta and Their Origin
30 Lasers
31 Holography
32 Magneto-Optics and Electro-Optics
33 The Dual Nature of Light
Appendixes
I The Physical Constants
II Electron Subshells
III Refractive Indices and Dispersions for Optical Glasses
IV Refractive Indices and Dispersions for Optical Crystals
V The Most Intense Fraunhofer Lines
VI Abbreviated Number System
VII Significant Figures
116
NEW
*9780073512136*
PATHWAYS TO ASTRONOMY
3rd Edition
By Stephen E Schneider and Thomas T Arny of University of MassAmherst
2012 (February 2011) / 800 pages
ISBN: 9780073512136
www.mhhe.com/schneider
Pathways to Astronomy breaks down introductory astronomy into
LWVFRPSRQHQWSDUWV7KHKXJHDQGIDVFLQDWLQJ¿HOGRIDVWURQRP\LV
GLYLGHGLQWRXQLWV7KHVHXQLWVDUHZRYHQWRJHWKHUWRÀRZQDWXUDOO\
for the person who wants to read the text like a book, but it is also possible to assign them in different orders, or skip certain units altogether.
3URIHVVRUVFDQFXVWRPL]HWKHXQLWVWR¿WWKHLUFRXUVHQHHGV7KH\
can select individual units for exploration in lecture while assigning
easier units for self-study, or they can cover all the units in full depth
in a content-rich course. With the short length of units, students can
easily digest the material covered in an individual unit before moving
onto the next unit.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ McGraw-Hill Connect is a web-based assignment and assessment platform that gives students the means to better connect with
their coursework, with their instructors, and with the important concepts that they will need to know for success now and in the future.
With Connect instructors can deliver assignments, quizzes and tests
online. Many of the questions from the text are presented in an autogradable format and tied to the text’s learning objectives. Instructors
can edit existing questions and author entirely new problems. Track
individual student performance - by question, assignment or in relation to the class overall - with detailed grade reports. Integrate grade
reports easily with Learning Management Systems (LMS) such as
WebCT and Blackboard. And much more.
By choosing Connect, instructors are providing their students with a
powerful tool for improving academic performance and truly mastering
course material. Connect allows students to practice important skills
at their own pace and on their own schedule. Importantly, students’
assessment results and instructors’ feedback are all saved online - so
students can continually review their progress and plot their course
to success.
Physics & Astronomy
™ Craft your teaching resources to match the way you teach! With
McGraw-Hill Create™, www.mcgrawhillcreate.com, you can easily
rearrange chapters, combine material from other content sources,
and quickly upload content you have written like your course syllabus
or teaching notes. Find the content you need in Create by searching
through thousands of leading McGraw-Hill textbooks. Arrange your
book to fit your teaching style. Create even allows you to personalize your book’s appearance by selecting the cover and adding your
name, school, and course information. Order a Create book and
you’ll receive a complimentary print review copy in 3-5 business
days or a complimentary electronic review copy (eComp) via email
in minutes. Go to www.mcgrawhillcreate.com today and register to
experience how McGraw-Hill Create™ empowers you to teach your
students your way.
™ In this edition, additional “test yourself” problems have been
added to each unit.
™ To reinforce student learning, “Key Points” are now included at
the end of each unit.
™ Numbered marginal Conceptual Questions are now included in
the text and promote thinking and discussion.
™ In this edition of Pathways to Astronomy, we are please to offer
an online version of the Starry Nights Planetarium software, which
can be packaged at a minimal cost.
™ End of unit problems have been numbered consecutively to allow
for ease of use when assigning material.
FEATURES
™ Pathways to Astronomy covers astronomy like a series of minilectures instead of a monograph of the entire field of astronomy.
The same material covered in other introductory astronomy texts is
included, but this is broken up into smaller self-contained units. These
units are woven together to flow naturally for the person who wants
to read the text like a book, but it is also possible to assign them in
different orders, or skip certain units altogether.
™ The third edition includes the latest Scientific Information and
photos! Information was updated throughout the book for clarity and
to include some of the most interesting new images of astronomical
events available. The author paged this material himself to keep the
art and text together to allow for easy referencing.
™ A total of 9 full page, “Looking Up” boxes are designed to show
students how some of the astronomical objects discussed in the text
connect with the real sky that they can see overhead at night. These
full-page art pieces show where a variety of frequently mentioned and
important astronomical objects can be seen. Each feature presents
a photograph of one or more constellations in which nebulas, star
clusters, and so forth are identified and illustrated.
™ Seasonal star charts (spring, summer, fall, winter) are included
in the text.
™ Throughout the text unique symbols for each physical quantity
are used consistently. Where tradition dictates that the same letter
be used for different quantities (such as acceleration and semi-major
axis), we have used distinctive fonts. A symbol glossary in the appendix helps students review the meaning of symbols in formulas.
™ This text includes a periodic table geared toward astronomy
-- Cosmic Periodic Table.
™ Electronic Media Integration has been incorporated throughout
the text. Icons have been placed in the margin to alert readers that
animation and interactives can be found in Connect (text web site).
™ VOLUMES and color customization! Pathways is available in
2, full color, volumes. Volume 1 covers the Solar System; Volume 2
covers Stars and Galaxies.
NEW
*9780073512181*
ASTRONOMY: JOURNEY TO
THE COSMIC FRONTIER
6th Edition
%\-RKQ')L[8QLYHUVLW\RI$ODEDPD+XQWVYLOOH
2011 (January 2010) / 768 pages
ISBN: 9780073512181
ZZZPKKHFRP¿[
Astronomy: Journey to the Cosmic Frontier, 6th edition, provides
enough content and background in astronomy so the student will be
able to follow current developments in astronomy years after they
complete the course. The historical development of astronomy is
emphasized to show that astronomy, like other sciences, advances
through the efforts of many scientists, and to show how present ideas
have been developed.
FEATURES
™ Current coverage of recent missions, developments, and discoveries. Topic discussions include: Sun Daggers (Chapter 2), ALMA
and SKA interferometric arrays (Chapter 6), dwarf planets (Chapter
7), plans for future Moon missions (Chapter 9), Messenger spacecraft capabilities (Chapter 10), radar detection of buried ice on Mars
(Chapter 11), the reclassification of Pluto as a dwarf planet (Chapter
13), two new satellites for Pluto (Chapter 13), Cassini investigation
of the icy moons of Saturn (Chapter 14), ice plumes on Enceladus
(chapter 14),The Huygens landing on Titan (Chapter 14), Deep Impact
projectile impact on Comet Tempel 1 (Chapter 15), the discovery of
Eris, a dwarf planet larger than Pluto (chapter 15), The Tunguska event
in 1908 (chapter 25) Dark matter in the “Bullet Cluster” (Chapter 25),
Definition of life (Chapter 27), Extremophiles (Chapter 27), and the
Drake Equation (Chapter 27).
™ Considerable content updating! Updated and revised topics
include: Temperature structure of Earth’s atmosphere (Chapter 8),
information on future eclipses (Chapter 9), discoveries by the Spirit
and Opportunity rovers on Mars (Chapter 11), more icy bodies beyond Neptune, solar neutrinos and neutrino oscillations (Chapter
17), Magnetars and gamma ray-ray flares (Chapter 20), the fraction
of stars in binary and multiple systems (Chapter 21), membership of
Local Group of Galaxies (Chapter 24 and Appendices), high redshift
supernovae and the acceleration of expansion (Chapter 26), WMAP
results (Chapter 26), and planets orbiting other stars (Chapter 27).
™ 23 Interactives located on the Astronomy website. Each Interactive is programmed in Flash for a strong visual appeal. Each includes
an analysis tool (interactive model), a tutorial describing its function,
content describing its principle themes, related exercises, and solutions to the exercises.
™ Planetarium activities written for compatibility with Starry Night
planetarium software! Versions of these exercises are also available
on the Astronomy website.
™ Electronic Media Integration - icons have been placed throughout
the text to indicate instances where animations and interactives can
be found on the Astronomy website related to certain topics.
™
Fix offers a substantial End-of-Chapter section :
™ Chapter Summary - the summary highlights the key elements
of the chapter;
™ Key Terms - terms are defined in context and found in the glossary;
™
Conceptual Questions - the Conceptual Questions require
117
Physics & Astronomy
qualitative verbal answers;
™ Problems - the reader’s mastery of the equations can be tested
by the Problems at the end of each chapter;
™ Figure-Based Questions: require the reader to extract the answer
from a particular graph or figure in the chapter;
27 Life in the Universe
Appendixes
Glossary
References
Credits
Index
™ Group Exercises - these exercises, offer students the opportunity
to work within a small or large group to understand difficult astronomy
concepts. About 1-4 per chapter.
™ Historical emphasis: Throughout the text the historical development of astronomy has been emphasized to show astronomy, like
other sciences, advances through the efforts of many scientists and
to show how present ideas are developed.
™
Planetary Data Boxes are included throughout the text
™ Worked Example Boxes are provided after most equations.
These show how and when to use an equation and tell why the
equation is important.
™ Presentation Center - Build instructional materials wherever,
whenever, and however you want! Presentation Center is an online
digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork, animations,
PowerPoints, and other types of media that can be used to create
customized lectures, visually enhanced tests and quizzes, compelling
course websites, or attractive printed support materials.
™ Access to your book, access to all books! This ever-growing
resource gives instructors the power to utilize assets specific to their
adopted textbook as well as content from other McGraw-Hill books
in the library. Presentation Center’s dynamic search engine allows
you to explore by discipline, course, textbook chapter, asset type, or
keyword. Simply browse, select, and download the files you need
to build engaging course materials. All assets are copyrighted by
McGraw-Hill Higher Education but can be used by instructors for
classroom purposes.
CONTENTS
Foreword
Preface
Guided Tour
Part 1 The Journey Begins
1 Journey’s Start
2 Patterns in the Sky
3 Ancient Astronomy
4 Renaissance Astronomy
5 Gravity and Motion
6 Light and Telescopes
Part 2 Journey Through the Solar System
7 Overview of the Solar System
8 The Earth
9 The Moon
10 Mercury and Venus
11 Mars
12 Jupiter and Saturn
13 The Outer Planets
14 Satellites
15 Solar System Debris
Part 3 Journey to the Stars
16 Basic Properties of Stars
17 The Sun
18 The Formation of Stars and Planets
19 The Evolution of Stars
20 White Dwarfs, Neutron Stars, and Black Holes
21 Binary Star Systems
Part 4 Journey to the Cosmic Frontier
22 The Milky Way
23 Galaxies
24 Quasars and Other Active Galaxies
25 Galaxy Clusters and the Structure of the Universe
26 Cosmology
Part 5 Journey in Search of Life
118
International edition
EXPLORATIONS: AN INTRODUCTION TO
ASTRONOMY
6th Edition
By Thomas T Arny, University of Mass-Amherst
2010 (September 2009) / 608 pages
ISBN: 9780077345099
ISBN: 9780070172753 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/arny
Arny: Explorations-An Introduction to Astronomy, 6th edition, is built on
the foundation of its well known writing style, accuracy, and emphasis
on current information. This new edition continues to offer the most
complete technology/new media support package available. That
technology/new media package includes: Interactives, Animations,
and introducing Connect - online homework and course management.
CONTENTS
Preface
Preview: The Cosmic Landscape
1 The Cycles of the Sky
2 The Rise of Astronomy
Essay 1 Backyard Astronomy
3 Gravity and Motion
4 Light and Atoms
Essay 2 Special and General Relativity
5 Telescopes
6 The Earth
Essay 3 Keeping Time
7 The Moon
8 Survey of the Solar System
9 The Terrestrial Planets
10 The Outer Planets
11 Meteors, Asteroids, and Comets
12 The Sun, Our Star
13 Measuring the Properties of Stars
14 Stellar Evolution
15 Stellar Remnants: White Dwarfs, Neutron Stars, and Black Holes
16 The Milky Way Galaxy
17 Galaxies
18 Cosmology
Essay 4 Life in the Universe
Answers to “Test Yourself”
Appendix
Glossary
Index
Physics & Astronomy
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ASTRONOMY
STRING THEORY DEMYSTIFIED
By Starcey Palen, University of Washington
2002 / 304 pages
ISBN: 9780071364362
By David McMahon
2009 (August 2008) / 306 pages
ISBN: 9780071498708
A Schaum’s Publication
A Professional Publication
Providing a basic introduction to a beginning astronomy course, with
an emphasis on problem-solving methods ordinarily taught “on the
À\´ RU LQ DGKRF WXWRULDOV WKLV HVVHQWLDO JXLGH SURYLGHV D IRFXVHG
comprehensive presentation of basic astronomical problem-solving
techniques. Readers learn by example with the help of more than
200 detailed problems supplemented with over 100 detailed charts
and graphs.
Trying to understand string theory but ending up with your brain in
knots? Here’s your lifeline! This straightforward guide explains the fundamental principles behind this cutting-edge concept. String Theory
'HP\VWL¿HG HOXFLGDWHV WKH JRDO RI WKH WKHRU\WR FRPELQH JHQHUDO
UHODWLYLW\DQGTXDQWXPWKHRU\LQWRDVLQJOHXQL¿HGIUDPHZRUN<RX¶OO
OHDUQ DERXW FODVVLFDO VWULQJV FRQIRUPDO ¿HOG WKHRU\ TXDQWL]DWLRQ
FRPSDFWL¿FDWLRQDQG7GXDOLW\7KHERRNFRYHUVVXSHUV\PPHWU\DQG
superstrings, D-branes, the holographic principle, and cosmology.
Hundreds of examples and illustrations make it easy to understand the
PDWHULDODQGHQGRIFKDSWHUTXL]]HVDQGD¿QDOH[DPKHOSUHLQIRUFH
learning. This fast and easy guide offers:
Professional References
™
Numerous figures to illustrate key concepts
™
Sample problems with worked solutions
™ Coverage of equations of motion, the energy-momentum tensor,
and conserved currents
™
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF QUANTUM
MECHANICS
2nd Edition
%\<RDY3HOHJ5HXYHQ3QLQL(OLDKX=DDUXU(XJHQH+HFKWRI$GHOSKL
University
2010 (April 2010) / 368 pages
ISBN: 9780071623582
A Schaum’s Publication
Schaum’s Outline of Quantum Mechanics provides a systematic
review of quantum mechanics with clear and concise explanations,
accompanied by numerous exercises that will allow students to work
on their own, for both initial learning and review. The revised edition
will include comprehensive review of mathematical foundations, the
Schrodinger Equation, angular momentum, spin, the Harmonic Oscillator, numerical methods, and scattering theory.
CONTENTS
Contents
Introduction.
Mathematical Background.
Schrodinger Equation and Applications.
Foundations of Quantum Mechanics.
Harmonic Oscillator.
Angular Momentum.
Spin.
Hydrogen-Like Atoms.
Particle Motion in an Electromagnetic Field.
Solution Methods in Quantum Mechanics.
Part A: Solutions Methods in Quantum Mechanics.
Part B: Numerical Methods in Quantum Mechanics.
Identical Particles.
Addition of Angular Momenta.
Scattering Theory.
Semiclassical Treatment of Radiation.
A discussion of the Randall-Sundrum model
™ A time-saving approach to performing better on an exam or at
work
Simple enough for a beginner, but challenging enough for an advanced
VWXGHQW6WULQJ7KHRU\'HP\VWL¿HGLV\RXUNH\WRFRPSUHKHQGLQJWKLV
theory of everything.
CONTENTS
Preface
Chapter 1: Introduction
Chapter 2: The Classical String I: Equations of Motion
Chapter 3: The Classical String II: Symmetrics and Worldsheet Currents
Chapter 4: String Quantization
Chapter 5: Conformal Field Theory Part I
Chapter 6: BRST Quantization
Chapter 7: RNS Superstrings
Chapter 8: Compactification and T-Duality
Chapter 9: Superstring Theory Continued
Chapter 10: A Summary of Superstring Theory
Chapter 11: Type II String Theories
Chapter 12: Heterotic String Theory
Chapter 13: D-Branes
Chapter 14: Black Holes
Chapter 15: The Holographic Principle and AdS/CFT Correspondence
Chapter 16: String Theory and Cosmology
Final Exam
Quiz Solutions
Final Exam Solutions
References
Index
119
Physics & Astronomy
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PHYSICS FOR
PRE-MED, BIOLOGY AND ALLIED HEALTH
STUDENTS
%\*HRUJH+DGHPHQRV8QLYHUVLW\RI&DOLIRUQLDDW/RV$QJHOHV
1998 / 256 pages
ISBN: 9780070254749
A Schaum’s Publication
Students of medicine and the life sciences will appreciate the special
perspective of this invaluable study guide. It explains how physics
SULQFLSOHVDQGFRQFHSWVDSSO\LQWKHVHSDUWLFXODU¿HOGVLQFOXGLQJPRUH
than 70 drawings and graphs to help students visualize, understand
and remember the relationships. The hundreds of problems solved
step-by-step also help boost learning and grades by reinforcing the
ideas and aiding recall.
Invitation to Publish
REVIEW COPY
(Available for course adoption only)
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook
proposals for publication.
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
email to [email protected]
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/
120
To request for a review copy,
ƒ contact your local McGraw-Hill
representatives or,
ƒ fax the Review Copy Request Form found
in this catalog or,
ƒ e-mail your request to
[email protected] or,
ƒ submit online at www.mheducation.asia
121
CHEMISTRY
Allied Health/Nursing Chemistry (General, Organic and Biochemistry)
- Lab Manual ................................................................................................128
- Textbooks ...................................................................................................125
Analytical Chemistry .........................................................................................140
Biochemistry - 1 Semester - Textbooks ............................................................135
General Chemistry
- Lab Manual.................................................................................................134
- Supplements ..............................................................................................134
- Textbooks ...................................................................................................128
Liberal Arts Chemistry (Non Science Majors) - Textbooks ...............................123
Organic Chemistry - 1 Semester - Textbooks ...................................................136
Organic Chemistry - 2 Semester - Textbooks ...................................................137
Physical Chemistry
- Lab Manual.................................................................................................139
- Textbooks ...................................................................................................139
Professional References ..................................................................................140
Prep/Basic Chemistry - Textbooks....................................................................124
New Titles
CHEMISTRY
2012
Author
ISBN
Page
Chemistry in Context, 7e
American Chemical
9780077465308
123
9780077334482
123
Society
Laboratory Manual Chemistry in Context, 7e
American Chemcial
Society
Chemistry: Atoms First
Burdge
9780073511160
128
Lab Manual for Chemistry: Atoms First
Burdge
9780077439682
134
Cooperative Chemistry Lab Manual, 5e
Cooper
9780073402727
134
Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change, 6e
Silberberg
9780073402659
129
Principles of General, Organic & Biochemistry
Smith
9780073511153
125
2011
Author
ISBN
Page
Chemistry, 2e
Burdge
9780077354763
131
Organic Chemistry, 8e
Carey
9780077354770
137
General Chemistry: The Essential Concepts, 6e
Chang
9780077354718
131
General, Organic & Biochemistry, 7e
Denniston
9780077354800
126
Lab Manual for General, Organic & Biochemistry, 7e
Henrickson
9780077296728
128
Organic Chemistry, 3e
Smith
9780077354725
138
2010
Author
ISBN
Page
Biochemistry, 3e [India]
Rastogi
9780070681750
135
CHEMISTRY
CHEMISTRY
122
Chemistry
Liberal Arts Chemistry
(Non Science Majors)
Textbooks
International edition
NEW
5 The Water We Drink
6 Neutralizing the Threat of Acid Rain
7 The Fires of Nuclear Fission
8 Energy from Electron Transfer
9 The World of Polymers and Plastics
10 Manipulating Molecules and Designing Drugs
11 Nutrition: Food for Thought
12 Genetic Engineering and the Molecules of Life
Appendixes
Appendix 1: Measure for Measure--Conversion Factors and Constants
Appendix 2: The Power of Exponents
Appendix 3: Clearing the Logjam
Appendix 4: Answers to Your Turn Questions Not Answered in the Text
Appendix 5: Answers to Selected End-of-Chapter Questions
*9780077465308*
CHEMISTRY IN CONTEXT
7th Edition
By American Chemical Society
2012 (January 2011) / 608 pages
ISBN: 9780077465308
ISBN: 9780071314466 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/cic7e
)ROORZLQJ LQ WKH WUDGLWLRQ RI WKH ¿UVW VL[ HGLWLRQV WKH JRDO RI WKLV
successful, issues-based textbook, Chemistry in Context, seventh
edition, is to establish chemical principles on a need-to-know basis
for non-science majors, enabling them to learn chemistry in the conWH[WRIWKHLURZQOLYHVDQGVLJQL¿FDQWLVVXHVIDFLQJVFLHQFHDQGWKH
ZRUOG7KHQRQWUDGLWLRQDODSSURDFKRI&KHPLVWU\LQ&RQWH[WUHÀHFWV
today’s technological issues and the chemistry principles imbedded
within them. The seventh edition applies sustainability principles
wherever possible. Global warming, alternate fuels, nutrition, and
genetic engineering are examples of issues that are covered in
Chemistry in Context.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ McGraw-Hill’s CONNECT: With Connect Chemistry, instructors
can deliver assignments, quizzes, and tests online. The problems
directly from the end-of-chapter material in the textbook are presented
in an auto-gradable format. The online homework system incorporates
new and exciting and interactive tools. End-of-chapter problems
and additional problems are available to assign within the Connect
program. Instructors can edit existing questions and write entirely
new problems; track individual student performance--by question,
assignment, concept, or in relation to the class overall--with automatic
grading; provide instant feedback to students; and secure storage of
detailed grade reports online. Grade reports can be easily integrated
with learning management systems such as WebCT and Blackboard.
Single sign-on integration will be available with Blackboard.
™ Connect Chemistry Plus provides students with online assignments and assessments, plus 24/7 online access to an eBook – an
online edition of the text – to aid them in successfully completing their
work, wherever and whenever they choose. This new ebook option
offers a sustainable choice for students, which correlates directly to
the overarching theme of this new edition.
™ Sustainability is meeting the needs of the present without
compromising the ability of future generations to meet their needs.
These principles are introduced and used repeatedly to demonstrate
creative contemporary chemical approaches to minimize and prevent
technological difficulties.
CONTENTS
0 Prologue
1 The Air We Breathe
2 Protecting the Ozone Layer
3 The Chemistry of Global Warming
4 Energy, Chemistry, and Society
NEW
*9780077334482*
LABORATORY MANUAL CHEMISTRY IN
CONTEXT
7th Edition
By American Chemical Society
2012 (January 2011) / 224 pages
ISBN: 9780077334482
(Details unavailable at press time)
3,000 SOLVED PROBLEMS IN CHEMISTRY
Revised
By David E. Goldberg, Brooklyn College
2011 (February 2011) / 624 pages
ISBN: 9780071755009
A Schaum’s Publication
This powerful problem-solver offers students 3,000 problems in
chemistry, fully solved step-by-step! It will help students cut study
time, hone problem-solving skills, and achieve their personal best on
exams! This book is compatible with any classroom text, and helps
students brush up before calculus tests, study quickly and more
effectively, and allows students to progress at their own pace and
¿QGWKHDQVZHUVIDVW7KLV6FKDXP¶V6ROYHG3UREOHP*XLGHLVVR
complete it’s the perfect tool for graduate or professional exam review!
CONTENTS
1. Measurement
2. Structure of Matter
3. Periodic Table
4. Chemical Formulas
5. Modern Structure of the Atom
6. Electronic Structure of the Atom
7. Bonding
8. Bonding Theory
9. Organic Molecules
10. Chemical Equations
11. Stoichiometry
12. Gases
13. Advanced Gas Concepts
14. Solids and Liquids
15. Oxidation and Reduction
16. Other Concentration Units
17. Properties of Solutions
18. Thermodynamics
19. Chemical Kinetics
20. Equilibrium
123
Chemistry
21. Acids and Bases
22. Heterogeneous and Other Equilibria
23. Electrochemistry
24. Nuclear and Radiochemistry
25. Nonmetals
26. Metals and Metallurgy
27. Coordination Compounds
Chapter 12: Thermodynamics.
Chapter 13: Miscellaneous Problems.
List of Important Equations.
Prep/Basic Chemistry
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BEGINNING
CHEMISTRY
Textbooks
3rd Edition
By David Goldberg, University of Illinois – Urbana – Champaign
2010 (August 2009) / 360 pages
ISBN: 9780071635370
A Schaum’s Publication
Schaum’s Outline of Beginning Chemistry is the ideal complement
to your chemistry textbooks and class materials, as well as a helpful
reference. It offers you practice problems with full explanations that
reinforce your knowledge, covers most up-to-date developments in
the course, and presents all the essential course information in an
easy-to-follow, topic-by-topic format.
CONTENTS
1. Basic Concepts
2. Mathematical Concepts in Chemistry
3. Atoms and Atomic Mases
4. Electronic Configuration of the Atom
5. Chemical Bonding
6. Inorganic Nomenclature
7. Formula Calculations
8. Chemical Equations
9. Net Ionic Equations
10. Stoiciometry
11. Molarity
12. Gases
13. Kinetic Molecular Theory
14. Oxidation and Reduction
15. Rates and Equilibrium
16. Acid-Base Theory
17. Organic Chemistry
18. Nuclear Reactions
HOW TO SOLVE WORD PROBLEMS IN
CHEMISTRY
By David E. Goldberg, Brooklyn College
2001 / 231 pages
ISBN: 9780071363020
A Schaum’s Publication
www.books.mcgraw-hill.com/cgi-bin/getbook.
pl?isbn=0071363025&adkey=W02003
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Introduction.
Chapter 2: Measurement.
Chapter 3: Classical Laws of Chemical Combination.
Chapter 4: Formula Calculations.
Chapter 5: Stoichiometry.
Chapter 6: Concentration Calculations.
Chapter 7: Gas Laws.
Chapter 8: Thermochemistry.
Chapter 9: Electrochemistry.
Chapter 10: Equilibrium.
Chapter 11: Colligative Properties.
124
International edition
INTRODUCTION TO CHEMISTRY
2nd Edition
By Rich Bauer, James Birk and Pamela S Marks of Arizona State
University-Tempe
2010 (January 2009) / 768 pages
ISBN: 9780077274306
ISBN: 9780070172623 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/bauer2e
A Conceptual Introduction to Chemistry, 2e by Bauer/Birk/Marks offers
today’s student a fresh perspective to the introduction of chemistry.
This new textbook offers a conceptual approach to chemistry by
VWDUWLQJ¿UVWZLWKPDFURVFRSLFSKHQRPHQDDQGWKHQSUHVHQWLQJWKH
underlying microscopic detail. Each chapter opens with a real-life scenario that helps students connect abstract chemical concepts to their
own lives. The math found in A Conceptual Introduction to Chemistry,
2e is introduced on a need-to-know basis, with “Math Toolboxes” in
select chapters to help support the math skills required in that chapter.
CONTENTS
1 Matter and Energy
2 Atoms, Ions, and the Periodic Table
3 Chemical Compounds
4 Chemical Composition
5 Chemical Reactions and Equations
6 Quantities in Chemical Reactions
7 Electron Structure of the Atom
8 Chemical Bonding
9 The Gaseous State
10 The Liquid and Solid States
11 Solutions
12 Reaction Rates and Chemical Equilibrium
13 Acids and Bases
14 Oxidation-Reduction Reactions
15 Nuclear Chemistry
16 Organic Chemistry
17 Biochemistry
Appendix A Useful Reference Information
Appendix B Toolboxes
Appendix C Answers to Practice Problems Appendix D Answers to
Selected Questions and Problems
Chemistry
Allied Health/
Nursing Chemistry
(General,Organic and
Biochemistry)
International edition
FUNDAMENTALS OF CHEMISTRY
5th Edition
By David Goldberg, Brooklyn College
2007 (May 2006) / 720 pages
ISBN: 9780073221045
ISBN: 9780071106627 [IE - text only]
ISBN: 9780071108423 [IE with ARIS Card]
Textbooks
www.mhhe.com/goldberg
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Basic Concepts
Chapter 2: Measurement
Chapter 3: Atoms and Atomic Masses
Chapter 4: Electronic Configuration of the Atom
Chapter 5: Chemical Bonding
Chapter 6: Nomenclature
Chapter 7: Formula Calculations
Chapter 8: Chemical Reactions
Chapter 9: Net Ionic Equations
Chapter 10: Stoichiometry
Chapter 11: Molarity
Chapter 12: Gases
Chapter 13: Atomic and Molecular Properties
Chapter 14: Solids and Liquids, Energies of Physical and Chemical
Changes
Chapter 15: Solutions
Chapter 16: Oxidation Numbers
Chapter 17: Chemical Equilibrium
Chapter 18: Acid-Base Theory
Chapter 19: Organic Chemistry
Chapter 20: Nuclear Reactions
International edition
*9780073511153*
NEW
PRINCIPLES OF GENERAL,
ORGANIC & BIOCHEMISTRY
By Janice Gorzynski Smith, University of Hawaii
Manoa
2012 (January 2011) / 736 pages
ISBN: 9780073511153
ISBN: 9780071316583 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/smithprinciples
This new one-semester General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry
textbook is written with the same student-focused, direct writing
style that has been so successful in the Smith: Organic Chemistry
and two-semester General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry texts.
Smith writes with a bulleted approach that delivers need-to-know
information in a succinct style for today’s students. Armed with an
excellent macro-to-micro illustration program and many applications
to biological, medical, consumer, and environmental topics, this book
is a powerhouse of student learning.
FEATURES
™ Text written in a succinct writing style, utilizing bulleted points for
emphasis of important information.
™
Micro-to-macro illustrations are found throughout the text.
™ Common applications of chemistry are linked to everyday
life. These applications are found in the margins in Health Notes,
Consumer Notes, and Environmental Notes. There also found in
text sections called “Focus on Health and Medicine,” “Focus on the
Environment,” and “Focus on the Human Body.”
Invitation to Publish
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook
proposals for publication.
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
email to [email protected]
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/
™ “How To” boxes provide students with detailed instructions on
how to work through key processes.
™ End-of-chapter study tools. Tools include study aids such as key
reactions, key terms, and key concepts, which are tied to the chapter
goals at the start of each chapter.
™ Study Skills Parts I, II, and III. These study skills appear at the
beginning of each of the three parts of the book: general, organic,
and biological chemistry, highlighting important methods of study for
the upcoming chapters.
™
Bulleted lists of important concepts.
125
Chemistry
™ McGraw-Hill’s CONNECT. With Connect Chemistry, instructors
can deliver assignments, quizzes, and tests online. The problems
directly from the end-of-chapter material in the textbook are presented
in an auto-gradable format. The online homework system incorporates
new and exciting and interactive tools including the market standard
drawing tool - ChemDraw. Jan Smith’s problem-solving methodology
is carried over from the textbook into the online homework system.
End-of-chapter problems and additional problems are available to
assign within the Connect program. Instructors can edit existing
questions and write entirely new problems; track individual student
performance - by question, assignment, concept, or in relation to the
class overall - with automatic grading; provide instant feedback to
students; and secure storage of detailed grade reports online. Grade
reports can be easily integrated with learning management systems
such as WebCT and Blackboard. Single sign-on integration will be
available with Blackboard.
tice of chemistry is a necessity. Designed for the one- or two-semester
course, this text has an easy-to-follow problem-solving pedagogy,
vivid illustrations, and engaging applications.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ McGraw-Hill’s Connect Chemistry is a complete, online tutorial,
electronic homework, and course management system, designed for
greater ease of use than any other system available. For students,
Connect contains self-study tools such as animations, interactive
quizzes, and more. This program enables students to complete their
homework online, as assigned by their instructors. Connect provides
all instructor resources online, as well provides the ability to create
or edit questions from the question bank, import your own content,
and automatically grade and report easy-to-assign homework, quizzing, and testing.
™
CONTENTS
1: Matter and Measurement
2: Atoms and the Periodic Table
3: Ionic and Covalent Compounds
4: Energy and Matter
5: Chemical Reactions
6: Gases
7: Solutions
8: Acids and Bases
9: Nuclear Chemistry
10: Introduction to Organic Molecules
11: Unsaturated Hydrocarbons
12: Organic Compounds That Contain Oxygen and Sulfur
13: Carboxylic Acids, Esters, Amines, and Amides
14: Carbohydrates
15: Lipids
16: Amino Acids, Proteins, and Enzymes
17: Nucleic Acids and Protein Synthesis
18: Energy and Metabolism
International edition
*9780077354800*
NEW
GENERAL, ORGANIC &
BIOCHEMISTRY
7th Edition
By Katherine Denniston and Joseph Topping of
Towson University and Robert Caret, San Jose
State University
2011 (January 2010) / 928 pages
ISBN: 9780077354800
ISBN: 9780071221870 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/denniston
www.successinchem.com
The seventh edition of General, Organic, and Biochemistry is designed
to help undergraduate health-related majors, and students of all other
PDMRUVXQGHUVWDQGNH\FRQFHSWVDQGDSSUHFLDWHWKHVLJQL¿FDQWFRQ
nections between chemistry, health, disease, and the treatment of
disease. This text continues to strike a balance between theoretical
and practical chemistry, while emphasizing material that is unique to
health-related studies. The text has been written at a level intended
for students whose professional goals do not include a mastery of
chemistry, but for whom an understanding of the principles and prac-
126
Clear and effective approach to problem solving!
ƒ Each chapter includes examples that show the student, step-bystep, precisely how to properly determine the correct answer. Example boxes include a relevant Practice Problem and instructions
on which end-of-chapter problems are similar in nature.
ƒ NEW!! 230 new problems have been added to the seventh edition.
The authors have created a wide variety of paired concept problems. The answers to the odd-numbered questions are found in
the back of the book as reinforcement for students as they develop
problem-solving skills. The students must then be able to apply the
same principles to the related even-numbered paired problems.
ƒ Critical Thinking Problems: Each chapter includes a set of critical
thinking problems. These problems are intended to challenge the
students to integrate concepts to solve more complex problems.
They make a perfect complement to the classroom lecture, since
they provide an opportunity for in-class discussion of complex
problems dealing with daily life and the health care sciences.
™
Engaging Applications!
ƒ New to this edition are the Forensic Chemistry, Green Chemistry
and Kitchen Chemistry boxes.
ƒ Clinical, Medical and Human Perspectives appear throughout the
book. The Medical, Clinical, Human and Environmental Perspectives provide updated information in various health fields and other
growing areas of chemistry to engage students’ interest and help
them understand chemistry as related to their lives.
CONTENTS
Part 1 General Chemistry
1 Chemistry: Methods and Measurement
2 The Structure of the Atom and the Periodic Table
3 Structure and Properties of Ionic and Covalent Compounds
4 Calculations and the Chemical Equation
5 States of Matter: Gases, Liquids, and Solids
6 Solutions
7 Energy, Rate, and Equilibrium
8 Acids and Bases and Oxidation-Reduction
9 The Nucleus, Radioactivity, and Nuclear Medicine
Part 2 Organic Chemistry
10 An Introduction to Organic Chemistry: The Saturated Hydrocarbons
11 The Unsaturated Hydrocarbons: Alkenes, Alkynes, and Aromatics
12 Alcohols, Phenols, Thiols, and Ethers
13 Aldehydes and Ketones
14 Carboxylic Acids and Carboxylic Acid Derivatives
15 Amines and Amides
Part 3 Biochemistry
16 Carbohydrates
17 Lipids and Their Functions in Biochemical Systems
18 Protein Structure and Function
19 Enzymes
20 Introduction to Molecular Genetics
21 Carbohydrate Metabolism
22 Aerobic Respiration and Energy Production
23 Fatty Acid Metabolism
Chemistry
International edition
International edition
GENERAL, ORGANIC & BIOLOGICAL
CHEMISTRY
FOUNDATIONS OF GENERAL, ORGANIC
AND BIOCHEMISTRY
By Janice Gorzynski Smith, University of Hawaii-Manoa
2010 (February 2009) / 960 pages
ISBN: 9780077274290
ISBN: 9780070164826 [IE]
ISBN: 9780077329686 (COL 1 Chemistry Part of General
Organic and Biological Chemistry)
ISBN: 9780077329693 (COL 1 Organic and Biological
Chemistry (part of General, Organic & Biological Chemistry)
By Katherine Denniston and Joseph Topping of Towson University
2008 (January 2007) / 688 pages
ISBN: 9780073311838
ISBN: 9780071102278 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/smithGOB
This new GOB textbook is written with the same student-focused,
direct writing style that has been so successful in the Smith: Organic
Chemistry text. Smith writes with a bulleted approach that delivers
need-to-know information in a succinct style for today’s students.
Armed with an excellent illustration program full of macro-to-micro
art, as well as many applications to biological, medical, consumer,
and environmental topics, this book is a powerhouse of learning for
students.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Matter and Measurement
Chapter 2: Atoms and the Periodic Table
Chapter 3: Ionic Compounds
Chapter 4: Covalent Compounds
Chapter 5: Chemical Reactions
Chapter 6: Energy Changes, Reaction Rates, and Equilibrium
Chapter 7: Gases, Liquids, and Solids
Chapter 8: Solutions
Chapter 9: Acids and Bases
Chapter 10: Nuclear Chemistry
Chapter 11: Introduction to Organic Molecules and Functional Groups
Chapter 12: Alkanes
Chapter 13: Unsaturated Hydrocarbons
Chapter 14: Organic Compounds that Contain Oxygen, Halogen,
or Sulfur
Chapter 15: The Three-Dimensional Shape of Molecules
Chapter 16: Aldehydes and Ketones
Chapter 17: Carboxylic Acids, Esters, and Amides
Chapter 18: Amines and Neurotransmitters
Chapter 19: Lipids
Chapter 20: Carbohydrates
Chapter 21: Amino Acids, Proteins, and Enzymes
Chapter 22: Nucleic Acids and Protein Synthesis
Chapter 23: Digestion and the Conversion of Food into Energy
Chapter 24: Carbohydrate, Lipid, and Protein Metabolism
www.mhhe.com/denniston
This new Foundations of General, Organic, and Biochemistry is
designed to help undergraduate health-related majors, and students
of all other majors, understand key concepts and appreciate the
VLJQL¿FDQWFRQQHFWLRQVEHWZHHQFKHPLVWU\KHDOWKGLVHDVHDQGWKH
treatment of disease. Foundations, just like its parent text, strikes a
balance between theoretical and practical chemistry, while emphasizing material that is unique to health-related studies. Foundations of
General, Organic and Biochemistry is designed for the one semester
allied health chemistry course. This text has an easy-to-follow problem-solving approach, vivid illustrations, and engaging applications
including timely “Chemistry at the Crime Scene” applications with “For
Further Understanding” questions that follow to help the students think
through what they just read. The art program, engaging and thought
provoking questions, problems, and discussion topics, is what will
make this book appealing to students and instructors alike.
CONTENTS
1. Chemistry: Methods and Measurement
2. The Structure of the Atom and the Periodic Table
3. Structure and Properties of Ionic and Covalent Compounds
4. Calculations and the Chemical Equation
5. Energy, Rate, and Equilibrium
6. States of Matter: Gases, Liquids, and Solids
7. Solutions
8. Acids and Bases
9. The Nucleus and Radioactivity
10. An Introduction to Organic Chemistry: The Saturated Hydrocarbons
11. The Unsaturated Hydrocarbons: Alkenes, Alkynes, and Aromatics
12. Oxygen- and Sulfur Containing Organic Compounds
13. Carboxylic Acids, Esters, Amines, and Amides
14. Carbohydrates
15. Lipids and their Functions in Biochemical Systems
16. Protein Structure and Enzymes
17. Introduction to Molecular Genetics
18. Carbohydrate Metabolism
19. Fatty Acid and Amino Acid Metabolism
REVIEW COPY
(Available for course adoption only)
To request for a review copy,
ƒ contact your local McGraw-Hill
representatives or,
ƒ fax the Review Copy Request Form found
in this catalog or,
ƒ e-mail your request to
[email protected] or,
ƒ submit online at www.mheducation.asia
127
Chemistry
Lab Manuals
NEW
*9780077296728*
LAB MANUAL FOR GENERAL,
ORGANIC & BIOCHEMISTRY
7th Edition
By Charles H Henrickson, Larry C Byrd and Norman W Hunter of Western Kentucky University
2011 (January 2010) / 448 pages
ISBN: 9780077296728
The seventh edition, by Charles H. Henrickson, Larry C. Byrd, and
Norman W. Hunter of Western Kentucky University, offers clear and
concise laboratory experiments to reinforce students’ understanding of
concepts. Pre-laboratory exercises, questions, and report sheets are
coordinated with each experiment to ensure active student involvement and comprehension. An updated student tutorial on graphing
with Excel has been added to this edition. Laboratory Instructor’s
Manual: Written by Charles H. Henrickson, Larry C. Byrd, and Norman
W. Hunter of Western Kentucky University, this helpful guide contains
hints that the authors have learned over the years to ensure students’
success in the laboratory. This Resource Guide is available through
the Connect Chemistry website for this text.
i. The Language of Acids and Bases – 234
VIII. Organic Chemistry – 245
a. Experiment 18 The Structure of Hydrocarbons – 245
b. Experiment 19 Properties of Hydrocarbons – 259
c. Experiment 20 Carboxylic Acids and Esters – 275
d. Experiment 21 Alcohols – 285
e. Experiment 22 Aldehydes and Ketones – 299
f. Experiment 23 The Synthesis of Aspirin – 315
i. Calculating Percent Yield – 319
g. Experiment 24 The Properties and Preparation of Soap – 329
IX. Biochemistry – 339
a. Experiment 25 The Detection of Fats, Proteins, and Carbohydrates
in Foods – 339
b. Experiment 26 The Characterization of Carbohydrates – 355
c. Experiment 27 Enzyme Action – 371
d. Experiment 28 Analysis of Proteins and Amino Acids by Chromatography – 387
e. Experiment 29 Digestion – 397
f. Experiment 30 Extraction of DNA – 407
Appendices – 417
Appendix A Vapor Pressure of Water and Various Temperatures
Appendix B Concentration of Common Acids and Bases – 419
Appendix C Values of Physical Constants – 420
Appendix D Metric Prefixes – 420
Appendix E Conversion Factors – 420
Appendix F Introduction to Chemical Nomenclature – 421 Nomenclature Exercises – 427 – 428
Appendix G Significant Figures and Rounding Numbers – 429
Appendix H Using Excel to Prepare Straight-line Graphs – 433
Periodic Table--Inside Front Cover.
CONTENTS
To the Instructors – v
I. General Laboratory Procedures and Laboratory Safety – 1
II. Basic Concepts, Measurement and Properties – 11
a. Experiment 1 Measurement and Density – 11
b. Experiment 2 Preparing Graphs – 25
c. Experiment 3 The Identification of an Unknown Liquid – 37
III. Chemical Separations – 47
a. Experiment 4 Elements, Compounds, and Mixtures – 47
b. Experiment 5 Separation Using Chromatographic Techniques – 59
IV. Reactions, Formulas, Equations, Mass Relationships, and
Structure – 71
a. Experiment 6 Simple Chemical Reactions – 71
i. Writing Formulas of Ionic Compounds – 73 REVIEW A: Chemical
Arithmetic – Formulas – 83
b. Experiment 7 Hydrates and the Determination of the Formula of
a Hydrate--95
c. Experiment 8 The reduction of an Oxide of Copper and the Determination of its Simple Formula – 105 REVIEW B: Chemical Arithmetic
– Equations – 115
d. Experiment 9 Analysis of a KCIO3-KCI Mixture – 127
e. Experiment 10 Calorimetry – Measuring Heat – 135
f. Experiment 11 The Structure of Covalent Molecules and Polyatomic
Ions – 149
ii. Writing Lewis Structures for Molecules and Polyatomic Ions – 150
V. The Chemical Behavior of Elements – 163
a. Experiment 12 An Activity Series of Several Metals – 163 The Six
Great Scientists – 167
b. Experiment 13 The Preparation and Properties of Oxygen and the
Properties of Oxides – 173
VI. The Gas Laws – 183
a. Experiment 14 Boyle’s Law and Charles’ Law – 197
b. Experiment 15 The Combined Gas Law and Dalton’s Law – 197
i. The Men Behind the Gas Laws – 202
VII. Acid-Base Chemistry – 207 REVIEW C: Chemical Arithmetic
– Molarity – 207
a. Experiment 16 Acid-Base Titrations – 217
b. Experiment 17 Acids, Bases, pH, Hydrolysis, and Buffers – 229
128
General Chemistry
Textbooks
International edition
*9780073511160*
NEW
CHEMISTRY: ATOMS FIRST
By Julia Burdge and Jason Overby of College of
Charleston
2012 (January 2011) / 1080 pages
ISBN: 9780073511160
ISBN: 9780071314787 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/burdgeoverby
7KHDWRPV¿UVWDSSURDFKSURYLGHVDFRQVLVWHQWDQGORJLFDOPHWKRGIRU
teaching general chemistry. This approach starts with the fundamental
building block of matter, the atom, and uses it as the stepping stone to
understanding more complex chemistry topics. Once mastery of the
nature of atoms and electrons is achieved, the formation and properties of compounds are developed. Only after the study of matter and
Chemistry
WKHDWRPZLOOVWXGHQWVKDYHVXI¿FLHQWEDFNJURXQGWRIXOO\HQJDJHLQ
topics such as stoichiometry, kinetics, equilibrium, and thermodynamics. Thus, the Atoms First method empowers instructors to present
the most complete and compelling story of general chemistry. Julia
Burdge is renowned for setting chemistry in interesting, relevant
context; and for her engaging, conversational writing style--presenting
chemistry in a way students can appreciate and understand; while
satisfying instructors’ requirements for rigor, accuracy, and comprehensive coverage. Jason Overby teaches general chemistry using
DQDWRPV¿UVWDSSURDFKEULQJLQJDXQLTXHSHUVSHFWLYHDQG\HDUVRI
experience to the development of this new project. Far from a simple
re-ordering of topics, this is a book that will truly meet the needs of the
JURZLQJDWRPV¿UVWPDUNHW7RJHWKHUWKHVHDXWKRUVKDYHGHYHORSHG
a product with the same appeal, modern and descriptive artwork,
sound problem-solving approach, and wide range of end-of-chapter
problems that customers have come to expect from Burdge. This
textbook will offer the same engaging writing style, modern and descriptive artwork, sound problem-solving approach and wide range
of end-of-chapter problems that customers are accustomed to with
the Burdge product. Jason Overby’s involvement with this project
was crucial as he has been teaching with this approach for over four
\HDUVZKLFKDOORZHG-XOLDDQG-DVRQWRFUHDWHDSURGXFWWKDW¿WVWKH
need for this growing market.
FEATURES
™ Atoms First offers an exciting visual program of both unique and
conventional art figures that enhance student understanding of chemical concepts. The art includes Visualizing Chemistry process pieces,
macro-micro art, and three-dimensional art. The art breaks down the
chemical processes from complex into simpler, more user-friendly
concepts. You will find 18 Visualizing Process Piece art-spreads that
emphasize the fundamental, vitally important principles of chemistry.
™ Consistent problem-solving skill development. Burdge/Overby
fosters a consistent
™ Problem-solving approach providing the skill set for students
to master the basics of critical thinking. Each Worked Example is
followed by two practice problems. Practice Problem “A” allows the
student to solve the problem using the same steps in the Sample
Problem above. Practice Problem “B” probes comprehension of the
same concept as Practice Problem “A”, but is generally sufficiently
different that it cannot be solved using the exact approach that is used
in the Worked Example.
™ Engaging real-life examples and applications. Each chapter is
introduced with an engaging photo and short interesting, relevant
explanation of the photo to interest the
™ student. Applications titled “Thinking Outside the Box” are available in every chapter and
™ contain a topic that is applicable to the chapter but not necessarily covered in the course. If the instructor wants the students to
read these, there are end-of-chapter problems that can be assigned.
™ Outstanding pedagogy for student learning. The Section Reviews
(many with visuals), Rewind and Fast Forward Buttons are meant
to enhance student understanding and comprehension by reinforcing current concepts and interconnecting new concepts to others
throughout the text.
™ McGraw-Hill’s CONNECT: With Connect Chemistry, instructors
can deliver assignments, quizzes, and tests online. The problems
directly from the end-of-chapter material in the textbook are presented
in an auto-gradable format. The online homework system incorporates new and exciting and interactive tools including the market
standard drawing tool - ChemDraw. Julia Burdge and Jason Overby’s
problem-solving methodology is carried over from the textbook into
the online homework system. Over 2,200 end-of-chapter problems
and additional problems are available to assign within the Connect
program. Instructors can edit existing questions and write entirely
new problems; track individual student performance - by question,
assignment, concept, or in relation to the class overall - with automatic
grading; provide instant feedback to students; and secure storage of
detailed grade reports online. Grade reports can be easily integrated
with learning management systems such as WebCT and Blackboard.
Single sign-on integration will be available with Blackboard.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1—Chemistry: The Science of Change
Chapter 2—Atoms and the Periodic Table
Chapter 3—Quantum Theory and the Electronic Structure of Atoms
Chapter 4—Periodic Trends of the Elements
Chapter 5—Ionic and Covalent Compounds
Chapter 6—Representing Molecules
Chapter 7—Molecular Geometry and Bonding Theories
Chapter 8—Chemical Reactions
Chapter 9—Chemical Reactions in Aqueous Solutions
Chapter 10—Thermochemistry
Chapter 11—Gases
Chapter 12—Intermolecular Forces and the Physical Properties of
Condensed Phases
Chapter 13—Physical Properties of Solutions
Chapter 14—Chemical Kinetics
Chapter 15—Chemical Equilibrium
Chapter 16—Acids and Bases
Chapter 17—Acid-Base Equilibria and Solubility Equilibria
Chapter 18—Entropy, Free Energy, and Equilibrium
Chapter 19—Electrochemistry
Chapter 20—Nuclear Chemistry
Chapter 21—Metallurgy and the Chemistry of Metals
Chapter 22—Coordination Chemistry
Chapter 23—Nonmetallic Elements and Their Compounds
Chapter 24—Organic Chemistry
Chapter 25—Materials
Appendix
Appendix 1 – Mathematical Operations
Appendix 2 – Thermodynamic Data at 1 ATM and 25°C
Appendix 3 – Ionization Constants of Weak Acids and Bases at 25°C
Appendix 4 – Solubility Product Constants at 25°C
Global edition
NEW
CHEMISTRY
*9780073402659*
The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change,
6th Edition
By Martin Silberberg
2012 (January 2011) / 1248 pages
ISBN: 9780073402659
ISBN: 9780071317115 [GE] - Pub Jan 2012
www.mhhe.com/silberberg
)RU¿YHHGLWLRQVWKH6LOEHUEHUJEUDQGKDVEHHQUHFRJQL]HGLQWKH
general chemistry market as an unparalleled classic. The sixth edition
has been changed in many ways to keep pace with the evolution of
student learning. The text still contains unprecedented macroscopicto-microscopic molecular illustrations, consistent step-by-step worked
exercises in every chapter, and an extensive range of end-of-chapter
problems, which provide engaging applications covering a wide
variety of interests, including engineering, medicine, materials, and
environmental studies. Changes have been made to the text and
applications throughout to make them more succinct, to the artwork
to make it more teachable and modern, and to the design to make it
more simplistic and open.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ McGraw-Hill’s CONNECT: With Connect Chemistry, instructors
can deliver assignments, quizzes, and tests online. The problems
directly from the end-of-chapter material in the textbook are presented
in an auto-gradable format. The online homework system incorporates
new and exciting and interactive tools including the market standard
129
Chemistry
drawing tool - ChemDraw. Martin Silberberg’s problem-solving methodology is carried over from the textbook into the online homework
system. Over 2,200 end-of-chapter problems and additional problems
are available to assign within the Connect program. Instructors can
edit existing questions and write entirely new problems; track individual
student performance - by question, assignment, concept, or in relation
to the class overall - with automatic grading; provide instant feedback
to students; and secure storage of detailed grade reports online. Grade
reports can be easily integrated with learning management systems
such as WebCT and Blackboard. Single sign-on integration will be
available with Blackboard.
™ The first several chapters of the sixth edition help teach students
how to lay out a plan to solve a problem using the Silberberg “Road
Map” model. Students will learn how to think through a problem using
a stepped-out road map and can easily check their work in the endof-chapter “Brief Solutions to Follow-up Problems”.
™ New Design! The 6th edition’s design utilizes a simpler color palette and revisits the basics: additional white space on the page, more
open margins, shortened figure legends, and a more modern appeal.
™ Flex Art --- Selected figures in each chapter will be provided to
instructors as Flex Art --- labels, arrows and portions of this art can be
edited, rearranged, or removed at the instructor’s discretion.
FEATURES
™
Molecular end-of-chapter problems, including molecular art.
™ Applications boxes now contain problems that reinforce the concepts being taught in boxed material. These problems are similar to
end-of-chapter problems. Silberberg offers three types of problems:
Concept Review Questions test students’ general understanding of
key ideas in the chapter. Skill-Building Exercises are written in pairs,
with one of each pair answered in the back of the book. These exercises begin simply and increase gradually in difficulty. Problems in
Context apply the skills learned to interesting scenarios and examples.
These three types of problems, which are keyed by chapter section,
are followed by a group of Comprehensive Problems that are presented in any order, include problems from every section, and often
call on concepts and skills learned in earlier chapters.
™ Thinking Logically to Solve Problems. A four-step problem-solving
approach is used to facilitate student reasoning, not memorizing,
toward a solution. Plan - After a problem is stated, the steps are
verbally planned to show how to move from what is known to what
is unknown. Solution - Next, the plan is executed by naming each
calculation step and then carrying out the math. Check - The next
step is to check that the answer makes sense both chemically and
mathematically. Sometimes a Comment appears about common
pitfalls and alternative approaches. Practice - A Follow-up Problem
that requires the same concept to solve it appears immediately after
the Sample Problem, and a brief, worked-out solution is provided at
the end of the chapter.
™ Presentation Center. Build instructional materials wherever,
whenever, and however you want! Presentation Center is an online
digital library containing assets such as photos, artwork, animations,
PowerPoint Lecture Outlines, image PowerPoints, and other types
of media that can be used to create customized lectures, visually
enhanced tests and quizzes, compelling course websites, or attractive printed support materials. Access to your book, access to all
books! This ever-growing resource gives instructors the power to
utilize assets specific to their adopted textbook as well as content
from other McGraw-Hill books in the library. Presentation Center’s
dynamic search engine allows you to explore by discipline, course,
textbook chapter, asset type, or keyword. Simply browse, select, and
download the files you need to build engaging course materials. All
assets are copyrighted by McGraw-Hill Higher Education but can be
used by instructors for classroom purposes.
CONTENTS
1 Keys to the Study of Chemistry
2 The Components of Matter
3 Stoichiometry of Formulas and Equations
4 The Major Classes of Chemical Reactions
5 Gases and the Kinetic-Molecular Theory
6 Thermochemistry: Energy Flow and Chemical Change
7 Quantum Theory and Atomic Structure
8 Electron Configuration and Chemical Periodicity
9 Models of Chemical Bonding
10 The Shapes of Molecules
11 Theories of Covalent Bonding
12 Intermolecular Forces: Liquids, Solids, and Phase Changes
13 The Properties of Mixtures: Solutions and Colloids
Interchapter: A Perspective on the Properties of the Elements
14 Periodic Patterns in the Main-Group Elements: Bonding, Structure,
and Reactivity
15 Organic Compounds and the Atomic Properties of Carbon
16 Kinetics: Rates and Mechanisms of Chemical Reactions
17 Equilibrium: The Extent of Chemical Reactions
18 Acid-Base Equilibria
19 Ionic Equilibria in Aqueous Systems
20 Thermodynamics: Entropy, Free Energy, and the Direction of
Chemical Reactions
21 Electrochemistry: Chemical Change and Electrical Work
22 The Elements in Nature and Industry
23 The Transition Elements and Their Coordination Compounds
24 Nuclear Reactions and Their Applications
Appendix A Common Mathematical Operations in Chemistry
Appendix B Standard Thermodynamic Values for Selected Substances at 298 K
Appendix C Equilibrium Constants at 298 K
Appendix D Standard Electrode (Half-Cell) Potentials at 298 K
™ Three-Level Depictions of Chemical Scenes. Silberberg’s
ground-breaking art program consistently combines photographs
of chemical scenes with an illustrated molecular view, and with the
equation that symbolically and quantitatively describes that scenario.
™ Application Essays such as Chemical Connections and Tools of
the Laboratory have been rewritten in the new 6th edition to be more
succinct, and still retain important artwork. This edition now includes
problems to help reinforce the content for the student.
™ Tools of the Laboratory describe instruments commonly used
in chemical research.
130
All Global Editions are
adapted to better meet the
needs of courses outside
the United States.
Please contact your local
sales representative for
more details.
Chemistry
International edition
*9780077354763*
NEW
CHEMISTRY
2nd Edition
By Julia Burdge
Chapter 11 Gases
Chapter 12 Intermolecular Forces and the Physical Properties of
Liquids and Solids
Chapter 13 Physical Properties of Solutions
Chapter 14 Chemical Kinetics
Chapter 15 Chemical Equilibrium
Chapter 16 Acids and Bases
Chapter 17 Acid-Base Equilibria and Solubility Equilibria
Chapter 18 Entropy, Free Energy, and Equilibrium
Chapter 19 Electrochemistry
Chapter 20 Nuclear Chemistry
Chapter 21 Environmental Chemistry
Chapter 22 Coordination Chemistry
Chapter 23 Metallurgy and the Chemistry of Metals
Chapter 24 Nonmetallic Elements and Their Compounds
Chapter 25 Modern Materials
2011 (January 2010) / 1116 pages
ISBN: 9780077354763
ISBN: 9780071221832 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/burdge
Chemistry, Second Edition, by Julia Burdge has been created to bridge
the gap in the McGraw-Hill general chemistry offerings. This textbook
offers a clear writing style written with the students in mind. Julia uses
her background of teaching hundreds of general chemistry students
per year and creates content to offer more detailed explanation on
areas where she knows they have problems. Sitting down with the
art house, Julia Burdge worked with the artist to create the style and
major art pieces in her text. Out of these discussions, came the creation of the Visualizing Art two-page spreads which detail a process
for the students and provide them with the answer to “What is the
Point?” Due the success of the art with students, this offering has
been doubled in the second edition. With outstanding art, a consistent
problem-solving approach, interesting applications woven throughout
the chapters, and a wide range of end-of-chapter problems, this is a
great second edition text.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Outstanding pedagogy for student learning. The CheckPoints,
Rewind and Fast Forward Buttons are meant to enhance student understanding and comprehension by reinforcing current concepts and
interconnecting new concepts to others throughout the text. Students
are using and asking for more Checkpoints as a study tool. The author
has added numerous new Checkpoint multiple-choice questions,
many with visuals, testing the student’s understanding of a concept.
™ Integrated media applications: animations, Media Player files,
and ARIS. Animations have been built from the Visualizing Chemistry two-page art spreads stepping out a process for the student to
visualize and learn. There are seven new animations for the second
edition. The animations are narrated by the author, Julia Burdge and
designated in the text by a Media Player icon. Other areas in the
chapter where content is available for the student to download on their
Media Player is also marked with an icon. More animations are also
included and designated by an icon next to the appropriate content.
Finally, end-of-chapter problems are within our ARIS electronic course
management and electronic homework system.
™
NEW appendix-- Solubility Product Constants at 25 degrees C.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 Chemistry: The Central Science
Chapter 2 Atoms, Molecules, and Ions
Chapter 3 Stoichiometry: Ratios of Combination
Chapter 4 Reactions in Aqueous Solutions
Chapter 5 Thermochemistry
Chapter 6 Quantum Theory and the Electronic Structure of Atoms
Chapter 7 Electronic Configuration and the Periodic Table
Chapter 8 Chemical Bonding I: Basic Concepts
Chapter 9 Chemical Bonding II: Molecular Geometry and Bonding
Theories
Chapter 10 Organic Chemistry
International edition
*9780077354718*
NEW
GENERAL CHEMISTRY
The Essential Concepts,
6th Edition
By Raymond Chang, Williams College and Jason
Overby, College of Charleston
2011 (January 2010) / 848 pages
ISBN: 9780077354718
ISBN: 9780071313681 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/chang
The sixth edition of General Chemistry continues the tradition of
presenting only the material that is essential for a one-year general
chemistry course. It strikes a balance between theory and application by incorporating real-world examples; helping students visualize
the three-dimensional atomic and molecular structures that are the
basis of chemical activity; and developing problem-solving and critical
thinking skills. Although the sixth edition incorporates many impressive
features, such as macro to micro artwork, animations correlated to the
text, and hand-sketched worked examples, General Chemistry is still
200 to 300 pages shorter and much less expensive than other twosemester textbooks. Dr. Chang’s concise-but-thorough approach will
DSSHDOWRHI¿FLHQF\PLQGHGLQVWUXFWRUVDQGYDOXHFRQVFLRXVVWXGHQWV
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ NEW Review of Concepts. A quick review question or set of
questions (sometimes with a visual) to test student understanding of
the concept just presented.
™ Clear Examples. All of the worked examples assist students
with step-by-step processes. Additional hand-worked examples show
students how a scientist would work out a problem (sometimes called
the back-of-the-envelope calculations.). Approximately 40% of the
Worked Examples have been revised!
CONTENTS
1 Introduction
2 Atoms, Molecules, and Ions
3 Stoichiometry
4 Reactions in Aqueous Solutions
5 Gases
6 Energy Relationships in Chemical Reactions
7 The Electronic Structure of Atoms
131
Chemistry
8 The Periodic Table
9 Chemical Bonding I: The Covalent Bond
10 Chemical Bonding II: Molecular Geometry and Hybridization of
Atomic Orbitals
11 Introduction to Organic Chemistry
12 Intermolecular Forces and Liquids and Solids
13 Physical Properties of Solutions
14 Chemical Kinetics
15 Chemical Equilibrium
16 Acids and Bases
17 Acid-Base Equilibria and Solubility Equilibria
18 Thermodynamics
19 Redox Reactions and Electrochemistry
20 The Chemistry of Coordination Compounds
21 Nuclear Chemistry
22 Organic Polymers--Synthetic and Natural
Appendix 1 Units for the Gas Constant
Appendix 2 Selected Thermodynamic Data at 1 atm and 25 degrees
Centigrade
Appendix 3 Mathematical Operations
Appendix 4 The Elements and the Derivation of Their Names and
Symbols
International edition
CHEMISTRY
10th Edition
By Raymond Chang, Williams College
2010 (January 2009) / 1184 pages
ISBN: 9780077274313
ISBN: 9780070172647 [IE]
17 Chemistry in the Atmosphere
18 Entropy, Free Energy, and Equilibrium
19 Electrochemistry
20 Metallurgy and the Chemistry of Metals
21 Nonmetallic Elements and Their Compounds
22 Transition Metal Chemistry and Coordination Compounds
23 Nuclear Chemistry
24 Organic Chemistry
25 Synthetic and Natural Organic Polymers
Appendixes
1 Derivation of the Names of Elements
2 Units for the Gas Constant
3 Thermodynamic Data at 1 atm and 25 degrees C
4 Mathematical Operations
International edition
PRINCIPLES OF GENERAL CHEMISTRY
2nd Edition
By Martin Silberberg
2010 (January 2009) / 912 pages
ISBN: 9780077274320
ISBN: 9780070172630 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/silberberg2e
Silberberg’s Principles of General Chemistry offers students the
same authoritative topic coverage as its parent text, Chemistry: The
Molecular Nature of Matter and Change. The Principles text allows
for succinct coverage of content with minimal emphasis on pedagogic
learning aids. This more straightforward approach to learning appeals
WRWRGD\¶VHI¿FLHQF\PLQGHGYDOXHFRQVFLRXVLQVWUXFWRUVDQGVWXGHQWV
ZLWKRXWVDFUL¿FLQJGHSWKFODULW\RUULJRU
www.mhhe.com/chang10e
Designed for the two-semester general chemistry course, Chang’s
best-selling textbook continues to take a traditional approach and is
often considered a student and teacher favorite. The book features a
straightforward, clear writing style and proven problem-solving strateJLHV,WFRQWLQXHVWKHWUDGLWLRQRISURYLGLQJD¿UPIRXQGDWLRQLQFKHPL
cal concepts and principles while presenting a broad range of topics
in a clear, concise manner. The new edition of Chemistry continues
to strike a balance between theory and application by incorporating
real examples and helping students visualize the three-dimensional
atomic and molecular structures that are the basis of chemical activity. An integral part of the text is to develop students’ problem-solving
and critical thinking skills. A hallmark of the 10th anniversary edition
is the integration of many tools designed to inspire both students
and instructors. The textbook is a foundation for the unparalleled,
effective technology that is integrated throughout. The multimedia
SDFNDJHIRUWKHQHZHGLWLRQVWUHWFKHVVWXGHQWVEH\RQGWKHFRQ¿QHV
of the traditional textbook.
CONTENTS
1 Chemistry: The Study of Change
2 Atoms, Molecules, and Ions
3 Mass Relationships in Chemical Reactions
4 Reactions in Aqueous Solutions
5 Gases
6 Thermochemistry
7 Quantum Theory and the Electronic Structure of Atoms
8 Periodic Relationships Among the Elements
9 Chemical Bonding I: Basic Concepts
10 Chemical Bonding II: Molecular Geometry and Hybridization of
Atomic Orbitals
11 Intermolecular Forces and Liquids and Solids
12 Physical Properties of Solutions
13 Chemical Kinetics
14 Chemical Equilibrium
15 Acids and Bases
16 Acid-Base Equilibria and Solubility Equilibria
132
CONTENTS
1 Keys To The Study Of Chemistry
2 The Components Of Matter
3 Stoichiometry Of Formulas And Equations
4 Three Major Classes Of Chemical Reactions
5 Gases And The Kinetic-molecular Theory
6 Thermochemistry: Energy Flow And Chemical Change
7 Quantum Theory And Atomic Structure
8 Electron Configuration And Chemical Periodicity
9 Models Of Chemical Bonding
10 The Shapes Of Molecules
11 Theories Of Covalent Bonding
12 Intermolecular Forces: Liquids, Solids, And Phase Changes
13 The Properties Of Mixtures: Solutions And Colloids
14 The Main-group Elements: Applying Principles Of Bonding And
Structure
15 Organic Compounds And The Atomic Properties Of Carbon
16 Kinetics: Rates And Mechanisms Of Chemical Reactions
17 Equilibrium: The Extent Of Chemical Reactions
18 Acid-base Equilibria
19 Ionic Equilibria In Aqueous Systems
20 Thermodynamics: Entropy, Free Energy, And The Direction Of
Chemical Reactions
21 Electrochemistry: Chemical Change And Electrical Work
22 The Transition Elements And Their Coordination Compounds
23 Nuclear Reactions And Their Applications
Appendix A Common Mathematical Operations In Chemistry
Appendix B Standard Thermodynamic Values For Selected Substances At 298 K
Appendix C Equilibrium Constants At 298 K
Appendix D Standard Electrode (Half-cell) Potentials At 298 K
Appendix E Answers To Selected Problems
Chemistry
International edition
UNIVERSITY CHEMISTRY
By Brian Laird
2009 (March 2008) / 864 pages
ISBN: 9780077221331
ISBN: 9780071270748 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/laird
This dynamic new Honors General Chemistry text brings together
a practical “Molecular to Macroscopic” approach, a proven problem
solving approach that challenges students to think logically, along
with a clear and concise writing style. Combined with the author’s
teaching experience at the University of Kansas, extensive reviewing
and accuracy checks, Brian Laird’s University Chemistry is certain to
meet the needs of both instructor and student.
CONTENTS
Chapter 0 The Basic Language of Chemistry
Chapter 1 Quantum Theory and the Electronic Structure of Atoms
Chapter 2 Many-Electron Atoms and the Periodic Table
Chapter 3 The Chemical Bond
Chapter 4 Molecular Structure and Interaction
Chapter 5 States of Matter I: Phase Diagrams and Gases
Chapter 6 States of Matter I: Liquids and Solids
Chapter 7 Thermochemistry
Chapter 8 Entropy, Free Energy and the Equilibrium State
Chapter 9 Physical Equilibria
Chapter 10 Chemical Equilibria
Chapter 11 Acids and Bases
Chapter 12 Solution Equilibria
Chapter 13 Electrochemistry
Chapter 14 Chemical Reaction Kinetics
Chapter 15 Chemistry of Transition Metals
Chapter 16 Organic and Polymer Chemistry
Chapter 17 Nuclear Chemistry
APPENDIX 1: Units and Mathematical Background
APPENDIX 2: Thermodynamic Data at 1 bar and 25oC (Source:
Appendix 3 9e – modified)
APPENDIX 3: Derivation of the Names of the Elements (Source:
Appendix 1 9e)
APPENDIX 4: Stable and Unstable Isotopes of the First Ten Elements
2 The Components of Matter
3 Stoichiometry of Formulas and Equations
4 The Major Classes of Chemical Reactions
5 Gases and the Kinetic-Molecular Theory
6 Thermochemistry: Energy Flow and Chemical Change
7 Quantum Theory and Atomic Structure
8 Electron Configuration and Chemical Periodicity
9 Models of Chemical Bonding
10 The Shapes of Molecules
11 Theories of Covalent Bonding
12 Intermolecular Forces: Liquids, Solids, and Phase Changes
13 The Properties of Mixtures: Solutions and Colloids
Interchapter: A Perspective on the Properties of the Elements
14 Periodic Patterns in the Main-Group Elements: Bonding, Structure,
and Reactivity
15 Organic Compounds and the Atomic Properties of Carbon
16 Kinetics: Rates and Mechanisms of Chemical Reactions
17 Equilibrium: The Extent of Chemical Reactions
18 Acid-Base Equilibria
19 Ionic Equilibria in Aqueous Systems
20 Thermodynamics: Entropy, Free Energy, and the Direction of
Chemical Reactions
21 Electrochemistry: Chemical Change and Electrical Work
22 The Elements in Nature and Industry
23 The Transition Elements and Their Coordination Compounds
24 Nuclear Reactions and Their Applications
Appendix A Common Mathematical Operations in Chemistry
Appendix B Standard Thermodynamic Values for Selected Substances at 298 K
Appendix C Equilibrium Constants at 298 K
Appendix D Standard Electrode (Half-Cell) Potentials at 298 K
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF COLLEGE
CHEMISTRY
9th Edition
By Jerome Rosenberg and Lawrence Epstein of University of Pittsburg
and Peter Krieger, Palm Beach CC Eissey Campus
2010 (August 2009) / 408 pages
ISBN: 9780071635301
A Schaum’s Publication
International edition
CHEMISTRY
The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change
5th Edition
By Martin Silberberg
2009 (January 2008)
ISBN: 9780077216504
ISBN: 9780071278256 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/silberberg
With each edition, Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and
Change by Martin Silberberg is becoming a favorite among faculty
and students. Silberberg’s 5th edition contains features that make it
the most comprehensive and relevant text for any student enrolled
in a general chemistry course. The text contains unprecedented
macroscopic to microscopic molecular illustrations, consistent stepby-step worked exercises in every chapter, and an extensive range
of end-of-chapter problems which provide engaging applications
covering a wide variety of freshman interests, including engineering,
medicine, materials, and environmental studies. All of these qualities
make Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change the
centerpiece for any General Chemistry course.
CONTENTS
1 Keys to the Study of Chemistry
The best and most up-to-date study guide of its kind, this book sumPDUL]HVWKHFKHPLFDOSULQFLSOHVRID¿UVWFRXUVHLQFROOHJHFKHPLVWU\
through problems with clearly explained solutions. This new edition
UHÀHFWVFKDQJHVLQWKHPDMRUFXUUHQWWH[WERRNVDQGLWFRQWDLQVXS
to-date information about newer techniques used in environmental
chemistry, biochemistry and medicinal chemistry.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Quantities and Units
Chapter 2: Atomic and Molecular Mass; Molar Mass
Chapter 3: Formulas and Composition Calculations
Chapter 4: Calculations from Chemical Equations
Chapter 5: Measurement of Gas
Chapter 6: The Ideal Gas Law and Kinetic Theory
Chapter 7: Thermochemistry
Chapter 8: Atomic Structure and the Periodic Law
Chapter 9: Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure
Chapter 10: Solids and Liquids
Chapter 11: Oxidation-Reduction
Chapter 12: Concentration of Solutions
Chapter 13: Reactions Involving Standard Solutions
Chapter 14: Properties of Solutions
Chapter 15: Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry
Chapter 16: Thermodynamics and Chemical Equilibrium
Chapter 17: Acids and Bases
Chapter 18: Complex Ions; Precipitates
Chapter 19: Electrochemistry
Chapter 20: Rates of Reactions
133
Chemistry
Chapter 21: Nuclear Processes
Appendix A: Exponents
Appendix B: Significant Figures
Index
Table of Atomic Masses
Nuclidic Masses of Selected Radionuclides
Periodic Table of the Elements
Supplements
CONTENTS
1. Quantities and Units
2. Moles and Empirical Formula
3. Calculations based on Chemical Equations
4. Concentration and Solution Stoichiometry
5. The Ideal Gas Law and Kinetic Theory
6. Thermochemistry
7. Atomic Structure
8. Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure
9. Solids and Liquids
10. Oxidation-Reduction
11. Properties of Solutions
12. Thermodynamics and Chemical Equilibrium
13. Acids and Bases
14. Precipitates
15. Electrochemistry
16. Rates of Reactions
Index
International edition
UNDERSTANDING CHEMISTRY
Student Study Guide
Lab Manual
By Charles Lovett and Raymond Chang of Williams College
2005 (Jan 2004) / 208 pages
ISBN: 9780072555530
ISBN: 9780071215954 [IE]
www.understandingchemistry.com
CONTENTS
A User Friendly Guide to General Chemistry
In the Beginning
Building a Foundation
Chemical Reactions
Reactants to Products
Energy Changes in Chemical Reactions
Atomic Structure and the Periodic Table
Chemical Bonding
Chemical Equilibrium
Glossary
SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINES: COLLEGE
CHEMISTRY
2nd Edition
NEW
*9780077439682*
LAB MANUAL FOR CHEMISTRY: ATOMS
FIRST
By Julie Burdge, Gregg Dieckmann and John W Sibert of University of
Texas at Dallas and Jason, Overby, College of Charleston
2012 (January 2011) / 224 pages
ISBN: 9780077439682
(Details unavailable at press time)
NEW
*9780073402727*
COOPERATIVE CHEMISTRY LAB MANUAL
5th Edition
By Jerome Rosenberg and Lawrence M. Epstein of University of Pittsburgh and Peter Krieger, Palm Beach CC Eissey Campus
2011 (September 2010) / 160 pages
ISBN: 9780071745871
By Melanie M. Cooper, Clemson University
2012 (January 2011) / 176 pages
ISBN: 9780073402727
A Schaum’s Publication
The laboratory course described in the lab manual emphasizes
experimental design, data analysis, and problem solving. Inherent in
the design is the emphasis on communication skills, both written and
oral. Students work in groups on open-ended projects in which they
are given an initial scenario and then asked to investigate a problem.
There are no formalized instructions and students must plan and carry
out their own investigations.
If you are looking for a quick nuts-and-bolts overview of college chemistry, it’s got to be Schaum’s Easy Outline. This book is a pared-down,
VLPSOL¿HGDQGWLJKWO\IRFXVHGYHUVLRQRILWV6FKDXP¶V2XWOLQHFRXVLQ
with an emphasis on clarity and conciseness. Graphic elements such
as sidebars, reader-alert icons, and boxed highlights stress selected
points from the text, illuminate keys to learning, and give you quick
pointers to the essentials.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
ƒ Perfect if you have missed class or need extra review
ƒ Gives you expert help from teachers who are authorities in their
fields
ƒ So small and light that it fits in your backpack!
™ The author has included efficacy data for use of this lab manual
and student comprehension of chemical principles.
Topics include: Quantities and Units, Moles and Empirical Formula,
Calculations based on Chemical Equations, Concentration and
Solution Stoichiometry, The Ideal Gas Law and Kinetic Theory, Thermochemistry, Atomic Structure, Chemical Bonding and Molecular
Structure, Solids and Liquids, Oxidation-Reduction, Properties of
Solutions, Thermodynamics and Chemical Equilibrium, Acids and
Bases, Precipitates, Electrochemistry, Rates of Reactions
Section 1: Cooperative Chemistry: How and Why
Section 2: Laboratory Equipment
Section 3: Laboratory Techniques
Section 4: Laboratory Instruments and Spectroscopy
Section 5: Projects
Project 1: Density
134
CONTENTS
Chemistry
Project 2: Investigation of Chemiluminescence
Project 3: Concrete
Project 4: Finding the Relationship Between the Volume of a Gas
and the Temperature
Project 5: Designing a Calcium Supplement
Project 6: Properties of Matter and Separations
Project 7: Acids and Bases
Project 8: Buffers
Project 9: White Powders
Project 10: Electrochemistry
Project 11: Identification, Properties and Synthesis of an Unknown
Ionic Compound
Project 12: Hot and Cold
Project 13: Analysis of Colas
Project 14: Identification, Properties and Synthesis of an Unknow
Organic Compound
Project 15: What Affects the Rate of a Reaction?
Project 16:Investigation of Kidney Stones: Formation and Dissolution
Project 17:Soaps and Detergents
Glossary
Index
Biochemistry-1 Semester
Textbooks
*9780070681767*
NEW
International edition
BIOCHEMISTRY
An Introduction, 3rd Edition
By Gertrude McKee, Thomas Jefferson University and James R McKee,
Philadelphia College Pharmacy
2003 / 800 pages
ISBN: 9780072315929 (GOP)
ISBN: 9780071122481 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/mckee
CONTENTS
Part I: Fundamental Concepts
1 Biochemistry: An Introduction
2 Living Cells
3 Water: The Medium of Life
4 Energy
art II: Structures and Metabolism of Proteins, Carbohydrates,
and Lipids
5 Amino Acids, Peptides, and Proteins
6 Enzymes
7 Carbohydrates
8 Carbohydrate Metabolism
9 Aerobic Metabolism I: Citric Acid Cycle and Electron Transport
10 Aerobic Metabolism II: Oxidative Phosphorylation and Oxidative
Stress
11 Lipids and Membranes
12 Lipid Metabolism
13 Photosynthesis
14 Nitrogen Metabolism I: Synthesis
15 Nitrogen Metabolism II: Degradation
16 Integration of Metabolism
Part III: Genetic Information Flow
17 Nucleic Acids
18 Genetic Information and Gene Expression
19 Protein Synthesis
BIOCHEMISTRY
3rd Edition
By S C Rastogi
2010 (May 2010)
ISBN: 9780070681750
McGraw-Hill India Title
(Details unavailable at press time)
Invitation to Publish
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook
proposals for publication.
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
email to [email protected]
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/
135
Chemistry
Organic Chemistry
- 1 Semester
Textbooks
WKDQDWWKHHQGRIWKHFKDSWHU‡([DPSOHV$OO0+]VSHFWUDKDYH
been replaced with new examples at 400 MHz or more.
CONTENTS
Preface
Chapter 1: Ultraviolet and visible spectra
Chapter 2: Infrared spectra
Chapter 3: Nuclear magnetic resonance spectra
Chapter 4: Mass spectra
Chapter 5: Practice in structure determination
Index
International edition
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
A Brief Course, 3rd Edition
By Robert C Atkins, James Madison University
2002 / 608 pages
ISBN: 9780072319446 (Out of Print)
ISBN: 9780071121620 [IE]
ISBN: 9780071266208 [IE - 4 Color Text]
SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINE OF ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY
2nd Edition
By Herbert Meislich, City College, George J Hademenos, Howard Nechamkin (deceased) and Jacob Sharefkin (deceased)
2011 (September 2010) / 144 pages
ISBN: 9780071745901
www.mhhe.com/atkins
A Schaum’s Publication
CONTENTS
If you are looking for a quick nuts-and-bolts overview of organic chemistry, it’s got to be Schaum’s Easy Outline. This book is a pared-down,
VLPSOL¿HGDQGWLJKWO\IRFXVHGYHUVLRQRILWV6FKDXP¶V2XWOLQHFRXVLQ
with an emphasis on clarity and conciseness. Graphic elements such
as sidebars, reader-alert icons, and boxed highlights stress selected
points from the text, illuminate keys to learning, and give you quick
pointers to the essentials.
1 Chemical Bonding
2 Alkanes and Cycloalkanes
3 Alcohols and Alkyl Halides
4 Alkenes and Alkynes I: Structure and Preparation
5 Alkenes and Alkynes II: Reactions
6 Aromatic Compounds
7 Stereochemistry
8 Nucleophilic Substitution
9 Free Radicals
10 Alcohols, Ethers, and Phenols
11 Aldehydes and Ketones
12 Carboxylic Acids
13 Carboxylic Acid Derivatives
14 Amines
15 Carbohydrates
16 Lipids
17 Amino Acids, Peptides, and Proteins
18 Nucleic Acids
19 Spectroscopy
SPECTROSCOPIC METHODS IN ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY
6th Edition
By Dudley H Williams, Cambridge College and Ian Fleming, University
of Cambridge
2007 / 304 pages
ISBN: 9780077118129
McGraw-Hill UK Title
Spectroscopic Method in Organic Chemistry is a well established
introductory guide to the interpretation of ultraviolet, infrared, nuclear
magnetic resonance and mass spectra of organic compounds. It can
EHXVHGDVDWH[WERRNIRUD¿UVWFRXUVHLQWKHDSSOLFDWLRQRIWKHVHWHFK
niques to structure determination, as well as a handbook for synthetic
organic chemists. Updates to the new edition are as follows: Structure:
The same structure will be retained in this new edition. There will
EH¿YHFKDSWHUV±89,5105DQG06IROORZHGE\H[DPSOHVDQG
SUREOHPV 1HZ HGLWLRQ FRQWHQW 7KH ¿UVW IRXU FKDSWHUV KDYH EHHQ
FRPSOHWHO\UHZULWWHQWRUHÀHFWFKDQJHVWKDWKDYHWDNHQSODFHVLQFHWKH
FXUUHQWHGLWLRQSXEOLVKHG.H\FKDQJHVLQFOXGH‡&RYHUDJHRI89DQG
,56SHFWUDLVPRUHFRQFLVH‡&RYHUDJHRI105KDVEHHQH[SDQGHG
‡ &RYHUDJH RI 06 KDV EHHQ PDGH PRUH UHOHYDQW WR WKH HYHU\GD\
DSSOLFDWLRQRIWKLVWHFKQLTXH‡,5&KDSWHUKDVEHHQUHVWUXFWXUHGVR
that the spectra are displayed where they are being discussed, rather
136
ƒ Perfect if you have missed class or need extra review
ƒ Gives you expert help from teachers who are authorities in their
fields
ƒ So small and light that it fits in your backpack!
Topics include: Structure and Properties, Reactivity and Reactions,
Alkanes and Cycloalkanes, Stereochemistry, Alkenes, Alkynes, and
Dienes, Alkyl Halides, Aromatic Compounds, Spectroscopy and
Structure, Alcohols, Ethers, and Epoxides, Aldehydes and Ketones,
Carboxylic Acids and Their Derivatives, Enolates and Enols, Amines,
Amino Acids, Peptides, Proteins, Carbohydrates and Nucleic Acids
Index
CONTENTS
1. Structure and Properties
2. Reactivity and Reactions
3. Alkanes and Cycloalkanes
4. Stereochemistry
5. Alkenes, Alkynes, and Dienes
6. Alkyl Halides
7. Aromatic Compounds
8. Spectroscopy and Structure
9. Alcohols, Ethers, and Epoxides
10. Aldehydes and Ketones
11. Carboxylic Acids and Their Derivatives
12. Enolates and Enols
13. Amines
14. Amino Acids, Peptides, Proteins
15. Carbohydrates and Nucleic Acids
Index
Chemistry
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY
4th Edition
By Herbert Meislich, City College of Cuny, Howard Nechamkin (deFHDVHG-DFRE6KDUHN¿QGHFHDVHGDQG*HRUJH-+DGHPHQRV
2010 (August 2009) / 512 pages
ISBN: 9780071625128
Chapter 22: Alpha-Substitution Reactions in Carbonyl Compounds
Chapter 23: Carbonyl Condensation Reactions
Quiz And Exam Questions
Final Exam
Bibliography
About The Author
Index
A Schaum’s Publication
Schaum’s Outline of Organic Chemistry provides a systematic review
of organic chemistry, with clear and concise explanations, accompanied by numerous exercises that will allow students to work on
their own, for both initial learning and review. The revised edition will
include solvent effects, CMR spectroscopy, and additional content on
polymer chemistry and stereochemistry.
Organic Chemistry
- 2 Semester
CONTENTS
1. Structures and Properties of Organic Compounds
2. Bonding and Molecular Structure
3. Chemical Reactivity and Organic Reactions
4. Alkanes
5. Stereochemistry
6. Alkenes
7. Alkyl Halides
8. Alkynes and Dienes
9. Cyclic Hydrocarbons
10. Benzene and Polynuclear Aromatic Compounds
11. Aromatic Substitution. Arenes
12. Spectroscopy and Structure
13. Alcohols and Thiols
14. Ethers, Epoxides, Glycols, and Thioethers
15. Carbonyl Compounds: Aldehydes and Ketones
16. Carboxylic Acids and Their Derivatives
17. Carbanion-Enolates and Enols
18. Amines
19. Phenolic Compounds
20. Aromatic Heterocyclic Compounds
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY DEMYSTIFIED
By Daniel Bloch
2006 (March 2006) / 551pages
ISBN: 9780071459204
A Schaum’s Publication
CONTENTS
PREFACE
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Chapter 1: Structure and Bonding
Chapter 2: Families and Functional Groups
Chapter 3: Acids and Bases
Chapter 4: Alkanes and Cycloalkanes
Chapter 5: Stereochemistry
Chapter 6: Structure and Properties of Alkenes
Chapter 7: Reaction Mechanisms
Chapter 8: Reactions of Alkenes
Chapter 9: Alkynes
Chapter 10: Characterization
Chapter 11: Organohalides
Chapter 12: Nucleophilic Substitution and Elimination Reactions
Chapter 13: Alcohols
Chapter 14: Ethers
Chapter 15: Sulfur Compounds
Chapter 16: Conjugated Systems
Chapter 17: Aromatic Compounds
Chapter 18: Reactions of Benzene and other Aromatic Compounds
Chapter 19: Aldehydes and Ketones
Chapter 20: Carboxylic Acids
Chapter 21: Derivatives and Carboxylic Acids
Textbooks
International edition
*9780077354770*
NEW
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
8th Edition
By Francis Carey, University of Virginia and
Robert M Giuliano, Villanova University
2011 (January 2010) / 1328 pages
ISBN: 9780077354770
ISBN: 9780071314015 [IE] - Pub Jan 2011
www.mhhe.com/carey8e
A Market Leading, Traditional Approach to Organic Chemistry.
Throughout all eight editions, Organic Chemistry has been designed
to meet the needs of the “mainstream,” two-semester, undergraduate
organic chemistry course. This best-selling text gives students a solid
understanding of organic chemistry by stressing how fundamental
reaction mechanisms function and reactions occur.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™
Significant updates are integrated throughout Chapters 1-4:
ƒ Material on writing organic structures has been expanded and
placed in its own new section;
ƒ The section on writing Lewis structures has been expanded to
include more examples of molecules with multiple bonding and
heteroatoms;
ƒ A new section on bonding in water and ammonia that covers hybridization of oxygen and nitrogen has been included;
ƒ The application of the Hammond postulate has been expanded and
a new section on activation energy has been added.
™ The previous edition chapters of 18 and 21 (dealing with enolate
chemistry) have now been combined into a new chapter 20. Within
this new chapter find:
ƒ An expanded section on enolate regiochemistry;
ƒ Directed aldol reactions are now covered;
ƒ A section on the alkylation of chiral enolates has been added.
™ Chapter 12, “Reactions of Arenes: Electrophilic and Nucleophilic
Aromatic Substitution,” is a completely new chapter, created by combining chapter 23 from the seventh edition, “Aryl Halides,” and chapter
137
Chemistry
12 from the seventh edition, “Reactions of Arenes”. The rationale for
this change involves both practical considerations of the way these
topics are already being taught and a connection from the viewpoint
of substituent effects and reactivity.
International edition
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
3rd Edition
™ New Boxed Essays on biosynthetic halogenation, on aromatase
inhibitors for cancer chemotherapy, and conducting polymers have
been added and the boxed essay on carbon nanomaterials has
been revised.
™ Over one hundred new problems have been added, many of
which involve synthesis of pharmaceuticals and natural products. Several new problems with NMR spectra were introduced in chapter 13.
™ Handwritten solutions are now used as guides in solving multiple
part problems.
™ Chapter 1 has been reorganized to allow the content to flow in
an order typical to how it is covered in lecture; formal charge, to Lewis
structure, to resonance, to drawing organic structures.
™ Electronic Homework. McGraw-Hill’s Connect is an online, electronic homework and course management system which is designed
for greater power, flexibility, and ease of use than any other system.
Whether you are looking for a “ready-to-use-straight-out-of- thebox”system or one in which you can customize to fit your specific
course needs, Connect is the solution.
CONTENTS
1 Structure Determines Properties
2 Alkanes and Cycloakanes: Introduction to Hydrocarbons
3 Alkanes and Cycloalkanes: Conformations and cis-trans Stereoisomers
4 Alcohols and Alkyl Halides
5 Structure and Preparation of Alkenes: Elimination Reactions
6 Addition Reactions of Alkenes
7 Stereochemistry
8 Nucleophilic Substitution
9 Alkynes
10 Conjugation in alkadienes and Allylic Systems
11 Arenes and Aromaticity
12 Reactions of Arenes: Electrophilic and Nucleophilic Aromatic
Substitution
13 Spectroscopy
14 Organometallic Compounds
15 Alcohols, Diols, and Thiols
16 Ethers, Epoxides, and Sulfides
17 Aldehydes and Ketones: Nucleophilic Addition to the Carbonyl
Group
18 Carboxylic Acids
19 Acid Derivatives
20 Enols and Enolates
21 Amines
22 Phenols
23 Carbohydrates
24 Lipids
25 Amino Acids, Peptides, and Proteins
26 Nucleosides, Nucleotides, and Nucleic Acids Synthetic Polymers
GLOSSARY
CREDITS
INDEX
138
*9780077354725*
NEW
™ Carbohydrate chemistry has been significantly updated. New
sections on the synthesis of O-glycosides and glycobiology have
been added. New sections on liposomes, G-coupled protein receptors, and recombinant DNA technology have been added to the other
chapters on biomolecules.
By Janice Gorzynski Smith, University of
Hawaii-Manoa
2011 (January 2010) / 1280 pages
ISBN: 9780077354725
ISBN: 9780071081863 [IE, Text only]
ISBN: 9780071084628 [IE with Connect Plus Card]
www.mhhe.com/smith3e
Smith’s Organic Chemistry continues to breathe new life into the
organic chemistry world. This new third edition retains its popular
delivery of organic chemistry content in a student-friendly format.
Janice Smith draws on her extensive teaching background to deliver
organic chemistry in a way in which students learn: with limited use
of text paragraphs, and through concisely written bulleted lists and
highly detailed, well-labeled “teaching” illustrations. Don’t make your
text decision without seeing Organic Chemistry, 3rd edition by Janice
Gorzynski Smith!
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ New end-of-chapter problems containing mass spectra diagrams
and NMR spectra diagrams in several chapters.
CONTENTS
Preface
Prologue
Chapter 1 Structure and Bonding
Chapter 2 Acids and Bases
Chapter 3 Introduction to Organic Molecules and Functional Groups
Chapter 4 Alkanes
Chapter 5 Stereochemistry
Chapter 6 Understanding Organic Reactions
Chapter 7 Alkyl Halides and Nucleophilic Substitution
Chapter 8 Alkyl Halides and Elimination Reactions
Chapter 9 Alcohols, Ethers, and Epoxides
Chapter 10 Alkenes
Chapter 11 Alkynes
Chapter 12 Oxidation and Reduction
Chapter 13 Mass Spectrometry and Infrared Spectroscopy
Chapter 14 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy
Chapter 15 Radical Reactions
Chapter 16 Conjugation, Resonance, and Dienes
Chapter 17 Benzene and Aromatic Compounds
Chapter 18 Electrophilic Aromatic Substitution
Chapter 19 Carboxylic Acids and the Acidity of the O-H Bond
Chapter 20 Introduction to Carbonyl Chemistry; Organometallic
Reagents; Oxidation and Reduction
Chapter 21 Aldehydes and Ketones-Nucleophilic Addition
Chapter 22 Carboxylic Acids and Their Derivatives-Nucleophilic Acyl
Substitution
Chapter 23 Substitution Reactions of Carbonyl Compounds at theCarbon
Chapter 24 Carbonyl Condensation Reactions
Chapter 25 Amines
Chapter 26 Carbon-Carbon Bond-Forming Reactions in Organic
Synthesis
Chapter 27 Carbohydrates
Chapter 28 Amino Acids and Proteins
Chapter 29 Lipids
Chemistry
Lab Manual
Chapter 30 Synthetic Polymers
Appendices
Glossary
Credits
Index
International edition
Physical Chemistry
Textbooks
International edition
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
6th Edition
By Ira N Levine, Brooklyn College
2009 (April 2008) / 1024 pages
ISBN: 9780072538625
ISBN: 9780071276368 [IE]
Ira N. Levine’s sixth edition of Physical Chemistry provides students
with an in-depth fundamental treatment of physical chemistry. At the
same time, the treatment is made easy to follow by giving full stepby-step derivations, clear explanations and by avoiding advanced
mathematics unfamiliar to students. Necessary math and physics
have thorough review sections. Worked examples are followed by
a practice exercise.
CONTENTS
1 Thermodynamics
2 The First Law of Thermodynamics
3 The Second Law of Thermodynamics
4 Material Equilibrium
5 Standard Thermodynamic Functions of Reaction
6 Reaction Equilibrium in Ideal Gas Mixtures
7 One-Component Phase Equilibrium
8 Real Gases
9 Solutions
10 Nonideal Solutions
11 Reaction Equilibrium in Nonideal Systems
12 Multicomponent Phase Equilibrium
13 Electrochemical Systems
14 Kinetic Theory of Gases
15 Transport Processes
16 Reaction Kinetics
17 Quantum Mechanics
18 Atomic Structure
19 Molecular Electronic Structure
20 Spectroscopy and Photochemistry
21 Statistical Mechanics
22 Theories of Reaction Rates
23 Solids and Liquids
EXPERIMENTS IN PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
8th Edition
By Carl W Garland, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Joseph Nibler,
and David P Shoemaker of Oregon State University
2009 (February 2008) / 752 pages
ISBN: 9780072828429
ISBN: 9780071263511 [IE]
This best-selling comprehensive laboratory textbook includes experiments with background theoretical information, safety recommendations, and computer applications. Updated chapters are provided
UHJDUGLQJWKHXVHRIVSUHDGVKHHWVDQGRWKHUVFLHQWL¿FVRIWZDUHDV
well as regarding electronics and computer interfacing of experiments
using Visual Basic and LabVIEW. Supplementary instructor information regarding necessary supplies, equipment, and procedures is
provided in an integrated manner in the text.
CONTENTS
I Introduction
II Treatment of Experimental Data
A. Calculations and Presentation of Data
B. Uncertainties in Data and Results
III Use of Computers
IV Gases
1. Gas Thermometry
2. Joule-Thomson Effect
3. Heat-Capacity Ratios for Gases
V Transport Properties of Gases
Kinetic Theory of Transport Phenomena
4. Viscosity of Gases
5. Diffusion of Gases
VI Thermochemistry
Principles of Calorimetry
6. Heats of Combustion
7. Strain Energy of the Cyclopropane Ring
8. Heats of Ionic Reaction
VII Solutions
9. Partial Molar Volume
10. Cryoscopic Determination of Molar Mass
11. Freezing-Point Depression of Strong and Weak Electrolytes
12. Chemical Equilibrium in Solution
VIII Phase Behavior
13. Vapor Pressure of a Pure Liquid
14. Binary Liquid-Vapor Phase Diagram
15. Ordering in Nematic Liquid Crystals
16. Liquid-Vapor Coexistence Curve and the Critical Point
IX Electrochemistry
17. Conductance of Solutions
18. Temperature Dependence of emf
19. Activity Coefficients from Cell Measurements
X Chemical Kinetics
20. Method of Initial Rates: Iodine Clock
21. NMR Study of a Reversible Hydrolysis Reaction
22. Enzyme Kinetics: Inversion of Sucrose
23. Kinetics of the Decomposition of Benzenediazonium Ion
24. Gas-Phase Kinetics
XI Surface Pheomena
25. Surface Tension of Solutions
26. Physical Adsorption of Gases
XII Macromolecules
27. Intrinsic Viscosity: Chain Linkage in Polyvinyl Alcohol
27. Helix-Coil Transition in Polypeptides
XIII Electric, Magnetic, and Optical Properties
139
Chemistry
29. Dipole Moment of Polar Molecules in Solution
30. Dipole Moment of HCl Molecules in the Gas Phase
31. Magnetic Susceptibility
32. NMR Determination of Paramagnetic Susceptibility
XIV Spectroscopy
33. Dynamic Light Scattering H3> XIV. Spectroscopy
34. Absorption Spectrum of a Conjugated Dye
35. Raman Spectroscopy: Vibrational Spectrum of CCl4
36. Stimulated Raman Spectrum of Benzene
37. Vibrational-Rotational Spectra of HCl and DCl
38. Vibrational-Rotational Spectra of Acetylenes
39. Absorption and Emission Spectra of I2
40. Fluorescence Lifetime and Quenching in I2 Vapor
41. Electron Spin Resonance Spectroscopy
42. NMR Determination of Keto-Enol Equilibrium Constants
43. NMR Study of Gas-Phase DCl-HBr Isotopic Exchange Reaction
44. Solid-State Lasers: Radiative Properties of Ruby Crystals
45. Spectroscopic properties of CdSe Nanocrysals
XV Solids
46. Determination of Crystal Structure by X-Ray Diffraction
47. Lattice Energy of Solid Argon
48. Statistical Thermodynamics of Iodine Sublimation
XVI Computer Interfacing
XVII Electronic Devices and Measurements
XVIII Temperature
XIX Vacuum Techniques
XX Instruments
XXI Miscellaneous Procedures
XXII Least-Squares Fitting Procedures
Appendix A Glossary of Symbols
Appendix B International System of Units and Concentration Units
Appendix C Safety
Appendix D Literature Work
Appendix E Research Journals
Appendix F Numerical Methods of Analysis
Appendix G Barometer Corrections
Appendix H. Ethical Conduct in Physical Chemistry
Analytical Chemistry
Chapter 13 Kinetic Methods of Analysis
Chapter 14 Developing a Standard Method
Chapter 15 Quality Assurance
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY
By Adon Gordus, University of Michigan
1985 / 256 pages
ISBN: 9780070237957
A Schaum’s Publication
CONTENTS
1 Analytical and Mathematical Review
2 Statistics and Probabilities
3 Free Energy and Chemical Equilibrium
4 Strong Acids-Strong Bases
5 Simple Weak Acids and Weak Bases
6 Titrations
7 Polyprotic Weak Acids
8 Precipitates and Solubilities
9 Complex Ion Equilibria
10 Electrochemical Cells
11 Potentiometric Titrations
12 Phase Separations and Chromatography
13 Special Measurements
14 Radioactivity
Appendix
Professional References
SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINE OF BEGINNING
CHEMISTRY
2nd Edition
By David E. Goldberg, Brooklyn College
2011 (September 2010) / 144 pages
ISBN: 9780071745888
A Schaum’s Publication
International edition
MODERN ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
By David Harvey, De Pauw University
2000 / 816 pages
ISBN: 9780072375473 (Out of Print)
ISBN: 9780071183741 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/physsci/chemistry/harvey
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 Introduction
Chapter 2 Basic Tools of Analytical Chemistry
Chapter 3 The Language of Analytical Chemistry
Chapter 4 Evaluating Analytical Data
Chapter 5 Calibrations, Standardizations, and Blank Corrections
Chapter 6 Equilibrium Chemistry
Chapter 7 Obtaining and Preparing Samples for Analysis
Chapter 8 Gravimetric Methods of Analysis
Chapter 9 Titrimetric Methods of Analysis
Chapter 10 Spectroscopic Methods of Analysis
Chapter 11 Electrochemical Methods of Analysis
Chapter 12 Chromatographic and Electrophoretic Methods
140
If you are looking for a quick nuts-and-bolts overview of beginning
chemistry, it’s got to be Schaum’s Easy Outline. This book is a
SDUHGGRZQVLPSOL¿HGDQGWLJKWO\IRFXVHGYHUVLRQRILWV6FKDXP¶V
Outline cousin, with an emphasis on clarity and conciseness. Graphic
elements such as sidebars, reader-alert icons, and boxed highlights
stress selected points from the text, illuminate keys to learning, and
give you quick pointers to the essentials.
ƒ Perfect if you have missed class or need extra review
ƒ Gives you expert help from teachers who are authorities in their
fields
ƒ So small and light that it fits in your backpack!
Topics include: Basic Concepts, Atoms and Atomic Masses, Electronic
&RQ¿JXUDWLRQ RI WKH$WRP &KHPLFDO %RQGLQJ ,QRUJDQLF 1RPHQ
clature, Formula Calculations, Chemical Equations, Stoichiometry,
Gases, Oxidation and Reduction, Solutions, Rates and Equilibrium,
Acid-Base Theory, Organic Chemistry, Periodic Table
CONTENTS
1. Basic Concepts
2. Atoms and Atomic Masses
3. Electronic Configuration of the Atom
4. Chemical Bonding
5. Inorganic Nomenclature
Chemistry
6. Formula Calculations
7. Chemical Equations
8. Stoichiometry
9. Gases
10.Oxidation and Reduction
11.Solutions
12.Rates and Equilibrium
13.Acid-Base Theory
14.Organic Chemistry
15.Periodic Table
Index
McGRAW-HILL’S MCAT WITH CD-ROM
2nd Edition
By George J Hademenos, Candice Mc Closkey, Georgia Perimeter CDunwoody, Shaun Murphree, Jennifer M Warner and Kathy Zahler
2010 (August 2009)
ISBN: 9780071633093
A Professional Reference Publication
Total MCAT preparation from a team of distinguished science instructors. McGraw-Hill’s MCAT with CD-ROM boasts features that
PDNHOHDUQLQJIDVWHUVLPSOHUDQGPRUHHIIHFWLYH,QVLGH\RXZLOO¿QG
VFLHQWL¿FGLDJUDPVWKDWLOOXVWUDWHPDMRUFRQFHSWVFKDUWVWKDWRUJDQL]H
information, and concise “Cram Session” summaries of take-away
points that you must know to succeed. Two full-length sample MCATs
are included on the newly enhanced accompanying PC- and Maccompatible CD-ROM. All questions include detailed explanations.
CONTENTS
HOW TO USE THIS BOOK
Part I: All About the MCAT
Chapter 1: Introducing the MCAT
Chapter 2: Test Format and Structure
Chapter 3: General Test-Taking Strategies
Part II: Reviewing MCAT Physics
Chapter 1: Mathematics Fundamentals
Chapter 2: Physics Fundamentals
Chapter 3: Kinematics
Chapter 4: Forces and Newton’s Laws
Chapter 5: Particle Dynamics: Work, Energy, and Power
Chapter 6: Momentum and Impulse
Chapter 7: Solids and Fluids
Chapter 8: Temperature and Heat
Chapter 9: Vibrations and Waves
Chapter 10: Sound
Chapter 11: Light and Geometric Optics
Chapter 12: Electrostatics
Chapter 13: Electric Circuits
Chapter 14: Magnetism
Chapter 15: Atomic and Nuclear Physics
GLOSSARY OF PHYSICS TERMS
ON YOUR OWN: MCAT PHYSICS PRACTICE
Part III: Reviewing MCAT General Chemistry
Chapter 1: Atoms and Molecules
Chapter 2: Electronic Structure and the Periodic Table
Chapter 3: Trends in the Periodic Table
Chapter 4: Lewis Dot Structure, Hybridization, and VSEPR Theory
Chapter 5: Gases
Chapter 6: Intermolecular Forces and Phase Equilibria
Chapter 7: Chemical Equations and Stoichiometry
Chapter 8: Reactions in Solution
Chapter 9: Thermochemistry
Chapter 10: Kinetics
Chapter 11: Equilibrium
Chapter 12: Solubility Equilibria
Chapter 13: Acid-Base Chemistry
Chapter 14: Thermodynamics
Chapter 15: Electrochemistry
GLOSSARY OF GENERAL CHEMISTRY TERMS
ON YOUR OWN: MCAT GENERAL CHEMISTRY PRACTICE
Part IV: MCAT Verbal Reasoning and Writing
Chapter 1: Verbal Reasoning
Chapter 2: The Writing Sample
Part V: Reviewing MCAT Biology
Chapter 1: The Cell
Chapter 2: Enzymes, Energy, and Cellular Metabolism
Chapter 3: DNA Structure, Replication, and Technology
Chapter 4: Protein Synthesis
Chapter 5: Genetics
Chapter 6: Cell Division
Chapter 7: Evolution
Chapter 8: Bacteria and Fungi
Chapter 9: Viruses
Chapter 10: Tissues and Skin
Chapter 11: The Nervous System and Senses
Chapter 12: Muscular and Skeletal Systems
Chapter 13: The Endocrine System
Chapter 14: The Cardiovascular System
Chapter 15: The Respiratory System
Chapter 16: The Digestive System
Chapter 17: The Urinary System
Chapter 18: The Lymphatic and Immune System
Chapter 19: Reproduction and Development
ON YOUR OWN: MCAT BIOLOGY PRACTICE
Part VI: Reviewing MCAT Organic Chemistry
SECTION I: STRUCTURE
Chapter 1: Bonding
Chapter 2: Molecular Shape
Chapter 3: Electronic Structure
Chapter 4: Nomenclature
Chapter 5: Reconciling Visual Meaning
SECTION II: REACTIVITY
Chapter 6: Energy Changes in Molecules
Chapter 7: Radical Chemistry
Chapter 8: Polar Chemistry
Chapter 9: Pericyclic Chemistry
SECTION III: METHODOLOGY
Chapter 10: Alcohols and Ethers
Chapter 11: Ketones and Aldehydes
Chapter 12: Alkenes and Alkynes
Chapter 13: Carboxylic Acid Derivatives
Chapter 14: Epoxide Chemistry
Chapter 15: Amines
Chapter 16: Aromatic Chemistry
Chapter 17: Cycloadditions
Chapter 18: Carbohydrates and Peptides
SECTION IV: SEPARATION AND PURIFICATION
Chapter 19: Extraction
Chapter 20: Chromatography
Chapter 21: Distillation and Sublimation
Chapter 22: Recrystallization
SECTION V: CHARACTERIZATION
Chapter 23: Combustion Analysis
Chapter 24: UV-Vis Spectroscopy
Chapter 25: Mass Spectrometry
Chapter 26: Infrared Spectroscopy
Chapter 27: Proton Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
Chapter 28: Carbon Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
APPENDIX
ON YOUR OWN: MCAT ORGANIC CHEMISTRY PRACTICE
TWO SAMPLE MCATs ON CD
141
Chemistry
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BIOCHEMISTRY
3rd Edition
By Philip Kuchel, University of Sydney and Audrey Bersten
2010 (July 2009) / 528 pages
ISBN: 9780071472272
A Schaum’s Publication
A complete outline of the fundamentals of biochemistry, the branch
of chemistry that deals with the chemical composition of living matter and the molecular nature of the processes of living systems.
Biochemists study the chemical structure of biological molecules
DQGVHHNWRGH¿QHWKHFKHPLFDOSULQFLSOHVRIELRORJLFDOIXQFWLRQV,Q
this new edition, Chapters 8 and 9 are essentially new. Chapter 8, on
biochemical signaling, covers how cells respond to changes in their
environment. Chapter 9 covers new discoveries in recombinant DNA
techniques and sequencing.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Origin of Life
Chapter 2. The Milieux of Living Systems
Chapter 3. Building Blocks of Life
Chapter 4. Proteins
Chapter 5. Regulation of Reaction Rates: Enzymes
Chapter 6. DNA Replication
Chapter 7. Expressing the Genetic Material
Chapter 8. Biochemical Signaling
Chapter 9. Recombinant DNA Techniques and Sequencing
Chapter 10. Molecular Basis of Energy Balance
Chapter 11. Fate of Dietary Carbohydrate
Chapter 12. Fate of Dietary Lipid
Chapter 13. Processing Dietary Nitrogen Compounds
Chapter 14. Whole Body Metabolism
13. Reactions Involving Standard Solutions
14. Properties of Solutions
15. Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry
16. Thermodynamics and Chemical Equilibrium
17. Acids and Bases
18. Complex Ions; Precipitates
19. Electrochemistry
20. Rates of Reactions
21. Nuclear Processes
TRANSPORT PHENOMENA IN BIOMEDICAL
ENGINEERING
Artificial Organ Design and Development, and
Tissue Engineering
By Kal Renganathan Sharma
2010 (May 2010) / 560 pages
ISBN: 9780071663977
A Professional Reference Title
7UDQVSRUW 3KHQRPHQD LQ %LRPHGLFDO (QJLQHHULQJ$UWL¿FLDO 2UJDQ
Design and Development, and Tissue Engineering provides a comSUHKHQVLYHH[DPLQDWLRQRIÀXLGPHFKDQLFVZLWKLQOLYLQJRUJDQLVPV,Q
RUGHUWRFRQVWUXFWDUWL¿FLDORUJDQVSK\VLRORJLFDOV\VWHPVRIKXPDQV
must be analyzed and understood. These include heat conduction,
FRQYHFWLRQÀXLGÀRZDQGSUHVVXUHGURSLQWKHÀRZRIEORRGR[\JHQ
transport, and other systems. This book thoroughly covers each
system and phenomenon.
Transport Phenomena in Biomedical Engineering features:
™ Comprehensive and interdisciplinary coverage of fluid mechanics, heat transfer, and thermodynamics
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF COLLEGE
CHEMISTRY
9th Edition
By Jerome Rosenberg and Lawrence M Epstein of University of Pittsburgh
and Peter Krieger, Palm Beach CC Eissey Campus
2010 (August 2009) / 408 pages
ISBN: 9780071635301
A Schaum’s Publication
This book’s unique approach is to draw a broader base of struggling
students into the study of chemistry. Today’s students possess neither
the tools nor the work ethic necessary for success in the study of
chemistry as it is traditionally taught. In order to remain engaged these
students need to study materials that are relevant to them. Schaum’s
Outline of College Chemistry meets the needs of today’s students by
DGRSWLQJDVLPSOL¿HGDSSURDFKLQWKHFRQWHQWUHYLHZVDQGHOLPLQDWLQJ
the technical jargon. The solved problems include problems oriented
toward real-world situations. Finally, there are 100 additional practice
problems in “hot” areas like forensics and materials science that
reinforce students’ learning. This book supports the following major
courses: College Chemistry, General Chemistry, General Chemistry
laboratory, Beginning Chemistry, Introductory Chemistry, Chemical
Principles, General, Organic and Biochemistry, and AP Chemistry.
CONTENTS
1. Quantities and Units
2. Atomic and Molecular Mass; Molar Mass
3. Formulas and Composition Calculations
4. Calculations from Chemical Equations
5. Measurement of Gases
6. The Ideal Gas Law and Kinetic Theory
7. Thermochemistry
8. Atomic Structure and the Periodic Law
9. Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure
10. Solids and Liquids
11. Oxidation-Reduction
12. Concentration of Solutions
142
™
Thorough information on tissue engineering
™ Worked examples and exercises illustrating the equations
derived.
™
End-of-chapter case studies
This leading-edge work covers:
Fluid Mechanics; Molecular Diffusion; Osmotic Pressure, Permeability and Solute Transport; Rheology of Blood and Transport; Gas
7UDQVSRUW 3KDUPDFRNLQHWLF$QDO\VLV %LRDUWL¿FLDO 2UJDQV 3RURXV
Media; Bio-Heat Transfer; Tissue Engineering; Analytical Solutions
to Parabolic Partial Differential Equations; Numerical Solutions to
Parabolic Partial Differential Equations
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF GENERAL,
ORGANIC AND BIOCHEMISTRY FOR
NURSING AND ALLIED HEALTH
2nd Edition
By George Odian, and Ira Blei of College of Staten Island, CUNY
2009 (July 2009) / 528 pages
ISBN: 9780071611657
A Schaum’s Publication
Schaum’s Outline of General, Organic, and Biological Chemistry for
Allied Health provides a systematic review of chemistry, with clear
and concise explanations, accompanied by numerous exercises that
will allow students to work on their own, for both initial learning and
review. The revised edition will include compounds and chemical
bonding, nuclear chemistry and radioactivity, organic compounds,
unsaturated hydrocarbons, and nucleic acids.
Chemistry
CONTENTS
1. Chemistry and Measurement
2. Atomic STructure and the Periodic Table
3. Compounds and Chemical Bonding
4. Chemical Calculations
5. Physical Properties of Matter
6. Concentration and Its Units
7. Solutions
8. Chemical Reactions
9. Aqueous Solutions of Acids, Bases, and Salts
10. Nuclear Chemistry and Radioactivity
11. Organic Compounds; Saturated Hydrocarbons
12. Unsaturated Hydrocarbons: Alkenes, Alkynes, Aromatics
13. Alcohols, Phenols, Ethers, and Thioalcohols
14. Aldehydes and Ketones
15. Carboxylic Acids, Esters, and Related Compounds
16. Amines and Amides
17. Optical Isomerism
18. Carbohydrates
19. Lipids
20. Proteins
21. Nucleic Acids and Heredity
22. Metabolic Systems
23. Digestion, Nutrition, and Gas Transport
BIOCHEMISTRY DEMYSTIFIED
By Sharon Walker and David McMahon
2009 (June 2008) / 370 pages
ISBN: 9780071495998
A Professional Reference Publication
Learn BIOCHEMISTRY without stressing out your brain CELLS. Trying
to understand the chemical processes of living organisms but having trouble metabolizing the complex concepts? Here’s your lifeline!
%LRFKHPLVWU\'HP\VWL¿HGKHOSVV\QWKHVL]H\RXUXQGHUVWDQGLQJRIWKLV
important topic. You’ll start with a review of basic chemical concepts
and a look at cell structures and cell division. Next, you’ll study carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, nucleotides, and enzymes.
Glycolysis, the citric acid cycle, oxidative phosphorylation, and the
control of chemical processes round out the coverage. Hundreds of
examples and illustrations make it easy to understand the material,
DQGHQGRIFKDSWHUTXHVWLRQVDQGD¿QDOH[DPKHOSUHLQIRUFHOHDUQLQJ
This fast and easy guide offers:
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
Numerous figures to illustrate key concepts
Details on DNA and RNA
Coverage of hormones and neurotransmitters
A chapter on analytical techniques and bioinformatics
A time-saving approach to performing better on an exam or at work
Simple enough for a beginner, but challenging enough for an advanced student, Biochemistry Demystified is your key to mastering
this vital life sciences subject.
Final Exam
Answers to Quiz and Exam Questions
Appendix: Common Structures
Index
International edition
BASIC CONCEPTS IN BIOCHEMISTRY
A Student’s Survival Guide, 2nd Edition
By Hiram F. Gilbert, Baylor University College of Medicine
2000 / 331 pages
ISBN: 9780071356572
ISBN: 9780071201827 [IE]
A Professional Reference
CONTENTS
Preface.
Prologue.
Chapter 1: Where to Start.
Chapter 2: Protein Structure.
Chapter 3: Membranes and Membrane Proteins.
Chapter 4: DNA-RNA Structure.
Chapter 5: Expression of Genetic Information.
Chapter 6: Recombinant-DNA Methodology.
Chapter 7: Enzyme Mechanism.
Chapter 8: EnzymeKinetics.
Chapter 9: Signal Transduction Pathways.
Chapter 10: Glycolysis and Gluconeogenesis.
Chapter 11: Glycogen Synthesis and Degradation.
Chapter 12: TCA Cycle.
Chapter 13: Fat Synthesis and Degradation.
Chapter 14: Electron Transport and Oxidative Phosphorylation.
Chapter 15: Pentose Phosphate Pathway.
Chapter 16: Amino Acid Metabolism.
Chapter 17: Integration of Energy Metabolism.
Chapter 18: UREA Cycle.
Chapter 19: Purine Metabolism.
Chapter 20: Pyrimidine Metabolism.
Chapter 21: One-Carbon Metabolism.
Chapter 22: Tracking Carbons.
Chapter 23: ph, pKa, Problems.
Chapter 24: Thermodynamics and Kinetics.
Appendix.
Glossary.
Index.
CONTENTS
Preface
Chapter 1. The Chemistry of Biomolecules
Chapter 2. Cell Structures and Cell Division
Chapter 3. Carbohydrates
Chapter 4. Lipids
Chapter 5. Lipid Metabolism
Chapter 6. Protein Structure
Chapter 7. Protein Assembly and Disassembly
Chapter 8. Nucleic Acids and Nucleotides
Chapter 9. Enzymes
Chapter 10. Glycolysis
Chapter 11. The Citric Acid Cycle and Oxidative Phosphorylation
Chapter 12. Control of Chemical Processes--Signal Biomolecules
Chapter 13. Specialty Functions
Chapter 14. Bioinformation, Analytical Technical, and Bioinformatics
143
Chemistry
International edition
3000 SOLVED PROBLEMS IN ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY
By Herbert Meislich, City College of CUNY, Estelle Meislich, Bergen
Community College and Jacob Sharefkin, Formerly Brooklyn College
1994 / 704 pages
ISBN: 9780070564244
ISBN: 9780071139694 [IE]
A Schaum’s Publication
CONTENTS
Structure and Properties
Bonding and Molecular Structure
Chemical Reactivity and Organic Reactions
Alkanes
Cycloalkanes
Stereo-chemistry
Alkenes
Alkyl Halides
Alkynes, Dienes, and Orbital Symmetry
Aromaticity and Benzene
Aromatic Substitution
Arenes
Spectroscopy and Structure Proof
Alcohols and Thiols
Ethers, Epoxides, Glycols, and Thioethers
Aldehydes and Ketones
Carboxylic Acids
Acid Derivatives
Carbanion-Enolates and Enols
Amines
Phenols and Their Derivatives
Aromatic Heterocyclic Compounds
Amino Acids, Petidides, and Proteins
Carbohydrates.
Invitation to Publish
SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY
2nd Edition
By Clyde R. Metz, Indiana University
1987 / 512 pages
ISBN: 9780070417151
A Schaum’s Publication
http://books.mcgraw-hill.com/cgi-bin/getbook.
pl?isbn=0070417156&adkey=W02003
If you want top grades and excellent understanding of physical chemistry, this powerful study tool is the best tutor you can have! It takes
you step-by-step through the subject and gives you accompanying
related problems with fully worked solutions. You also get hundreds of
additional problems to solve on your own, working at your own speed.
This superb Outline clearly presents every aspect of physical chemistry. Famous for their clarity, wealth of illustrations and examples, and
lack of dreary minutie, Schaum’s Outlines have sold more than 30
million copies worldwide. Compatible with any textbook, this Outline
is also perfect for self-study. For better grades in courses covering
physical chemistry you can do better than this Schaum’s Outline!
REVIEW COPY
(Available for course adoption only)
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook
proposals for publication.
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
email to [email protected]
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/
144
To request for a review copy,
ƒ contact your local McGraw-Hill
representatives or,
ƒ fax the Review Copy Request Form found
in this catalog or,
ƒ e-mail your request to
[email protected] or,
ƒ submit online at www.mheducation.asia
145
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY
Biostatistics.......................................................................................................151
Ecology .............................................................................................................149
Ecology - Laboratory ........................................................................................150
Environmental Science - Introductory Texts .....................................................147
Evolution ...........................................................................................................150
New Titles
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY
2012
Author
ISBN
Page
Ecology: Global Insights and Investigations
Stiling
9780073532479
149
2011
Author
ISBN
Page
Principles of Environmental Science, 6e
Cunningham
9780073383248
147
Volpe’s Understanding Evolution, 7e
Rosenbaum
9780073383231
150
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE & ECOLOGY
146
Environmental Science & Ecology
Environmental Science
Introductory Texts
International edition
*9780073383248*
NEW
PRINCIPLES OF
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
6th Edition
By William P Cunningham, University of Minnesota--Minneapolis and Mary Ann Cunningham,
Vassar College
2011 (Octobe 2010) / 448 pages
ISBN: 9780073383248
ISBN: 9780071221863 [IE] - Available End March 2011
www.mhhe.com/cunningham6e
Rather than the 25 to 30 chapters found in most environmental science textbooks, the authors have limited Principles of Environmental
Science: Inquiry and Applications to 15 chapters--perfect for the onesemester, non-majors environmental science course. True to its title,
the goal of this concise text is to provide an up-to-date, introductory
view of essential themes in environmental science along with offering
VWXGHQWVQXPHURXVRSSRUWXQLWLHVWRSUDFWLFHVFLHQWL¿FWKLQNLQJDQG
active learning.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Updated Case Studies--Every chapter opens with a Case Study
(nearly all of them are new to this edition) that shows how the science
presented in that chapter is of current interest. In this edition, the
authors have chosen positive examples in which people are taking
action to repair and improve some aspect of their environment. In
addition, each case study has a new Locator Map that highlights the
area of interest being discussed.
™ An exciting new feature in this edition are Google Earth placemarks located in every chapter. Google Earth is an online program that
provides interactive satellite imagery of the earth and will help students
understand the geographic context of places and topics in the text.
™ Numerous new photos have been added throughout the text to
depict real-life situations. Several illustrations, graphs, and charts
are new or revised to present realistic and current information in a
form that is easier to comprehend than if that same material were
presented in text.
™ Each chapter opens with “Learning Outcomes” that will help
students organize study priorities. Rather than being imperative
requirements, these objectives have been changed to more active
questions that lead rather than command.
™ Because few of us learn effectively without an opportunity to
actively apply new ideas, Active Learning boxes have been included
throughout the text. These boxes provide a break in reading and invite
students to practice or apply skills they have just learned. In addition,
“What can you do?” boxes in nearly every chapter suggest practical
things that individuals can do to help improve environmental quality
and resource conservation.
™
Updated End-of-Chapter Tools:
ƒ Data Analysis Exercises. Because so many students need practice
analyzing data, graphing data, and thinking analytically, the end-ofchapter exercises have been redesigned as Data Analysis projects.
In each exercise, students are asked to create or analyze graphs,
to map or inspect a data set, or take other steps to analyze data.
ƒ Critical Thinking and Discussion questions make excellent starting
points for discussion sections. They also could be used to practice
for essay exams. A more challenging, open-ended set of questions
have been added to encourage students to think more deeply and
independently about issues and principles presented in the chapter.
™ CONNECT Environmental Science. McGraw-Hill Connect™
Environmental Science provides online presentation, assignment,
and assessment solutions. It connects your students with the tools
and resources they’ll need to achieve success. With Connect™
Environmental Science you can deliver assignments, quizzes, and
tests online. A robust set of questions and activities are presented and
aligned with the textbook’s Learning Outcomes. Instructors can edit
existing questions and author entirely new problems. Track individual
student performance—by question, assignment, or in relation to the
class overall—with detailed grade reports.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Understanding Our Environment
Chapter 2: Environmental Systems: Connections, Cycles, Flows,
and Feedback Loops
Chapter 3: Evolution, Species Interactions, and Biological Communities
Chapter 4: Human Populations
Chapter 5: Biomes and Biodiversity
Chapter 6: Environmental Conservation: Forests, Grasslands, Parks,
and Nature Preserves
Chapter 7: Food and Agriculture
Chapter 8: Environmental Health and Toxicology
Chapter 9: Air: Climate and Pollution
Chapter 10: Water: Resources and Pollution
Chapter 11: Environmental Geology and Earth Resources
Chapter 12: Energy
Chapter 13: Solid and Hazardous Waste
Chapter 14: Economics and Urbanization
Chapter 15: Environmental Policy and Sustainability
International edition
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
A Global Concern, 11th Edition
By William P Cunningham, University of Minnesota--Minneapolis, Mary
Ann Cunningham, Vassar College
2010 (September 2009) / 640 pages
ISBN: 9780073383217
ISBN: 9780070171671 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/cunningham11e
Environmental Science: A Global Concern, Eleventh Edition, is a
comprehensive presentation of environmental science for non-science
majors which emphasizes critical thinking, environmental responsibility, and global awareness. This book is intended for use in a one- or
two-semester course in environmental science, human ecology, or
environmental studies at the college or advanced placement high
school level. We have updated data throughout the chapters in this
book. Information and examples presented are the most recent
DYDLODEOHDVRIWKHPLG<RXZLOO¿QGDQDEXQGDQFHRIVSHFL¿F
QXPEHUVDQGFXUUHQWHYHQWV±GHWDLOVWKDWDUHGLI¿FXOWWRNHHSXSWR
date in a textbook. The goal of this book is to provide an up-to-date,
introductory global view of essential themes in environmental science
along with emphasis on details and case studies that will help students
process and retain the general principles. Because most students who
will use this book are freshman or sophomore non-science majors,
the authors make the text readable and accessible without technical
jargon or a presumption of prior science background.
147
Environmental Science & Ecology
CONTENTS
Part One Principles for Understanding Our Environment
1 Understanding Our Environment
2 Principles of Science and Systems
3 Matter, Energy, and Life
4 Evolution, Biological Communities, and Species Interactions
5 Biomes: Global Patterns of Life
6 Population Biology
Part Two People in the Environment
7 Human Populations
8 Environmental Health and Toxicology
9 Food and Hunger
10 Farming: Conventional and Sustainable Practices
Part Three Understanding and Managing Living Systems
11 Biodiversity: Preserving Species
12 Biodiversity: Preserving Landscapes
13 Restoration Ecology
Part Four Physical Resources and Environmental Systems
14 Geology and Earth Resources
15 Air, Weather, and Climate
16 Air Pollution
17 Water Use and Management
18 Water Pollution
Part Five Issues and Policy
19 Conventional Energy
20 Sustainable Energy
21 Solid, Toxic, and Hazardous Waste
22 Urbanization and Sustainable Cities
23 Ecological Economics
24 Environmental Policy, Law, and Planning
25 What Then Shall We Do?
International edition
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
12th Edition
By Eldon Enger, Delta College and Bradley F Smith, Western Washington
University
2010 (February 2009) / 512 pages
ISBN: 9780073383200
ISBN: 9780070171664 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/enger12e
This full-color, introductory environmental science text is known for
being concise, conceptual, and value-priced. The approach and
reading level cover the basic concepts without overloading students
with too much detail. The authors reinforce the text’s central theme of
“interrelationships” by providing a historical perspective, information
on economic and political realities, discuss the role of different social
experiences, and integrate this with the crucial science to describe
the natural world and how we affect it.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 Environmental Interrelationships
Chapter 2 Environmental Ethics
Chapter 3 Environmental Risk: Economics, Assessment, and Management
Chapter 4 Interrelated Scientific Principles: Matter, Energy, and
Environment
Chapter 5 Interactions: Environments and Organisms
Chapter 6 Kinds of Ecosystems and Communities
Chapter 7 Populations: Characteristics and Issues
Chapter 8 Energy and Civilization
Chapter 9 Energy Sources
Chapter 10 Nuclear Energy
Chapter 11 Biodiversity Issues
Chapter 12 Land-Use Planning
Chapter 13 Soil and Its Uses
148
Chapter 14 Agricultural Methods and Pest Management
Chapter 15 Water Management
Chapter 16 Air Quality Issues
Chapter 17 Solid Waste Management and Disposal
Chapter 18 Environmental Regulations: Hazardous Substances and
Wastes
Chapter 19 Environmental Policy and Decision Making Appendix 1
Periodic Table of the Elements Appendix 2 Metric Unit Conversion
Tables Glossary Credits Index
International edition
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
By Robert Kaufmann and Cutler Cleveland of Boston University
2008 (February 2007) / 576 pages
ISBN: 9780073311869
ISBN: 9780071101967 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/kaufmann1e
Unlike any other introductory environmental science text, Robert
Kaufmann and Cutler Cleveland’s Environmental Science takes a
fresh approach to the subject by weaving themes of energy and
materials, economic systems, and policy throughout the entire text.
A story of real science is simply told through examples of cuttingedge content, real-world applications, and a distinctive conceptual
illustration program.
CONTENTS
Introduction to Environmental Science
1 Environment and Society: A Sustainable Partnership?
Building a Framework to Study Environmental Problems
2 The Laws of Energy and Matter
3 Systems: Why Are Environmental Problems So Difficult to Solve?
How the Natural Environment Works
4 THe Physical Systems of Planet Earth: The Engine of Life
5 The Flow of Energy in Biological Systems: Why Does It Matter?
6 The Flow of Matter in the Environment: Why Does It Matter?
7 Biomes: Where Do Plants and Animals Live?
8 Succession: How Do Ecosystems Respond to Disturbance?
How Human Systems Work
9 Carrying Capacity: How Large a Population?
10 An Ecological View of the Economy
11 The Driving Forces of Environmental Change
Global Environmental Challenges
12 Biodiversity: Species and So Much More
13 Global Climate Change: A Warming Planet
14 A Reduction in Atmospheric Ozone: Let the Sunshine In
Living Off the Land: Soils, Food Production, and Forests
15 Soil: A Potentially Sustainable Resource
16 Agriculture: The Ecology of Growing Food
17 Forests: So Much More Than Wood
Air and Water Resources
18 Water Resources
19 Air Pollution: Costs and Benefits of Clean Air
Energy and Materials
20 Fossil Fuels: The Lifeblood of the Global Economy
21 Nuclear Power
22 Renewable Energy and Energy Efficiency
23 Materials, Society, and the Environment
24 A Sustainable Future: Will Business as Usual Get Us There?
Environmental Science & Ecology
Ecology
International edition
NEW
*9780073532479*
ECOLOGY
Global Insights and
Investigations
By Peter Stiling, University of South FloridaTampa
2012 (January 2011) / 640 pages
ISBN: 9780073532479
ISBN: 9780071316675 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/stiling
Peter Stiling, co-author of Biology by Brooker et al., has written a new
¿UVWHGLWLRQHFRORJ\WH[W7KHPDLQJRDOLQFUHDWLQJDQHZHFRORJ\WH[W
is to show how ecology is important in understanding global change.
The book’s main aim is to teach the basic principles of ecology and
to relate these principles to many of the Earth’s ecological problems.
6 Water
7 Nutrients
Section Three: Population Ecology
8 Demographic Techniques and Population Dispersion Patterns
9 Life Tables
10 Population Growth
Section Four: Species Interactions
11 Competition and Coexistence
12 Facilitation
13 Predation
14 Herbivory
15 Parasitism
16 Population Dynamics
Section Five: Biodiversity
17 Species Diversity
18 Species Richness Patterns
19 Species Richness and Community Function
20 Succession
21 Island Biogeography
Section Six: Biomes
22 Terrestrial Biomes
23 Marine Biomes
24 Freshwater Biomes
Section Seven: Ecosystems Ecology
25 Food Webs and Energy Flow
26 Biomass Production
27 Nutrient Cycling
International edition
FEATURES
ECOLOGY
™ Main goal is to show how ecology is important in understanding
global change.
Concepts and Applications, 5th Edition
™ Each chapter contains a “Global Change” feature which highlights
how such global change is important in all areas of ecology, from
behavior to ecosystems.
™ Text contains not only classic ecology studies, but also many
new studies that have been performed since 2000.
™ “Ecological Inquiries” are thought provoking questions associated
with key figures throughout the chapters.
™ “Feature Investigation” in each chapter details the hypothesis
being tested, the methods researchers use to perform their studies,
the data they collected and the conclusions they reached.
™ Each chapter begins with an outline consisting of the main
section heading contained within each chapter. These headings are
written in the form of an ecological statement which summarizes the
material within each section.
™
Chapters are built around the art.
™ Book is structured around four sections which represent the
core ecological disciplines: organismal, population, community and
ecosystem ecology.
™
Important ecological terms are boldface.
™ End of chapter material contains: Chapter Summary, Test Yourself, Conceptual Questions, and Dealing with Data.
CONTENTS
1 An Introduction to Ecology
Section One: Evolutionary Ecology
2 Populations Genetics
3 Natural Selection, Speciation and Extinction
4 Behavioral Ecology
Section Two: Physiological Ecology
5 Temperature
By Manuel Molles, University of New Mexico-Albuquerque
2010 (February 2009) / 608 pages
ISBN: 9780073383224
ISBN: 9780070171688 [IE]
www.highered.mcgraw-hill.com/sites/0073383228
This introductory general ecology text features a strong emphasis
on helping students grasp the main concepts of ecology while keeping the presentation more applied than theoretical. An evolutionary
perspective forms the foundation of the entire discussion. The book
begins with the natural history of the planet, considers portions of the
whole in the middle chapters, and ends with another perspective of
the entire planet in the concluding chapter. Its unique organization of
focusing only on several key concepts in each chapter sets it apart
from the competition.
CONTENTS
1 Introduction to Ecology: Historical Foundations and Developing
Frontiers
Section I Natural History and Evolution
2 Life on Land
3 Life and Water
4 Population Genetics and Natural Selection
Section II Adaptations to the Environment
5 Temperature Relations
6 Water Relations
7 Energy and Nutrient Relations
8 Social Relations
Section III Population Ecology
9 Population Distribution and Abundance
10 Population Dynamics
11 Population Growth
12 Life Histories
Section IV Interactions
13 Competition
14 Exploitative Interactions: Predation, Herbivory, Parasitism, and
Disease
149
Environmental Science & Ecology
15 Mutualism
Section V Communities and Ecosystems
16 Species Abundance and Diversity
17 Species Interactions and Community Structure
18 Primary Production and Energy Flow
19 Nutrient Cycling and Retention
20 Succession and Stability
Section VI Large-Scale Ecology
21 Landscape Ecology
22 Geographic Ecology
23 Global Ecology
6 Age Distribution and Survivorship
7 Terrestrial Plant Community Assessment
8 Stream Ecosystem Assessment
9 Micro Community Assessment
10 Sampling a Plant Community
11 Sampling Animal Communities
12 Species Diversity
13 Primary Production in an Aquatic Community
14 Competition
15 Natural Selection
16 Adaptations of Vertebrates to Their Environment
17 Adaptations of Plants to Their Environment
FUNDAMENTALS OF ECOLOGY
3rd Edition
Evolution
By MC Dash, Sambalpur University-Orissa and SP Dash, Former Scientist, Kings College, London
2009 (June 2009)
ISBN: 9780070083660
McGraw-Hill India Title
www.mhhe.com/dash/ecology3
This book covers all major Fundamentals of Ecology, well-supported
by illustrations & exhaustive real-time stats. Application-oriented
chapters like Statistical Ecology, Eco- technology & Molecular Ecology have also been provided to help the reader achieve the desired
technical edge in the subject.
*9780073383231*
NEW
VOLPE’S UNDERSTANDING
EVOLUTION
7th Edition
CONTENTS
1. Organism and Environmental Complex
2. Systems Concept in Ecology
3. Ecosystems of the World and Distribution of Flora and Fauna
4. Environment in Action
5. Community Ecology
6. Population Ecology
7. Natural Resource Ecology (Ecotechnology)
8. Pollution Ecology
9. Environmental Toxicology (With more examples)
10. Molecular Ecology
11. Statistical Ecology
By Peter Rosenbaum, State University of NYOswego
2011 (February 2010) / 304 pages
ISBN: 9780073383231
www.mhhe.com/understandingevolution7e
As an introduction to principles of evolution, this paperback text is
ideally suited as a main text for general evolution or as a supplement
for general biology, genetics, zoology, botany, anthropology or any
life science course that utilizes evolution as the underlying theme.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
Laboratory
ECOLOGY LAB MANUAL
By Darrell S Vodopich, Baylor University
2010 (February 2009) / 256 pages
ISBN: 9780073383187
www.mhhe.com/vodopich1
Darrell Vodopich, co-author of Biology Laboratory Manual, has written
a new lab manual for ecology. This lab manual offers straightforward
procedures that are do-able in a board range of classroom, lab and
¿HOGVLWXDWLRQV
CONTENTS
1 The Nature of Data
2 The Process of Science
3 Soil Analysis
4 Oxygen and Carbon Dioxide Cycling
5 Population Growth
150
™ This edition has been rewritten and expanded to transmit a wealth
of new ideas in evolution fostered by new discoveries in many fields
of science. Major adaptive radiations, human evolution, and history
of life are some key updated areas. Many new fossils and genetic
studies have reframed several of the major details related to evolution.
™ A glossary has been added to aid the reader with the challenges
of scientific terminology.
™ The art program for this edition has been totally updated, with
much of the art being revised or replaced.
™ New introductory section on the evidence for evolution will help
students organize the information that will follow and also help them
engage in the public dialogue on accepting evolution.
™ Expanded section on creationism, intelligent design (ID), and
scientific literacy debate includes issues of public acceptance of
evolution and a review of major legal decisions related to this issue.
This is important so that students can better understand the issues
in the public arena and more easily engage in that public discussion.
™ Updated information on major adaptive radiations, human evolution, and history of life. Many new fossils and genetic studies have
reframed several of the major details related to evolution.
Environmental Science & Ecology
CONTENTS
Preface
Chapter 1- Variation in Populations
Chapter 2- Darwinian Scheme of Evolution
Chapter 3- Heritable Variation
Chapter 4- Mutation
Chapter 5- Genetic Equilibrium
Chapter 6- Concept of Selection
Chapter 7- Selection in Action
Chapter 8- Balanced Polymorphism
Chapter 9- Genetic Drift and Gene Flow
Chapter 10- Races and Species
Chapter 11- Instantaneous Speciation
Chapter 12- Adaptive Radiation
Chapter 13- Major Adaptive Radiations
Chapter 14- Origin of Life
Chapter 15- Molecular Evolution
Chapter 16- History of Life
Chapter 17- Emergence of the Human Species
Chapter 18- Natural Selection, Social Behavior, and Cultural Evolution
Epilogue
Glossary
International edition
INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGICAL
EVOLUTION
2nd Edition
By Kenneth Kardong, Washington State University-Pullman
2008 (January 2007) / 368 pages
ISBN: 9780073050775
ISBN: 9780071285827 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/kardongevolution2e
Written for a general college audience, this book offers an introducWLRQWRWKHSULQFLSOHVDQGVLJQL¿FDQFHRI'DUZLQLDQHYROXWLRQ,WGLIIHUV
from most other textbooks on evolution in three fundamental ways:
First, it is intended for students taking evolution early in their studies.
6HFRQGLWH[DPLQHVWKHLQWHOOHFWXDOVLJQL¿FDQFHRI'DUZLQLDQHYROX
tion. Third, the text departs from the standard treatment of evolution
in other textbooks, wherein the arguments are reductionist, molecular,
and overwhelmingly genetic in emphasis. Ken Kardong, also author
of Vertebrates; Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution, is known
for his accessible writing style. His almost conversational approach to
this topic puts the reader at ease while learning evolutionary concepts.
The result is an inviting book--that will be read.
CONTENTS
1 Evolution of Evolution
2 Time
3 Heredity
4 Emergence of Life
5 Diversity of Life
6 Evidence of Evolution
7 Selection
8 Variation: Spice of Life
9 Speciation
10 Co-Evolution
11 Life History Strategies
12 Life in Groups
13 Extinctions
14 Human Evolution: The Early Years
15 Human Evolution: Building Modern Humans
16 Evolutionary Biology: Today and Beyond
17 Afterword
Appendix 1 Cell Division--A Review
Appendix 2 Taxonomy
Appendix 3 Molecular Clocks
Biostatistics
BIOSTATISTICS
By B Antonisamy, Solomon Christopher and Prasanna Samuelson of
Christian Medical College, Vellore, India
2009 (September 2009)
ISBN: 9780070151482
McGraw-Hill India Title
This book emphasizes the basic aspects of Biostatistics most often
used in teaching and research areas of medical, nursing and allied
health sciences. The book is written in a simple tone and chapters
are organized in a logical order to ease the process of understanding.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1. Role of Biostatistics in Health Sciences
Chapter 2. Summarising and Presentation of Data
Chapter 3. Probability
Chapter 4. Probability Distributions
Chapter 5. Sampling Methods
Chapter 6. Estimation
Chapter 7. Testingof Statistical Hypotheses
Chapter 8. Analysis Of Variance And Multi-sample Comparison
Chapter 9. Hypothesis Testing – Categorical Data
Chapter 10. Non-parametric Methods
Chapter 11. Correlation and Regression
Chapter 12. Epidemiological Study Designs and Analysis
Chapter 13. Clinical Trials
Chapter 14. Diagnostic Tests
Chapter 15. Survival Analysis
Chapter 16. Clinical Measurements
Chapter 17. Demographical Methods Andvital Statistics
Chapter 18. Applied Regression Analysis and Multivariable Methods
Chapter 19. Research Methods
Chapter 20. Sample Size
Chapter 21. Meta Analysis in Systematic Reviews
BIOSTATISTICS FOR THE HEALTH
SCIENCES
By Karuthan Chinna and Krishnakumari Nr Krish
2009 / 196 pages (June 2009)
ISBN: 9789833850686
An Asian Publication
This book is an ideal introduction to the study of statistics applied
WRWKH¿HOGRIKHDOWKVFLHQFHV,WLVLQWHQGHGIRUXQGHUJUDGXDWHDQG
SRVWJUDGXDWHVWXGHQWVLQWKH¿HOGRIPHGLFLQHGHQWLVWU\SKDUPDF\
QXUVLQJDOOLHGKHDOWKDQGRWKHUKHDOWKUHODWHG¿HOGVZLWKOLWWOHRUQR
background in statistics.
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Introduction to Biostatistics
Chapter 2: Descriptive Statistics
Chapter 3: Statistical Distributions
Chapter 4: Statistical Inference
Chapter 5: One Sample Mean Test
Chapter 6: Paired Sample Mean Test
Chapter 7: Independent Samples Mean Test
Chapter 8: One-Way ANOVA
Chapter 9: One Sample Proportion Test
Chapter 10: Two Samples Proportion Test
Chapter 11: Contingency Tables
Chapter 12: Bivariate Data Analysis
Answers
Appendix
References
151
Environmental Science & Ecology
Invitation to Publish
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook
proposals for publication.
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
email to [email protected]
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/
152
153
GEOGRAPHY
GIS ...................................................................................................................155
Human / Cultural Geography ............................................................................156
Intro to Geography............................................................................................156
Map Use / Cartography ....................................................................................158
World Regional Geography ..............................................................................158
New Titles
GEOGRAPHY
2012
Author
ISBN
Page
Student Atlas of World Geography, 7e
Allen
9780073527628
156, 158
Introduction to Geographic Information Systems with Data Set CD-ROM, 6e
Chang
9780077465438
155
Mastering ArcGIS with Videoclips DVD-ROM, 5e
Price
9780077462956
155
2011
Author
ISBN
Page
Introduction to Geography, 13e
Getis
9780073522876
156
Essentials of World Regional Geography, 2e
White
9780073369334
158
GEOGRAPHY
154
Geography
GIS
*9780077462956*
NEW
MASTERING ARCGIS WITH VIDEOCLIPS
DVD-ROM
International edition
*9780077465438*
NEW
INTRODUCTION TO
GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
SYSTEMS WITH DATA SET
CD-ROM
6th Edition
By Kang-Tsung (Karl) Chang, University of
IDAHO
5th Edition
By Maribeth H Price, South Dakota School Mines & Technology
2012 (February 2011) / 640 pages
ISBN: 9780077462956
www.mhhe.com/price5e
Price: Mastering ArcGIS is an introductory GIS text that is designed
to offer everything you need to master the basic elements of GIS.
The author’s step-by-step approach helps students negotiate the
challenging tasks involved in learning sophisticated GIS software.
7KH ¿IWK HGLWLRQ LV XSGDWHG WR IROORZ WKH QHZ VRIWZDUH UHOHDVH RI
ArcGIS 10. An innovative and unique feature of Mastering ArcGIS
is its accompanying CD-ROM with narrated video clips that show
students exactly how to perform chapter tutorials before attempting
an exercise on their own.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
2012 (February 2011) / 480 pages
ISBN: 9780077465438
ISBN: 9780071086165 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/changgis6e
Introduction to Geographic Information Systems, 6e is designed to
SURYLGHVWXGHQWVLQD¿UVWRUVHFRQG*,6FRXUVHZLWKDVROLGIRXQGDWLRQ
in both GIS concepts and the use of GIS. Introduction to GIS strikes
a careful balance between GIS concepts and hands-on applications.
The main portion of the chapter presents GIS terms and concepts and
KHOSVVWXGHQWVOHDUQKRZHDFKRQH¿WVLQWRDFRPSOHWH*,6V\VWHP
At the end of each chapter, an application section with 2-7 tasks
presents students with actual GIS exercises and the necessary data
to solve the problem.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ New and updated information has been included in this edition
on the following topics:
™
Web mapping and GIS, and Smartphones and GIS (Chapter 1)
™
Web Mercator and Australian datums (Chapter 2)
™
Editing Using Tolerances (Chapter 7)
™
Map Algebra (Chapter 12)
™
Viewshed Analysis and Watershed Analysis (Chapter 14)
™ Chapters 3, 16, and 17 are completely revised from the 5th
edition of the text.
CONTENTS
1 Introduction
2 Coordinate Systems
3 Vector Data Model
4 Raster Data Model
5 GIS Data Acquisition
6 Geometric Transformation
7 Spatial Data Accuracy and Quality
8 Attribute Data Management
9 Data Display and Cartography
10 Data Exploration
11 Vector Data Analysis
12 Raster Data Analysis
13 Terrain Mapping and Analysis
14 Viewsheds and Watershed
15 Spatial Interpolation
16 Geocoding and Dynamic Segmentation
17 Least Cost Path and Network Analysis
18 GIS Models and Modeling
™ The 5th edition of Mastering ArcGIS has been updated to reflect
ArcGIS 10 software.
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
What is GIS?
PART I. GIS DATA and MAPS
Chapter 1: GIS Data
Chapter 2: Mapping GIS Data
Chapter 3: Presenting GIS Data
Chapter 4: Attribute Data
PART II. GIS ANALYSIS
Chapter 5: Queries
Chapter 6: Spatial Joins
Chapter 7: Geoprocessing
Chapter 8: Raster Analysis
Chapter 9: Network Analysis
Chapter 10: Geocoding
PART III. DATA MANAGEMENT
Chapter 11: Coordinate Systems
Chapter 12: Basic Editing
Chapter 13: More Editing Techniques
Chapter 14: Geodatabases
Chapter 15: Metadata
Glossary
Selected Answers
Index
Alphabetical Skills Index
Conversion Table
REVIEW COPY
(Available for course adoption only)
To request for a review copy,
ƒ contact your local McGraw-Hill
representatives or,
ƒ fax the Review Copy Request Form found
in this catalog or,
ƒ e-mail your request to
[email protected] or,
ƒ submit online at www.mheducation.asia
155
Geography
Human / Cultural Geography
13 Human Impacts on Natural Systems
Appendix A Map Projections
Appendix B 2006 World Population Data
Appendix C Anglo America Reference Map
*9780073527628*
NEW
STUDENT ATLAS OF WORLD
GEOGRAPHY
Intro to Geography
7th Edition
By John L Allen, University of Wyoming-Laramie
and Christopher J Sutton, Western Illinois
University
STUDENT ATLAS OF WORLD
GEOGRAPHY
2012 (March 2011) / 336 pages
ISBN: 9780073527628
7th Edition
www.mhhe.com/studentatlas
The Student Atlas series combines full-color maps and data sets to
introduce students to the importance of the connections between
geography and other areas of study such as world politics, environmental issues, and economic development. These thematic atlases
will give students a clear picture of the recent agricultural, industrial,
demographic, environmental, economic, and political changes in
every world region.
*9780073527628*
NEW
By John L Allen, University of Wyoming-Laramie
and Christopher J Sutton, Western Illinois
University
2012 (March 2011) / 336 pages
ISBN: 9780073527628
www.mhhe.com/studentatlas
International edition
HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
11th Edition
The Student Atlas series combines full-color maps and data sets to
introduce students to the importance of the connections between
geography and other areas of study such as world politics, environmental issues, and economic development. These thematic atlases
will give students a clear picture of the recent agricultural, industrial,
demographic, environmental, economic, and political changes in
every world region.
By Jerome D Fellmann, Mark Bjelland, Gustavus Adolphus College,
Arthur Getis, San Diego State University and Judith Getis
2010 (October 2009) / 512 pages
ISBN: 9780073522852
ISBN: 9780071220552 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/fellmann11e
Fellmann et al’s Human Geography introduces students to the scope
and excitement of human geography and its relevance to their daily
lives. This edition continues to convey the breadth of human geography and to provide insight into the nature and intellectual challenges
RIWKH¿HOGRIJHRJUDSK\LWVHOI7KHDXWKRUVSD\VSHFLDODWWHQWLRQWR
gender issues and assume no previous experience in geography on
the part of the students.
International edition
NEW
INTRODUCTION TO
GEOGRAPHY
13th Edition
CONTENTS
1 Introduction: Some Background Basics
Part 1 Themes and Fundamentals of Human Geography
2 Roots and Meaning of Culture
3 Spatial Interaction and Spatial Behavior
4 Population: World Patterns, Regional Trends
Part 2 Patterns of Diversity and Unity
5 Language and Religion: Mosaics of Culture
6 Ethnic Geography: Threads of Diversity
7 Folk and Popular Culture: Diversity and Uniformity
Part 3 Dynamic Patterns of the Space Economy
8 Livelihood and Economy: Primary Activities
9 Livelihood and Economy: From Blue Collar to Gold Collar
10 Patterns of Development and Change
Part 4 Landscapes of Functional Organization
11 Urban Systems and Urban Structures
12 The Political Ordering of Space
Part 5 Human Actions and Environmental Impacts
156
*9780073522876*
By Arthur Getis, San Diego State University and
Judith Getis (deceased)
2011 (October 2010) / 528 pages
ISBN: 9780073522876
ISBN: 9780071221917 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/getis13e
Introduction to Geography, 13th edition, by Getis and Getis introduces college students to the breadth and spatial insights of the
¿HOGRIJHRJUDSK\7KHDXWKRUV¶DSSURDFKDOORZVWKHPDMRUUHVHDUFK
traditions of geography to dictate the principal themes. They also
include information on current events, such as the earthquake in
Haiti. Chapter 1 introduces students to the four organizing traditions
that have emerged through the long history of geographical thought
Geography
and writing: earth science, culture-environment, location, and area
analysis. Each of the four parts of this book centers on one of these
geographic perspectives.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Continuing changes in technology and in social, economic, political and environmental structures and relationships required revision
of previously published material. These revisions include: the covert
use of GPs technology to track criminal suspects (Chapter 2), fuel
economy standards (Chapter 5), illegal immigration across the U.S./
Mexico border (Chapter 8) and technological innovation (Chapter 10).
™ Two new Geography & Public Policy boxes have been added.
They are: An Invasion of Privacy, and Mountaintop Removal: Good
or Bad?
™ Appendix 3, a modified version of the 2009 World Population
Data Sheet of the Population Reference Bureau, includes basic demographic data and projections for countries, regions, and continents,
as well as selected economic and social statistics helpful in national
and regional comparisons.
™ Several of the Boxed Readings have been updated, including:
Legislative Women, Red States Blue States and The Matter of Race.
™ New and Revised topics include: 2010 Haiti earthquake, Climate
Regions, Population data, World’s ten most populous countries in
2009, with projections for 2050, photographs of architectural styles,
terrorism and political geography, the Great Pacific Garbage patch
and the Everglades ecosystem region.
CHANGING LANDSCAPES OF SINGAPORE
By Peggy Teo, Brenda S A Yeoh, Ooi Giok Ling and Karen P Y Lai
2004 / 240 pages
ISBN: 9780071234795
An Asian Publication
The transformations that have occurred in Singapore’s landscape
have been rapid since independence. Changing Landscapes of
Singapore discusses these changes from the perspective of lived
landscapes which have day-to-day meanings for Singaporeans. It
begins with an exploration of the major physical changes resulting from
rapid urbanisation and industrialisation and Singapore’s attempt to balance the stresses of physical development with the needs of a green
agenda. Several other themes relating to landscape change follow.
A section on landscapes of community and nationhood investigates
how issues concerning shelter (public housing), heritage conservation,
street-names and national symbols affect Singaporeans’ notions of
belonging. This is followed by a discussion on globalisation and the
way it affects the nationstate’s development. This section examines
not only Singapore’s efforts at regionalisation and its attempt to gain
a better foothold in the workings of the global capitalistic system but
also evaluates the impacts of globalisation on the society. The last
section on forgotten landscapes is a reminder of who and what may
EHOHIWEHKLQGLQVWULYLQJIRUH[FHOOHQFH/DQGVFDSHVUHYHDODQGUHÀ
ect forgotten needs as much as they record what have been rememEHUHGDQGYDOXHG7KHYDULRXVVWUDQGVDUHEURXJKWWRJHWKHULQWKH¿
nal chapter where the landscape is used as a lens to raise questions
on future challenges. While intended as a general text for university
students, this book will also provide source materials for school teachers (junior college and upper secondary levels), the general student
population as well as the general reader interested in understanding
the country’s rapid landscape changes.
CONTENTS
1 Introduction
2 Maps
Part 1 The Earth Science Tradition
3 Physical Geography: Landforms
4 Physical Geography: Weather and Climate
5 The Geography of Natural Resources
Part 2 The Culture-Environment Tradition
6 Population Geography
7 Cultural Geography
8 Spatial Interaction
9 Political Geography
Part 3 The Location Tradition
10 Economic Geography
11 An Urban World
12 Human Impact on the Environment
Part 4 The Area Analysis Tradition
13 The Regional Concept
Appendices
Glossary
Index
CONTENTS
1 Introduction: Changing Landscapes of Singapore
Part I NATURAL ENVIRONMENTS AND ENGINEERED LANDSCAPES
2 Environmental Planning and Management
3 Engineered Biophysical Landscapes: Parks and Open Spaces for
Recreation
Part II LANDSCAPES OF COMMUNITY AND NATIONHOOD
4 Urbanisation and Landscape Changes
5 The Nation, Its Signs and Symbols: Street-names and Monuments
6 Public Housing: The Housing of a Nation
7 Landscapes of Heritage: Historic and Cultural Districts
Part III LANDSCAPES OF GLOBALISATION
8 Achieving Global City Status: Industrial Restructuring and Regionalisation
9 Tourism Capital: Reinterpreting Tourism Space
10 Transnational Connectivities and Local Tensions
Part IV FORGOTTEN LANDSCAPES
11 Neglected Landscapes: Old and Forgotten Singaporeans
12 Landscapes of Death: Cemeteries, Crematoria and Columbaria
13 Changing Landscapes and Future Challenges: A Review
Invitation to Publish
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook
proposals for publication.
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
email to [email protected]
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/
157
Geography
Map Use / Cartography
International edition
World Regional Geography
*9780073527628*
NEW
MAP USE AND ANALYSIS
STUDENT ATLAS OF WORLD
GEOGRAPHY
4th Edition
By John Campbell, University of Wisconsin – Parkside
2001 / 384 pages
ISBN: 9780073037486
ISBN: 9780071252645 [IE]
7th Edition
By John L Allen, University of Wyoming-Laramie
and Christopher J Sutton, Western Illinois
University
www.mhhe.com/earthsci/geography/campbell4e
CONTENTS
Chapter 1 Introduction
Chapter 2 Basic Mapping Processes
Chapter 3 Map Projections
Chapter 4 Locational and Land-Partitioning Systems
Chapter 5 Scale and Generalization Concepts
Chapter 6 Measurement from Maps
Chapter 7 Route Selection and Navigation
Chapter 8 Terrain Representation
Chapter 9 Contour Interpretation
Chapter 10 Topographic Features
Chapter 11 Qualitative and Quantitative Information
Chapter 12 Characteristics of Map Features: Shape and Point Patterns
Chapter 13 Characteristics of Map Features: Networks and Trees
Chapter 14 Cartograms and Special Purpose Maps
Chapter 15 Maps and Graphs
Chapter 16 Map Misuse
Chapter 17 Remote Sensing from Airborne Platforms
Chapter 18 Remote Sensing from Space
Chapter 19 Computer-Assisted Cartography
Chapter 20 Digital Map Applications
Chapter 21 Geographic Information Systems
Appendixes:
A U.S. and Canadian Map Producers and Information Sources
B Foreign Maps
C Copyright
D Magnetic Compass Use E Map Storage and Cataloging Systems
F British National Grid
2012 (March 2011) / 336 pages
ISBN: 9780073527628
www.mhhe.com/studentatlas
The Student Atlas series combines full-color maps and data sets to
introduce students to the importance of the connections between
geography and other areas of study such as world politics, environmental issues, and economic development. These thematic atlases
will give students a clear picture of the recent agricultural, industrial,
demographic, environmental, economic, and political changes in
every world region.
NEW
*9780073369334*
ESSENTIALS OF WORLD
REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY
2nd Edition
By George White, Frostburg State University,
Joseph Dyond and Elizabeth Chacko of George
Washington University and Michael Bradshaw,
College of St. Mark & John
2011 (January 2010) / 384 pages
ISBN: 9780073369334
www.mhhe.com/bradshawessentials2e
This shorter version of the highly successful Contemporary World
Regional Geography, 3e gives readers a fresh new approach that
combines fundamental geographical elements, internal regional
diversity, and contemporary issues. This approach allows serious
discussion of cultural and environmental issues, as well as political
and economic issues. The main innovation in this completely rewritten text is in the ordering of the material covered. While other texts
cut photos, illustrations, and boxed material from their WRG books,
this essentials version is a completely rewritten text by the authors
of Contemporary World Regional Geography, 3e. Each of the nine
regional chapters opens with a one- or two-page map of the region,
VKRUWDFFRXQWVRISHRSOHRUHYHQWVWRSURYLGHDSHUVRQDOÀDYRURIWKH
region, an outline of the chapter contents, and a short section placing
the region in its wider global context. Each regional chapter is consistHQWO\RUJDQL]HGE\WKUHHVHFWLRQV7KH¿UVWVHFWLRQVXPPDUL]HVWKH
distinctive physical and human geographies of the region; the second
section explores the internal diversity of the region at subregional,
selected country, and local levels. The third section focuses on a
selection of contemporary issues that are important to the people
of each region and frequently have implications for the rest of the
world. Each regional chapter follows the same framework, allowing
158
Geography
students to easily make comparisons from one world region to the
next. Students are encouraged to consider what it means to be part of
a global community and to develop their geographical understandings
of world events. The authors have created a text that is readable, with
a consistent structure within chapters, containing superior maps and
LOOXVWUDWLRQVDQG¿QDOO\WRRIIHUDFRQFLVHDQGPRUHDIIRUGDEOHWH[W
FEATURES
™ This first edition was produced with the same high quality as
Contemporary World Regional Geography, 3e, but contains significant
content changes including new and revised tables, maps, and completely rewritten text. Students will see that world regional geography
is constantly changing in response to developing cultural, economic,
and political patterns.
™ Less than 400 total pages, this book contains all of the essential
topics of the major world regions.
™ Superior quality artwork, illustrations, and photos can be found
throughout this text.
™ A variety of physical and thematic maps have been included in
this text. Special attention has been given to the population density
maps, featured in all ten chapters, providing an accurate illustration
of the population distribution in the world.
™ Chapter Opening Vignettes. Chapter introductions take the form
of interest-arousing vignettes to focus student attention on the local
lives of the region.
™ “Debate Tables” can be found in virtually every chapter. These
tables provide critical assessment of controversial world issues, engaging students and supporting critical analytical skills. These important tables highlight opposing sides of important world issues. Topics
featured in the debate tables include The European Union’s Future;
Russia as a World Power; Population Policies in China; Singapore;
The Israelis versus Palestinians; HIV/AIDS in Materially Wealthy and
Poor Countries; Africa: Future of the Region; Tropical Deforestation;
and the Effects of NAFTA.
™ Geography At Work Boxes. Interesting Geography At Work
boxes, found at the end of each chapter, provide valuable insights
into the ways geographical understandings and skills are used in a
variety of jobs.
™ Foldout World Maps. Foldout world maps from Klett-Perthes can
be easily referenced from any chapter in the text. The foldout section
at the back of the text focuses on world climate; urbanization and
migration; and a guide to map reading.
™ Build instructional materials wherever, whenever, and however
you want! Presentation Center is an online digital library containing
assets such as photos, artwork, animations, PowerPoints, and other
types of media that can be used to create customized lectures, visually
enhanced tests and quizzes, compelling course websites, or attractive
printed support materials.
™ Access to your book, access to all books! This ever-growing
resource gives instructors the power to utilize assets specific to their
adopted textbook as well as content from other McGraw-Hill books
in the library. Presentation Center’s dynamic search engine allows
you to explore by discipline, course, textbook chapter, asset type, or
keyword. Simply browse, select, and download the files you need
to build engaging course materials. All assets are copyrighted by
McGraw-Hill Higher Education but can be used by instructors for
classroom purposes.
CONTENTS
1 Essentials of World Regional Geography
2 Europe
3 Russia and Neighboring Countries
4 East Asia
5 Southeast Asia
6 South Asia
7 Northern Africa and Southwestern Asia
8 Africa South of the Sahara
9 Australia, Oceania and Antarctica
10 Latin America
11 North America
International edition
CONTEMPORARY WORLD REGIONAL
GEOGRAPHY
3rd Edition
By Michael Bradshaw, College of St Mark & John, Joseph Dymond,
George Washington University, George White, Frostburg State University
and Elizabeth Chacko, George Washington University
2009 (September 2009) / 640 pages
ISBN: 9780073051505
ISBN: 9780071284516 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/bradshaw3e
Contemporary World Regional Geography provides a current, balanced geographical study of world issues through analysis of ten
world regions and the countries in each. It integrates the themes
of “global connections” and “local voices” and utilizes a consistent
structure within each chapter. NEW to the 3rd edition, each chapter
is now organized to begin with environmental issues of the region followed by historical geography, global and local issues and economic,
political, cultural, and social issues. The greatest advantage of the
new organization is that students will be able to easily compare one
region with another to understand similarities and differences.
CONTENTS
1 Globalization and World Regions
2 Concepts in World Regional Geography
3 Europe
4 Russia and Neighboring Countries
5 East Asia
6 Southeast Asia
7 South Asia
8 Northern Africa and Southwestern Asia
9 Africa South of the Sahara
10 Australia, Oceania, and Antarctica
11 Latin America
12 North America
13 A World of Geography
Glossary of Key Terms
Index
™ Google Earth Exercises. New Google Earth exercises for Essentials of World Regional Geography engages students in their
studies. Google Earth is a free, online application that uses satellite
imagery to allow the user to zoom across the globe in a realistic,
virtual environment. There are exercises for 9 different regions (in
ARIS) with over 25 different multiple choice exercises per region for
over 285 exercises total as well as a user’s manual explaining how
to use the site.
159
Geography
160
161
GEOLOGY
Earth Science ...................................................................................................163
Environmental Geology ....................................................................................163
Hazards / Natural Disasters..............................................................................164
Historical Geology ............................................................................................165
Oceanography ..................................................................................................166
Paleontology .....................................................................................................166
Physical Geology
- Laboratory ..................................................................................................168
- Textbook .....................................................................................................167
New Titles
GEOLOGY
2012
Author
ISBN
Page
Natural Disasters, 8e
Abbott
9780073369372
164
2011
Author
ISBN
Page
Physical Geology: Earth Revealed, 9e
Carlson
9780073369402
167
Environmental Geology, 9e
Montgomery
9780073524085
163
Environmental Geology
Reichard
9780073046808
164
Zumberge’s Laboratory Manual for Physical Geology, 15e
Rutford
9780073524153
168
GEOLOGY
162
Geology
Earth Science
Environmental Geology
International edition
International edition
THE GOOD EARTH
Introduction to Earth Science, 2nd Edition
By David A McConnell, North Carolina State University-Raleigh, David
Steer, Katherine Owens and Catherine Knight of University of
2010 (September 2009) / 560 pages
ISBN: 9780077270971
ISBN: 9780071079013 [IE]
ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY
9th Edition
www.mhhe.com/thegoodearth2e
The Good Earth is the product of collaboration between the content
rigor provided by Earth Science specialists (McConnell, Steer) and
the results of research on learning as contributed by pedagogical
experts (Knight, Owens). The Good Earth has been explicitly designed to be compatible with inquiry-based, active learning in the
college classroom. The structural elements of this text will allow the
instructor to incorporate these student-centered teaching methods
into their Earth Science course. The authors have tested the book’s
content and pedagogy in large Earth Science classes for non-majors
that are populated with mostly freshmen. Their experiences show that
the materials and methods in The Good Earth can improve students’
learning, increase daily attendance, reduce attrition, and increase
students’ enthusiasm in comparison with classes taught following
a traditional lecture format. The authors have chosen to emphasize
WKUHH VFLHQWL¿F WKHPHV WKURXJKRXW WKH WH[W L VFLHQWL¿F OLWHUDF\ LL
(DUWK 6FLHQFH DQG WKH KXPDQ H[SHULHQFH DQG LLL WKH VFLHQFH RI
JOREDOFKDQJH7KHGLVFXVVLRQRIVFLHQWL¿FPHWKRGVLVZRYHQLQWRWKH
text throughout. They have included numerous examples of human
interaction with the Earth that can serve as entry points for students
to appreciate the nature of science. Global change is a theme that
is evident in much current Earth Science research so our authors
have used global change as a content theme throughout the book.
CONTENTS
Preface
1 Introduction to Earth Science
2 Earth in Space
3 Near-Earth Objects
4 Plate Tectonics
5 Earthquakes
6 Volcanoes and Other Mountains
7 Rocks and Minerals
8 Geologic Time
9 Weathering and Soils
10 Landslides and Slope Failure
11 Streams and Floods
12 Groundwater and Wetlands
13 Oceans and Coastlines
14 The Atmosphere
15 Weather Systems
16 Earth’s Climate System
17 Global Change
Appendices
Glossary
*9780073524085*
NEW
By Carla W Montgomery, Northern Illinois
University
2011 (February 2010) / 576 pages
ISBN: 9780073524085
ISBN: 9780071222044 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/montgomery9e
Environmental Geology, ninth edition, presents the student with a
broad overview of environmental geology. The text looks both at
how the earth developed into its present condition and where matters seem to be moving for the future. It is hoped that this knowledge
will provide the student with a useful foundation for discussing and
HYDOXDWLQJVSHFL¿FHQYLURQPHQWDOLVVXHVDVZHOODVIRUGHYHORSLQJ
ideas about how the problems should be solved.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Coverage in many chapters has been enhanced by Case Studies
and more current examples.
™ The “For Further Thought” questions at the end of the chapter
have been changed to “Exploring Further.” The questions have been
revised to encourage inquiry and/or activity-based learning.
CONTENTS
Section One Foundations
1 An Overview of Our Planetary Environment
2 Rocks and Minerals: A First Look
Section Two Internal Processes
3 Plate Tectonics
4 Earthquakes
5 Volcanoes
Section Three Surface Processes
6 Streams and Flooding
7 Coastal Zones and Processes
8 Mass Movements
9 Ice and Glaciers, Wind and Deserts
10 Climate: Past, Present, and Future
Section Four Resources
11 Water as a Resource
12 Soil as a Resource
13 Mineral and Rock Resources
14 Energy Resources: Fossil Fuels
15 Energy Resources: Alternative Sources
Section Five Waste Disposal, Pollution, and Health
16 Waste Disposal
17 Water Pollution
18 Air Pollution
Section Six Other Related Topics
19 Environmental Law
20 Land-Use Planning and Engineering Geology
Appendix A Geologic Time, Geologic Process Rates
163
Geology
Appendix B Introduction to Topographic and Geologic Maps and
Remotely Sensed Imagery
Appendix C Mineral and Rock Identification
International edition
*9780073046808*
NEW
ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY
Hazards / Natural Disasters
NEW
*9780073369372*
NATURAL DISASTERS
8th Edition
By Patrick Leon Abbott, San Diego State University
2012 (February 2011) / 512 pages
ISBN: 9780073369372
www.mhhe.com/abbott8e
By Jim Reichard, Georgia Southern University
2011 (January 2010) / 544 pages
ISBN: 9780073046808
ISBN: 9780070164864 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/reichard1e
Reichard’s Environmental Geology emphasizes human interaction
with the environment within a geological context. The writing style
holds the interest of nonmajor students, and the text brings applications to the forefront so that students feel a connection to the topic.
FEATURES
™ The key themes of the text are energy, human interaction in the
environment, and climate change.
™
Student Learning Outcomes introduce each chapter.
™ Environmental Geology includes a unique chapter (2) that
describes Earth’s relationship with the solar system and universe.
™ The end-of-chapter pedagogy will include Summary Points,
Key Terms, Critical Thinking Questions, and Applications (hands-on
activities).
™ Many chapters feature a Case Study of a controversial issue
that has an environmental impact.
CONTENTS
Part 1: Fundamentals of Environmental Geology
Chapter 1 Humans and the Geologic Environment
Chapter 2 Earth from a Larger Perspective
Chapter 3 Earth Materials
Chapter 4 Earth’s Structure and Plate Tectonics
Part 2: Hazardous Earth Processes
Chapter 5 Earthquakes and Related Hazards
Chapter 6 Volcanoes and Related Hazards
Chapter 7 Mass Wasting and Related Hazards
Chapter 8 Streams and Flooding
Chapter 9 Coastal Hazards
Part 3: Earth Resources
Chapter 10 Soil Resources
Chapter 11 Water Resources
Chapter 12 Mineral and Rock Resources
Chapter 13 Conventional Fossil Fuel Resources
Chapter 14 Alternative Energy Resources
Part 4: The Health of Our Environment
Chapter 15 Waste Disposal and Pollution
Chapter 16 Global Climate Change
Appendix A Units and Conversions
164
Natural Disasters, 8th edition, is marked by major changes in organization and expanded coverage of weather and climate. The
GLVFXVVLRQRIQDWXUDOGLVDVWHUVLVEDVHGRQPDLQHQHUJ\ÀRZV
(DUWK¶VLQWHUQDOHQHUJ\ÀRZXQGHUOLHVHDUWKTXDNHVDQGYROFDQRHV
WKHH[WHUQDOHQHUJ\ÀRZIURPWKH6XQIXHOVZHDWKHUDQGFOLPDWH
LQFOXGLQJWRUQDGRHVKXUULFDQHVÀRRGVZLOG¿UHVJUDYLW\DFWVWR
pull down mass movements of earth and snow, and 4) impacts with
asteroids and comets can have major effects on life. The book focuses
on the Earth’s natural processes and the disasters that occur when
the Earth concentrates its energy and releases it to causing death
and destruction. Throughout the book, certain themes are maintained:
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
ƒ
energy sources underlying disasters
SODWHWHFWRQLFVDQGFOLPDWHFKDQJH
HDUWKSURFHVVHVRSHUDWLQJLQURFNZDWHUDQGDWPRVSKHUH
VLJQLILFDQFHRIJHRORJLFWLPH
FRPSOH[LWLHVRIPXOWLSOHYDULDEOHVRSHUDWLQJVLPXOWDQHRXVO\
detailed and readable case studies.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ A brief Prologue has been added that is content rich and describes four main energy flows.
™ The former chapter on Energy Flows has been dismembered
and the four parts are now lead-ins to the disasters they energize.
™ Chapter 8 unites and contrasts Tsunami and Wind-caused
Waves.
™ Chapter 9 covers External Energy Fueling Weather and Climate
setting up expanded coverage in Chapter 10 on Tornadoes, Chapter
11 on Hurricanes and Chapter 12 on Climate Change.
™ Chapter 15 on Mass Movements is now set up by discussion
of gravity. The chapter also contains a section on coastal erosion,
including information on the North Carolina debris slide that closed
Interstate 40.
™ The 8th edition of Natural Disasters now includes an Epilogue
that is content rich and describes Mass Extinctions.
™ In the 8th edition, the author removed the chapter called The
Great Dyings has been removed from the print product and is available electronically at no cost.
™ Statistics and Tables are updated. New photos are added
throughout the text.
™ &KDSWHU&OLPDWH&KDQJHKDVQHZWRSLFVRI$HURVROV5DGLD
WLYHIRUFLQJ7KHODVWJODFLDOPD[LPXP$FROGGHFDGH
Meltwater megaflood through the Mackenzie River into the Arctic
2FHDQ3ODWHWHFWRQLFVURFNZHDWKHULQJDQGFOLPDWHDQGH[SDQGHG
FRYHUDJHRI6XQVSRWV:DWHUYDSRU*OREDOZDUPLQJ,FHPHOWLQJLQ
$UFWLF2FHDQDQG0LWLJDWLRQRSWLRQV
™ Chapter 14 (Fire) includes a new section on significance of flying
embers and changes in 20th century forests.
™ Chapter 16 (Impacts) has a new section on meteorites in Antarctica and an extensive revision of A Defense Plan now in two sections:
Lifetime risks of impact and Prevention of impacts.
Geology
™ Severe weather discussion includes new and enlarged topics:
:K\ ZLQGV EORZ +\SR DQG K\SHUWKHUPLD :LQG FKLOO /DNHHIIHFW
VQRZ :DOO FORXGV +RRN HFKRHV7RUQDGR RXWEUHDNV 'XVW GHYLOV
:DWHUVSRXWV+XUULFDQH,NH$WODQWLF0HULGLRQDO2YHUWXUQLQJ'HFDGH
RIWKHQDXJKWV0DMRUKXUULFDQHV+RZVWRUPVJHWWKHLUQDPHV
™ Addition of Haiti and Chile Earthquakes of 2010 and photos
in Chapter 1. New Princeton study on government role in naturaldisaster death totals
FEATURES
™ Case Histories: The text aims to explain important principles
about the Earth and then develop further understanding through
numerous case studies.
™ End-of-Chapter Learning Aids: Learning aids at the conclusion
of every chapter include Terms to Remember, Questions for Review
and Questions for Further Thought.
™ Comprehensiveness: The text covers the most significant natural
hazards, from geologic to oceanographic to atmospheric to astronomic
to demographic, and their associated phenomena. The broad range of
natural disasters topics allows each instructor to select those chapters
that cover their interests and local hazards.
™ Natural Disasters is available in eBook formats! To purchase an
electronic eBook version of this title, visit www.CourseSmart.com.
CONTENTS
Prologue Energy Flows
1 Natural Disasters and the Human Population
2 Internal Energy and Plate Tectonics
3 Earthquake Geology and Seismology
4 Plate Tectonics and Earthquakes
5 Earthquake Lessons and Regional Settings
6 Volcanic Eruptions: Plate Tectonics and Magmas
7 Volcano Case Histories: Killer Events
8 Tsunami versus Wind-Caused Waves
9 External Energy Fuels Weather and Climate
10 Tornadoes, Lightning, Heat, Cold
11 Hurricanes
12 Climate Change
13 Floods
14 Fire
15 Mass Movements
16 Impacts with Space Objects
17 Mass Extinctions
Epilogue
Glossary
Credits
Index
Available electronically: 7th edition’s chapter on “The Great Dyings”
Invitation to Publish
McGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbook
proposals for publication.
3OHDVHFRQWDFW\RXUORFDO0F*UDZ+LOORIÀFHRU
email to [email protected]
Historical Geology
EVOLUTION OF THE EARTH
8th Edition
By Donald A. Prothero, Occidental College and Robert Dott, University
of Wisconsin—Madison
2010 (September 2009) / 576 pages
ISBN: 9780072826845
ISBN: 9780070164598
www.mhhe.com/prothero8
Evolution of the Earth reveals the logical framework of geology,
shows relations of the science to the totality of human knowledge,
and gives some idea of what it is to be a participant in the discipline.
In keeping with the preference for a “How do we know?” rather than
“What do we know?” approach, the authors stress what assumptions
are made by earth historians, what kinds of evidence (and tools for
gathering that evidence), and what processes of reasoning and limitations of hypotheses are involved in reconstructing and interpreting
the past. Each chapter begins with a list of highlights entitled “Major
Concepts”. Many chapters have a summary timeline that puts the
entire sequence of events into a quick visual reference frame. The
use of dioramas and reconstructions of extinct animals and plants
has been greatly expanded, so that students can get a more vivid
concept of typical life in any part of the geologic past. In many places,
the authors have supplied a full page of color photos of classic fossils
from each period to improve the visual recognition of the organisms
that give life its distinctive history. The areas of hottest controversy,
such as mass extinctions, dinosaur endothermy, the origin of life, and
controversies over late Proterozoic tectonics and glaciation, have
been given separate sections so that students can appreciate the
different sides of the debates.
CONTENTS
Preface
About the Authors
Chapter 1: Time and Terrestrial Change
Chapter 2: Floods, Fossils, and Heresies
Chapter 3: Evolution
Chapter 4: The Relative Geologic Time Scale and Modern Concepts
of Stratigraphy
Chapter 5: The Numerical Dating of the Earth
Chapter 6: The Origin and Early Evolution of the Earth
Chapter 7: Mountain Building and Drifting Continents
Chapter 8: Precambrian History An Introduction to the Origin of
Continental Crust
Chapter 9: Early Life and Its Patterns
Chapter 10: Earliest Paleozoic History: The Sauk Sequence—An
Introduction to Cratons and Epeiric Seas
Chapter 11: The Later Ordovician: Further Studies of Plate Tectonics
and the Paleogeography of Orogenic Belts
Chapter 12: The Middle Paleozoic: Time of Reefs, Salt, and Forests
Chapter 13: Late Paleozoic History: A Tectonic Climax and Retreat
of the Sea
Chapter 14: The Mesozoic Era: Age of Reptiles and Continental
Breakup
Chapter 15: Cenozoic History: Threshold of the Present
Chapter 16: Pleistocene Glaciation and the Advent of Humanity
Chapter 17: The Best of All Possible Worlds?
Appendix I: The Classification and Relationships of Living Organisms
Appendix II: English Equivalents of Metric Measures
Glossary
Index
Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/
165
Geology
Oceanography
International edition
FUNDAMENTALS OF OCEANOGRAPHY
5th Edition
International edition
INTRODUCTION TO THE WORLDS OCEAN
10th Edition
By Keith Sverdrup and Alyn Duxbury of University of Washington and
Alison Duxbury, North Seattle Comm College
2009 (November 2008) / 528 pages
ISBN: 9780073376707
ISBN: 9780071284578 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/sverdrup10e
An Introduction to the World’s Oceans, Tenth Edition, is an introductory oceanography text intended for students without a background
in mathematics, chemistry, physics, geology, or biology. It emphaVL]HVWKHUROHRIEDVLFVFLHQWL¿FSULQFLSOHVLQKHOSLQJXQGHUVWDQGWKH
processes that govern the ocean and the earth. To keep the text
as current as possible, the authors conduct their own research and
H[DPLQHRWKHU¿QGLQJVVXFKDVDQDO\]LQJVDWHOOLWHGDWDDQGODUJH
scale oceanographic programs. From this vast amount of data,
they select interesting, relevant, and understandable examples that
illustrate contemporary principles of oceanography. An Introduction
to the World’s Oceans places greater emphasis on the physical and
geological aspects of the oceans than on the chemical and geochemiFDO SURSHUWLHV EHFDXVH WKH ODWWHU GLVFLSOLQHV UHTXLUH PRUH VSHFL¿F
background knowledge. An ecological approach helps integrate the
biological chapters with other subjects. Students are encouraged to
look at oceanography as a cohesive and united discipline rather than
a collection of subjects gathered under a marine umbrella. As with all
previous editions, the authors continue to make each chapter stand
as independently as possible, so that professors can assign chapters
in the order that best suits their classrooms.
By Keith A. Sverdrup, University of Wisconsin – Milwaukee, Alyn C.
Duxbury, University of Washington, Alison B. Duxbury, North Seattle
Community College
2006 (Jan 2005) / 352 pages
ISBN: 9780073040813 (Essential Version) (GOP)
ISBN: 9780071117128 [IE with OLC]
www.mhhe.com/sverdrup5
CONTENTS
1 History of Oceanography
2 Introduction to Earth
3 Plate Tectonics
4 The Sea Floor
5 Water
6 The Atmosphere and the Oceans
7 Circulation Patterns and Ocean Currents
8 Waves and Tides
9 Coasts, Estuaries, and Environmental Issues
10 Oceanic Environment and Production
11 Life in the Water
12 Life on the Sea Floor
Appendix A Latitude and Longitude
Appendix B Classification Summaries
Appendix C Units and Notation
Paleontology
CONTENTS
1 The History of Oceanography
2 The Water Planet
3 Plate Tectonics
4 The Sea Floor and Its Sediments
5 The Physical Properties of Water
6 The Chemistry of Seawater
7 The Structure and Motion of the Atmosphere
8 Circulation and Ocean Structure
9 The Surface Currents
10 The Waves
11 The Tides
12 Coasts, Beaches, and Estuaries
13 Environmental Issues and Concerns
14 The Living Ocean
15 Production and Life
16 The Plankton: Drifters of the Open Ocean
17 The Nekton: Free Swimmers of the Sea
18 The Benthos: Dwellers of the Sea Floor
Appendixes
Glossary
Credits
Index
166
International edition
BRINGING FOSSILS TO LIFE
An Introduction to Paleobiology, 2nd Edition
By Donald A. Prothero, Occidental College
2004 / 480 pages
ISBN: 9780073661704 (GOP)
ISBN: 9780071215466 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/earthsci/geology
CONTENTS
1 The Fossil Record: A Window on the Past
2 Variation in Fossils
3 Species and Speciation
4 Systematics
5 Evolution
6 Extinction
7 Functional Morphology
8 Paleoecology
9 Biogeography
10 Biostratigraphy
11 Micropaleontology
12 Colonial Life: Archaeocyathans, Sponges, and Enidarians
13 Lophophorates: Brachiopods and Bryozoans
14 Arthropods
15 Mollusks
16 Echinoderms
17 Chordates
18 Trace Fossils
Geology
Physical Geology
Textbook
International edition
*9780073369402*
NEW
PHYSICAL GEOLOGY
9 Atoms, Elements, and Minerals
10 Volcanism and Extrusive Rocks
11 Igneous Rocks, Intrusive Activity, and the Origin of Igneous Rocks
12 Weathering and Soil
13 Mass Wasting
14 Sediment and Sedimentary Rocks
15 Metamorphism, Metamorphic Rocks, and Hydrothermal Rocks
16 Streams and Floods
17 Ground Water
18 Deserts and Wind Action
19 Glaciers and Glaciation
20 Waves, Beaches, and Coasts
21 Geologic Resources
22 The Earth’s Companions
Appendices A-G
Glossary
Index
Earth Revealed
9th Edition
By Diane Carlson and Charles Plummer of
California State University-Sacramento
International edition
PHYSICAL GEOLOGY
13th Edition
2011 (February 2010) / 672 pages
ISBN: 9780073369402
ISBN: 9780071221849 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/carlson9e
Physical Geology: Earth Revealed is appropriate for introductory
physical geology classes. This text, which includes the same information as the market-leading Physical Geology - 13th edition, by
Plummer/Carlson, is for the instructor who prefers to cover plate
tectonics early in the course. The ninth edition has been updated to
include the most current information from the various sub-disciplines
that comprise physical geology. The book’s purpose is to clearly
present geologic processes so that students can understand the logic
RIVFLHQWL¿FPHWKRGV7KLVWH[WIHDWXUHVDQRXWVWDQGLQJDUWSURJUDP
and a proven, accessible writing style.
By Charles (Carlos) C Plummer and Diane Carlson of California State
University--Sacramento and David McGeary (deceased)
2010 (October 2009) / 672 pages
ISBN: 9780077270667
ISBN: 9780070167070 [IE]
www.mhhe.com/plummer13e
3K\VLFDO*HRORJ\WKHGLWLRQLVWKHODWHVWUH¿QHPHQWRIDFODVVLF
introductory text that has helped countless students learn basic
physical geology concepts for over 25 years. Students taking introGXFWRU\SK\VLFDOJHRORJ\WRIXO¿OODVFLHQFHHOHFWLYHDVZHOODVWKRVH
contemplating a career in geology, will appreciate the accessible
writing style and depth of coverage in Physical Geology. Hundreds of
carefully rendered illustrations and accompanying photographs correlate perfectly with the chapter descriptions to help readers quickly
grasp new geologic concepts. Numerous chapter learning tools and
a website further assist students in their study of physical geology.
NEW TO THIS EDITION
™ Content has been updated throughout to keep the text both current and fresh. Some examples include:
ƒ Chapter 1 now includes a link to video clips of the disastrous 2002
Tsunami that originated in India.
ƒ Chapter 14 now includes updated box to include the important new
discoveries by Phoenix Mars Lander.
ƒ Chapter 16 has been rearranged and updated to include material
on the devastating floods that struck the Midwest in 2008 is also
included.
ƒ Chapter 2 includes updated material on the use of energy generated by tidal friction, ocean waves, and storms to gain an even
more detailed image of the crust and upper mantle.
ƒ Chapter 21 has been extensively rewritten and reorganized. All
units are now SI units (with British units in parentheses). The section on energy resources has been divided into non-renewable
and renewable sources. Discussion on renewable energy has
been expanded to include more information on solar energy, wind
power, hydropower, wave enery and biofuels.
CONTENTS
1 Introducing Geology, the Essentials of Plate Tectonics, and Other
Important Concepts
2 Earth’s Interior and Geophysical Properties
3 The Sea Floor
4 Plate Tectonics
5 Mountain Belts and the Continental Crust
6 Geologic Structures
7 Earthquakes
8 Time and Geology
CONTENTS
Chapter 1: Introducing Geology, the Essentials of Plate Tectonics,
and Other Important Concepts
Chapter 2: Atoms, Elements and Minerals
Chapter 3: Igneous Rocks, Intrusive Activity, and the Origin of Igneous Rocks
Chapter 4: Volcanism and Extrusive Rocks
Chapter 5: Weathering and Soil
Chapter 6: Sediment and Sedimentary Rocks
Chapter 7: Metamorphism, Metamorphic Rocks, and Hydrothermal
Rocks
Chapter 8: Time and Geology
Chapter 9: Mass Wasting
Chapter 10: Streams and Floods
Chapter 11: Ground Water
Chapter 12: Glaciers and Glaciation
Chapter 13: Deserts and Wind Action
Chapter 14: Waves, Beaches and Coasts
Chapter 15: Geologic Structures
Chapter 16: Earthquakes
Chapter 17: Earth’s Interior and Geophysical Properties
Chapter 18: The Sea Floor
Chapter 19: Plate Tectonics
Chapter 20: Mountain Belts and the Continental Crust
Chapter 21: Geologic Resources
Chapter 22: The Earth’s Companions
Appendix A: Identification of Minerals
Appendix B: Identification of Rocks
Appendix C: The Elements Most Significant to Geology
167
Geology
Laboratory
Appendix D: Periodic Table of Elements
Appendix E: Selected Conversion Factors
Appendix F: Rock Symbols
Appendix G: Commonly Used Prefixes, Suffixes, and Roots
EXPLORING GEOLOGY
2nd Edition
ZUMBERGE’S LABORATORY
MANUAL FOR PHYSICAL
GEOLOGY
By Stephen Reynolds and Julia Johnson of Arizona State UniversityTempe, Michael Kelly, Paul, University of Minnesota-Minneapolis and
Chuck Carter
2010 (September 2009) / 648 pages
ISBN: 9780077270407
15th Edition
www.mhhe.com/reynoldsgeology2e
Exploring Geology by Reynolds/Johnson/Kelly/Morin/Carter is an innovative textbook intended for an introductory college geology course,
such as Physical Geology. This ground-breaking, visually spectacular
book was designed from cognitive and educational research on how
students think, learn, and study. Nearly all information in the book is
built around 2,600 photographs and stunning illustrations, rather than
EHLQJLQORQJEORFNVRIWH[WWKDWDUHQRWDUWLFXODWHGZLWK¿JXUHV7KHVH
annotated illustrations help students visualize geologic processes
and concepts, and are suited to the way most instructors already
teach. To alleviate cognitive load and help students focus on one
important geologic process or concept at a time, the book consists
entirely of two-page spreads organized into 19 chapters. Each twoSDJHVSUHDGLVDVHOIFRQWDLQHGEORFNRILQIRUPDWLRQDERXWDVSHFL¿F
topic, emphasizing geologic concepts, processes, features, and approaches. These spreads help students learn and organize geologic
knowledge in a new and exciting way. Inquiry is embedded throughout
the book, modeling how geologists investigate problems. The title
of each two-page spread and topic heading is a question intended
to get readers to think about the topic and become interested and
motivated to explore the two-page spread for answers. Each chapter
is a learning cycle, which begins with a visually engaging two-page
spread about a compelling geologic issue. Each chapter ends with
an Investigation that challenges students with a problem associated
with a virtual place. The world-class media, spectacular presentations,
and assessments are all tightly articulated with the textbook. This
book is designed to encourage students to observe, interpret, think
critically, and engage in authentic inquiry, and is highly acclaimed by
reviewers, instructors, and students.
CONTENTS
Preface
1 The Nature of Geology
2 Investigating Geologic Questions
3 Plate Tectonics
4 Earth Materials
5 Igneous Environments
6 Volcanoes and Volcanic Hazards
7 Sedimentary Environments
8 Deformation and Metamorphism
9 Geologic Time
10 The Seafloor and Continental Margins
11 Mountains, Basins, and Continents
12 Earthquakes and Earth’s Interior
13 Climate, Weather, and Their Influences on Geology
14 Shorelines, Glaciers, and Changing Sea Levels
15 Weathering, Soil, and Unstable Slopes
16 Rivers and Streams
17 Water Resources
18 Energy and Mineral Resources
19 Geology of the Solar System
*9780073524153*
NEW
By Robert H Rutford and James L Carter of
University of Texas at Dallas
2011 (November 2010) / 304 pages
ISBN: 9780073524153
www.mhhe.com/rutford15e
Zumberge’s Laboratory Manual for Physical Geology, 15e is written for the freshman-level laboratory course in physical geology. In
this lab, students study Earth materials, geologic interpretation of
topographic maps, aerial photographs and Earth satellite imagery,
structural geology and plate tectonics and related phenomena. With
RYHUH[HUFLVHVSURIHVVRUVKDYHJUHDWÀH[LELOLW\ZKHQGHYHORSLQJ
the syllabus for their physical geology lab course. The ease of use,
tremendous selection, and tried and true nature of the labs selected
have made this lab manual one of the leading selling physical geology lab manuals.
FEATURES
™ This lab manual incorporates well-produced, easy-to-read, and
varied topographic and geologic maps. The authors have selected
maps from across North America, helping professors tailor the presentation to their region of the country.
™ The authors provide excellent coverage of Earth materials (rocks
and minerals), while doing an outstanding job of teaching the scientific
method, through well-written and well-illustrated exercises. The discussion of hardness and the comparison between Moh’s Scale and
Vicker’s Scale have been revised for increased clarity.
™ A glossary, located in the back of the manual, allows students to
review the important concepts and geologic terms they will encounter
in the laboratory. The glossary is particularly useful when students
do not routinely bring their textbooks to the lab, or when students are
not concurrently enrolled in the lecture course.
™ Consistent use of color and symbols for various rock types are
used, and the sharpness and detail of the photos have been increased,
and efforts have been made to make this edition more user friendly.
™ The website that accompanies Zumberge provides students
with animations, additional photos, and all of the web links listed in
the lab manual.
™ Instructor’s can customize this lab manual using our do-ityourself website. The CREATE Site features more than one million
items, including this and hundreds of other best-selling McGraw-Hill
textbooks, laboratories, case studies, and readings These materials,
along with others including your own notes, can be customized into
a black and white, high resolution printed textbook or a full-color
eBook that saves your students 1/3 off bookstore prices. Log on to
our website (www.mcgrawhillcreate.com), register, and create your
own complimentary copy.
CONTENTS
Part I: Earth Materials
Part II: The Geologic Column and Geologic Time
168
Geology
Part III: Topographic Maps, Aerial Photographs, and Other Imagery
from Remote Sensing
Part IV: Geologic Interpretation of Topographic Maps, Aerial Photographs, and Earth Satellite Images
Part V: Structural Geology
Part VI: Plate Tectonics and Related Geologic Phenomena
LAB MANUAL TO ACCOMPANY PHYSICAL
GEOLOGY
7th Edition
By Norris Jones, University of Wisconsin-Oshkosh and Charles Jones,
University of Pittsburgh
2010 (March 2009) / 384 pages
ISBN: 9780073369396
www.mhhe.com/jones7e
,ILW¶VLPSRUWDQWIRU\RXWRLQFRUSRUDWHWKHVFLHQWL¿FPHWKRGLQWR\RXU
WHDFKLQJWKLVODEPDQXDOLVWKHSHUIHFW¿W,QHYHU\H[HUFLVHWKHUH
DUHVFLHQWL¿FPHWKRGER[HVWKDWSURYLGHVWXGHQWVZLWKLQVLJKWLQWRWKH
UHOHYDQFHRIWKHVFLHQWL¿FPHWKRGWRWKHWRSLFDWKDQG7KHPDQXDO
also includes “In Greater Depth” problems, a more challenging probe
into certain issues. They are more quantitative in nature and require
more in-depth, critical thinking, which is unique to this type of manual.
CONTENTS
1 Properties of Minerals
2 Mineral Identification
3 Igneous Rocks
4 Sedimentary Rocks
5 Metamorphic Rocks
6 Topographic Maps and Digital Elevation Models
7 Remote Sensing of Volcanoes and Volcanic Hazards
8 Streams and Humid-Climate Landscapes
9 Groundwater and Groundwater-Influenced Landscapes
10 Glaciation
11 Sea Coasts
12 Arid-Climate Landscapes
13 Geologic Age
14 Structural Geology
15 Geologic Maps
16 Earthquakes
17 Plate Tectonics
Credits
Index
REVIEW COPY
(Available for course adoption only)
To request for a review copy,
ƒ contact your local McGraw-Hill
representatives or,
ƒ fax the Review Copy Request Form found
in this catalog or,
ƒ e-mail your request to
[email protected] or,
ƒ submit online at www.mheducation.asia
169
Dushkin/McGraw-Hill Titles
Anatomy and Physiology
ISBN
AUTHOR
9780073515595
Gibbs
TITLE / EDITION
Annual Editions: Nursing 11/12, 2e
YEAR
2012
Microbiology
ISBN
AUTHOR
9780073515526
Govindan
TITLE / EDITION
Annual Editions: Microbiology 10/11
YEAR
2010
Geography
ISBN
AUTHOR
*ULI¿WKV
*ULI¿WKV
*ULI¿WKV
*ULI¿WKV
$QQXDO(GLWLRQV'HYHORSLQJ:RUOGH
$QQXDO(GLWLRQV'HYHORSLQJ:RUOGH
$QQXDO(GLWLRQV'HYHORSLQJ:RUOGH
$QQXDO(GLWLRQV'HYHORSLQJ:RUOGH*23
3LW]O
3LW]O
$QQXDO(GLWLRQV*HRJUDSK\H
$QQXDO(GLWLRQV*HRJUDSK\H*23
9780078050848
9780078050589
9780078127700
Jackson
Jackson
Jackson
Annual Editions: Global Issues 11/12, 27e
Annual Editions: Global Issues 10/11, 26e
Annual Editions: Global Issues 09/10, 25e
2012
2011
2010
3XUNLWW
3XUNLWW
3XUNLWW
$QQXDO(GLWLRQV:RUOG3ROLWLFVH
$QQXDO(GLWLRQV:RUOG3ROLWLFVH
$QQXDO(GLWLRQV:RUOG3ROLWLFVH
.UDEDFKHU
.UDEDFKHU
*OREDO6WXGLHV$IULFDH
*OREDO6WXGLHV$IULFDH
=KX
=KX
*OREDO6WXGLHV&KLQDH
*OREDO6WXGLHV&KLQDH
9
)UDQNODQG
)UDQNODQG
*OREDO6WXGLHV(XURSHH
*OREDO6WXGHV(XURSHH
'KXVVD
1RUWRQ
*OREDO6WXGLHV,QGLDDQG6RXWK$VLDH
*OREDO6WXGLHV,QGLDDQG6RXWK$VLDH
&ROOLQZRRG
&ROOLQZRRG
*OREDO6WXGLHV-DSDQDQGWKH3DFL¿F5LPH
*OREDO6WXGLHV-DSDQDQGWKH3DFL¿F5LPH
170
TITLE / EDITION
YEAR
Dushkin/McGraw-Hill Titles
Geography
ISBN
AUTHOR
TITLE / EDITION
YEAR
*RRGZLQ
*RRGZLQ
*OREDO6WXGLHV/DWLQ$PHULFDH
*OREDO6WXGLHV/DWLQ$PHULFDH
/D\DFKL
6SHQFHU
*OREDO6WXGLHV7KH0LGGOH(DVWH
*OREDO6WXGLHV7KH0LGGOH(DVWH
,RIIH
*OREDO6WXGLHV5XVVLDDQGWKH1HDU$EURDGH
$OOHQ
$OOHQ
6WXGHQW$WODV:RUOG*HRJUDSK\H
6WXGHQW$WODV:RUOG*HRJUDSK\H
$OOHQ
$OOHQ
6WXGHQW$WODV:RUOG3ROLWLFVH
6WXGHQW$WODV:RUOG3ROLWLFVH
0RVHOH\
0RVHOH\
7DNLQJ6LGHV&ODVKLQJ9LHZVRQ&RQWURYHUVLDO
African Issues, 4e
7DNLQJ6LGHV&ODVKLQJ9LHZVRQ&RQWURYHUVLDO
African Issues, 3e
+DUI
+DUI
+DUI
7DNLQJ6LGHV&ODVKLQJ9LHZVRQ&RQWURYHUVLDO
*OREDO,VVXHV([SDQGHGH
7DNLQJ6LGHV&ODVKLQJ9LHZVRQ&RQWURYHUVLDO
Global Issues, 6e
7DNLQJ6LGHV&ODVKLQJ9LHZVRQ&RQWURYHUVLDO
*OREDO,VVXHVH*23
5RXUNH
5RXUNH
5RXNH
7DNLQJ6LGHV&ODVKLQJ9LHZVRQ&RQWURYHUVLDO
,VVXHVLQ:RUOG3ROLWLFVH
7DNLQJ6LGHV&ODVKLQJ9LHZVRQ&RQWURYHUVLDO
,VVXHVLQ:RUOG3ROLWLFV([SDQGHGH
7DNLQJ6LGHV&ODVKLQJ9LHZVRQ&RQWURYHUVLDO
,VVXHVLQ:RUOG3ROLWLFVH
'H*UDYH
7DNLQJ6LGHV&ODVKLQJ9LHZVRQ&RQWURYHUVLDO
,VVXHVRQ/DWLQ$PHULFD,VVXHV
171
Dushkin/McGraw-Hill Titles
(QYLURQPHQWDO6FLHQFH(FRORJ\*HRORJ\
ISBN
AUTHOR
TITLE / EDITION
YEAR
6KDUS
6KDUS
6KDUS
$QQXDO(GLWLRQV(QYLURQPHQWH
$QQXDO(GLWLRQV(QYLURQPHQWH
$QQXDO(GLWLRQV(QYLURQPHQWH
9
(DVWRQ
(DVWRQ
&ODVVLF(GLWLRQ6RXUFHV(QYLURQPHQWDO6WXGLHVH
&ODVVLF(GLWLRQ6RXUFHV(QYLURQPHQWDO6WXGLHVH
$OOHQ
6WXGHQW$WODV(QYLURQPHQWDO,VVXHV
(DVWRQ
(DVWRQ
7DNLQJ6LGHV&ODVKLQJ9LHZVLQ(QHUJ\DQG6RFLHW\H
7DNLQJ6LGHV&ODVKLQJ9LHZVLQ(QHUJ\DQG6RFLHW\
7D\ORU
7DNLQJ6LGHV&ODVKLQJ9LHZVLQ6XVWDLQDELOLW\H
97800735144
(DVWRQ
(DVWRQ
(DVWRQ
7DNLQJ6LGHV(QYLURQPHQWDO,VVXHV([SDQGHGH
7DNLQJ6LGHV(QYLURQPHQWDO,VVXHVH
7DNLQJ6LGHV(QYLURQPHQWDO,VVXHV([SDQGHGH
Nutrition
ISBN
AUTHOR
6WULFNODQG
6WULFNODQG
.OLPLV=DFDV
$QQXDO(GLWLRQV1XWULWLRQH
$QQXDO(GLWLRQV1XWULWLRQH
$QQXDO(GLWLRQV1XWULWLRQH
&ROVRQ
1HVWOH'L[RQ
7DNLQJ6LGHV&ODVKLQJ9LHZVRQ&RQWURYHUVLDO,VVXHVLQ
Food and Nutrition, 2e
7DNLQJ6LGHV&ODVKLQJ9LHZVRQ&RQWURYHUVLDO,VVXHVLQ
Food and Nutrition
172
TITLE / EDITION
YEAR
Title Index
3,000 Solved Problems in Chemistry, Revised
Goldberg
123
3,000 Solved Problems in Organic Chemistry
Meislich
144
3,000 Solved Problems in Physics
Halpern
108
A
AIDS Update 2011, 20e
Stine
68
Analysis of Biological Development, 2e
Kalthoff
70
Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Essentials Version, 5e
Gunstream
10
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 3.0 CD-ROM for Allied Health, 2e
The University of Toledo
21
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 3.0 CD-ROM, 2e
The University of Toledo
20, 28
Anatomy & Physiology with Integrated Study Guide, 4e
Gunstream
Anatomy & Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, 6e
Saladin
11
Animal Behavior, 5e
Drickamer
89
Animal Diversity, 5e
Hickman
94
Astronomy: Journey to the Cosmic Frontier, 6e
Fix
Atlas of Skeletal Muscles, 7e
Stone
8
117
10, 14, 26
B
Basic Concepts in Biochemistry: A Student’s Survival Guide, 2e
Gilbert
143
Basic Electronics for Scientists, 5e
Brophy
114
Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Complete Version, 12e
Brown
64
Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Short Version, 12e
Brown
65
Biochemistry Demystified
Walker
143
Biochemistry, 3e [India]
Rastogi
135
Biochemistry: An Introduction, 3e
McKee
135
Biological Investigations Lab Manual, 9e
Dolphin
50
Biology Laboratory Manual, 9e
Vodopich
51
Biology of the Invertebrates, 6e
Pechenik
90
Biology, 10e
Mader
49
Biology, 2e
Brooker
47
Biology, 4e [Aust]
Knox
44
Biology, 9e
Raven
48
Biology: Concepts & Investigations, 2e
Hoefnagels
38
Biology: Dimensions of Life
Presson
44
Biophysics Demystified
Goldfarb
56
Biostatistics [India]
Antonisamy
151
Biostatistics for the Health Sciences [Asian]
Chinna
151
Bringing Fossils to Life: An Introduction to Paleobiology, 2e
Prothero
166
Changing Landscapes of Singapore [Asian]
Teo
157
Chemistry in Context, 7e
American Chemical Society
123
Chemistry, 10e
Chang
132
Chemistry, 2e
Burdge
131
Chemistry: Atoms First
Burdge
128
Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change, 6e
Silberberg
C
129, 133
173
Title Index
College Physics Volume 1, 3e
Giambattista
104
College Physics Volume 2, 3e
Giambattista
105
College Physics, 3e
Giambattista
104
Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates, 9e
Kent
93
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy: A Laboratory Dissection Guide, 6e
Kardong
92
Concepts in Biology, 13e
Enger
43
Concepts in Biology, 14e
Enger
37
Concepts of Biology, 2e
Mader
41
Concepts of Genetics
Brooker
70
Concepts of Modern Physics, 6e
Beiser
113
Contemporary College Physics, 2001 Update, 3e
Jones
107
Contemporary Nutrition, 8e
Wardlaw
78
Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 2e
Wardlaw
77
Contemporary World Regional Geography, 3e
Bradshaw
159
Cooperative Chemistry Lab Manual, 5e
Cooper
134
Bevington
114
Ecology Lab Manual
Vodopich
150
Ecology: Concepts and Applications, 5e
Molles
149
Ecology: Global Insights and Investigations
Stiling
149
Economic Botany, 3e
Simpson
Electricity and Magnetism: Berkeley Physics Course, Volume II, 2e
Berkeley Physics
114
Environmental Geology
Reichard
164
Environmental Geology, 9e
Montgomery
163
Environmental Science
Kaufmann
148
Environmental Science, 12e
Enger
148
Environmental Science: A Global Concern, 11e
Cunningham
147
Essentials of Biology, 3e
Mader
40
Essentials of the Living World, 3e
Johnson
43
Essentials of World Regional Geography, 2e
White
158
Evolution of the Earth, 8e
Prothero
165
Experiments in Physical Chemistry, 8e
Garland
139
Explorations: An Introduction to Astronomy, 6e
Arny
118
Exploring Geology, 2e
Reynolds
168
Farm Management, 7e
Kay
3, 4
Foundations in Microbiology, 8e
Talaro
61
Foundations in Microbiology: Basic Principles, 8e
Talaro
63
Foundations of General, Organic and Biochemistry
Denniston
Foundations of Parasitology, 8e
Roberts
90
Fundamentals of Botany Volume 1 [India]
Soni
86
Fundamentals of Botany Volume 2 [India]
Soni
87
D
Data Reduction and Error Analysis for the Physical Sciences, 3e
E
88
F
174
127
Title Index
Fundamentals of Chemistry, 5e
Goldberg
125
Fundamentals of Ecology, 3e [India]
Dash
150
Fundamentals of Human Physiology
Fox
Fundamentals of Oceanography, 5e
Sverdrup
166
Fundamentals of Optics, 4e
Jenkins
116
Fundamentals of Statistical and Thermal Physics
Reif
114
General Chemistry: The Essential Concepts, 6e
Chang
131
General, Organic & Biochemistry, 7e
Denniston
126
General, Organic & Biological Chemistry
Smith
127
Genetics: Analysis and Principles, 4e
Brooker
71
Genetics: From Genes to Genomes, 4e
Hartwell
72
Good Earth: Introduction to Earth Science, 2e (The)
McConnell
30
G
163
H
Hole’s Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 11e
Shier
7
Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology, 12e
Shier
13
How to Solve Word Problems in Chemistry
Goldberg
Human Anatomy Lab Manual, 2e
Eckel
25
Human Anatomy, 2e
McKinley
24
Human Anatomy, 3e
McKinley
23
Human Anatomy, 3e
Saladin
23
Human Anatomy, 6e
Van De Graaf
25
Human Biology, 12e
Mader
53
Human Genetics, 9e
Lewis
73
Human Geography, 11e
Fellmann
Human Physiology, 12e
Fox
29
Inquiry into Life, 13e
Mader
42
Integrated Principles of Zoology, 15e
Hickman
93
Integrated Science, 5e
Tillery
101
Introduction to Biological Evolution, 2e
Kardong
151
Introduction to Chemistry, 2e
Bauer
124
Introduction to Genetic Principles
Hyde
72
Introduction to Geographic Information Systems with Data Set CD-ROM, 6e
Chang
155
Introduction to Geography, 13e
Getis
156
Introduction to the World’s Ocean, 10e
Sverdrup
166
Mescher
33
124
156
I
J
Junqueira’s Basic Histology, 12e
175
Title Index
L
Lab Manual for Chemistry: Atoms First
Burdge
134
Lab Manual for Essentials of Biology, 3e
Mader
45
Lab Manual for General, Organic & Biochemistry, 7e
Henrickson
Lab Manual for Human Biology, 12e
Mader
54
Lab Manual for Physical Science, 9e
Tillery
100
Lab Manual for Principles of Anatomy & Physiology, 2e
Wise
15
Lab Manual Human Biology, 11e
Mader
54
Lab Manual to accompany Biology, 10e
Mader
52
Lab Manual to accompany Concepts of Biology, 2e
Mader
46
Lab Manual to accompany Essentials of Biology, 2e
Mader
46
Lab Manual to accompany Integrated Science, 5e
Tillery
102
Lab Manual to accompany Physical Geology, 7e
Jones
169
Laboratory Applications in Microbiology: A Case Study Approach, 2e
Chess
66
Laboratory Manual and Workbook in Microbiology: Applications to Patient Care, 10e
Morello
68
Laboratory Manual Chemistry in Context, 7e
American Chemical Society
Laboratory Manual Concepts in Biology, 14e
Enger
45
Laboratory Manual Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology, 7e
Patton
11
Laboratory Manual for Anatomy & Physiology, 6e
Wise
14
Laboratory Manual for Hole’s Essentials of A&P, 11e
Martin
9
Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Cat Version with PhILS 3.0 CD
Martin
16
Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Main Version with PhILS 3.0 CD
Martin
18
Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Pig Version with PhILS 3.0 CD
Martin
17
Laboratory Manual Hole’s Human A&P (Cat), 12e
Martin
18
Laboratory Manual Hole’s Human A&P: Fetal Pig, 12e
Martin
19
Laboratory Manual Human Physiology, 14e
Fox
31
Laboratory Manual to accompany Anatomy & Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, 5e
Wise
20
Laboratory Manual to accompany Inquiry into Life, 13e
Mader
46
Laboratory Manual to accompany Saladin’s Human Anatomy, 3e
Wise
27
Laboratory Manual to accompany Seeley’s Anatomy and Physiology, 9e
Wise
15
Laboratory Manual to accompany Stern’s Introductory Plant Biology, 12e
Bidlack
88
Laboratory Studies in Integrated Principles of Zoology, 15e
Hickman
95
Life, 6e
Lewis
45
Living World, 7e (The)
Johnson
39
128
123
M
Mader’s Understanding Human Anatomy & Physiology, 7e
Longenbaker
Map Use and Analysis, 4e
Campbell
Marine Biology, 8e
Castro
Mastering ArcGIS with Videoclips DVD-ROM, 5e
Price
155
McGraw-Hill’s MCAT with CD-ROM, 2e
Hademenos
141
Microbiology Lab Manual, 8e
Harley
67
Microbiology: A Human Perspective, 6e
Nester
63
Microbiology: A Systems Approach, 3e
Cowan
60
Modern Analytical Chemistry
Harvey
140
176
7
158
89
Title Index
Molecular Biology, 5e
Weaver
69
Natural Disasters, 8e
Abbott
164
Nutrition for Health, Fitness and Sport, 9e
Williams
81
Nutrition for Healthy Living, 2e
Schiff
78
Nutrition Throughout the Life Cycle, 4e
Worthington-Roberts
80
Nutritional Assessment, 5e
Lee
81
NutritionCalc Plus 3.4 CD-ROM
ESHA Research
80
N
O
Optics, 4e [India]
Ghatak
115
Organic Chemistry Demystified
Bloch
137
Organic Chemistry, 3e
Smith
138
Organic Chemistry, 8e
Carey
137
Organic Chemistry: A Brief Course, 3e
Atkins
136
Pathophysiology: Concepts and Applications for Health Care Professionals, 3e
Nowak
32
Pathways to Astronomy, 3e
Schneider
Photo Atlas for General Biology, 3e
Strete
45, 50, 55
Physical Chemistry, 6e
Levine
139
Physical Geology, 13e
Plummer
167
Physical Geology: Earth Revealed, 9e
Carlson
167
Physical Science, 9e
Tillery
100
Physical Universe, 14e (The)
Krauskopf
Physics for Poets, 5e
March
104
Physics of Everyday Phenomena, 7e
Griffith
103
Physics Volume 1, 2e
Giambattista
106
Physics Volume 2, 2e
Giambattista
106
Physics, 2e
Giambattista
105
Physics, 7e
Tippens
106, 109
Plants and Society, 6e
Levetin
85, 87
Prescott’s Microbiology, 8e
Willey
59
Prescott’s Principles of Microbiology
Willey
60
Principles of Botany
Uno
87
Principles of Environmental Science, 6e
Cunningham
147
Principles of General Chemistry, 2e
Silberberg
132
Principles of General, Organic & Biochemistry
Smith
125
Principles of Genetics, 7e
Tamarin
73
Grine
26
P
116
99
R
Regional Human Anatomy: A Laboratory Workbook for use with Models and Prosections, 4e
177
Title Index
S
Schaum’s 3000 Solved Problems in Biology
Bernstein
56
Schaum’s A-Z Biology
Indge
55
Schaum’s A-Z Physics
Chapple
107
Schaum’s Easy Outline of Beginning Chemistry, 2e
Goldberg
140
Schaum’s Easy Outline of Biology, 2e
Fried
Schaum’s Easy Outline of College Physics
Bueche
Schaum’s Easy Outline of Human Anatomy and Physiology, 2e
Van De Graaf
Schaum’s Easy Outline of Organic Chemistry, 2e
Meislich
136
Schaum’s Easy Outlines: College Chemistry, 2e
Rosenberg
134
Schaum’s Outline of Analytical Chemistry
Gordus
140
Schaum’s Outline of Applied Physics, 4e Revised
Beiser
107
Schaum’s Outline of Astronomy
Palen
119
Schaum’s Outline of Beginning Chemistry, 3e
Goldberg
124
Schaum’s Outline of Beginning Physics I
Halpern
108
Schaum’s Outline of Beginning Physics II
Halpern
108
Schaum’s Outline of Biochemistry, 3e
Kuchel
142
Schaum’s Outline of Biology, 3e
Fried
Schaum’s Outline of College Chemistry, 9e
Rosenberg
Schaum’s Outline of College Physics, 10e
Bueche
107
Schaum’s Outline of General, Organic and Biochemistry for Nursing and Allied Health, 2e
Odian
142
Schaum’s Outline of Genetics, 5e
Elrod
73
Schaum’s Outline of Human Anatomy and Physiology, 3e
Van De Graaf
34
Schaum’s Outline of Immunology
Pinchuk
74
Schaum’s Outline of Lagrangian Dynamics
Wells
101
Schaum’s Outline of Mathematics for Physics Students
Steiner
115
Schaum’s Outline of Microbiology, 2e
Alcamo
74
Schaum’s Outline of Modern Physics, 2e
Gautreau
113
Schaum’s Outline of Molecular Biology
Stansfield
70
Schaum’s Outline of Optics
Hecht
116
Schaum’s Outline of Organic Chemistry, 4e
Meislich
137
Schaum’s Outline of Physical Chemistry, 2e
Metz
144
Schaum’s Outline of Physical Science, 2e
Beiser
101
Schaum’s Outline of Physics for Engineering and Science, 2e
Browne
113
Schaum’s Outline of Physics for Pre-Med, Biology and Allied Health Students
Hademenos
120
Schaum’s Outline of Quantum Mechanics, 2e
Peleg
119
Seeley’s Anatomy and Physiology, 9e
VanPutte
13
Seeley’s Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology, 7e
VanPutte
8
Seeley’s Principles of Anatomy & Physiology, 2e
Tate
Spectroscopic Methods in Organic Chemistry, 6e
Williams
Stem Cell Technologies: Basics and Applications
Totey
56
Stern’s Introductory Plant Biology, 12e
Bidlack
86
String Theory Demystified
McMahon
Student Access Card Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 3.0 Online, 2e
The University of Toledo
Student Atlas of World Geography, 7e
Allen
178
55
108
33
55
133, 142
12
136
119
22, 28, 31
156, 158
Title Index
T
Transport Phenoma in Biomedical Engineering: Artificial Organ Design and
Sharma
142
Understanding Chemistry: Student Study Guide
Lovett
134
University Chemistry
Laird
133
University Physics Volume 1 (Chapters 1-20)
Bauer
111
University Physics Volume 2 (Chapters 21-40)
Bauer
112
University Physics with Modern Physics (Chapters 1-40)
Bauer
110
University Physics, Standard Version, Chapters 1-35
Bauer
109
Development, and Tissue Engineering
U
V
Vander’s Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Function with ARIS, 12e
Widmaier
30
Vertebrate Biology
Linzey
91
Vertebrates: Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution, 6e
Kardong
Volpe’s Understanding Evolution, 7e
Rosenbaum
91, 92
150
W
Wardlaw’s Perspectives in Nutrition, 8e
Byrd-Bredbenner
Workbook to accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 3.0, 2e
Broyles
79
8, 14, 25, 31
Z
Zoology, 8e
Miller
Zumberge’s Laboratory Manual for Physical Geology, 15e
Rutford
94
168
179
Author Index
A
Abbott
Natural Disasters, 8e
164
Alcamo
Schaum’s Outline of Microbiology, 2e
74
Allen
Student Atlas of World Geography, 7e
156, 158
American
Chemistry in Context, 7e
123
Laboratory Manual Chemistry in Context, 7e
123
Antonisamy
Biostatistics [India]
151
Arny
Explorations: An Introduction to Astronomy, 6e
118
Atkins
Organic Chemistry: A Brief Course, 3e
136
Bauer
Introduction to Chemistry, 2e
124
Bauer
University Physics Volume 1 (Chapters 1-20)
111
Bauer
University Physics Volume 2 (Chapters 21-40)
112
Bauer
University Physics with Modern Physics (Chapters 1-40)
110
Bauer
University Physics, Standard Version, Chapters 1-35
109
Beiser
Concepts of Modern Physics, 6e
113
Beiser
Schaum’s Outline of Applied Physics, 4e Revised
107
Beiser
Schaum’s Outline of Physical Science, 2e
101
Berkeley Physics
Electricity and Magnetism: Berkeley Physics Course, Volume II, 2e
114
Bernstein
Schaum’s 3000 Solved Problems in Biology
Bevington
Data Reduction and Error Analysis for the Physical Sciences, 3e
Bidlack
Laboratory Manual to accompany Stern’s Introductory Plant Biology, 12e
88
Bidlack
Stern’s Introductory Plant Biology, 12e
86
Bloch
Organic Chemistry Demystified
137
Bradshaw
Contemporary World Regional Geography, 3e
159
Brooker
Biology, 2e
47
Brooker
Concepts of Genetics
70
Brooker
Genetics: Analysis and Principles, 4e
71
Brophy
Basic Electronics for Scientists, 5e
Brown
Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Complete Version, 12e
64
Brown
Benson’s Microbiological Applications: Short Version, 12e
65
Browne
Schaum’s Outline of Physics for Engineering and Science, 2e
Broyles
Workbook to accompany Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 3.0, 2e
Bueche
Schaum’s Easy Outline of College Physics
108
Bueche
Schaum’s Outline of College Physics, 10e
107
Burdge
Chemistry, 2e
131
Burdge
Chemistry: Atoms First
128
Burdge
Lab Manual for Chemistry: Atoms First
134
Byrd-Bredbenner
Wardlaw’s Perspectives in Nutrition, 8e
79
Chemical Society
American
Chemical Society
B
180
56
114
114
113
8, 14, 25, 31
Author Index
C
Campbell
Map Use and Analysis, 4e
158
Carey
Organic Chemistry, 8e
137
Carlson
Physical Geology: Earth Revealed, 9e
167
Castro
Marine Biology, 8e
Chang
Chemistry, 10e
132
Chang
General Chemistry: The Essential Concepts, 6e
131
Chang
Introduction to Geographic Information Systems with Data Set CD-ROM, 6e
155
Chapple
Schaum’s A-Z Physics
107
Chess
Laboratory Applications in Microbiology: A Case Study Approach, 2e
Chinna
Biostatistics for the Health Sciences [Asian]
151
Cooper
Cooperative Chemistry Lab Manual, 5e
134
Cowan
Microbiology: A Systems Approach, 3e
60
Cunningham
Environmental Science: A Global Concern, 11e
147
Cunningham
Principles of Environmental Science, 6e
147
Dash
Fundamentals of Ecology, 3e [India]
150
Denniston
Foundations of General, Organic and Biochemistry
127
Denniston
General, Organic & Biochemistry, 7e
126
Dolphin
Biological Investigations Lab Manual, 9e
50
Drickamer
Animal Behavior, 5e
89
Eckel
Human Anatomy Lab Manual, 2e
25
Elrod
Schaum’s Outline of Genetics, 5e
73
Enger
Concepts in Biology, 13e
43
Enger
Concepts in Biology, 14e
37
Enger
Environmental Science, 12e
Enger
Laboratory Manual Concepts in Biology, 14e
45
ESHA Research
NutritionCalc Plus 3.4 CD-ROM
80
89
66
D
E
148
F
Fellmann
Human Geography, 11e
156
Fix
Astronomy: Journey to the Cosmic Frontier, 6e
117
Fox
Fundamentals of Human Physiology
30
Fox
Human Physiology, 12e
29
Fox
Laboratory Manual Human Physiology, 14e
31
Fried
Schaum’s Easy Outline of Biology, 2e
55
Fried
Schaum’s Outline of Biology, 3e
55
181
Author Index
G
Garland
Experiments in Physical Chemistry, 8e
139
Gautreau
Schaum’s Outline of Modern Physics, 2e
113
Getis
Introduction to Geography, 13e
156
Ghatak
Optics, 4e [India]
115
Giambattista
College Physics Volume 1, 3e
104
Giambattista
College Physics Volume 2, 3e
105
Giambattista
College Physics, 3e
104
Giambattista
Physics Volume 1, 2e
106
Giambattista
Physics Volume 2, 2e
106
Giambattista
Physics, 2e
105
Gilbert
Basic Concepts in Biochemistry: A Student’s Survival Guide, 2e
143
Goldberg
3,000 Solved Problems in Chemistry, Revised
123
Goldberg
Fundamentals of Chemistry, 5e
125
Goldberg
How to Solve Word Problems in Chemistry
124
Goldberg
Schaum’s Easy Outline of Beginning Chemistry, 2e
140
Goldberg
Schaum’s Outline of Beginning Chemistry, 3e
124
Goldfarb
Biophysics Demystified
Gordus
Schaum’s Outline of Analytical Chemistry
140
Griffith
Physics of Everyday Phenomena, 7e
103
Grine
Regional Human Anatomy: A Laboratory Workbook for use with Models and Prosections, 4e
26
Gunstream
Anatomy & Physiology Laboratory Textbook: Essentials Version, 5e
10
Gunstream
Anatomy & Physiology with Integrated Study Guide, 4e
56
8
H
Hademenos
McGraw-Hill’s MCAT with CD-ROM, 2e
141
Hademenos
Schaum’s Outline of Physics for Pre-Med, Biology and Allied Health Students
120
Halpern
3,000 Solved Problems in Physics
108
Halpern
Schaum’s Outline of Beginning Physics I
108
Halpern
Schaum’s Outline of Beginning Physics II
108
Harley
Microbiology Lab Manual, 8e
67
Hartwell
Genetics: From Genes to Genomes, 4e
72
Harvey
Modern Analytical Chemistry
140
Hecht
Schaum’s Outline of Optics
116
Henrickson
Lab Manual for General, Organic & Biochemistry, 7e
128
Hickman
Animal Diversity, 5e
94
Hickman
Integrated Principles of Zoology, 15e
93
Hickman
Laboratory Studies in Integrated Principles of Zoology, 15e
95
Hoefnagels
Biology: Concepts & Investigations, 2e
38
Hyde
Introduction to Genetic Principles
72
Schaum’s A-Z Biology
55
I
Indge
182
Author Index
J
Jenkins
Fundamentals of Optics, 4e
116
Johnson
Essentials of the Living World, 3e
43
Johnson
Living World, 7e (The)
39
Jones
Contemporary College Physics, 2001 Update, 3e
107
Jones
Lab Manual to accompany Physical Geology, 7e
169
K
Kalthoff
Analysis of Biological Development, 2e
70
Kardong
Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy: A Laboratory Dissection Guide, 6e
92
Kardong
Introduction to Biological Evolution, 2e
Kardong
Vertebrates: Comparative Anatomy, Function, Evolution, 6e
Kaufmann
Environmental Science
148
Kay
Farm Management, 7e
3, 4
Kent
Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates, 9e
93
Knox
Biology, 4e [Aust]
44
Krauskopf
Physical Universe, 14e (The)
99
Kuchel
Schaum’s Outline of Biochemistry, 3e
142
Laird
University Chemistry
133
Lee
Nutritional Assessment, 5e
Levetin
Plants and Society, 6e
85, 87
Levine
Physical Chemistry, 6e
139
Lewis
Human Genetics, 9e
73
Lewis
Life, 6e
45
Linzey
Vertebrate Biology
91
Longenbaker
Mader’s Understanding Human Anatomy & Physiology, 7e
Lovett
Understanding Chemistry: Student Study Guide
151
91, 92
L
81
7
134
M
Mader
Biology, 10e
49
Mader
Concepts of Biology, 2e
41
Mader
Essentials of Biology, 3e
40
Mader
Human Biology, 12e
53
Mader
Inquiry into Life, 13e
42
Mader
Lab Manual for Essentials of Biology, 3e
45
Mader
Lab Manual for Human Biology, 12e
54
Mader
Lab Manual Human Biology, 11e
54
Mader
Lab Manual to accompany Biology, 10e
52
Mader
Lab Manual to accompany Concepts of Biology, 2e
46
Mader
Lab Manual to accompany Essentials of Biology, 2e
46
Mader
Laboratory Manual to accompany Inquiry into Life, 13e
46
March
Physics for Poets, 5e
Martin
Laboratory Manual for Hole’s Essentials of A&P, 11e
Martin
Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Cat Version with PhILS 3.0 CD
104
9
16
183
Author Index
Martin
Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Main Version with PhILS 3.0 CD
18
Martin
Laboratory Manual for Human Anatomy & Physiology: Pig Version with PhILS 3.0 CD
17
Martin
Laboratory Manual Hole’s Human A&P (Cat), 12e
18
Martin
Laboratory Manual Hole’s Human A&P: Fetal Pig, 12e
19
McConnell
Good Earth: Introduction to Earth Science, 2e (The)
163
McKee
Biochemistry: An Introduction, 3e
135
McKinley
Human Anatomy, 2e
24
McKinley
Human Anatomy, 3e
23
McMahon
String Theory Demystified
119
Meislich
3,000 Solved Problems in Organic Chemistry
144
Meislich
Schaum’s Easy Outline of Organic Chemistry, 2e
136
Meislich
Schaum’s Outline of Organic Chemistry, 4e
137
Mescher
Junqueira’s Basic Histology, 12e
Metz
Schaum’s Outline of Physical Chemistry, 2e
Miller
Zoology, 8e
Molles
Ecology: Concepts and Applications, 5e
149
Montgomery
Environmental Geology, 9e
163
Morello
Laboratory Manual and Workbook in Microbiology: Applications to Patient Care, 10e
68
Nester
Microbiology: A Human Perspective, 6e
63
Nowak
Pathophysiology: Concepts and Applications for Health Care Professionals, 3e
32
33
144
94
N
O
Odian
Schaum’s Outline of General, Organic and Biochemistry for Nursing and Allied Health, 2e
142
Palen
Schaum’s Outline of Astronomy
119
Patton
Laboratory Manual Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology, 7e
11
Pechenik
Biology of the Invertebrates, 6e
90
Peleg
Schaum’s Outline of Quantum Mechanics, 2e
Pinchuk
Schaum’s Outline of Immunology
Plummer
Physical Geology, 13e
Presson
Biology: Dimensions of Life
Price
Mastering ArcGIS with Videoclips DVD-ROM, 5e
155
Prothero
Bringing Fossils to Life: An Introduction to Paleobiology, 2e
166
Prothero
Evolution of the Earth, 8e
165
Rastogi
Biochemistry, 3e [India]
135
Raven
Biology, 9e
Reichard
Environmental Geology
164
Reif
Fundamentals of Statistical and Thermal Physics
114
Reynolds
Exploring Geology, 2e
168
Roberts
Foundations of Parasitology, 8e
Rosenbaum
Volpe’s Understanding Evolution, 7e
150
Rosenberg
Schaum’s Easy Outlines: College Chemistry, 2e
134
P
119
74
167
44
R
184
48
90
Author Index
Rosenberg
Schaum’s Outline of College Chemistry, 9e
Rutford
Zumberge’s Laboratory Manual for Physical Geology, 15e
133, 142
168
S
Saladin
Anatomy & Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, 6e
11
Saladin
Human Anatomy, 3e
23
Schiff
Nutrition for Healthy Living, 2e
78
Schneider
Pathways to Astronomy, 3e
116
Sharma
Transport Phenoma in Biomedical Engineering: Artificial Organ Design and Development, and Tissue Engineering
142
Shier
Hole’s Essentials of Human Anatomy & Physiology, 11e
Shier
Hole’s Human Anatomy and Physiology, 12e
Silberberg
Chemistry: The Molecular Nature of Matter and Change, 6e
Silberberg
Principles of General Chemistry, 2e
Simpson
Economic Botany, 3e
Smith
General, Organic & Biological Chemistry
127
Smith
Organic Chemistry, 3e
138
Smith
Principles of General, Organic & Biochemistry
125
Soni
Fundamentals of Botany Volume 1 [India]
86
Soni
Fundamentals of Botany Volume 2 [India]
87
Stansfield
Schaum’s Outline of Molecular Biology
70
Steiner
Schaum’s Outline of Mathematics for Physics Students
115
Stiling
Ecology: Global Insights and Investigations
149
Stine
AIDS Update 2011, 20e
Stone
Atlas of Skeletal Muscles, 7e
10, 14, 26
Strete
Photo Atlas for General Biology, 3e
45, 50, 55
Sverdrup
Fundamentals of Oceanography, 5e
166
Sverdrup
Introduction to the World’s Ocean, 10e
166
7
13
129, 133
132
88
68
T
Talaro
Foundations in Microbiology, 8e
61
Talaro
Foundations in Microbiology: Basic Principles, 8e
63
Tamarin
Principles of Genetics, 7e
73
Tate
Seeley’s Principles of Anatomy & Physiology, 2e
12
Teo
Changing Landscapes of Singapore [Asian]
The University
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 3.0 CD-ROM for Allied Health, 2e
157
21
of Toledo
The University
Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 3.0 CD-ROM, 2e
20, 28
of Toledo
The University
Student Access Card Anatomy & Physiology Revealed Version 3.0 Online, 2e
22, 28, 31
of Toledo
Tillery
Integrated Science, 5e
101
Tillery
Lab Manual for Physical Science, 9e
100
Tillery
Lab Manual to accompany Integrated Science, 5e
102
Tillery
Physical Science, 9e
100
Tippens
Physics, 7e
Totey
Stem Cell Technologies: Basics and Applications
106, 109
56
185
Author Index
U
Uno
Principles of Botany
87
Van De Graaf
Human Anatomy, 6e
25
Van De Graaf
Schaum’s Easy Outline of Human Anatomy and Physiology, 2e
33
Van De Graaf
Schaum’s Outline of Human Anatomy and Physiology, 3e
34
VanPutte
Seeley’s Anatomy and Physiology, 9e
13
VanPutte
Seeley’s Essentials of Anatomy and Physiology, 7e
Vodopich
Biology Laboratory Manual, 9e
Vodopich
Ecology Lab Manual
150
Walker
Biochemistry Demystified
143
Wardlaw
Contemporary Nutrition, 8e
78
Wardlaw
Contemporary Nutrition: A Functional Approach, 2e
77
Weaver
Molecular Biology, 5e
69
Wells
Schaum’s Outline of Lagrangian Dynamics
101
White
Essentials of World Regional Geography, 2e
158
Widmaier
Vander’s Human Physiology: The Mechanisms of Body Function with ARIS, 12e
30
Willey
Prescott’s Microbiology, 8e
59
Willey
Prescott’s Principles of Microbiology
60
Williams
Nutrition for Health, Fitness and Sport, 9e
81
Williams
Spectroscopic Methods in Organic Chemistry, 6e
Wise
Lab Manual for Principles of Anatomy & Physiology, 2e
15
Wise
Laboratory Manual for Anatomy & Physiology, 6e
14
Wise
Laboratory Manual to accompany Anatomy & Physiology: The Unity of Form and Function, 5e
20
Wise
Laboratory Manual to accompany Saladin’s Human Anatomy, 3e
27
Wise
Laboratory Manual to accompany Seeley’s Anatomy and Physiology, 9e
15
Worthington-
Nutrition Throughout the Life Cycle, 4e
80
V
8
51
W
Roberts
186
136
REVIEW COPY REQUEST FORM
McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
60 Tuas Basin Link
Singapore 638775
Tel (65) 6863 1580
Fax (65) 6862 3354
www.mheducation.asia
X Professors/lecturers who are interested to review titles listed in this
catalog for text adoption consideration, please complete this
reTuest form and fax to \our local 0c*raw+ill ofÀce see inside
back cover for fax number) or to McGraw-Hill Singapore.
X Requests for examination copies are subject to approval. McGraw-Hill reserve the right to refuse any requests which do not
relate to teaching.
X Please make copies of this form if necessary.
REQUESTED BY
Name
Room #
Department
University
Address
Tel
Fax
Email address
COMP REQUEST
Please indicate ISBN No, Author & Title
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
Course Name
Enrolment
Subject
Commencement Date
Decision Date
Current Text Used
Individual Decision
Group Decision
McGRAW-HILL MAILING LIST
McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
60 Tuas Basin Link
Singapore 638775
Tel (65) 6863 1580
Fax (65) 6862 3354
www.mheducation.asia
Please include me in your mailing list for information on McGraw-Hill books.
Please email information on McGraw-Hill books to my email
address at
I am already on your mailing list but my address has changed.
Please update my record to the following new address.
Name
(Mr / Ms / Dr / Prof) (Underline family name)
Position
Department
University
Address
Postal Code
Tel
Fax
Email address
SUBJECT OF INTEREST
o Accounting
o Advertising
o Business Management
o Finance & Investment
o Marketing
o Economics
o Human Resource Management
o Insurance & Real Estate
o Training
o Computing
o Aeronautical & Aerospace
Engineering
o Architecture & Urban Planning
o Chemical Engineering
o Civil Engineering
o Construction
o Electronics & Communications
o Electrical Engineering
o General Engineering
o Health & Nutrition
o Industrial & Plant Engineering
o History
o Mechanical Engineering
o Law
o Medical Science
o Library Science
o Dentistry
o Mass Communication
o Nursing
o Music
o Agriculture
o Philosophy & Religion
o Biology
o Physical Education
o Chemistry
o Political Science
o Forestry
o Psychology
o Geography & Geology
o Sociology
o Physics & Astronomy
Please return by fax to McGraw-Hill
Education (Asia), Marketing Services
Department at (65) 68688 181.
o Zoology
o Mathematics & Statistics
o Art & Humanities
o Education
o English
o English as a 2nd Language/ELT
o Foreign Language
McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) respects your privacy.
If you do not wish to receive further marketing
information from McGraw-Hill Education (Asia),
please send an email to [email protected]
mcgraw-hill.com or write to McGraw-Hill Education
(Asia), 60 Tuas Basin Link, Singapore 638775. View
The McGraw-Hill Companies Customer Privacy
Policy at http://www.mcgraw-hill.com/privacy.html.
For questions or to learn more about how McGrawHill Education (Asia) applies this policy, please
contact us at the above email or postal address.
0 F * 5 $: + , / / ( ' 8 & $ 7 , 2 1 $ 6 , $ 6,1*$325(
DOVRVHUYLFLQJ%UXQHL0DXULWLXV
0F*UDZ+LOO(GXFDWLRQ$VLD
7XDV%DVLQ/LQN6LQJDSRUH
7HO‡&XVWRPHU6HUYLFH+RWOLQH
)D[
H0DLOPJKDVLDBVJ#PFJUDZKLOOFRP‡ZHEVLWHZZZPKHGXFDWLRQDVLD
&+,1$
-$3$1
7$,:$1
5HSUHVHQWDWLYH2I¿FH
0F*UDZ+LOO(GXFDWLRQ-DSDQ
0F*UDZ+LOO,QW·O(QWHUSULVHV,QF
0F*UDZ+LOO,QW·O(QWHUSULVHV,QF
)$VFHQG6KLPEDVKL
6KLPEDVKL0LQDWRNX
7RN\R
-DSDQ
7HO
)D[
H0DLOPKHMSQ#PFJUDZKLOOFRP
)1R%R$L5RDG
7DLSHL
7DLZDQ
7HO
)D[
H0DLOPLHWZBPKH#PFJUDZKLOOFRP
6XLWH)637RZHU$
7VLQJKXD6FLHQFH3DUN
1R=KRQJJXDQFXQ(DVW5RDG
+DLGLDQ'LVWULFW
%HLMLQJ35&KLQD
7HO
)D[
H0DLOLQVWUXFWRUFKLQD#PFJUDZKLOOFRP
+21*.21*
0F*UDZ+LOO,QW·O(QWHUSULVHV,QF
6XLWHV6KHOO7RZHU
7LPHV6TXDUH
0DWKHVRQ6WUHHW&DXVHZD\%D\
+RQJ.RQJ
7HO
)D[
H0DLOPLHKNBPKH#PFJUDZKLOOFRP
.25($
DOVRVHUYLFLQJ&DPERGLD/DRV
)-L:RR%OGJ
6HRN\R'RQJ
0DSR.X
6HRXO.RUHD
7HO
)D[
H0DLOPLHNUBPKH#PFJUDZKLOOFRP
0F*UDZ+LOO,QW·O(QWHUSULVHV,QF
0$/$<6,$
0F*UDZ+LOO0DOD\VLD6GQ%KG
,1',$
DOVRVHUYLFLQJ%DQJODGHVK3DNLVWDQ
1HSDO6UL/DQND
7DWD0F*UDZ+LOO(GXFDWLRQ3ULYDWH
/LPLWHG
%6HFWRU
'LVWW*DXWDP%XGK1DJDU
1RLGD83,QGLD
7HO
)D[
H0DLOVDXUDEKBVKDUPD#PFJUDZKLOOFRP
,1'21(6,$
$SSRLQWHG$JHQW
370HGLD*OREDO(GXNDVL
,PSHULXP'HVLJQ
/LSSR.DUDZDFL
7DQJHUDQJ
,QGRQHVLD
7HO
)D[
H0DLOLQIR#PJHFRLG
7+$,/$1'
0F*UDZ+LOO.RUHD,QF
1R-DODQ3HQJDFDUD8
7HPDV\D,QGXVWULDO3DUN
6KDK$ODP
6HODQJRU'DUXO(KVDQ0DOD\VLD
7HO
)D[
H0DLOPVLDBPKH#PFJUDZKLOOFRP
3+,/,33,1(6
$SSRLQWHG$JHQW
,GHDFDGHP\,QF
8QLW/*$OIDUR3ODFH
/3/HYLVWH6WUHHW
6DOFHGR9LOODJH
0DNDWL&LW\0HWUR0DQLOD
3KLOLSSLQHV
7HO
)D[
H0DLOP\ODBNDW]DY#LGHDFDGHP\LQFEL]
6RL,QWKDPDUD
6XWKLVDUQ5RDG3KD\DWKDL
%DQJNRN7KDLODQG
7HO
)D[
H0DLOPLHWKBPKH#PFJUDZKLOOFRP
9,(71$0
5HSUHVHQWDWLYH2I¿FH
0F*UDZ+LOO,QW·O(QWHUSULVHV,QF
7KH1RPDG2IÀFHV
/HYHO*HPDGHSW7RZHU
/H7KDQK7RQ6WUHHW
%HQ1JKH:DUG'LVWULFW
+R&KL0LQK&LW\
9LHWQDP
7HO
)D[
H0DLOYDQB\HQBTXDQJ#PFJUDZKLOOFRP
Preparing Students for
the World That Awaits
McGraw-Hill Higher Education empowers instructors to help students succeed academically
QRZ DQG LQWR WKH IXWXUH E\ SURYLGLQJ ÁH[LEOH VXSHULRUTXDOLW\ VROXWLRQV WKDW VHUYH WKH
QHHGV RI LQVWUXFWRUV DQG VWXGHQWV HQG WR HQG IURP WH[WERRNV DQG GLJLWDO LQVWUXFWLRQDO
FRQWHQW DQG WRROV WR LQQRYDWH VXEMHFW PDVWHU\ H[SHULHQWLDO OHDUQLQJ DQG DVVLJQPHQW
assessment solutions.
Connect.
We connect instructors and students to valuable course content
and resources - and we connect instructors and students to each
other - with the best traditional and digital teaching tools.
Learn.
We enable greater learning and deeper comprehension with the
KLJKHVWTXDOLW\WRROVDQGFRQWHQWWKDWOHWVWXGHQWVHQJDJHZLWK
WKHLUFRXUVHZRUNZKHQZKHUHDQGKRZHYHUWKH\OHDUQEHVW
Succeed.
We provide the learning resources students need to connect
success in the classroom with success in the world that awaits.
McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)
60 Tuas Basin Link
Singapore 638775
Tel (65) 6863 1580
Fax (65) 6862 3354
email: [email protected]
website: www.mheducation.asia
C10-000761 -X
Download